A
S
S
U
R
E
D
G
U
A
R
A
N
T
Y
L
T
D
.
2
0
1
9
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
CREATING VALUE
THE PROVEN LEADER IN BOND INSURANCE
THE PROVEN LEADER IN BOND INSURANCE
2 0 1 9 A N N U A L R E P O R T
For more than three decades, Assured Guaranty has helped to lower
the cost of building and maintaining essential public infrastructure by
insuring municipal bonds and public-private partnership transactions;
has assisted in expanding the buying power of consumers and the
financial resources of businesses by guaranteeing structured financings;
and has provided tools and resources for institutions to manage capital
efficiently. Bond issuers use our credit enhancement to gain more efficient
access to capital markets. Bond investors rely on our unconditional and
irrevocable guaranty of timely debt service payments and enjoy the
added value of our credit selection, underwriting and surveillance. With
this value proposition, our risk management discipline and our strategic
vision, execution and diversification, we have built a financially strong
company to stand the test of time. And in 2019, we expanded into the
asset management business, further diversifying our revenue sources
and product offerings.
Through its insurance subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty Ltd. (together with its subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty) is the
leading provider of financial guarantees for principal and interest payments due on municipal, public infrastructure
and structured financings. Through other subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty provides asset management services.
Assured Guaranty Ltd. is a publicly traded (NYSE: AGO), Bermuda-based holding company. More information on
Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries can be found at AssuredGuaranty.com.
Please see the inside back cover for the forward-looking statements disclaimer.
ASSURED GUARANTY IS THE WORLD’S LEADING FINANCIAL GUARANTOR
AND A PROVIDER OF ASSET MANAGEMENT SERVICES
CREATING VALUE THAT BENEFITS…
• Fixed-Income Investors/Policyholders
• Shareholders
• Issuers and Their Advisors
• Banks and Insurance Companies
• Securities Underwriters
• Financial Advisors
• CLO and Opportunity Fund Investors
A s s u r e d G u a r a n t y L t d .
1
THE PROVEN LEADER IN BOND INSURANCE FROM THE PRESIDENT AND CEO
Dear Shareholders and Policyholders,
2019
The year 2019 was both outstanding and transformative for Assured Guaranty.
• We wrote new financial guaranty business totaling $463 million in PVP* and saw, by far, our best
direct production result since 2009.
• Dramatic growth in our direct international infrastructure and global structured finance business
drove a 65% year-over-year increase in total direct production.†
• We set new records for key measures of shareholder value, with year-end values per share of
$71.18, $66.96 and $96.86, respectively, for shareholders’ equity,‡ adjusted operating shareholders’
equity* and adjusted book value.*§
• Our value creation efforts, including our effective capital management program, resulted in 13%
growth in adjusted book value per share,* the non-GAAP measure we believe best approximates
the Company’s intrinsic value per share.
• We earned $402 million of net income,‡ or $4.00 per share, and $391 million of adjusted operating
income,* or $3.91 per share.
* On all pages, an asterisk denotes a non-GAAP financial measure. For a definition and a reconciliation of a non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, please
refer to the section entitled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” on pages 106-110 in the Form 10-K at the back of this book.
† Direct PVP excludes business assumed through reinsurance. In 2018, Assured Guaranty reinsured a large portfolio of Syncora Guarantee Inc. (SGI) exposures, producing $391 million of assumed PVP.
‡ Refers to amount attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd. (AGL)
§ Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity and adjusted book value were formerly disclosed as non-GAAP operating shareholders’ equity and non-GAAP adjusted book value, respectively.
2
“ The year was both outstanding and transformative, with our best direct
insurance production in a decade and a key acquisition on which to build our Assured
Investment Management platform.” —Dominic J. Frederico, President and Chief Executive Officer
• For the fifth time in the last six years, we repurchased $500 million or more of common shares in
our capital management program. In February 2020, our Board of Directors authorized additional
share repurchases of $250 million.
• We returned $74 million in dividends to our shareholders in 2019, and in February 2020, our
Board of Directors approved an 11% quarterly dividend increase to $0.20 per share.
• We made progress in our loss mitigation efforts relating to our exposures to the Commonwealth
of Puerto Rico and its public corporations. Major steps included the resolution of our exposure to
the Puerto Rico Sales Tax Financing Corporation (COFINA) and our participation in a Restructuring
Support Agreement (RSA) for the Puerto Rico Electric Power Authority (PREPA). In many respects, how-
ever, the behavior of the Financial Oversight and Management Board for Puerto Rico (the Over-
sight Board) and the Commonwealth government continued to ignore creditor rights and the rule of
law. We opposed an inadequate Plan Support Agreement the Oversight Board negotiated with certain
general obligation bondholders and will defend to the fullest extent our legal rights under the law.
• And we fulfilled a long-held strategic diversification priority by acquiring an established asset
management firm that has a complementary skill set and target market. Our acquisition of
BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC (BlueMountain) and associated entities provides the
foundation for a new platform we call Assured Investment Management. Assured Guaranty’s
transformation into a dual financial guaranty and asset management company diversifies revenue
by supplementing the risk premiums we receive in our insurance segment with fee income, and it
opens new pathways for us to create value for our stakeholders.
A s s u r e d G u a r a n t y L t d . 3
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME*
Adjusted Operating Income* Reconciliation
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Net Income (loss) attributable to AGL
Less pre-tax adjustments:
Realized gains (losses) on investments
Non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on committed capital securities (CCS)
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of premiums receivable and
loss and loss adjustment expense (LAE) reserves
Total pre-tax adjustments
Less tax effect on pre-tax adjustments
Adjusted operating income
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
Per
Share
Total
Per
Total
Share Total
Per
Share
Total
Per
Share
Total
Per
Share
$402 $ 4.00 $ 521
$ 4.68 $ 730
$ 5.96
$ 881
$ 6.56
$ 1,056
$ 7.08
22
(10)
(22)
22
12
(1)
0.22
(0.11)
(0.22)
0.21
0.10
(0.01)
(32)
101
14
(32)
51
(12)
(0.29)
0.90
0.13
(0.29)
0.45
(0.11)
40
43
(2)
57
138
(69)
0.33
0.35
(0.02)
0.46
1.12
(0.57)
(30)
36
—
(33)
(27)
13
(0.23)
0.27
—
(0.25)
(0.21)
0.09
(27)
505
27
(15)
490
(144)
(0.18)
3.39
0.18
(0.10)
3.29
(0.97)
$391 $ 3.91 $ 482 $ 4.34 $ 661
$ 5.41
$ 895
$ 6.68
$ 710
$ 4.76
Adjusted book value* per share increased 13% to a record $96.86.
ADJUSTED BOOK VALUE*
Adjusted Book Value* Reconciliation
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity to adjusted book value*
Shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL
Less pre-tax reconciling items:
Non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
Unrealized gain (loss) on investment portfolio excluding foreign exchange effect
Less taxes
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity*
Pre-tax reconciling items:
Less: Deferred acquisition costs
Plus: Net present value of estimated net future revenue
Plus: Net unearned premium reserve on financial guaranty contracts
in excess of expected loss to be expensed
Plus taxes
Adjusted book value
2019
2018
As of December 31,
2017
2016
2015
Total
Per
Share
Total
Per
Share
Total
Per
Share
Total
Per
Share
Total
Per
Share
$6,639 $71.18 $ 6,555 $ 63.23 $ 6,839
$ 58.95 $ 6,504
$ 50.82 $ 6,063 $ 43.96
(56)
52
486
(89)
6,246
(0.60)
0.56
5.21
(0.95)
66.96
(45)
74
247
(63)
6,342
(0.44)
0.72
2.39
(0.61)
61.17
(146)
60
487
(83)
6,521
(1.26)
0.52
4.20
(0.71)
56.20
(189)
62
316
(71)
6,386
(1.48)
0.48
2.47
(0.54)
49.89
(241)
62
373
(56)
5,925
(1.75)
0.45
2.71
(0.41)
42.96
111
192
1.19
2.05
105
204
1.01
1.96
101
146
0.87
1.26
106
136
0.83
1.07
114
169
0.83
1.23
3,296
(588)
35.34
(6.30)
3,005
(524)
28.98
(5.04)
2,966
(512)
25.56
(4.41)
2,922
(832)
22.83
(6.50)
3,384
(968)
24.53
(7.02)
$ 9,035 $ 96.86 $ 8,922 $ 86.06 $ 9,020
$ 77.74 $ 8,506
$ 66.46 $ 8,396 $ 60.87
4
1000
800
600
400
200
0
500
400
300
200
100
0
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME
(dollars in millions)
$895
$710
$661
$482
$391
’19
’15
’16
’17
’18
NET INVESTMENT INCOME
(dollars in millions)
$423
$408
$417
$395
$378
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
TOTAL INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO AND CASH
(dollars in millions at year-end)
$11,358
$11,103
$11,539
$10,977
$10,409
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
50
40
30
20
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
100
80
60
40
20
0
CONSOLIDATED CLAIMS-PAYING RESOURCES AND INSURED PORTFOIO LEVERAGE
(dollars in millions at year-end)
Consolidated claims-paying resources (statutory basis)
Ratio of adjusted statutory net exposure to total claims-paying resources
$12,835
$13,171
47x
$12,633 $12,419 $12,462
$12,567
$11,954 $12,021 $11,815
$11,162
41x
39x
35x
30x
’10
’11
’12
’13
’14
’15
’16
26x
22x
20x
’17
20x
’18
21x
’19
DIVIDENDS
Per Share ($)
Total Paid (dollars in millions)
In February 2020, we increased our quarterly dividend
by 11% to $0.20 per common share ($0.80 annualized).
$69
$75
$76
$72
$69
$70
$71
$74
$33
$33
$22
$16
$10
$11
$9
$5
’04*
Per Share
$0.06
$0.12
$0.14
$0.16
$0.18
$0.18
$0.18
$0.18
$0.36
$0.40
$0.44
$0.48
$0.52
$0.57
$0.64
$0.72
’05
’06
’07
’08
’09
’10
’11
’12
’13
’14
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
*In 2004, dividends were paid following our April IPO. The amount shown is the quarterly dividend, annualized.
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
100
80
60
40
20
0
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
SHARE REPURCHASES
(dollars in millions)
$590
$555
$501
$500
$500
$264
$306
’13
’14
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
Share repurchases totaling $500 million helped drive value per share to record levels.
ADJUSTED BOOK VALUE* PER SHARE
Net deferred premium revenue on financial guaranty contracts in excess of net expected loss to be expensed less
deferred acquisition costs, after tax, per share
Net present value of estimated net future revenue in force, after tax, per share
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity per share
$77.74
$20.53
$1.01
$86.06
$23.32
$1.57
$96.86
$28.26
$1.64
$60.87
$17.07
$0.84
$66.46
$15.85
$0.72
$42.96
’15
$49.89
’16
$56.20
’17
$61.17
’18
$66.96
’19
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME PER SHARE
A s s u r e d G u a r a n t y L t d . 5
$6.68
$5.41
$4.76
$4.34
$3.91
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
NEW BUSINESS PVP*
(dollars in millions)
SGI (portfolio reinsurance)
PVP
$663
$391
$272
$463
$179
$214
$289
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
P R I O R I T I Z I N G
FINANCIAL STRENGTH
Continued Leadership in U.S. Municipal Bond Insurance
Our remarkable new business production in 2019 was especially impressive given the headwinds of
historic low interest rates and extremely tight credit spreads.
Municipal bond yields fell in 2019 to then-record lows as investors, prompted by tax law changes,
poured an unprecedented $105.5 billion into municipal bond funds. The yields on the 30-year
municipal bonds fell below 2% at times, and ended the year almost a full percentage point below
where they started the year. The low interest rate environment during the year also made taxable
issuance attractive for numerous municipal issuers, bringing non-traditional buyers into the market.
All told, municipal bond par issued increased 27% year-over-year to $407 billion in 2019. Industry
insured volume also grew 27%.
We saw an even higher rate of growth, 34%, in the par amount insured by Assured Guaranty in
the primary U.S. municipal bond market. We continued to lead the U.S. municipal bond insurance
industry, guaranteeing 60% of the insured new issue par sold during 2019, including 64% of the
Group insured leverage as a multiple of claims-paying resources has improved
over the last decade, declining by more than 50%.
insured par awarded through competitive bids. In total for the year, we guaranteed tax-exempt and
taxable municipal new issues with an aggregate insured par of $14.7 billion.§ §
The 840 primary-market issues we insured included 22 different transactions where we insured
$100 million or more of par. Among them was the largest single insured public finance issue in
almost a decade, a $700 million portion of CommonSpirit Health’s $6.5 billion financing, which was
named The Bond Buyer’s Deal of the Year. This was one of several transactions generated by our
renewed presence in the healthcare sector.
Additionally, in a reflection of the U.S. municipal bond market’s high regard for our guaranty, 10%
of our 2019 primary-market municipal par insured held underlying ratings in the double-A category
from S&P Global Ratings (S&P) or Moody’s Investors Service Inc. (Moody’s).
During 2019, we guaranteed the two largest insured Green Bond transactions executed prior to
December 31, 2019. Then, in January 2020, we guaranteed an even larger insured Green Bond
transaction. Our municipal bond insurance has always been a way to lower the financing cost of
§ § Total market volume and growth of industry insured volume are based on information supplied by Refinitiv. Assured Guaranty’s insured volume, number of transactions and
municipal bond insurance market share information were calculated by Assured Guaranty based on Refinitiv data plus AGM-insured transactions, one in each of 2018
and 2019, that were assigned corporate CUSIPs and therefore may be excluded from third-party municipal data bases.
A s s u r e d G u a r a n t y L t d . 7
projects with environmental benefits—whether in mass transit, renewable energy, resource recovery,
water treatment or other sectors—long before certified Green Bonds became a category.
Including all primary- and secondary-market business, we closed U.S. public finance transactions
totaling $16.3 billion of insured par in 2019, generating $201 million in PVP.
International and Structured Finance Drove Direct Production to Ten-Year Record
Beyond U.S. public finance in 2019, we demonstrated the value created by our commitment to
a diversified financial guaranty underwriting strategy. Diligent work throughout the year in our
international infrastructure business paid off in the fourth quarter with the highest international
PVP result not only for any quarter but also for any year since we acquired Assured Guaranty Municipal
(AGM) in 2009. In total for all of 2019, we produced $211 million of primary- and secondary-market
PVP related to a variety of public sector and public-private infrastructure transactions in the United
Kingdom and Europe. These included a large number of privately executed, bilateral guarantees on
sub-sovereign credits. Further, we wrapped bonds involving university housing, social housing, water
systems, solar energy and a local government leaseback arrangement.
Corporate responsibility is central to our mission, from our core public finance underwriting and
unconditional commitments to policyholders to our strong governance and sustainability initiatives.
While we have an important and well-established base of business in the United Kingdom, we took
steps in 2019 to build on our experience in other countries and further diversify the markets where
we are active. For example, we guaranteed a 207 million Spanish solar energy refinancing that
was both the first wrapped bond issuance in Spain since the global financial crisis and the largest
renewable energy transaction we had guaranteed anywhere up to that point. (We executed a larger
Spanish solar transaction in January 2020.) The transaction was privately placed not only with
European investors but also with investors based in South Korea.
To address the potential impact of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union on
non-U.K. business of our London-based insurance subsidiary, Assured Guaranty (Europe) plc (AGE
UK), we created a new subsidiary in France. The new French company, Assured Guaranty (Europe)
SA, has already begun writing new business in Europe, and we intend to transfer to it guarantees
that AGE UK currently provides to beneficiaries located in the European Economic Area. Upon its
creation, the French subsidiary was awarded financial strength ratings of AA+ from Kroll Bond
Rating Agency (KBRA) and AA from S&P.
8
1000
800
600
400
1000
200
800
0
600
400
200
0
500
400
300
200
500
100
400
0
300
200
100
0
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
12000
2000
10000
0
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME
(dollars in millions)
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME
$710
$661
(dollars in millions)
$895
$895
’16
$710
’15
$661
’17
$482
$391
’18
$482
’19
$391
NET INVESTMENT INCOME
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
(dollars in millions)
$423
$408
$417
$395
$378
NET INVESTMENT INCOME
(dollars in millions)
$423
$408
$417
$395
’15
’16
’17
’18
$378
’19
TOTAL INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO AND CASH
’16
’15
’17
’18
’19
(dollars in millions at year-end)
$11,358
$11,103
$11,539
$10,977
$10,409
TOTAL INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO AND CASH
(dollars in millions at year-end)
$11,358
$11,103
$11,539
$10,977
$10,409
’15
’16
’17
’18
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
’19
50
40
30
50
20
40
30
14000
12000
20
10000
8000
6000
14000
4000
12000
2000
10000
0
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.8
0.4
0.7
0.3
0.6
0.2
0.5
0.1
0.4
0.0
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
100
80
60
40
100
20
80
0
60
40
20
CONSOLIDATED CLAIMS-PAYING RESOURCES AND INSURED PORTFOIO LEVERAGE
(dollars in millions at year-end)
0
Consolidated claims-paying resources (statutory basis)
Ratio of adjusted statutory net exposure to total claims-paying resources
CONSOLIDATED CLAIMS-PAYING RESOURCES AND INSURED PORTFOIO LEVERAGE
$12,835
(dollars in millions at year-end)
$13,171
$12,633 $12,419 $12,462
$12,567
$11,954 $12,021 $11,815
$11,162
Consolidated claims-paying resources (statutory basis)
47x
Ratio of adjusted statutory net exposure to total claims-paying resources
41x
39x
35x
$12,835
$13,171
$12,633 $12,419 $12,462
30x
47x
’10
’11
41x
’12
39x
$12,567
26x
$11,954 $12,021 $11,815
20x
22x
20x
$11,162
21x
’19
’13
’14
’15
’16
’17
’18
80
70
60
50
80
40
70
30
60
20
50
10
40
0
30
20
10
0
DIVIDENDS
35x
30x
26x
22x
Per Share ($)
’10
’11
’12
’13
’14
’15
’16
Total Paid (dollars in millions)
20x
’17
20x
’18
21x
’19
In February 2020, we increased our quarterly dividend
by 11% to $0.20 per common share ($0.80 annualized).
$69
$75
$76
$72
$69
$70
$71
$74
DIVIDENDS
Per Share ($)
Total Paid (dollars in millions)
In February 2020, we increased our quarterly dividend
by 11% to $0.20 per common share ($0.80 annualized).
$33
$33
$69
$75
$76
$72
$69
$70
$71
$74
$22
$16
$9
$5
$10
$11
Per Share
$0.06
’04*
$0.12
’05
$0.14
’06
$0.16
’07
$0.18
’08
$0.18
’09
$0.18
$33
’10
$0.18
$33
’11
$0.36
’12
$0.40
’13
$0.44
’14
$0.48
’15
$0.52
’16
$0.57
’17
$0.64
’18
$0.72
’19
*In 2004, dividends were paid following our April IPO. The amount shown is the quarterly dividend, annualized.
$22
$16
$9
$5
$10
$11
Per Share
$0.06
’04*
$0.12
’05
$0.14
’06
$0.16
’07
$0.18
’08
$0.18
’09
$0.18
’10
$0.18
’11
$0.36
’12
$0.40
’13
$0.44
’14
$0.48
’15
$0.52
’16
$0.57
’17
$0.64
’18
$0.72
’19
*In 2004, dividends were paid following our April IPO. The amount shown is the quarterly dividend, annualized.
A s s u r e d G u a r a n t y L t d . 9
8
7
6
5
4
3
8
2
7
1
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
100
80
60
40
100
20
80
0
60
40
20
0
700
600
500
400
300
200
700
100
600
0
500
400
300
200
100
0
$66.46
$15.85
$0.72
$49.89
$66.46
’16
$15.85
$0.72
$6.68
$6.68
ADJUSTED BOOK VALUE* PER SHARE
Net deferred premium revenue on financial guaranty contracts in excess of net expected loss to be expensed less
deferred acquisition costs, after tax, per share
Net present value of estimated net future revenue in force, after tax, per share
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity per share
ADJUSTED BOOK VALUE* PER SHARE
$77.74
$20.53
Net deferred premium revenue on financial guaranty contracts in excess of net expected loss to be expensed less
$1.64
$60.87
deferred acquisition costs, after tax, per share
$17.07
Net present value of estimated net future revenue in force, after tax, per share
$1.01
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity per share
$0.84
$86.06
$23.32
$1.57
$86.06
$23.32
$61.17
’18
$1.57
$96.86
$28.26
$96.86
$28.26
$66.96
’19
$1.64
$42.96
$60.87
’15
$17.07
$0.84
$77.74
$56.20
$20.53
’17
$1.01
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME PER SHARE
$42.96
$49.89
$56.20
’15
’16
’17
$61.17
’18
$66.96
’19
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME PER SHARE
$5.41
$4.76
$4.34
$3.91
$4.76
’15
’16
$5.41
’17
’18
$4.34
’19
$3.91
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
NEW BUSINESS PVP*
(dollars in millions)
SGI (portfolio reinsurance)
PVP
NEW BUSINESS PVP*
(dollars in millions)
SGI (portfolio reinsurance)
PVP
$179
$214
’15
’16
$179
$214
$663
$391
$272
$663
$391
’18
$272
$463
$463
’19
$289
’17
$289
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
ASSURED GUAR ANT Y LTD.
Additionally, to develop more opportunities in Australia and New Zealand, we entered into an
exclusive Co-Operation Agreement with DTW Capital Solutions, the independent arranger and
advisor we collaborated with in 2018 on a wrapped bond issue for the Port of Brisbane.
In global structured finance during the year, the $51 million of PVP we wrote was driven by sig-
nificant growth in our direct structured finance business, which was double the direct structured
finance production in 2018. Our business providing capital management solutions for insurance
companies accounted for two-thirds of structured finance PVP in 2019, but the business was also
diversified across aviation transactions, collateralized loan obligations, asset-backed securities and
other structured finance transactions.
A Turning Point
Since the start of 2008, our insured portfolio has been amortizing more quickly than we added new
financial guaranty business. This was a function of accelerated refunding activity due to the low
interest rate environment, as well as the fact that over the last several years we have acquired many
I M P L E M E N T I N G
STRATEGIC VISION
insured portfolios underwritten by former competitors, which significantly increased our insured
exposures to a size where the amortization could not be offset by the new business we have written
in a challenging market. This has dramatically reduced our insurance exposure and, because our
statutory capital and claims-paying resources remained strong, helped to improve our insured
leverage ratios. This occurred even though we repurchased $3.3 billion of outstanding common
shares, paid $680 million in dividends to shareholders and paid approximately $11 billion in gross
claims during that period. (Approximately 70% of those claims were in our discontinued residential
mortgage-backed securities business.)
We believe we have now reached an inflection point where, assuming a stable capital market
environment, our rate of new business written should tend to equal or exceed that of exposures
amortized in a given year. This should result in growth in our unearned premium reserve and
therefore in our stream of predictable future earned revenue. The new business we write also has a
direct positive effect on our claims-paying resources, offsetting the impact of the claims we pay out
annually. Currently, most of those claims relate to our Puerto Rico exposures.
Progress Resolving Exposure to Puerto Rico
We have been active in Puerto Rico negotiations and litigation to mitigate our potential losses and
also to oppose precedents that defy the rule of law and could ultimately result in higher financing
costs for municipalities throughout the United States. In distressed debt situations, we have always
preferred to reach consensual settlements that avoid years of costly litigation and help to restore
1 0
In the insurance segment, our commitment to diverse markets has been a successful
strategy that continues to produce strong results. Our entry into asset management fulfills our
strategic objective to diversify our types of revenue.
the debtor’s capital market access. A step in the right direction came when we and other creditors
supported confirmation of the COFINA plan of adjustment, which enabled COFINA to restructure its
debt load. We paid off in full our COFINA exposure and subsequently sold the exchange bonds we
received in that restructuring.
A second accomplishment occurred when PREPA, the Oversight Board, the Commonwealth, bond
insurers including Assured Guaranty, and holders of 90% of PREPA’s uninsured revenue bonds agreed
to the PREPA RSA. We believe prompt implementation of this agreement is the first critical step
toward the privatization and rebuilding of PREPA, so that it becomes the efficient, reliable, resilient
and sustainable electricity provider that is essential for Puerto Rico’s long-term economic health.
As 2019 ended, there remained more work to do to gain approval of a Plan of Adjustment for PREPA
and to resolve the Commonwealth’s general obligation debt and that of several public corporations.
Our $237 billion insured portfolio is more than 96% investment grade.
Puerto Rico has resources to settle its debts and provide essential services. At year-end, the
Commonwealth and many of its instrumentalities held an aggregate cash balance exceeding
$17 billion, according to a government disclosure. The priorities for the use of these funds are
specified in Puerto Rico’s laws and constitution and should be followed for Puerto Rico to regain
the trust of the capital markets. We will work with other relevant parties to find consensual
solutions that comply with the rule of law, treat existing creditors fairly and give potential future
investors reason to have confidence entrusting their capital to the Commonwealth when it seeks to
issue new debt. We are ready to engage in constructive talks at any time—or to litigate to the extent
we cannot reach agreement.
Ongoing Financial Strength
Puerto Rico exposures constitute less than 2% of our insured portfolio, which is in very good shape
overall. Our remaining exposures to residential mortgage-backed securities are now largely investment
grade and have dwindled to less than 2% of net par exposure. In total, our below-investment-grade
net par outstanding is now below 4%, and more than half of that relates to Puerto Rico exposures.
The rating agencies regularly test the ability of our capital resources to support this insured portfolio
under extreme economic stress, and they also consider the quality of our management, competitive
position and numerous other factors. During 2019, S&P affirmed the AA financial strength rating it
applies across all of our insurance subsidiaries. KBRA affirmed its AA+ financial strength ratings of AGM,
Municipal Assurance Corp. (MAC) and AGE UK and its AA rating of Assured Guaranty Corp. (AGC).
1 2
CONSOLIDATED NET PAR OUTSTANDING
(as of December 31, 2019)
74% U.S. Public Finance
A– average rating
4% U.S. Structured Finance
A– average rating
22% Non-U.S. Public Finance
A– average rating
<1% Non-U.S. Structured Finance
A average rating
Ratings are based on
our internal rating scale.
$236.8 billion A– average rating
CONSOLIDATED NET PAR OUTSTANDING BY RATING
(as of December 31, 2019)
2% AAA
12% AA
47% A
35% BBB
4% Below investment grade
$236.8 billion
U.S. PUBLIC FINANCE NET PAR OUTSTANDING BY SECTOR
(as of December 31, 2019)
42% General Obligation
21% Tax-Backed
15% Municipal Utilities
9% Transportation
4% Healthcare
3% Higher Education
5% Other Public Finance
$175.5 billion A– average rating
A s s u r e d G u a r a n t y L t d . 1 3
D E V E L O P I N G
NEW SYNERGIES
Moody’s affirmed AGM at A2.‡‡ All these ratings have stable outlooks, and they position our financial
guaranty business to continue to perform well.
Introducing Assured Investment Management
With the acquisition of BlueMountain in the fourth quarter of 2019, we added a second business
segment that fits well with our deep credit experience and also expands our opportunities to improve
returns and generate fee-based revenue to complement the risk-based revenues of the financial
guaranty business.
The Assured Investment Management platform represents a new dimension of Assured Guaranty.
Its core will be BlueMountain and its associated entities, whose outstanding equity interests we
acquired on October 1, 2019 for $157 million.
The combined credit skills and business relationships in our financial guaranty
and newly acquired asset management operations will help us expand our activities in healthcare,
asset-backed finance and other sectors.
BlueMountain is an asset management firm with $17.8 billion in assets under management at
year-end 2019. It has a long record of success managing credit-focused investments and ranks
among the top 20 global managers of collateralized loan obligations.†† We contributed $60 million
of working capital at closing and an additional $30 million in February 2020 to support Assured
Investment Management’s growth and restructuring.
We also believe that having Assured Investment Management manage a portion of our investment
portfolio in-house provides an opportunity to improve investment returns and better utilize our
internal resources. We intend, initially, to commit $500 million of capital to funds managed by
Assured Investment Management plus additional amounts in other accounts it manages. Of the
$500 million commitment, we had invested approximately $79 million by year-end in three new
investment vehicles, with each vehicle dedicated to one of three strategies: CLOs, asset-backed
securities and healthcare private capital. These strategies are consistent with the investment strengths
of Assured Investment Management and our plans to foster its growth.
BlueMountain’s CEO and CIO Andrew Feldstein, who co-founded the firm, is now also CIO and
Head of Asset Management for Assured Guaranty, overseeing both the investment activity of our
insurance companies and the operations of Assured Investment Management. Our insurance and
‡‡ Assured Guaranty requested in January 2017 that Moody’s drop its rating of AGC; Moody’s declined, and continues to rate AGC.
†† Based on assets under management. Source: CreditFlux CLO manager rankings.
A s s u r e d G u a r a n t y L t d . 1 5
1000
800
600
1000
400
800
200
600
0
400
200
0
500
400
300
500
200
400
100
300
0
200
100
0
12000
10000
8000
6000
12000
4000
10000
2000
8000
0
6000
4000
2000
0
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME
(dollars in millions)
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME
$895
(dollars in millions)
$710
$895
$710
$661
$661
’15
’16
’17
$482
$482
’18
’15
’16
’17
’18
NET INVESTMENT INCOME
(dollars in millions)
$391
$391
’19
’19
NET INVESTMENT INCOME
$423
(dollars in millions)
$408
$417
$395
$378
$423
$408
$417
$395
$378
’15
’16
’17
’18
’15
’16
’17
’18
TOTAL INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO AND CASH
(dollars in millions at year-end)
’19
’19
TOTAL INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO AND CASH
$11,103
$11,358
$11,539
$10,977
$10,409
(dollars in millions at year-end)
$11,358
$11,103
$11,539
$10,977
$10,409
’15
’16
’17
’18
’15
’16
’17
’18
’19
’19
1 6
50
40
50
30
40
20
30
20
14000
12000
10000
8000
14000
6000
12000
4000
10000
2000
8000
0
6000
4000
2000
0
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.8
0.5
0.7
0.4
0.6
0.3
0.5
0.2
0.4
0.1
0.3
0.0
0.2
0.1
0.0
80
70
60
80
50
70
40
60
30
50
20
40
10
30
0
20
10
0
100
80
60
100
40
80
20
60
0
40
20
0
CONSOLIDATED CLAIMS-PAYING RESOURCES AND INSURED PORTFOIO LEVERAGE
(dollars in millions at year-end)
Consolidated claims-paying resources (statutory basis)
Ratio of adjusted statutory net exposure to total claims-paying resources
CONSOLIDATED CLAIMS-PAYING RESOURCES AND INSURED PORTFOIO LEVERAGE
(dollars in millions at year-end)
Consolidated claims-paying resources (statutory basis)
$13,171
Ratio of adjusted statutory net exposure to total claims-paying resources
$12,633 $12,419 $12,462
$12,567
$12,835
$11,954 $12,021 $11,815
$11,162
47x
47x
41x
39x
$12,835
$13,171
$12,633 $12,419 $12,462
35x
$12,567
$11,954 $12,021 $11,815
$11,162
41x
39x
’12
’13
35x
’10
’11
’14
’15
’16
30x
30x
26x
22x
26x
22x
’10
’11
’12
’13
’14
’15
’16
20x
’17
20x
’17
20x
’18
20x
’18
21x
’19
21x
’19
DIVIDENDS
Per Share ($)
Total Paid (dollars in millions)
DIVIDENDS
Per Share ($)
Total Paid (dollars in millions)
In February 2020, we increased our quarterly dividend
by 11% to $0.20 per common share ($0.80 annualized).
$75
$76
$72
$69
$70
$71
In February 2020, we increased our quarterly dividend
by 11% to $0.20 per common share ($0.80 annualized).
$75
$76
$72
$69
$70
$71
$69
$69
$33
$33
$33
$33
$22
$16
$22
’09
’08
$16
$9
$5
$10
$11
$10
$11
$9
$5
’04*
Per Share
$0.06
$0.12
$0.14
$0.16
$0.18
$0.18
$0.18
$0.18
$0.36
$0.40
$0.44
$0.48
$0.52
$0.57
$0.64
$0.72
’04*
’05
’06
’07
’10
’11
’12
’13
’14
’15
’16
’17
’18
*In 2004, dividends were paid following our April IPO. The amount shown is the quarterly dividend, annualized.
Per Share
$0.06
$0.12
$0.14
$0.16
$0.18
$0.18
$0.18
$0.18
$0.36
$0.40
$0.44
$0.48
$0.52
$0.57
$0.64
$0.72
’05
’06
’07
’08
’09
’10
’11
’12
’13
’14
’15
’16
’17
’18
*In 2004, dividends were paid following our April IPO. The amount shown is the quarterly dividend, annualized.
$74
$74
’19
’19
8
7
6
5
4
8
3
7
2
6
1
5
0
4
3
2
1
0
100
80
60
100
40
80
20
60
0
40
20
0
700
600
500
400
700
300
600
200
500
100
400
0
300
200
100
0
ADJUSTED BOOK VALUE* PER SHARE
Net deferred premium revenue on financial guaranty contracts in excess of net expected loss to be expensed less
deferred acquisition costs, after tax, per share
Net present value of estimated net future revenue in force, after tax, per share
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity per share
ADJUSTED BOOK VALUE* PER SHARE
Net deferred premium revenue on financial guaranty contracts in excess of net expected loss to be expensed less
deferred acquisition costs, after tax, per share
Net present value of estimated net future revenue in force, after tax, per share
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity per share
$4.34
$3.91
$66.46
$15.85
$0.72
$66.46
$15.85
$49.89
$0.72
’16
$6.68
$6.68
$60.87
$17.07
$0.84
$60.87
$17.07
$42.96
’15
$0.84
$4.76
$4.76
$77.74
$20.53
$1.01
$77.74
$20.53
$56.20
$1.01
’17
$5.41
$5.41
$42.96
’15
$49.89
’16
$56.20
’17
$61.17
’18
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME PER SHARE
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME PER SHARE
’15
’16
’17
’15
’16
’17
’18
NEW BUSINESS PVP*
(dollars in millions)
SGI (portfolio reinsurance)
PVP
PVP
NEW BUSINESS PVP*
(dollars in millions)
SGI (portfolio reinsurance)
$179
’15
$179
$214
’16
$214
$289
$289
’17
’15
’16
’17
’18
$86.06
$23.32
$1.57
$86.06
$23.32
$61.17
$1.57
’18
$4.34
’18
$663
$391
$663
$391
$272
’18
$272
$96.86
$28.26
$1.64
$96.86
$28.26
$1.64
$66.96
’19
$66.96
’19
$3.91
’19
’19
$463
$463
’19
’19
asset management teams have already begun developing the synergies inherent in their mutual
strengths in credit, asset-backed finance, infrastructure and healthcare. One of the first initiatives
will be to create Assured Healthcare Partners to manage healthcare structured capital investments
and to attract funds from third-party investors.
Positioned for Success
We have begun a new chapter in the story of Assured Guaranty in a strong financial position with
significant excess capital, low insured leverage and a solid, diversified book of insured business.
We believe this will serve us well in what, as we go to press, is an uncertain environment involving
a global public health challenge and volatile financial markets. While it is too soon to predict when
market and economic conditions will improve, we will continue to remain focused on:
• maintaining our strong financial position
• writing new insurance business that meets our disciplined underwriting standards, replenishes the
amortization of the insured portfolio and further contributes to our financial strength and growth
Our investment portfolio and cash provide more than $10 billion of liquidity,
and our investments have generated annual net investment income exceeding
$375 million in each of the last nine years.
• continuing our strategic diversification of both the types of obligations we insure and the
geographical reach of our financial guaranty markets
• and expanding our new asset management business to diversify our revenue opportunities,
generate cashflow and operating income, and strengthen our ability to improve investment
returns in our portfolio.
We remain committed to managing our capital prudently and efficiently and to maintaining our
rigorous underwriting discipline and surveillance. Above all, the first priority of our insurance
companies remains to fulfill our unconditional and irrevocable obligations to protect policyholders.
Dominic J. Frederico
President and Chief Executive Officer
March 2020
A s s u r e d G u a r a n t y L t d . 1 7
EXECUTIVE TEAM
Robert A. Bailenson
Chief Financial Officer
Ling Chow
General Counsel and Secretary
Howard W. Albert
Chief Risk Officer
Russell B. Brewer II
Chief Surveillance Officer
Stephen Donnarumma
Chief Credit Officer
Andrew T. Feldstein
Chief Investment Officer and
Head of Asset Management
SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND BUSINESS LEADERS
CORPORATE
Laura A. Bieling
Chief Accounting Officer
Laura A. Cappiello
Senior Managing Director,
Human Capital Management
Ivana M. Grillo
Senior Managing Director,
Human Resources
Teresa Muñoz
Senior Managing Director,
Financial Reporting
Alfonso J. Pisani
Managing Director
and Treasurer
INSURANCE
Dava E. Ritchea
Senior Managing Director,
Corporate Strategy
Benjamin G. Rosenblum
Chief Actuary
Robert S. Tucker
Senior Managing Director,
Investor Relations and
Corporate Communications
Daniel S. Bevill
Senior Managing Director,
Structured Finance
Gary F. Burnet
President, Assured
Guaranty Re Ltd.
Christopher P. Chafizadeh
Senior Managing Director,
Public Finance Marketing
William J. Hogan
Senior Managing Director,
Public Finance
Holly L. Horn
Chief Surveillance Officer,
Public Finance
ASSET MANAGEMENT
Steven B. Kahn
Senior Managing Director,
Structured Finance
William B. O’Keefe
Senior Managing Director,
Public Finance
Nicholas J. Proud
Senior Managing Director, International
Infrastructure and Global Structured Finance
Ashleigh L. Bischoff
Co-Head of Asset Based Investing
Evan P. Boulukos
Head of Municipal Bond Investing
David A. Buzen
Deputy Chief Investment Officer
Brandon L. Cahill
Co-Head of Collateralized
Loan Obligation Management
Dawn L. Jasiak
General Counsel,
Asset Management
1 8
Lee S. Kempler
Chief Operating Officer,
Asset Management
Charles C. Kobayashi
Co-Head of Collateralized
Loan Obligation Management
James B. Pieri
Head of Private Healthcare Investing
Bradley S. Schwartz
Co-Head of Asset Based Investing
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts) Year Ended December 31,
Summary of Annual Operations
Revenues:
Net earned premiums
Net investment income
Asset management fees
Net realized investment gains (losses)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives and VIEs
Bargain purchase gain and settlement of pre-existing relationships
Commutation gains (losses)
Other income (loss)
$
Total revenues
Expenses:
Loss and loss adjustment expenses
Interest expense
Other expenses (1)
Total expenses in net income
Income before income taxes and equity in net earnings of investees
Equity in net earnings of investees
Income before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income
Less: Redeemable noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
$
Adjusted operating income (2) (3) (4)
Gain (loss) related to VIE consolidation included in adjusted operating income (3) $
Net income attributable to AGL per diluted share
$
Adjusted operating income per diluted share (2) (3) (4)
Gain (loss) related to VIE consolidation included in adjusted operating
income per diluted share (3)
Total Gross Written Premiums (GWP)
Less: Installment GWP and other GAAP adjustments (5)
Plus: Financial guaranty installment premium PVP
Total present value of new business production (PVP) (2)
Year-End Data
Shareholders’ equity AGL (book value)
Book value per share
Adjusted operating shareholders' equity (2) (3) (4)
Adjusted operating shareholders' equity per share (2) (3) (4)
Adjusted book value (2) (3) (4)
Adjusted book value per share (2) (3) (4)
Gain (loss) related to VIE consolidation included in:
Adjusted operating shareholders' equity
Adjusted operating shareholders' equity per share
Adjusted book value
Adjusted book value per share
Financial Guaranty Insured Portfolio
Net debt service outstanding (end of period)(6)
Net par outstanding (end of period) (6)
Public finance
Structured finance
Total net par outstanding
Claims-Paying Resources
Policyholders’ surplus
Contingency reserve
Qualified statutory capital
Claims-paying resources (7)
Asset Management Data
Assets under management
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
476
378
22
22
33
—
1
31
963
93
89
321
503
460
4
464
63
401
(1)
402
391
—
4.00
3.91
—
677
469
255
463
6,639
71.18
6,246
66.96
9,035
96.86
7
0.07
(4)
(0.05)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
548
395
—
(32)
126
—
(16)
(20)
$
$
690
417
—
40
141
58
328
65
$
864
408
—
(29)
136
259
8
29
766
423
—
(26)
766
214
28
33
1,001
1,739
1,675
2,204
64
94
264
422
579
1
580
59
521
—
521
482
(4)
4.68
4.34
(0.03)
612
119
170
663
6,555
63.23
6,342
61.17
8,922
86.06
3
0.03
(15)
(0.15)
388
97
263
748
991
—
991
261
730
—-
730
661
11
5.96
5.41
0.10
307
99
81
289
$
$
$
$
$ 6,839
58.95
$ 6,521
56.20
$ 9,020
77.74
5
0.03
(14)
(0.12)
295
102
263
660
1,015
2
1,017
136
881
—
424
101
251
776
1,428
3
1,431
375
1,056
—
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
881
$ 1,056
895
12
6.56
6.68
0.10
154
(10)
50
214
6,504
50.82
6,386
49.89
8,506
66.46
(7)
(0.06)
(24)
(0.18)
$
$
$
710
11
7.08
4.76
0.07
181
55
53
179
$ 6,063
43.96
$ 5,925
42.96
$ 8,396
60.87
(21)
(0.15)
(43)
(0.31)
$
$
$
$
$ 374,130
$ 371,586
$401,118
$ 437,535
$ 536,341
$226,746
10,061
$ 236,807
$ 230,665
11,137
$ 241,802
$252,314
12,638
$264,952
$ 271,179
25,139
$296,318
$ 321,443
37,128
$358,571
$
5,056
1,607
6,663
$
$ 11,162
$
5,148
1,663
6,811
$
$ 11,815
$ 5,305
1,750
$ 7,055
$ 12,021
$ 5,126
2,008
7,134
$
$ 11,954
$ 4,631
2,263
$ 6,894
$ 12,567
$ 17,827
$
— $
— $
— $
—
(1) Includes employee compensation and benefits expenses, operating expenses and amortization of deferred acquisition costs.
(2) Adjusted operating income, adjusted book value, along with per-share equivalents, and PVP are financial measures that are not in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and we refer
to them as non-GAAP financial measures. Please see Assured Guaranty’s Form 10-K filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), which is bound into this Annual Report, for definitions of these
non-GAAP financial measures and reconciliations of such measures to the most comparable financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP.
(3) The Company no longer adjusts for the effect of consolidating variable interest entities (VIE consolidation) in its non-GAAP financial measures (adjusted operating income, adjusted operating shareholders’ equity and adjusted
book value). The Company has separately disclosed the effect of VIE consolidation that is now included in its non-GAAP financial measures.
(4) See page 4 for five-year reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP measure.
(5) Includes present value of new business on installment policies discounted at the prescribed GAAP discount rates, gross written premium adjustments on existing installment policies due to changes in assumptions,
any cancellations of assumed reinsurance contracts, and other GAAP adjustments.
(6) Net debt service and net par outstanding amounts exclude amounts relating to securities or assets owned by the Company as a result of loss mitigation strategies, including loss mitigation securities held in the invest-
ment portfolio. See AGL’s Form 10-K, Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure for additional information.
(7) Based on accounting practices prescribed or permitted by U.S. insurance regulatory authorities, for all insurance subsidiaries. Claims-paying resources is calculated as the sum of statutory policyholders’ surplus, statutory
contingency reserve, unearned premium reserves and net deferred ceding commission income, statutory loss and LAE reserves, present value of installment premium on financial guaranty and credit derivatives, discounted
at 6%, standby lines of credit/stop loss and excess-of-loss reinsurance facility. Total claims-paying resources is used by the Company to evaluate the adequacy of capital resources.
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Francisco L. Borges
Chairman of the Board
and of the Nominating and
Governance, and Executive
Committees; member of the
Environmental and Social
Responsibility Committee
Dominic J. Frederico
President and Chief Executive
Officer and member of the
Executive Committee
G. Lawrence Buhl
Chairman of the Audit
Committee and member of the
Compensation Committee
Bonnie L. Howard
Chairman of the Risk Oversight
Committee and member
of the Audit Committee
Thomas W. Jones
Member of the Audit and
Compensation Committees
Patrick W. Kenny
Chairman of the Compensation
Committee; member of the
Nominating and Governance,
Executive, and Environmental and
Social Responsibility Committees
Alan J. Kreczko
Chairman of the Environmental
and Social Responsibility
Commitee; member of the
Finance, and Nominating and
Governance Committees
Simon W. Leathes
Member of the Finance,
Risk Oversight, and
Executive Committees
Michael T. O’Kane
Chairman of the Finance
Committee and member of
the Audit Committee
Yukiko Omura
Member of the Finance
and Risk Oversight Committees
2 0
2 0 1 9 F O R M 1 0 - K
(cid:53)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:76)
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
(cid:4339)
(cid:4337)
ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019
Or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number 001-32141
ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Bermuda
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)
98-0429991
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
30 Woodbourne Avenue, Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda
(441) 279-5700
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive office)
None
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class:
Common Shares
$0.01 per share
Trading Symbol(s)
AGO
Name of exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:58) No (cid:134)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:134) No (cid:58)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:58) No (cid:134)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405
of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes (cid:58) No (cid:134)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or
an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company"
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
(cid:95)(cid:3)
(cid:134)(cid:3)
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
(cid:134)(cid:3)
(cid:4337)
(cid:4337)
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:134)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:4337) No (cid:58)
The aggregate market value of Common Shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the close of business on June 28, 2019 was
$4,084,346,347 (based upon the closing price of the Registrant's shares on the New York Stock Exchange on that date, which was $42.08). For purposes of this
information, the outstanding Common Shares which were owned by all directors and executive officers of the Registrant were deemed to be the only shares of
Common Stock held by affiliates.
As of February 25, 2020, 92,581,878 Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share, were outstanding (including 56,028 unvested restricted shares).
Certain portions of Registrant's definitive proxy statement relating to its 2020 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
to Part III of this report.
(cid:53)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:76)
Forward Looking Statements
This Form 10-K contains information that includes or is based upon forward looking statements within the meaning of
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward looking statements give the expectations or forecasts of future
events of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (AGL) and its subsidiaries (collectively with AGL, Assured Guaranty or the Company). These
statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and relate to future operating
or financial performance.
Any or all of Assured Guaranty’s forward looking statements herein are based on current expectations and the current
economic environment and may turn out to be incorrect. Assured Guaranty’s actual results may vary materially. Among factors
that could cause actual results to differ adversely are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
changes in the world’s credit markets, segments thereof, interest rates, credit spreads or general economic
conditions;
developments in the world’s financial and capital markets that adversely affect insured obligors’ repayment rates,
Assured Guaranty’s insurance loss or recovery experience, investments of Assured Guaranty or assets it manages;
reduction in the amount of available insurance opportunities and/or in the demand for Assured Guaranty's
insurance;
the loss of investors in Assured Guaranty's asset management strategies or the failure to attract new investors to
Assured Guaranty's asset management business;
the possibility that budget or pension shortfalls or other factors will result in credit losses or impairments on
obligations of state, territorial and local governments and their related authorities and public corporations that
Assured Guaranty insures or reinsures;
insured losses in excess of those expected by Assured Guaranty or the failure of Assured Guaranty to realize loss
recoveries that are assumed in its expected loss estimates for insurance exposures;
increased competition, including from new entrants into the financial guaranty industry;
poor performance of Assured Guaranty's asset management strategies compared to the performance of the asset
management strategies of Assured Guaranty's competitors;
the possibility that investments made by Assured Guaranty for its investment portfolio, including alternative
investments and investments it manages, do not result in the benefits anticipated or subject Assured Guaranty to
reduced liquidity at a time it requires liquidity or to unanticipated consequences;
the impact of market volatility on the mark-to-market of Assured Guaranty’s assets and liabilities subject to mark-
to-market, including certain of its investments, most of its contracts written in credit default swap (CDS) form,
and variable interest entities (VIEs) as well as on the mark-to-market of assets Assured Guaranty manages;
rating agency action, including a ratings downgrade, a change in outlook, the placement of ratings on watch for
downgrade, or a change in rating criteria, at any time, of AGL or any of its insurance subsidiaries, and/or of any
securities AGL or any of its subsidiaries have issued, and/or of transactions that AGL’s insurance subsidiaries
have insured;
the inability of Assured Guaranty to access external sources of capital on acceptable terms;
changes in applicable accounting policies or practices;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
changes in applicable laws or regulations, including insurance, bankruptcy and tax laws, or other governmental
actions;
the failure of Assured Guaranty to successfully integrate the business of BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC
(BlueMountain) and its associated entities;
the possibility that acquisitions made by Assured Guaranty, including its acquisition of BlueMountain
(BlueMountain Acquisition), do not result in the benefits anticipated or subject Assured Guaranty to unanticipated
consequences;
difficulties with the execution of Assured Guaranty’s business strategy;
loss of key personnel;
the effects of mergers, acquisitions and divestitures;
natural or man-made catastrophes or pandemics;
other risk factors identified in AGL’s filings with the United States (U.S.) Securities and Exchange Commission
(the SEC);
other risks and uncertainties that have not been identified at this time; and
• management’s response to these factors.
The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive, and should be read in conjunction
with the other cautionary statements that are included in this Form 10-K. The Company undertakes no obligation to update
publicly or review any forward looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise,
except as required by law. Investors are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures the Company makes on related
subjects in the Company’s reports filed with the SEC.
If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if the Company’s underlying assumptions prove to
be incorrect, actual results may vary materially from what the Company projected. Any forward looking statements in this
Form 10-K reflect the Company’s current views with respect to future events and are subject to these and other risks,
uncertainties and assumptions relating to its operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity.
For these statements, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward looking statements contained
in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act).
Convention
Unless otherwise noted, ratings on Assured Guaranty's insured portfolio and on bonds or notes purchased pursuant to
loss mitigation strategies or other risk management strategies (loss mitigation securities) are Assured Guaranty’s internal
ratings. Internal credit ratings are expressed on a rating scale similar to that used by the rating agencies and generally reflect an
approach similar to that employed by the rating agencies, except that Assured Guaranty's internal credit ratings focus on future
performance, rather than lifetime performance.
In addition, unless otherwise noted, the Company excludes amounts from its outstanding insured par and debt service
relating to securities or assets owned by the Company as a result of loss mitigation strategies, including loss mitigation
securities held in the investment portfolio. The Company manages the loss mitigation securities as investments and not
insurance exposure.
ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Item 1.
Business
Overview
Insurance Segment
Insurance Portfolio
Exposure Limits, Underwriting Procedures, and Credit Policy
Importance of Financial Strength Ratings
Competition
Asset Management Segment
Products
Fees
Competition
Investment Portfolio
Risk Management Procedures
Regulation
Tax Matters
Description of Share Capital
Other Provisions of AGL's Bye-Laws
Employees
Available Information
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Risks Related to Economic, Market and Political Conditions and Natural Phenomena
Risks Related to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations
Strategic Risks
Operational Risks
Risks Related to Taxation
Risks Related to GAAP, Applicable Law and Litigation
Risks Related to AGL's Common Shares
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Executive Summary
Page
7
7
7
7
8
12
14
15
16
17
17
18
18
19
23
40
47
48
49
49
50
50
53
54
57
61
66
69
70
70
71
72
74
74
76
78
78
Results of Operations
Business Segments
Results of Operations by Segment
Insurance Segment
Asset Management Segment
Corporate
Other
Reconciliation to GAAP
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Insured Portfolio
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018
Consolidated Statements of Operations for Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and
2017
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity for Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Business and Basis of Presentation
2. Business Combinations and Assumption of Insured Portfolio
3. Ratings
4. Segment Information
5. Outstanding Insurance Exposure
6. Expected Loss to be Paid
7. Contracts Accounted for as Insurance
8. Reinsurance
9. Fair Value Measurement
10. Investments and Cash
11. Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives
12. Asset Management Fees
13. Goodwill and other Intangible Assets
14. Variable Interest Entities
15. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities
16. Employee Benefit Plans
17. Income Taxes
18. Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements
19. Related Party Transactions
20. Commitments and Contingencies
21. Shareholders' Equity
22. Other Comprehensive Income
88
88
90
90
99
102
102
104
106
111
120
134
139
140
143
144
145
146
147
149
149
151
156
157
161
181
192
203
206
221
230
233
234
236
242
246
251
257
260
261
264
266
23. Earnings Per Share
24. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
25. Subsidiary Information
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
269
270
272
280
280
281
282
282
282
282
282
282
283
283
288
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
PART I
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (AGL and, together with its subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty or the Company) is a Bermuda-
based holding company incorporated in 2003 that provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit protection products and
asset management services. The Company provides credit protection products to the U.S. and international public finance
(including infrastructure) and structured finance markets, and manages assets across collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and
long-duration opportunity funds that build on its corporate credit, asset-backed finance and healthcare structured capital
experience.
In the Insurance segment, the Company applies its credit underwriting judgment, risk management skills and capital
markets experience primarily to offer financial guaranty insurance that protects holders of debt instruments and other monetary
obligations from defaults in scheduled payments. If an obligor defaults on a scheduled payment due on an obligation, including
a scheduled principal or interest payment (debt service), the Company is required under its unconditional and irrevocable
financial guaranty to pay the amount of the shortfall to the holder of the obligation. The Company markets its financial
guaranty insurance directly to issuers and underwriters of public finance and structured finance securities as well as to investors
in such obligations. The Company guarantees obligations issued principally in the U.S. and the United Kingdom (U.K.), and
also guarantees obligations issued in other countries and regions, including Western Europe, Canada and Australia.
In the Asset Management segment, the Company completed on October 1, 2019 its acquisition (the BlueMountain
Acquisition) of all of the outstanding equity interests in BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC (BlueMountain) and its
associated entities. As of that date, BlueMountain managed or serviced $18.3 billion in assets across CLOs and opportunity
funds that build on its corporate credit, asset-backed finance and healthcare structured capital experience, as well as certain
legacy hedge and opportunity funds now subject to an orderly wind-down. The BlueMountain Acquisition diversifies the risk
profile and revenue opportunities of the Company into the asset management industry, with the goal of further developing a
fee-based platform, which will be operating within the Assured Investment Management platform. Additionally, the Company
believes that the establishment of Assured Investment Management provides the Company an opportunity to deploy excess
capital at attractive returns, improving the risk-adjusted return on a portion of its investment portfolio. The Company intends to
leverage the Assured Investment Management infrastructure and platform to grow its Asset Management segment both
organically and inorganically through strategic combinations.
Since the acquisition of BlueMountain and establishment of Assured Investment Management, the Company now
operates in two distinct operating segments, Insurance and Asset Management, and also has a Corporate division. See Part II,
Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 4, Segment Information for financial results of the Company's segments.
Insurance
The Company's largest line of business is Insurance. The Company primarily conducts financial guaranty business on
a direct basis from the following companies: Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. (AGM), Municipal Assurance Corp. (MAC),
Assured Guaranty Corp. (AGC), Assured Guaranty (Europe) plc (AGE UK) and, most recently, Assured Guaranty (Europe) SA
(AGE SA). It also conducts insurance business through its Bermuda-based reinsurers Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. (AG Re) and
Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (AGRO). The following is a description of AGL's principal insurance operating
subsidiaries:
•
Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. and Municipal Assurance Corp. Since mid-2008, AGM has provided
financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance only on debt obligations issued in the U.S. public finance and global
infrastructure markets, including bonds issued by U.S. state or governmental authorities or notes issued to finance
infrastructure projects. MAC offers insurance and reinsurance on bonds issued by U.S. state or municipal
governmental authorities, focusing on investment grade obligations in select sectors of the municipal market.
AGM is located and domiciled in New York. AGM was organized in 1984 as "Financial Security Assurance Inc."
and until 2008 also offered insurance and reinsurance in the global structured finance market. (AGM's
subsidiaries AGE UK and AGE SA still offer insurance and reinsurance in the global structured finance markets.)
MAC is located and domiciled in New York and was organized in 2008. Assured Guaranty acquired MAC on
May 31, 2012.
7
•
•
•
Assured Guaranty Corp. AGC is located in New York and domiciled in Maryland, was organized in 1985 and
commenced operations in 1988. It provides insurance and reinsurance on debt obligations in the global structured
finance market and also offers guarantees on obligations in the U.S. public finance and international infrastructure
markets. AGC acquired CIFG Assurance North America, Inc. (CIFGNA) in 2016 and Radian Asset Assurance Inc.
(Radian Asset) in 2015, and merged them each with and into AGC, with AGC being the surviving entity.
Assured Guaranty (Europe) plc and Assured Guaranty (Europe) SA. AGE UK and AGE SA offer financial
guarantees in both the international public finance and structured finance markets. AGE UK is a U.K.
incorporated company licensed as a U.K. insurance company and located in England. Through 2019, AGE UK
wrote business in the U.K. and various countries throughout the European Union (EU) as well as certain other
non-EU countries. AGE UK was organized in 1990 and issued its first financial guarantee in 1994. As discussed
further under “-- Regulation -- United Kingdom, Position of U.K. Regulated Entities within the AGL Group”
below, AGE UK has agreed with its regulator that new business it writes would be guaranteed using a co-
insurance structure pursuant to which AGE UK would co-insure municipal and infrastructure transactions with
AGM, and structured finance transactions with AGC. AGE SA is a French incorporated company and has been
authorized by the French insurance and banking supervisory authority, the Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de
Résolution, to conduct financial guarantee business, and is located in France. AGE SA was established in
mid-2019 to address the impact of the withdrawal of the U.K. from the EU. AGE UK intends to transfer certain
existing financial guarantees in its portfolio to AGE SA. Upon such transfer, these will become the financial
guarantees of AGE SA. Through AGE SA, Assured Guaranty intends to continue to write new business in the EU.
AGE UK will remain the Assured Guaranty platform that writes new business in the U.K. and certain other non-
EU countries.
The Company combined the operations of its then European subsidiaries, AGE UK, Assured Guaranty (UK) plc
(AGUK), Assured Guaranty (London) plc (AGLN) and CIFG Europe S.A. (CIFGE), in a transaction that was
completed on November 7, 2018. Under the combination, AGUK, AGLN and CIFGE transferred their insurance
portfolios to and merged with and into AGE UK (the Combination).
Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. AG Re and AGRO underwrite financial
guaranty reinsurance, and AGRO also underwrites other specialty insurance and reinsurance that is in line with
the Company's risk profile and benefits from its underwriting experience. AG Re and AGRO write business as
reinsurers of third-party primary insurers and of certain affiliated companies. AG Re is incorporated under the
laws of Bermuda and is licensed as a Class 3B insurer under the Insurance Act 1978 and related regulations of
Bermuda. AG Re indirectly owns AGRO, which is a Bermuda Class 3A and Class C insurer.
The Company considers opportunities to acquire financial guaranty portfolios, whether by acquiring financial
guarantors who are no longer actively writing new business or their insured portfolios (including through reinsurance), or by
commuting business that it had previously ceded. In the last several years, the Company has reassumed a number of previously
ceded portfolios and has completed the acquisition of Radian Asset, CIFG Holding Inc. (CIFGH, and together with its
subsidiaries, CIFG) (the CIFG Acquisition) and MBIA UK Insurance Limited (MBIA UK), the U.K. operating subsidiary of
MBIA Insurance Corporation (MBIA) (MBIA UK Acquisition). On June 1, 2018, the Company closed a transaction with
Syncora Guarantee Inc. (SGI) (SGI Transaction) under which AGC assumed, generally on a 100% quota share basis,
substantially all of SGI’s insured portfolio and AGM reassumed a book of business previously ceded to SGI by AGM. The
Company continues to investigate additional opportunities related to remaining legacy financial guaranty portfolios, but the
number and size of the opportunities have decreased and there can be no assurance of whether or when the Company will find
suitable opportunities on appropriate terms.
Insurance Portfolio - Financial Guaranty
Financial guaranty insurance generally provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a
debt instrument or other monetary obligation against non-payment of scheduled principal and interest payments when due.
Upon an obligor's default on scheduled debt service payments due on the debt obligation, whether due to its insolvency or
otherwise, the Company is generally required under the financial guaranty contract to pay the investor the principal and interest
shortfalls then due.
Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to all of the investors of the guaranteed series or tranche of a municipal
bond or structured finance security at the time of issuance of those obligations or it may be issued in the secondary market to
only specific individual holders of such obligations who purchase the Company's credit protection.
8
Both issuers of and investors in financial instruments may benefit from financial guaranty insurance. Issuers benefit
when they purchase financial guaranty insurance for their new issue debt transaction because the insurance may have the effect
of lowering an issuer's interest cost over the life of the debt transaction to the extent that the insurance premium charged by the
Company is less than the net present value of the difference between the yield on the obligation insured by Assured Guaranty
(which carries the credit rating of the specific subsidiary that guarantees the debt obligation) and the yield on the debt
obligation if sold on the basis of its uninsured credit rating. The principal benefit to investors is that the Company's guaranty
provides increased certainty that scheduled payments will be received when due. The guaranty may also improve the
marketability and liquidity of obligations issued by infrequent or unknown issuers, as well as obligations with complex
structures or backed by asset classes new to the market. In general and especially in such instances, investors may be able to
sell bonds insured by highly rated financial guarantors more quickly than uninsured debt obligations and, depending on the
difference between the financial strength rating of the insurer and the rating of the issuer, at a higher secondary market price
than for uninsured debt obligations.
As an alternative to traditional financial guaranty insurance, in the past the Company also provided credit protection
relating to a particular security or obligor through a credit derivative contract, such as a credit default swap (CDS). Under the
terms of a CDS, the seller of credit protection agrees to make a specified payment to the buyer of credit protection if one or
more specified credit events occurs with respect to a reference obligation or entity. In general, the Company, as the seller of
credit protection, specified as credit events in its CDS failure to pay interest and principal on the reference obligation, but the
Company's rights and remedies under a CDS may be different and more limited than under a financial guaranty of an entire
issuance. Due to changes in the regulatory environment, the Company has not provided credit protection in the U.S. through a
CDS since March 2009, other than in connection with loss mitigation and other remediation efforts relating to its existing book
of business. The Company, however, has acquired or reinsured portfolios both before and after 2009 that include financial
guaranty contracts in credit derivative form.
The Company also offers credit protection through reinsurance, and in the past has provided reinsurance to other
financial guaranty insurers with respect to their guaranty of public finance, infrastructure and structured finance obligations.
The Company believes that the opportunities currently available to it in the reinsurance market primarily consist of potentially
assuming portfolios of transactions from inactive primary insurers, such as the SGI Transaction, and recapturing portfolios that
it has previously ceded to third party reinsurers, but such opportunities are expected to be limited given the small number of
unaffiliated reinsurers currently reinsuring the Company.
The Company's financial guaranty direct and assumed businesses provide credit protection on public finance
(including infrastructure) and structured finance obligations. When the Company directly insures an obligation, it assigns the
obligation to a geographic location or locations based on its view of the geographic location of the risk. For information on the
geographic breakdown of the Company's financial guaranty portfolio and revenue by country of domicile, see Part II, Item 8,
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure and Note 4, Segment Information.
U.S. Public Finance Obligations The Company insures and reinsures a number of different types of U.S. public
finance obligations, including the following:
General Obligation Bonds are full faith and credit bonds that are issued by states, their political subdivisions and
other municipal issuers, and are supported by the general obligation of the issuer to pay from available funds and by a
pledge of the issuer to levy ad valorem taxes in an amount sufficient to provide for the full payment of the bonds.
Tax-Backed Bonds are obligations that are supported by the issuer from specific and discrete sources of taxation.
They include tax-backed revenue bonds, general fund obligations and lease revenue bonds. Tax-backed obligations
may be secured by a lien on specific pledged tax revenues, such as a gasoline or excise tax, or incrementally from
growth in property tax revenue associated with growth in property values. These obligations also include obligations
secured by special assessments levied against property owners and often benefit from issuer covenants to enforce
collections of such assessments and to foreclose on delinquent properties. Lease revenue bonds typically are general
fund obligations of a municipality or other governmental authority that are subject to annual appropriation or
abatement; projects financed and subject to such lease payments ordinarily include real estate or equipment serving an
essential public purpose. Bonds in this category also include moral obligations of municipalities or governmental
authorities.
Municipal Utility Bonds are obligations of all forms of municipal utilities, including electric, water and sewer
utilities and resource recovery revenue bonds. These utilities may be organized in various forms, including municipal
enterprise systems, authorities or joint action agencies.
9
Transportation Bonds include a wide variety of revenue-supported bonds, such as bonds for airports, ports,
tunnels, municipal parking facilities, toll roads and toll bridges.
Healthcare Bonds are obligations of healthcare facilities, including community based hospitals and systems, as
well as of health maintenance organizations and long-term care facilities.
Higher Education Bonds are obligations secured by revenue collected by either public or private secondary
schools, colleges and universities. Such revenue can encompass all of an institution's revenue, including tuition and
fees, or in other cases, can be specifically restricted to certain auxiliary sources of revenue.
Infrastructure Bonds include obligations issued by a variety of entities engaged in the financing of infrastructure
projects, such as roads, airports, ports, social infrastructure and other physical assets delivering essential services
supported by long-term concession arrangements with a public sector entity.
Housing Revenue Bonds are obligations relating to both single and multi-family housing, issued by states and
localities, supported by cash flow and, in some cases, insurance from entities such as the Federal Housing
Administration.
Investor-Owned Utility Bonds are obligations primarily backed by investor-owned utilities, first mortgage bond
obligations of for-profit electric or water utilities providing retail, industrial and commercial service, and also include
sale-leaseback obligation bonds supported by such entities.
Renewable Energy Bonds are obligations backed by renewable energy sources, such as solar, wind farm,
hydroelectric, geothermal and fuel cell.
Other Public Finance Bonds include other debt issued, guaranteed or otherwise supported by U.S. national or
local governmental authorities, as well as student loans, revenue bonds, and obligations of some not-for-profit
organizations.
A portion of the Company's exposure to tax-backed bonds, municipal utility bonds and transportation bonds constitutes
"special revenue" bonds under the United States Bankruptcy Code (Bankruptcy Code). Special revenue bonds benefit from a
lien on the special revenues, after deducting necessary operating expenses, of the project or system from which the revenues are
derived.
Non-U.S. Public Finance Obligations The Company insures and reinsures a number of different types of non-U.S.
public finance obligations, which consist of both infrastructure projects and other projects essential for municipal function such
as regulated utilities. Credit support for the exposures written by the Company may come from a variety of sources, including
some combination of subordinated tranches, over-collateralization or cash reserves. Additional support also may be provided by
transaction provisions intended to benefit noteholders or credit enhancers. The types of non-U.S. public finance securities the
Company insures and reinsures include the following:
Regulated Utility Obligations are issued by government-regulated providers of essential services and
commodities, including electric, water and gas utilities. The majority of the Company's international regulated utility
business is conducted in the U.K.
Infrastructure Finance Obligations are obligations issued by a variety of entities engaged in the financing of
international infrastructure projects, such as roads, airports, ports, social infrastructure, and other physical assets
delivering essential services supported either by long-term concession arrangements with a public sector entity or a
regulatory regime. The majority of the Company's international infrastructure business is conducted in the U.K.
Sovereign and Sub-Sovereign primarily includes obligations of local, municipal, regional or national
governmental authorities or agencies outside of the United States.
Renewable Energy Bonds are obligations backed by renewable energy sources, such as solar, wind farm,
hydroelectric, geothermal and fuel cell.
Pooled Infrastructure Obligations are synthetic asset-backed obligations that take the form of CDS obligations or
credit-linked notes that reference either infrastructure finance obligations or a pool of such obligations, with a defined
deductible to cover credit risks associated with the referenced obligations.
10
Other Public Finance Obligations include obligations of local, municipal, regional or national governmental
authorities or agencies not generally described in any of the other categories above.
U.S. and Non-U.S. Structured Finance Obligations The Company insures and reinsures a number of different types
of U.S. and non-U.S. structured finance obligations. Credit support for the exposures written by the Company may come from a
variety of sources, including some combination of subordinated tranches, excess spread, over-collateralization or cash reserves.
Additional support also may be provided by transaction provisions intended to benefit noteholders or credit enhancers. The
types of U.S. and non-U.S. structured finance obligations the Company insures and reinsures include the following:
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS) are obligations backed by closed-end and open-end first and
second lien mortgage loans on one-to-four family residential properties, including condominiums and cooperative
apartments. The Company has not insured a RMBS transaction since January 2008, although it has acquired RMBS
insurance exposures since that time in connection with its acquisition or reinsurance of legacy financial guaranty
portfolios. First lien mortgage loan products in these transactions include fixed rate, adjustable rate and option
adjustable-rate mortgages. The credit quality of borrowers covers a broad range, including "prime," "subprime" and
"Alt-A." A prime borrower is generally defined as one with strong risk characteristics as measured by factors such as
payment history, credit score, and debt-to-income ratio. A subprime borrower is a borrower with higher risk
characteristics, usually as determined by credit score and/or credit history. An Alt-A borrower is generally defined as a
prime quality borrower that lacks certain ancillary characteristics, such as fully documented income.
Insurance Securitization Obligations are obligations secured by the future earnings from pools of various types of
insurance and reinsurance policies and income produced by invested assets.
Consumer Receivables Securities are obligations backed by non-mortgage consumer receivables, such as student
loans, automobile loans and leases, manufactured home loans and other consumer receivables.
Pooled Corporate Obligations are securities primarily backed by various types of corporate debt obligations, such
as secured or unsecured bonds, bank loans or loan participations and trust preferred securities. These securities are
often issued in "tranches," with subordinated tranches providing credit support to the more senior tranches. The
Company's financial guaranty exposures generally are to the more senior tranches of these issues.
Financial Products Business is the guaranteed investment contracts (GICs) portion of a line of business
previously conducted by Assured Guaranty Municipal Holdings Inc. (AGMH) that the Company did not acquire when
it purchased AGMH in 2009 from Dexia SA and that is being run off. That line of business consisted of AGMH's
guaranteed investment contracts business, its medium term notes business and the equity payment agreements
associated with AGMH's leveraged lease business. Although Dexia SA and certain of its affiliates (Dexia) assumed the
liabilities related to such businesses when the Company purchased AGMH, AGM policies related to such businesses
remained outstanding. Assured Guaranty is indemnified by Dexia against loss from the former Financial Products
Business.
Until November 2008, AGMH’s former financial products segment had been in the business of borrowing
funds through the issuance of GICs insured by AGM and reinvesting the proceeds in investments that met AGMH’s
investment criteria. In June 2009, in connection with the Company's acquisition of AGMH from Dexia Holdings Inc.,
Dexia SA, the ultimate parent of Dexia Holdings Inc., and certain of its affiliates, entered into a number of agreements
intended to mitigate the credit, interest rate and liquidity risks associated with the GIC business and the related AGM
insurance policies. Some of those agreements have since terminated or expired, or been modified. As of December 31,
2019, the aggregate accreted GIC balance was approximately $1.0 billion, compared with approximately $10.2 billion
as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate fair market value of the assets supporting the GIC
business plus cash and positive derivative value exceeded by nearly $0.9 billion the aggregate principal amount of all
outstanding GICs and certain other business and hedging costs of the GIC business.
AGMH's financial products business had also issued medium term notes insured by AGM, reinvesting the
proceeds in investments that met AGMH's investment criteria. As of December 31, 2019, only $199 million of insured
medium term notes remain outstanding.
The financial products business also included the equity payment undertaking agreement portion of the
leveraged lease business, described in Liquidity and Capital Resources, Liquidity Requirements and Sources,
Insurance Subsidiaries.
11
Other Structured Finance Obligations are obligations backed by assets not generally described in any of the other
described categories.
Insurance Portfolio - Specialty Insurance and Reinsurance
The Company also provides specialty insurance and reinsurance in transactions with similar risk profiles to its
structured finance exposures written in financial guaranty form. The Company provides such specialty insurance and
reinsurance, for example, for life insurance transactions and aircraft residual value insurance (RVI) transactions.
Exposure Limits, Underwriting Procedures, and Credit Policy
Exposure Limits
The Company establishes exposure limits and underwriting criteria for obligors, sectors and countries, and for
individual insurance transactions. Risk exposure limits for single obligors are based on the Company's assessment of potential
frequency and severity of loss as well as other factors, such as historical and stressed collateral performance. Sector limits are
based on the Company’s view of stress losses for the sector and on its assessment of correlation. Country limits are based on
the size and stability of the relevant economy, and the Company’s view of the political environment and legal system. All of the
foregoing limits are established in relation to the Company's capital base.
Underwriting Procedures
Each insurance transaction underwritten by the Company involves persons with different skills and backgrounds
across various departments within the Company. The Company's insurance transaction underwriting teams include both
underwriters and lawyers, who analyze the structure of a potential transaction and the credit and legal issues pertinent to the
particular line of business or asset class, and accounting and finance personnel, who review the more complex transactions to
determine the appropriate accounting treatment.
Upon completion of the underwriting analysis, the underwriter prepares a formal credit report that is submitted to a
credit committee for review. An oral presentation is usually made to the committee, followed by questions from committee
members and discussion among the committee members and the underwriters. In some cases, additional information may be
presented at the meeting or required to be submitted prior to approval. Each credit committee decision is documented and any
further requirements, such as specific terms or evidence of due diligence, are noted. The Company's credit committees assess
each insurance transaction underwritten by the Company and are composed of senior officers of the Company generally
excluding those senior officers responsible for business origination. The committees are organized by asset class, such as for
public finance or structured finance, and along regulatory lines. For certain small transactions, the credit decision may be
delegated by the credit committee to a sub-committee composed of members of the credit committee.
Upon approval by the credit committee, the underwriter, working with the responsible attorney, is responsible for
closing the transaction and issuing the policy. At policy issuance, the underwriter and the responsible attorney certify that the
transaction closed meets the terms and conditions agreed to by the credit committee.
Credit Policy
U.S. Public Finance
For U.S. public finance transactions, the Company's underwriters generally analyze the issuer's historical financial
statements and, where warranted, develop stress case projections to test the issuer's ability to make timely debt service
payments under stressful economic conditions.
The Company focuses principally on the credit quality of the obligor based on population size and trends, wealth
factors, and strength of the economy. The Company evaluates the obligor’s liquidity position; its fiscal management policies
and track record; its ability to raise revenues and control expenses; and its exposure to derivative contracts and to debt subject
to acceleration. The Company assesses the obligor’s pension and other post-employment benefits obligations and funding
policies and evaluates the obligor’s ability to adequately fund such obligations in the future. The Company analyzes other
critical risk factors including the type of issue; the repayment source; pledged security, if any; the presence of restrictive
covenants and the tenor of the risk. The Company also considers the ability of obligors to file for bankruptcy or receivership
under applicable statutes (and on related statutes that provide for state oversight or fiscal control over financially troubled
obligors). The Company also considers the environmental impact and risks associated with the transaction. The Company
weighs the risk of a rating agency downgrade of an obligation's underlying uninsured rating.
12
In cases of not-for-profit institutions, such as healthcare issuers and private higher education issuers, the Company
focuses on the financial stability of the institution, its competitive position and its management experience.
The Company’s credit policy for U.S. infrastructure transactions is substantially similar to that of non-U.S.
infrastructure transactions described below.
Non-U.S. Transactions
For non-U.S. transactions, the Company undertakes an analysis of the country or countries in which the risk resides,
which includes political risk as well as economic and demographic characteristics. For each transaction, the Company also
performs an assessment of the legal framework governing the transaction and the laws affecting the underlying assets
supporting the obligations to be insured. In general, non-U.S. transactions consist of transactions with regulated utilities or
infrastructure transactions. The underwriting of regulated utilities is generally the same as for U.S. transactions, but with
additional consideration given to factors specific to the relevant jurisdiction.
For non-U.S. infrastructure transactions, the Company reviews the type of project (e.g., utility, hospital, road, social
housing, transportation or student accommodation) and the source of repayment of the debt. For certain transactions, debt
service and operational expenses are covered by availability payments made by either a governmental entity or a not-for-profit
entity. The availability payments are due if the project is available for use, regardless of whether the project actually is in use.
The principal risks for such transactions are construction risk and operational risk. For other transactions, notably transactions
secured by toll-roads and student accommodation, revenues derived from the project must be sufficient to make debt service
payments as well as cover operating expenses during the concession period.
For infrastructure transactions, underwriters generally use financial models in order to evaluate the ability of the
transaction to generate adequate cash flow to service the debt under a variety of scenarios. The models include economically
stressed scenarios that the underwriters use for their assessment of the potential credit risk inherent in a particular transaction.
Stress models developed internally by the Company's underwriters reflect both empirical research and information gathered
from third parties, such as rating agencies or investment banks. The Company may also engage advisors such as consultants
and external counsel to assist in analyzing a transaction's financial or legal risks.
The Company’s due diligence for infrastructure projects also includes: a financial review of the entity seeking the
development of the project (usually a governmental entity or university); a financial and operational review of the developer,
the construction companies, and the project operator; and a financial review of the various providers of operational financial
protection for the bondholders (and therefore the insurer), including construction surety providers, letter-of-credit providers,
liquidity banks or account banks. The Company uses outside consultants to review the construction program and to assess
whether the project can be completed on time and on budget. The Company projects the cost of replacing the construction
company, including delays in construction, in the event that a construction company is unable to complete the construction for
any reason. Construction security packages are sized appropriately to cover these risks and the Company requires such
coverage from credit-worthy institutions.
Prior to the global financial crisis of 2008, the Company insured non-U.S. structured finance transactions, and
continues to seek opportunities to insure such transactions. If it does, it expects its underwriting process generally to be the
same as for U.S. structured finance transactions described below, but with additional consideration given to factors specific to
the relevant jurisdiction.
U.S. Structured Finance
Structured finance obligations generally present three distinct forms of risk: asset risk, pertaining to the amount and
quality of assets underlying an issue; structural risk, pertaining to the extent to which an issuer's legal structure provides
protection from loss; and execution risk, which is the risk that poor performance by a servicer or collateral manager contributes
to a decline in the cash flow available to the transaction. Each of these risks is addressed through the Company's underwriting
process.
For structured finance transactions, underwriters generally use financial models to evaluate the ability of the
transaction to generate adequate cash flow to service the debt under a variety of hypothetical scenarios. The models include
economically stressed scenarios that the underwriters use for their assessment of the potential credit risk inherent in a particular
transaction. Stress models developed internally by the Company's underwriters reflect both empirical research and information
gathered from third parties, such as rating agencies or investment banks. Generally, the amount and quality of asset coverage
13
required with respect to a structured finance exposure is dependent upon both the historic performance of the asset class, as
well as the Company’s view of the future performance of the subject assets.
The Company may also engage advisors such as consultants and external counsel to assist in analyzing a transaction's
financial or legal risks. The Company may also conduct a due diligence review that includes, among other things, a site visit to
the project or facility, meetings with issuer management, review of underwriting and operational procedures, file reviews, and
review of financial procedures and computer systems.
In addition, structured securities usually are designed to protect investors (and therefore the insurer or reinsurer) from
the bankruptcy or insolvency of the entity that originated the underlying assets, as well as the bankruptcy or insolvency of the
servicer or manager of those assets.
The Company conducts due diligence on the collateral that supports its insured transactions. The principal focus of
the due diligence is to confirm the underlying collateral was originated in accordance with the stated underwriting criteria of
the asset originator. The Company also conducts audits of servicing or other management procedures, reviewing critical
aspects of these procedures such as cash management and collections. The Company may, for certain transactions, obtain
background checks on key managers of the originator, servicer or manager of the obligations underlying that transaction.
Importance of Financial Strength Ratings
Low financial strength ratings or uncertainty over the Company's ability to maintain its financial strength ratings for
its insurance operating companies would have a negative impact on issuers' and investors' perceptions of the value of the
Company's insurance product. Therefore, the Company manages its business with the goal of achieving high financial strength
ratings, preferably the highest that an agency will assign to a financial guarantor. However, the models used by rating agencies
differ, presenting conflicting goals that may make it inefficient or impractical to reach the highest rating level. In addition, the
models are not fully transparent, contain subjective factors and may change.
Insurance financial strength ratings reflect a rating agency's opinion of an insurer's ability to pay under its insurance
policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. The rating is not specific to any particular policy or contract. It does not
refer to an insurer's ability to meet non-insurance obligations and is not a recommendation to purchase any policy or contract
issued by an insurer or to buy, hold, or sell any security insured by an insurer. The insurance financial strength ratings assigned
by the rating agencies are based upon factors that the rating agencies believe are relevant to policyholders and are not directed
toward the protection of investors in AGL's common shares. Ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies
assigning them and are subject to continuous review and revision or withdrawal at any time.
Following the financial crisis, the rating process has been challenging for the Company due to a number of factors,
including:
•
•
Instability of Rating Criteria and Methodologies. Rating agencies purport to issue ratings pursuant to published
rating criteria and methodologies. Beginning during the financial crisis, the rating agencies made material changes to
their rating criteria and methodologies applicable to financial guaranty insurers, sometimes through formal changes
and other times through ad hoc adjustments to the conclusions reached by existing criteria. Furthermore, these criteria
and methodology changes were typically implemented without any transition period, making it difficult for an insurer
to comply with new standards.
Instability of Severe Stress Case Loss Assumptions. A major component in arriving at a financial guaranty insurer's
rating has been the rating agency’s assessment of the insurer’s capital adequacy, with each rating agency employing its
own proprietary model. These capital adequacy approaches include “stress case” loss assumptions for various risks or
risk categories. Since the financial crisis, the rating agencies have at various times materially increased stress case loss
assumptions for various risks or risk categories, in some cases later reducing such stress case losses. This approach has
made predicting the amount of capital required to maintain or attain a certain rating more difficult.
• More Reliance on Qualitative Rating Criteria. In prior years, the financial strength ratings of the Company’s
insurance subsidiaries were largely consistent with the rating agency’s assessment of the insurers’ capital adequacy,
such that a rating downgrade could generally be avoided by raising additional capital or otherwise improving capital
adequacy under the rating agency’s model. In recent years, however, both S&P Global Ratings, a division of Standard
& Poor's Financial Services LLC (S&P) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (Moody’s) have applied other factors,
some of which are subjective, such as the insurer's business strategy and franchise value or the anticipated future
demand for its product, to justify ratings for the Company’s insurance subsidiaries significantly below the ratings
implied by their own capital adequacy models. Currently, for example, S&P has concluded that Assured Guaranty has
14
“AAA” capital adequacy under the S&P model (but subject to a downward adjustment due to a “largest obligor test”)
and Moody’s has concluded that AGM has “Aa” capital adequacy under the Moody’s model (offset by other factors
including the rating agency’s assessment of competitive profile, future profitability and market share).
Despite the difficult rating agency process following the financial crisis, the Company has been able to maintain
strong financial strength ratings. However, if a substantial downgrade of the financial strength ratings of the Company's
insurance subsidiaries were to occur in the future, such downgrade would adversely affect its business and prospects and,
consequently, its results of operations and financial condition. The Company believes that if the financial strength ratings of
any of its insurance subsidiaries were downgraded from their current levels, such downgrade could result in downward pressure
on the premium that such insurance subsidiary would be able to charge for its insurance. The Company periodically assesses
the value of each rating assigned to each of its companies, and may as a result of such assessment request that a rating agency
add or drop a rating from certain of its companies. For example, Kroll Bond Rating Agency (KBRA) ratings were first assigned
to MAC in 2013, to AGM in 2014, to AGC in 2016 and to AGE UK in 2018; an A.M. Best Company, Inc. (Best) rating was
first assigned to AGRO in 2015; while a Moody's rating was never requested for MAC, was dropped from AG Re and AGRO
in 2015, and was the subject of a rating withdrawal request in the case of AGC (such request was declined).
The Company believes that so long as AGM, AGC and/or MAC continue to have financial strength ratings in the
double-A category from at least one of the legacy rating agencies (S&P or Moody’s), they are likely to be able to continue
writing financial guaranty business with a credit quality similar to that historically written. However, if neither legacy rating
agency maintained financial strength ratings of AGM, AGC and/or MAC in the double-A category, or if either legacy rating
agency were to downgrade AGM, AGC and/or MAC below the single-A level, it could be difficult for the Company to originate
the current volume of new financial guaranty business with comparable credit characteristics.
See Item 1A. Risk Factors, Strategic Risks captioned “A downgrade of the financial strength or financial enhancement
ratings of any of the Company's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries would adversely affect its business and prospects and,
consequently, its results of operations and financial condition” and Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data, Note 3, Ratings, for more information about the Company's ratings.
Competition
Assured Guaranty is the market leader in the financial guaranty industry. The Company's position in the market
benefits from its ability to maintain strong financial strength ratings, its strong claims-paying resources, its proven willingness
and ability to make claim payments to policyholders after obligors have defaulted, and its ability to achieve recoveries in
respect of the claims that it has paid on insured residential mortgage-backed and other securities and to resolve its troubled
municipal exposures.
Assured Guaranty's principal competition is in the form of obligations that issuers decide to issue on an uninsured
basis. In the U.S. public finance market, when interest rates are low, investors may prefer greater yield over insurance
protection, and issuers may find the cost savings from insurance less compelling. Over the last several years, interest rates
generally have been lower than historical norms. In 2019, municipal interest rates reached new lows and credit spreads
tightened further. The 30-year AAA Municipal Market Data (MMD) rate started the year off at 3.02% and ended the year at
2.09%. As a result, the difference in yield (or the credit spread) between a bond insured by Assured Guaranty and an uninsured
bond has provided comparatively little room for issuer savings and insurance premium. In the U.S. public finance market,
market penetration of municipal bond insurance remained approximately 5.9% of the par amount of new issues sold for both
2019 and 2018. The Company believes the relatively low market penetration rates in 2019 and 2018 were in part due to the
extremely low interest rates prevailing during most of that period.
In the U.S. public finance market, Assured Guaranty is the only financial guaranty company active before the global
financial crisis of 2008 that has maintained sufficient financial strength to write new business continuously since the crisis
began. Assured Guaranty has only one direct competitor for financial guaranty, Build America Mutual Assurance Company
(BAM), a mutual insurance company that commenced business in 2012 and is active only in the public finance market.
The Company estimates that, of the new U.S. public finance bonds sold with insurance in 2019, the Company insured
approximately 60% of the par, while BAM insured approximately 40%. BAM is effective in competing with the Company for
small to medium sized U.S. public finance transactions in certain sectors. BAM sometimes prices its guarantees for such
transactions at levels the Company does not believe produces an adequate rate of return and so does not match, but BAM's
pricing and underwriting strategies may have a negative impact on the amount of premium the Company is able to charge for
its insurance for such transactions. However, the Company believes it has competitive advantages over BAM due to: AGM's
and MAC's larger capital base; AGM's ability to insure larger transactions and issuances in more diverse U.S. bond sectors;
15
BAM's inability to date to generate profits and to increase its statutory capital meaningfully, its higher leverage ratios than
those of AGM and MAC, and its unpaid debt obligations; and AGM's and MAC's strong financial strength ratings from
multiple rating agencies (in the case of AGM, AA+ from KBRA, AA from S&P and A2 from Moody's, and in the case of MAC,
AA+ from KBRA and AA from S&P, compared with BAM's AA solely from S&P). Additionally, as a public company with
access to both the equity and debt capital markets, Assured Guaranty may have greater flexibility to raise capital, if needed.
In the global structured finance and infrastructure markets, Assured Guaranty is the only financial guaranty insurance
company currently writing new guarantees. Management considers the Company’s greater diversification to be a competitive
advantage in the long run because it means the Company is not wholly dependent on conditions in any one market. In the
international infrastructure finance market, the uninsured execution serving as the Company’s principal competition occurs
primarily in privately funded transactions where no bonds are sold in the public markets. In the structured finance market, the
uninsured execution occurs in both public and primary transactions primarily where bonds are sold with sufficient credit or
structural enhancement embedded in transactions, such as through overcollateralization, first loss insurance, excess spread or
other terms, to make the bonds attractive to investors without bond insurance.
In the future, additional new entrants into the financial guaranty industry could reduce the Company's new business
prospects, including by furthering price competition or offering financial guaranty insurance on transactions with structural and
security features that are more favorable to the issuers than those required by Assured Guaranty. However, the Company
believes that the presence of multiple guarantors might also increase the overall visibility and acceptance of the product by a
broadening group of investors, and the fact that investors are willing to commit fresh capital to the industry may promote
market confidence in the product.
In addition to monoline insurance companies, Assured Guaranty competes with other forms of credit enhancement,
such as letters of credit or credit derivatives provided by banks and other financial institutions, some of which are governmental
enterprises, or direct guaranties of municipal, structured finance or other debt by federal or state governments or government
sponsored or affiliated agencies. Alternative credit enhancement structures, and in particular federal government credit
enhancement or other programs, can interfere with the Company's new business prospects, particularly if they provide direct
governmental-level guaranties, restrict the use of third-party financial guaranties or reduce the amount of transactions that
might qualify for financial guaranties.
The Company believes that issuers and investors in securities will continue to purchase financial guaranty insurance,
especially if interest rates rise and credit spreads widen. U.S. municipalities have budgetary requirements that are best met
through financings in the fixed income capital markets. Historically, smaller municipal issuers have frequently used financial
guaranties in order to access the capital markets with new debt offerings at a lower all-in interest rate than on an unguaranteed
basis. In addition, the Company expects long-term debt financings for infrastructure projects will grow throughout the world, as
will the financing needs associated with privatization initiatives or refinancing of infrastructure projects in developed countries.
The Company evaluates the amount of capital it requires based on an internal capital model as well as rating agency
models and insurance regulations. The Company believes it has excess capital based on these measures, and has been returning
some of its excess capital to shareholders by repurchasing its common shares and paying dividends, and has been deploying
some of its excess capital to acquire financial guaranty portfolios, asset management companies and alternative investments.
Asset Management
The Company completed the BlueMountain Acquisition on October 1, 2019, for a purchase price of $157 million. The
Company contributed $60 million of cash to BlueMountain at closing, and contributed an additional $30 million in cash in
February 2020, for certain restructuring costs and future strategic investments. As of the date of acquisition, BlueMountain
managed or serviced $18.3 billion in assets across CLOs and opportunity funds that build on its corporate credit, asset-backed
finance and healthcare structured capital experience, as well as certain legacy hedge and opportunity funds now subject to an
orderly wind-down. BlueMountain has managed structured finance, credit and special situation investments, with a track record
dating back to 2003. As of December 31, 2019, BlueMountain, which now operates under the name “Assured Investment
Management”, was a top-twenty CLO manager by assets under management (as reported by CreditFlux) and is led by an
experienced CLO and loan research team, with a broad distribution channel. Assured Investment Management underwrites
assets and structures investments while leveraging a technology-enabled risk platform.
The BlueMountain Acquisition and establishment of Assured Investment Management diversifies the Company into
the asset management industry, with the goal of utilizing Assured Guaranty's core competency in credit while diversifying its
revenues and expanding its marketing reach through a fee-based platform. Additionally, the Company believes that Assured
Investment Management provides the Company an opportunity to deploy excess capital at attractive returns, improving the
16
risk-adjusted return on a portion of the investment portfolio and potentially increasing the amount of dividends certain of its
insurance subsidiaries are permitted to pay under applicable regulations. The Company intends to initially invest $500 million
of capital in funds managed by Assured Investment Management (Assured Investment Management funds) plus additional
amounts in other accounts managed by Assured Investment Management. The Company intends to use these capital
investments to (a) launch new products (CLOs and/or opportunity funds) on the Assured Investment Management platform and
(b) enhance the returns of its own investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had invested approximately
$79 million of the $500 million it intends to initially invest in Assured Investment Management funds.
The Company conducts its Asset Management business principally through BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company located in New York. BlueMountain was organized in 2003.
Asset Management Products
CLOs are typically issued on a quarterly basis when market conditions permit and generally have a stated maturity of
12-13 years with a potential reinvestment period. Once the reinvestment period expires, the CLO’s noteholders will receive
distributions through the maturity of the CLO (unless Assured Investment Management and the noteholders agree to reset the
period of the CLOs for an extended reinvestment period).
Opportunity funds invest in a mix of strategies that may have higher concentrations in illiquid strategies. Typically,
opportunity funds have limited redemption rights and instead offer contractual cashflow distributions based on the legal
agreement of each respective opportunity fund.
In addition to CLOs and opportunity funds, the Company also manages legacy hedge and opportunity funds now
subject to an orderly wind-down.
Asset Management Revenues
Fees in respect of investment advisory services are the largest components of revenues for the Asset Management
segment. The Company is compensated for its investment advisory services generally through management fees charged to its
advisory clients (Management Fees). The Company typically receives monthly Management Fees of 1/12 of a per annum fee of
typically 1%-2% of the net assets of the hedge and opportunity funds. With respect to the CLOs, the Company typically
receives a Management Fee made up of two components (i.e., a “Senior Investment Management Fee” of 0.15%-0.20%, as
well as a “Subordinated Investment Management Fee” of 0.20%-0.35%, in each case, of the net assets of the CLO per annum).
In addition, with respect to CLOs and certain hedge and opportunity funds, the Company receives performance-based
compensation (Performance Allocations/Fees) with respect to each calendar year or performance period, typically 10%-30% of
net profits allocated to each investor in such vehicle on an annual basis, payable at the end of each year or performance period,
as the case may be. With respect to CLOs and certain opportunity funds, the Company receives performance-based
compensation on an internal rate of return calculation, if and to the extent a certain minimum rate of return (a “hurdle”) is
exceeded. For certain hedge and opportunity funds, performance based-compensation is reduced by the amount of management
fees paid over a specified period and/or subject to a “high-water mark” or loss carryforward provision. (A "high-water mark"
provision typically requires that, once a performance fee is paid based on net asset value or other measure during a period, any
subsequent performance fee be measured from that value, or high-water mark.)
Depending on the characteristics of the CLOs, hedge and/or opportunity funds, fees may be higher or lower. The
Company reserves the right to waive some or all fees for certain investors, including investors affiliated with the Company.
Further, to the extent that the Company’s hedge and/or opportunity funds are invested in the Company's managed/serviced
CLOs, the Company may rebate any Management Fees and/or Performance Allocations/Fees earned from the CLOs to the
extent that such fees are attributable to the hedge and opportunity funds’ holdings of CLOs also managed or serviced by the
Company.
Consistent with its investment capabilities, the Company intends to continue to grow the Assured Investment
Management platform's structured finance investment strategies. Since the establishment of the Assured Investment
Management platform, the Company launched two opportunity funds, one focused on asset-backed finance and one focused on
healthcare structured capital, with capital from the Company's Insurance segment. Also since the establishment of the Assured
Investment Management platform, the Company launched two new CLOs and a CLO fund with capital from the Company's
insurance segment and capital already managed in the Assured Investment Management platform.
17
Competition
The asset management industry is a highly competitive market. Assured Investment Management competes with many
other firms in every aspect of the asset management industry, including raising funds, seeking investments, and hiring and
retaining professionals. Some of Assured Investment Management’s asset management competitors are substantially larger and
have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources. Certain of these competitors periodically raise
significant amounts of capital in investment strategies that are also pursued by Assured Investment Management. Some of these
competitors also may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to Assured Investment
Management and/or the Company, which may create further competitive disadvantages with respect to investment
opportunities. In addition, some of these competitors may have higher risk tolerances or make different risk assessments,
allowing them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish broader networks of business relationships.
Investment Portfolio
The Company's investment portfolio primarily consists of fixed maturity securities supporting its Insurance segment.
The Asset Management segment and Corporate division primarily include short-term investments used to support business
operations and corporate initiatives.
Investment income from the Company's investment portfolio is one of the primary sources of cash flow supporting its
insurance operations and claim payments. The Company's total investment portfolio generated net investment income of $378
million, $395 million and $417 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively and equity in net earnings of investees of $4
million and $1 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The Company's principal objectives in managing its investment portfolio are to maintain sufficient liquidity to cover
unexpected stress in the insurance portfolio; to maximize after tax book income; to manage investment risk within the context
of the underlying portfolio of insurance risk; and to preserve the highest possible ratings for each Assured Guaranty insurance
operating company. If the Company's calculations with respect to its policy liabilities are incorrect or other unanticipated
payment obligations arise, or if the Company improperly structures its investments to meet these liabilities, it could have
unexpected losses, including losses resulting from forced liquidation of investments before their maturity. The investment
policies of the Company's insurance subsidiaries are subject to insurance law requirements, and may change depending upon
regulatory, economic and market conditions and the existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements,
including the tax position, of the businesses. The performance of invested assets is subject to the ability of the Company and its
external investment managers to select and manage appropriate investments.
Approximately 82% of the investment portfolio is externally managed by six investment managers: BlackRock
Financial Management, Inc., Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., New England Asset Management, Inc., Wellington
Management Company, LLP, MacKay Shields LLC and Wasmer, Schroeder & Company, LLC. The Company's external
investment managers have discretionary authority over the portion of the investment portfolio they manage within the limits of
the investment guidelines approved by the Company's Board of Directors. Each manager is compensated based upon a fixed
percentage of the market value of the portion of the portfolio being managed by such manager. BlackRock Financial
Management, Inc. and Wellington Management Company LLP both own more than 5% of the Company's common shares, and
the Company has a minority interest in Wasmer, Schroeder & Company, LLC. The Charles Schwab Corporation announced on
February 24, 2020 that it had entered into an agreement to acquire Wasmer, Schroeder & Company, LLC, and that, subject to
customary closing conditions, it expects to close the transaction in mid-2020. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018
and 2017, the Company recorded investment management fees and related expenses to external managers of $9 million, $9
million, and $9 million, respectively.
The Company internally manages a portion of its investment portfolio, primarily consisting of obligations that the
Company purchases in connection with its loss mitigation or risk management strategy for its insured exposure (loss mitigation
securities) or obtains as part of negotiated settlements with insured counterparties or under the terms of the financial guaranties.
The Company held approximately $868 million and $1,190 million of securities, based on their fair value excluding the benefit
of any insurance provided by the Company, as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The Company has
made minority investments in investment managers as part of its strategy of participating in that market and also makes other
unrelated investments that it believes present attractive investment opportunities.
The Company intends to use the investment knowledge and experience in Assured Investment Management to expand
the categories and types of investments included in its investment portfolio by both (a) initially investing $500 million of
Insurance segment assets in Assured Investment Management funds plus additional amounts in other accounts managed by
18
Assured Investment Management and (b) expanding the categories and types of its alternative investments not managed by
Assured Investment Management.
The portion of the Insurance segment’s portfolio that is invested in Assured Investment Management funds may be
excluded from the amounts reported in the investment portfolio and instead reported in assets of consolidated investment
vehicles in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial position if, under accounting principles generally accepted in the
U.S. (GAAP), the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. See Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, Note 14, Variable Interest Entities for information on when and how such funds and CLOs require
consolidation.
In instances where consolidation is required, the assets and liabilities of consolidated Assured Investment Management
funds and CLOs are reported in the line items captioned “assets of consolidated investment vehicles” and “liabilities of
consolidated investment vehicles,” resulting in a gross-up of the Company’s consolidated assets and liabilities. Redeemable
and nonredeemable noncontrolling interests are also recorded for the portion of such consolidated funds’ capital attributable to
affiliated or third party investors. Changes in fair value are recorded in other income.
The fair value of the Insurance segment’s investments in Assured Investment Management funds as of December 31,
2019 was $77 million. As of December 31, 2019, all funds and the underlying CLO in which one of the consolidated funds
invests, were consolidated. Such investment is not included in the amounts reported in the investment portfolio, but instead, is
presented as follows on the consolidated balance sheet: assets of consolidated investment vehicles of $572 million, liabilities of
consolidated investment vehicles of $482 million, and redeemable and nonredeemable noncontrolling interests of $13 million.
Risk Management Procedures
Organizational Structure
The Company's policies and procedures relating to risk assessment and risk management are overseen by its Board of
Directors (the Board or AGL's Board). The Board takes an enterprise-wide approach to risk management that is designed to
support the Company's business plans at a reasonable level of risk. A fundamental part of risk assessment and risk management
is not only understanding the risks a company faces and what steps management is taking to manage those risks, but also
understanding what level of risk is appropriate for the Company. The Board annually approves the Company's business plan,
factoring risk management into account. It also approves the Company's risk appetite statement, which articulates the
Company's tolerance for risk and describes the general types of risk that the Company accepts or attempts to avoid. The
involvement of the Board in setting the Company's business strategy is a key part of its assessment of management's risk
tolerance and also a determination of what constitutes an appropriate level of risk for the Company.
While the Board has the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, various committees of the
Board also have responsibility for risk assessment and risk management. The Risk Oversight Committee of the Board oversees
the standards, controls, limits, underwriting guidelines and policies that the Company establishes and implements in respect of
credit underwriting and risk management. It focuses on management's assessment and management of both (i) credit risks and
(ii) other risks, including, but not limited to, market, financial, legal and operational risks (including cybersecurity risks), and
risks relating to the Company's reputation and ethical standards. In addition, the Audit Committee of the Board is responsible
for, among other matters, reviewing policies and processes related to risk assessment and risk management, including the
Company's major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures. It also
reviews compliance with legal and regulatory requirements (including cybersecurity requirements). The Compensation
Committee of the Board reviews compensation-related risks to the Company. The Finance Committee of the Board oversees the
investment of the Company's investment portfolio and the Company's capital structure, liquidity, financing arrangements, rating
agency matters, and any corporate development activities in support of the Company's financial plan. The Nominating and
Governance Committee of the Board oversees risk at the Company by developing appropriate corporate governance guidelines
and identifying qualified individuals to become board members.
The Company has established a number of management committees to develop enterprise level risk management
guidelines, policies and procedures for the Company's insurance, reinsurance and asset management subsidiaries that are
tailored to their respective businesses, providing multiple levels of review, analysis and control.
19
The Company's management committees responsible for enterprise risk management include:
•
•
Portfolio Risk Management Committee—The Portfolio Risk Management Committee is responsible for
enterprise risk management for the Company on a consolidated basis and focuses on measuring and managing
credit, market and liquidity risk for the Company. This committee establishes company-wide credit policy for the
Company's direct and assumed insured business. It implements specific underwriting procedures and limits for the
Company and allocates underwriting capacity among the Company's subsidiaries. All transactions in new asset
classes or new jurisdictions, or otherwise outside the Company's Board-approved risk appetite statement, must be
approved by this committee.
U.S. Management Committee—This committee establishes strategic policy and reviews the implementation of
strategic initiatives and general business progress in the U.S. The U.S. Management Committee approves risk
policy at the U.S. operating company level.
The Company's management committees responsible for risk management in its Insurance segment include:
•
Risk Management Committees—The U.S., AG Re and AGRO risk management committees and the AGE UK
Surveillance Committee conduct an in-depth review of the insured portfolios of the relevant subsidiaries, focusing
on varying portions of the portfolio at each meeting. They review and may revise internal ratings assigned to the
insured transactions and review sector reports, monthly product line surveillance reports and compliance reports.
• Workout Committee—This committee receives reports from surveillance and workout personnel on insurance
transactions that might benefit from active loss mitigation or risk reduction, and approves loss mitigation or risk
reduction strategies for such transactions.
•
Reserve Committees—Oversight of reserving risk is vested in the U.S. Reserve Committee, the U.K. Executive
Risk Committee, the AG Re Reserve Committee and the AGRO Reserve Committee. The committees review the
reserve methodology and assumptions for each major asset class or significant below-investment-grade (BIG)
transaction, as well as the loss projection scenarios used and the probability weights assigned to those scenarios.
The reserve committees establish reserves for the relevant subsidiaries, taking into consideration supporting
information provided by surveillance personnel.
The Company's committees responsible for risk management in its Asset Management segment include:
•
•
•
Asset Management Investment Committees—These committees focus on consistent application of rigorous
investment evaluation criteria for the Asset Management segment's investing activity. Each Asset Management
segment investment committee consists of the Chief Investment Officer and two or more senior investment
professionals with deep expertise in the markets relevant to each investment.
Asset Management Risk Committee—This focuses on preventing the Asset Management segment investment or
business process from posing inappropriate risk of loss, legal or reputational damage to investors. The committee
is responsible for approving Asset Management segment investment risk policy and managing the products
consistently with all fiduciary objectives and constraints, including those of its affiliates. Compliance and other
operational sub-committees report regularly to this committee on the full range of compliance and other
operational risk matters applicable to the Asset Management segment including policies, risks and controls,
audits, personal trading activity, compliance testing results, operational diligence and regulatory filings.
Valuation Committee—This committee focuses on consistent and objective oversight of the Asset Management
segment's valuation policies and procedures. It meets monthly to review the month-end valuations prior to the
release of net asset valuations (NAV) to fund investors. The month-end package includes details of estimated
versus final NAV differences, securitized products price verification, valuation model reviews, price back testing,
derivative valuation verification, administrator valuation reconciliation and latent price analysis. In addition, this
committee convenes to review and decide on material changes to fund valuation methodology, material valuation
changes on an Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820 Level 3 asset, pricing or valuation exceptions,
valuation approach to new products, new model approval, guidelines and policies for classification of assets and
changes to policies and procedures.
20
Enterprise Risk Management
The business units and functional areas are responsible for identifying, assessing, monitoring, reporting and managing
their own risks. The Chief Risk Officer and other risk management personnel are separate from the business units and are
responsible for developing the risk management framework, ensuring applicable risk management policies and procedures are
followed consistently across business units, and for providing objective oversight and aggregated risk analysis. Internal Audit
provides independent assurance around effective risk management design and control execution.
A risk appetite statement and risk limits have been established from an enterprise-wide and business unit perspective
for specific risk categories, where appropriate. Risk management personnel monitor a variety of key risk indicators on an
ongoing basis and work with the business units to take the appropriate steps to manage the Company's established risk appetites
and tolerances. Risk management also uses an internally developed capital model to project potential credit losses in the
insured portfolio and analyze the related capital implications for the Company, and performs stress and scenario testing to both
validate model results and assess the potential financial impact of emerging risks.
Quarterly risk reporting keeps management and the Board and its Risk Oversight Committee, senior management, the
business units and functional areas informed about material risk-related developments. At least once each year, risk
management personnel prepare an Own Risk and Solvency Assessment for the Group and each of the operating companies
(Commercial Insurer Solvency Self-Assessment for AG Re) which reports the results of capital modeling, the status of key risk
indicators and any emerging risks. In addition, the Company performs in-depth reviews annually of risk topics of interest to
management and the Board. To the extent potentially significant business activities or operational initiatives are considered,
the Chief Risk Officer analyzes the possible impact on the Company’s risk profile and capital adequacy.
Surveillance of Insured Transactions
The Company's surveillance personnel are responsible for monitoring and reporting on the performance of each risk in
its insured portfolio, including exposures in both the financial guaranty direct and assumed businesses, and tracks aggregation
of risk. The primary objective of the surveillance process is to monitor trends and changes in transaction credit quality, detect
any deterioration in credit quality, and recommend remedial actions to management. All transactions in the insured portfolio are
assigned internal credit ratings, and surveillance personnel recommend adjustments to those ratings to reflect changes in
transaction credit quality. The Company monitors its insured portfolio and refreshes its internal credit ratings on individual
exposures in quarterly, semi-annual or annual cycles based on the Company’s view of the exposure’s quality, loss potential,
volatility and sector. Ratings on exposures in sectors identified as under the most stress or with the most potential volatility are
reviewed every quarter, although the Company may also review a rating in response to developments impacting the credit when
a ratings review is not scheduled.
The review cycle and scope vary based upon transaction type and credit quality. In general, the review process
includes the collection and analysis of information from various sources, including trustee and servicer reports, financial
statements, general industry or sector news and analyses, and rating agency reports. For public finance risks, the surveillance
process includes monitoring general economic trends, developments with respect to state and municipal finances, and the
financial situation of the issuers. For structured finance transactions, the surveillance process can include monitoring
transaction performance data and cash flows, compliance with transaction terms and conditions, and evaluation of servicer or
collateral manager performance and financial condition. Additionally, the Company uses various quantitative tools and models
to assess transaction performance and identify situations where there may have been a change in credit quality. Surveillance
activities may include discussions with or site visits to issuers, servicers or other parties to a transaction.
For transactions that the Company has assumed, the ceding insurers are responsible for conducting ongoing
surveillance of the exposures that have been ceded to the Company, except that the Company provides surveillance for
exposures assumed from SGI. The Company's surveillance personnel monitor the ceding insurer's surveillance activities on
exposures ceded to the Company through a variety of means, including reviews of surveillance reports provided by the ceding
insurers, and meetings and discussions with their analysts. The Company's surveillance personnel also monitor general news
and information, industry trends and rating agency reports to help focus surveillance activities on sectors or exposures of
particular concern. For certain exposures, the Company also will undertake an independent analysis and remodeling of the
exposure. The Company's surveillance personnel also take steps to ensure that the ceding insurer is managing the risk pursuant
to the terms of the applicable reinsurance agreement.
21
Workouts
The Company's workout personnel are responsible for managing workout, loss mitigation and risk reduction
situations. They work together with the Company's surveillance personnel to develop and implement strategies on transactions
that are experiencing loss or could possibly experience loss. They develop strategies designed to enhance the ability of the
Company to enforce its contractual rights and remedies and mitigate potential losses. The Company's workout personnel also
engage in negotiation discussions with transaction participants and, when necessary, manage (along with legal personnel) the
Company's litigation proceedings. They may also make open market or negotiated purchases of securities that the Company has
insured, or negotiate or otherwise implement consensual terminations of insurance coverage prior to contractual maturity. The
Company's surveillance personnel work with servicers of RMBS transactions to enhance their performance.
Ceded Business
As part of its risk management strategy prior to the global financial crisis of 2008, the Company obtained third party
reinsurance or retrocessions for various risk management purposes, and may do so again in the future. Over the past several
years the Company has entered into commutation agreements reassuming portions of the previously ceded business from
certain reinsurers; as of December 31, 2019, approximately 0.6%, or $1.3 billion, of its principal amount outstanding was still
ceded to third party reinsurers, down from 12%, or $86.5 billion, as of December 31, 2009. In the future, the Company may
enter into new commutation agreements to reassume portions of its insured business ceded to other reinsurers, but such
opportunities are expected to be limited given the small number of unaffiliated reinsurers currently reinsuring the Company.
Asset Management
The Company’s Asset Management segment risk personnel are responsible for quantifying, analyzing and reporting
the risks of each asset management fund and ensuring adherence to agreed investor mandates, independent from Asset
Management segment investment personnel. The Asset Management segment applies investment and risk management
processes across all managed funds and investments. Investment professionals are responsible for sourcing, evaluating,
structuring, executing, managing, and exiting existing investments. After the evaluation and diligence processes, and as
appropriate thereafter, investment team members submit recommended actions to the relevant Asset Management segment
investment committee in accordance with each strategy’s required investment procedures. The relevant Asset Management
segment investment committee carefully considers the alignment of each investment with the unique objectives and constraints
of the vehicle(s) to which it is allocated. Asset Management segment risk professionals further independently monitor and
ensure alignment of risk taking with the objectives and constraints of each investment mandate at inception and thereafter,
using both proprietary and third-party quantitative data, analytic tools, and reports.
Cybersecurity
The Company relies on digital technology to conduct its businesses and interact with market participants and vendors.
With this reliance on technology comes the associated security risks from using today’s communication technology and
networks.
To defend the Company's computer systems from cyberattacks, the Company uses tools such as firewalls, anti-
malware software, multifactor authentication, e-mail security services, virtual private networks, third-party security experts,
and timely applied software patches, among others. The Company has also engaged third-party consultants to conduct
penetration tests to identify any potential security vulnerabilities. Although the Company believes its defenses against cyber
intrusions are sufficient, it continually monitors its computer networks for new types of threats.
Climate Change Risk
As a financial guarantor of municipal and structured finance transactions, the Company does not take direct exposure
to climate change, but does face the risk that its obligors’ ability to pay debt service will be impaired by the impact of climate
related events. Beginning February 1, 2019, the Company formalized its consideration of environmental risks in its financial
guaranty business by requiring that underwriting submissions include a consideration of environmental factors as part of the
analysis.
The Company is also exposed indirectly to climate change trends and events that might impair the performance of
securities in its investment portfolio. The portfolio consists predominantly of fixed-income assets. Nevertheless, environmental
issues, including regulatory changes, changes in supply or demand characteristics of fuels, and extreme weather events, may
22
impact the value of certain securities. The Company determined in 2016 not to make any new investments in thermal coal
enterprises. In fourth quarter of 2019, the Company revised its investment guidelines to reflect its commitment to incorporating
material environmental factors into its investment analysis to enhance the quality of investment decisions.
The Company has established a management environmental and social responsibility task force that is responsible for
coordinating its response to climate change risk (among other matters). In May 2019 the Board established an Environmental
and Social Responsibility Committee to oversee the Company's response to climate change risk, and that committee began
meeting in August.
Regulation
General
The business of insurance and reinsurance is regulated in most countries, although the degree and type of regulation
varies significantly from one jurisdiction to another. Reinsurers are generally subject to less direct regulation than primary
insurers. The business of asset management, and the financial services industry generally, is subject to extensive regulation as
well.
The Company is subject to regulation under applicable insurance-related and asset management-related statutes in the
U.S., the U.K., Bermuda and elsewhere.
Regulation of Insurance Business
United States
AGL has three operating insurance subsidiaries domiciled in the U.S., which the Company refers to collectively as the
Assured Guaranty U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries.
•
AGM is a New York domiciled insurance company licensed to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance
in 50 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.
• MAC is a New York domiciled insurance company licensed to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance
in 50 U.S. states and the District of Columbia. MAC only insures U.S. public finance debt obligations, focusing
on investment grade bonds in select sectors of that market.
•
AGC is a Maryland domiciled insurance company licensed to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance
in 50 U.S. states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
Insurance Holding Company Regulation
AGL and the Assured Guaranty U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries are subject to the insurance holding company laws of their
respective jurisdictions of domicile, as well as other jurisdictions where these insurers are licensed to do insurance business.
These laws generally require each of the Assured Guaranty U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries to register with its domestic state
insurance department and annually to furnish financial and other information about the operations of companies within its
holding company system. Generally, all transactions among companies in the holding company system to which any of the
Assured Guaranty U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries is a party (including sales, loans, reinsurance agreements and service
agreements) must be fair and, if material or of a specified category, such as reinsurance or service agreements, require prior
notice and approval or non-disapproval by the insurance department where the applicable subsidiary is domiciled.
23
Change of Control
Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the
insurance commissioner of the state where the insurer is domiciled. Generally, state statutes provide that control over a
domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds
proxies representing, 10% or more of the voting securities of the domestic insurer. Prior to granting approval of an application
to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the state insurance commissioner will consider factors such as the financial strength of
the applicant, the integrity and management of the applicant's board of directors and executive officers, the acquirer's plans for
the management of the applicant's board of directors and executive officers, the acquirer's plans for the future operations of the
domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. These
laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control involving AGL that
some or all of AGL's stockholders might consider to be desirable, including in particular unsolicited transactions.
State Insurance Regulation
State insurance authorities have broad regulatory powers with respect to various aspects of the business of U.S.
insurance companies, including licensing these companies to transact business, accreditation of reinsurers, determining whether
assets are "admitted" and counted in statutory surplus, prohibiting unfair trade and claims practices, establishing reserve
requirements and solvency standards, regulating investments and dividends and, in certain instances, approving policy forms
and related materials and approving premium rates. State insurance laws and regulations require the Assured Guaranty U.S.
Insurance Subsidiaries to file financial statements with insurance departments everywhere they are licensed, authorized or
accredited to conduct insurance business, and their operations are subject to examination by those departments at any time. The
Assured Guaranty U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with Statutory Accounting
Principles, or SAP, and procedures prescribed or permitted by these departments. State insurance departments also conduct
periodic examinations of the books and records, financial reporting, policy filings and market conduct of insurance companies
domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years. Market conduct examinations by regulators other than the
domestic regulator are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other states under guidelines
promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.
The New York State Department of Financial Services (the NYDFS), the regulatory authority of the domiciliary
jurisdiction of AGM and MAC, and the Maryland Insurance Administration (the MIA), the regulatory authority of the
domiciliary jurisdiction of AGC, each conducts a periodic examination of insurance companies domiciled in New York and
Maryland, respectively, usually at five-year intervals. In 2017, the NYDFS and MIA in coordination commenced examinations,
respectively, of AGM and MAC, and AGC, for the period covering the end of the last applicable examination period for each
company through December 31, 2016. In 2018, the NYDFS and MIA completed their examinations. The NYDFS issued
Reports on Examination of AGM for the five-year period ending December 31, 2016 and MAC for the period July 1, 2012
through December 31, 2016. The reports did not note any significant regulatory issues concerning those companies. The MIA
issued an Examination Report with respect to AGC for the five year period ending December 31, 2016; no significant
regulatory issues were noted in that report.
State Dividend Limitations
New York. One of the primary sources of cash for repurchases of shares and the payment of debt service and
dividends by the Company is the receipt of dividends from AGM. Under the New York Insurance Law, AGM and MAC may
only pay dividends out of "earned surplus," which is the portion of the company's surplus that represents the net earnings, gains
or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends, transferred to stated capital
or capital surplus, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized appreciation of assets. AGM
and MAC may each pay dividends without the prior approval of the New York Superintendent of Financial Services (New York
Superintendent) that, together with all dividends declared or distributed by it during the preceding 12 months, do not exceed the
lesser of 10% of its policyholders' surplus (as of its last annual or quarterly statement filed with the New York Superintendent)
or 100% of its adjusted net investment income during that period. See Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Liquidity and Capital Resources, for the maximum amount of dividends that
can be paid without regulatory approval, recent dividend history and other recent capital movements.
Maryland. Another primary source of cash for the repurchases of shares and payment of debt service and dividends
by the Company is the receipt of dividends from AGC. Under Maryland's insurance law, AGC may, with prior notice to the
MIA, pay an ordinary dividend that, together with all dividends paid in the prior 12 months, does not exceed the lesser of 10%
of its policyholders' surplus (as of the prior December 31) or 100% of its adjusted net investment income during that period. A
dividend or distribution to a stockholder in excess of this limitation would constitute an "extraordinary dividend," which must
24
be paid out of "earned surplus" and reported to, and approved by, the MIA prior to payment. "Earned surplus" is that portion of
the company's surplus that represents the net earnings, gains or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been
distributed to shareholders as dividends or transferred to stated capital or capital surplus, or applied to other purposes permitted
by law, but does not include unrealized capital gains and appreciation of assets. AGC may not pay any dividend or make any
distribution, including ordinary dividends, unless it notifies the Maryland Insurance Commissioner (the Maryland
Commissioner) of the proposed payment within five business days following declaration and at least ten days before payment.
The Maryland Commissioner may declare that such dividend not be paid if it finds that AGC's policyholders' surplus would be
inadequate after payment of the dividend or the dividend could lead AGC to a hazardous financial condition. See Part II, Item
7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Liquidity and Capital Resources,
for the maximum amount of dividends that can be paid without regulatory approval, recent dividend history and other recent
capital movements.
Contingency Reserves
Under the New York Insurance Law, each of AGM and MAC must establish a contingency reserve to protect
policyholders. New York Insurance Law determines the calculation of the contingency reserve and the period of time over
which it must be established and, subsequently, can be released.
Likewise, in accordance with Maryland insurance law and regulations, AGC also maintains a statutory contingency
reserve for the protection of policyholders. Maryland insurance law determines the calculation of the contingency reserve and
the period of time over which it must be established, and subsequently, can be released.
In both New York and Maryland, when considering the principal amount guaranteed, the insurer is permitted to take
into account amounts that it has ceded to reinsurers. In addition, releases from the insurer's contingency reserve may be
permitted under specified circumstances in the event that actual loss experience exceeds certain thresholds or if the reserve
accumulated is deemed excessive in relation to the insurer's outstanding insured obligations.
From time to time, AGM and AGC have obtained the approval of their regulators to release contingency reserves
based on losses or because the accumulated reserve is deemed excessive in relation to the insurer's outstanding insured
obligations. In 2019, on the latter basis, AGM and MAC obtained the NYDFS's approval for contingency reserve releases of
approximately $124 million and $25 million, respectively, and AGC obtained the MIA's approval for a contingency reserve
release of approximately $4 million. The MAC and AGC releases consisted entirely of the assumed contingency reserves
maintained by those companies, as reinsurers of AGM, in connection with the same insured obligations that were the subject of
AGM's $124 million release. Similarly, in 2018, on the same basis, AGM and MAC obtained the NYDFS's approval for
contingency reserve releases of approximately $142 million and $45 million, respectively, and AGC obtained the MIA's
approval for a contingency reserve release of approximately $11 million. As in 2019, the MAC and AGC releases in 2018
consisted of the assumed contingency reserves maintained by those companies, as reinsurers of AGM, in connection with the
same insured obligations that were the subject of AGM's $142 million release, except for a portion of AGC's $11 million
release relating to the exposures AGC assumed in June 2018 from SGI.
Applicable New York and Maryland laws and regulations require regular, quarterly contributions to contingency
reserves, but such laws and regulations permit the discontinuation of such quarterly contributions to an insurer's contingency
reserves when such insurer's aggregate contingency reserves for a particular line of business (i.e., municipal or non-municipal)
exceed the sum of the insurer's outstanding principal for each specified category of obligations within the particular line of
business multiplied by the specified contingency reserve factor for each such category. In accordance with such laws and
regulations, and with the approval of the NYDFS and the MIA, respectively, AGM ceased making quarterly contributions to its
contingency reserves for non-municipal business and AGC ceased making quarterly contributions to its contingency reserves
for both municipal and non-municipal business, in each case beginning in the fourth quarter of 2014. Such cessations are
expected to continue for as long as AGM and AGC satisfy the foregoing condition for their applicable line(s) of business.
Financial guaranty insurers are also required to maintain a loss and loss adjustment expense (LAE) reserve (on a case-
by-case basis) and unearned premium reserve.
25
Single and Aggregate Risk Limits
The New York Insurance Law and the Code of Maryland Regulations establish single risk limits for financial guaranty
insurers applicable to all obligations issued by a single entity and backed by a single revenue source. For example, under the
limit applicable to municipal obligations, the insured average annual debt service for a single risk, net of qualifying reinsurance
and collateral, may not exceed 10% of the sum of the insurer's policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves. In addition,
insured principal of municipal obligations attributable to any single risk, net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral, is limited
to 75% of the insurer's policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves.
Under the limit applicable to qualifying asset-backed securities, the lesser of:
•
•
the insured average annual debt service for a single risk, net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral, or
the insured unpaid principal (reduced by the extent to which the unpaid principal of the supporting assets exceeds
the insured unpaid principal) divided by nine, net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral,
may not exceed 10% of the sum of the insurer's policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves, subject to certain conditions.
Single-risk limits are also specified for other categories of insured obligations, and generally are more restrictive than
those listed for asset-backed or municipal obligations. Obligations not qualifying for an enhanced single-risk limit are generally
subject to the "corporate" unpaid principal limit (applicable to insurance of unsecured corporate obligations) equal to 10% of
the sum of the insurer's policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves. For example, "triple-X" and "future flow"
securitizations, as well as unsecured investor-owned utility obligations, are generally subject to these "corporate" single-risk
limits.
The New York Insurance Law and the Code of Maryland Regulations also establish aggregate risk limits on the basis
of aggregate net liability insured as compared with statutory capital. "Aggregate net liability" is defined as outstanding
principal and interest of guaranteed obligations insured, net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral. Under these limits,
policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves must not be less than the sum of various percentages of aggregate net liability
for various categories of specified obligations. The percentage varies from 0.33% for certain municipal obligations to 4% for
certain non-investment-grade obligations. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate net liability of each of AGM, MAC and
AGC utilized approximately 23%, 19% and 9% of their respective policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves.
The New York Superintendent and the Maryland Commissioner each have broad discretion to order a financial
guaranty insurer to cease new business originations if the insurer fails to comply with single or aggregate risk limits. In the
Company's experience in New York, the New York Superintendent has shown a willingness to work with insurers to address
these concerns.
Group Regulation
In connection with AGL’s establishment of tax residence in the U.K., as discussed in greater detail under "Tax
Matters" below, the NYDFS has been designated as group-wide supervisor for the Assured Guaranty group. Group-wide
supervision by the NYDFS results in additional regulatory oversight over Assured Guaranty, particularly with respect to group-
wide enterprise risk, and may subject Assured Guaranty to new regulatory requirements and constraints.
Investments
The Assured Guaranty U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations that require diversification of
their investment portfolio and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as BIG fixed-maturity securities,
equity real estate, other equity investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause
investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus, and, in
some instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. The Company believes that the investments
made by the Assured Guaranty U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries complied with such regulations as of December 31, 2019. In
addition, any investment must be approved by the insurance company's board of directors or a committee thereof that is
responsible for supervising or making such investment.
26
Operations of the Company's Non-U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries
In addition to the regulatory requirements imposed by the jurisdictions in which they are licensed, the business
operations of the Company's reinsurance subsidiaries are affected by regulatory requirements in various U.S. states governing
the ability of the ceding companies of the reinsurers to receive credit for the reinsurance on their financial statements. The
Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Reform Act within the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-
Frank Act) streamlined the regulation of reinsurance by applying single state regulation for credit for reinsurance. Under the
Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Reform Act, credit for reinsurance determinations are controlled by the ceding company’s state
of domicile and non-domiciliary states are prohibited from applying their credit for reinsurance laws extraterritorially. In
general, a ceding company which obtains reinsurance from a reinsurer that is licensed, accredited or approved by the ceding
company's state of domicile is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to
the ceding company's liability for unearned premiums (which are that portion of premiums written which applies to the
unexpired portion of the policy period), and loss and LAE reserves ceded to the reinsurer. The great majority of states,
however, also permit a credit on the statutory financial statements of a ceding insurer for reinsurance obtained from a non-
licensed or non-accredited reinsurer to the extent that the reinsurer secures its reinsurance obligations to the ceding insurer by
providing collateral in the form of a letter of credit, trust fund or other acceptable security arrangement. Certain of those states
permit such non-licensed/non-accredited reinsurers that meet certain specified requirements to apply for certified reinsurer
status. If granted, such status allows the certified reinsurer to post less than 100% collateral (the exact percentage depends on
the certifying state's view of the reinsurer's financial strength) and the applicable ceding company will still qualify, on the basis
of such reduced collateral, for full credit for reinsurance on its statutory financial statements with respect to reinsurance
contracts renewed or entered into with the certified reinsurer on or after the date the reinsurer becomes certified. A few states
do not allow credit for reinsurance ceded to non-licensed reinsurers except in certain limited circumstances and others impose
additional requirements that make it difficult to become accredited. The Company's reinsurance subsidiaries AG Re and AGRO
are not licensed, accredited or approved in any state and accordingly have established trusts to secure their reinsurance
obligations. In 2017, AGRO obtained certified reinsurer status in Missouri, which allows AGRO to post 10% collateral in
respect of any reinsurance assumed from Missouri-domiciled ceding companies on or after the date of AGRO’s certification.
U.S. Federal Regulation
The Company’s businesses are subject to direct and indirect regulation under U.S. federal law. In particular, the
Company’s derivatives activities are directly and indirectly subject to a variety of regulatory requirements under the Dodd-
Frank Act. Based on the size of its subsidiaries' remaining legacy derivatives portfolios, AGL does not believe any of its
subsidiaries are required to register with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) as a “major swap participant” or
with the SEC as a "major securities-based swap participant." Certain of the Company's subsidiaries may be subject to Dodd-
Frank Act requirements to post margin or to clear on a regulated execution facility future swap transactions or with respect to
certain amendments to legacy swap transactions, if they enter into such transactions.
Bermuda
AG Re and AGRO are each an insurance company currently registered and licensed under the Insurance Act 1978 of
Bermuda, amendments thereto and related regulations (collectively, the Insurance Act). AG Re is registered and licensed as a
Class 3B insurer and AGRO is registered and licensed as a Class 3A insurer and a Class C long-term insurer.
Bermuda Insurance Regulation
The Insurance Act imposes on insurance companies solvency and liquidity standards; restrictions on the declaration
and payment of dividends and distributions; restrictions on the reduction of statutory capital; restrictions on the winding up of
long-term insurers; and auditing and reporting requirements; and the need to have a principal representative and a principal
office (as understood under the Insurance Act) in Bermuda. The Insurance Act grants to the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the
Authority) the power to cancel insurance licenses, supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies
and in certain circumstances share information with foreign regulators. Class 3A and Class 3B insurers are authorized to carry
on general insurance business (as understood under the Insurance Act), subject to conditions attached to the license and to
compliance with minimum capital and surplus requirements, solvency margin, liquidity ratio and other requirements imposed
by the Insurance Act. Class C long-term insurers are permitted to carry on long-term business (as understood under the
Insurance Act) subject to conditions attached to the license and to similar compliance requirements and the requirement to
maintain its long-term business fund (a segregated fund).
Each of AG Re and AGRO is required annually to file statutorily mandated financial statements and returns, audited
by an auditor approved by the Authority (no approved auditor of an insurer may have an interest in that insurer, other than as an
27
insured, and no officer, servant or agent of an insurer shall be eligible for appointment as an insurer's approved auditor),
together with an annual loss reserve opinion of the loss reserve specialist, who is approved by the Authority, and in respect of
AGRO, the required actuary's certificate with respect to the long-term business. When each of AG Re and AGRO files its
statutory financial statements, it is also required to deliver to the Authority a declaration of compliance, declaring whether or
not the insurer has, with respect to the preceding financial year, complied with all requirements of the minimum criteria
applicable to it; complied with the minimum margin of solvency as at its financial year end; complied with the applicable
enhanced capital requirements as at its financial year end; complied with the minimum liquidity ratio for general business as at
its financial year end; and complied with applicable conditions, directions and restrictions imposed on, or approvals granted to
the insurer. AG Re and AGRO are also required to file annual financial statements prepared in conformity with GAAP, which
must be available to the public.
In addition, AG Re and AGRO are each required to file a capital and solvency return that includes its Bermuda
Solvency Capital Requirement (BSCR) model (or an approved internal capital model in lieu thereof) together with schedules
prescribed by the Insurance Act from time to time. AGRO’s capital and solvency return must also include, among other details,
a schedule of long-term premiums written by line of business, a schedule of long-term business data, a schedule of long-term
variable annuity guarantees data and reconciliation, a schedule of long-term variable annuity guarantees - internal capital model
and the approved actuary’s opinion.
Each of AG Re and AGRO are also required to prepare and file with the Authority, and publish on its website, a
financial condition report. The Authority has discretion to approve modifications and exemptions to the public disclosure rules,
on application by the insurer if, among other things, the Authority is satisfied that the disclosure of certain information will
result in a competitive disadvantage or compromise confidentiality obligations of the insurer.
Finally, in lieu of the standard legal and regulatory requirements, AG Re is required to make a modified filing with the
Authority, consisting of its board of directors quarterly meeting package (which includes AG Re’s unaudited quarterly financial
statements), no later than 30 days after the date of its quarterly board meetings.
Shareholder Controllers
Pursuant to provisions in the Insurance Act, any person who becomes a holder of 10% or more, 20% or more, 33% or
more or 50% or more of the Company's common shares must notify the Authority in writing within 45 days of becoming such a
holder. The Authority has the power to object to such a person if it appears to the Authority that the person is not fit and proper
to be such a holder. In such a case, the Authority may require the holder to reduce their shareholding in the Company and may
direct, among other things, that the voting rights attached to their common shares are not exercisable. A person that does not
comply with such a notice or direction from the Authority will be guilty of an offense.
Notification of Material Changes
All registered insurers are required to give notice to the Authority of their intention to effect a material change within
the meaning of the Insurance Act. For the purposes of the Insurance Act, the following changes are material: (i) the transfer or
acquisition of insurance business being part of a scheme falling within, or any transaction relating to a scheme of arrangement
under section 25 of the Insurance Act or section 99 of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the Companies Act), (ii) the
amalgamation or merger with or acquisition of another firm, (iii) engaging in unrelated business that is retail business, (iv) the
acquisition of a controlling interest in an undertaking that is engaged in non-insurance business which offers services or
products to non-affiliated persons, (v) outsourcing all or substantially all of the functions of actuarial, risk management,
compliance and internal audit functions, (vi) outsourcing all or a material part of an insurer's underwriting activity,
(vii) transferring other than by way of reinsurance all or substantially all of a line of business, (viii) expanding into a material
new line of business, (ix) the sale of an insurer, and (x) outsourcing an officer role (in this context meaning a chief executive or
senior executive performing the roles of underwriting, actuarial, risk management, compliance, internal audit, finance or
investment matters).
Registered insurers are not permitted to take any steps to give effect to a material change listed above unless it has first
served notice on the Authority that it intends to effect such material change and, before the end of 30 days, either the Authority
has notified such company in writing that it has no objection to such change or that period has lapsed without the Authority
having issued a notice of objection. A person who fails to give the required notice or who effects a material change, or allows
such material change to be effected, before the prescribed period has elapsed or after having received a notice of objection is
guilty of an offense.
28
Minimum Solvency Margin and Enhanced Capital Requirements
Under the Insurance Act, AG Re and AGRO must each ensure that the value of its general business statutory assets
exceeds the amount of its general business statutory liabilities by an amount greater than the prescribed minimum solvency
margin and each company's applicable enhanced capital requirement.
The minimum solvency margin for Class 3A and Class 3B insurers is the greater of (i) $1 million, or (ii) 20% of the
first $6 million of net premiums written; if in excess of $6 million, the figure is $1.2 million plus 15% of net premiums written
in excess of $6 million, or (iii) 15% of net discounted aggregate loss and loss expense provisions and other insurance reserves,
or (iv) 25% of that insurer's applicable enhanced capital requirement reported at the end of its relevant year.
In addition, as a Class C long-term insurer, AGRO is required, with respect to its long-term business, to maintain a
minimum solvency margin equal to the greater of (i) $500,000, (ii) 1.5% of its assets or (iii) 25% its enhanced capital
requirement reported at the end of the relevant year. For the purpose of this calculation, assets are defined as the total assets
pertaining to its long-term business reported on the balance sheet in the relevant year less the amounts held in a segregated
account. AGRO is also required to keep its accounts in respect of its long-term business separate from any accounts kept in
respect of any other business and all receipts of its long-term business form part of its long-term business fund.
Each of AG Re and AGRO is required to maintain available statutory capital and surplus at a level equal to or in
excess of its applicable enhanced capital requirement, which is established by reference to either its BSCR model or an
approved internal capital model. The BSCR model is a risk-based capital model which provides a method for determining an
insurer's capital requirements (statutory economic capital and surplus) by taking into account the risk characteristics of different
aspects of the insurer's business. The BSCR formula establishes capital requirements for ten categories of risk: fixed income
investment risk, equity investment risk, interest rate/liquidity risk, currency risk, concentration risk, premium risk, reserve risk,
credit risk, catastrophe risk and operational risk. For each category, the capital requirement is determined by applying factors to
asset, premium, reserve, creditor, probable maximum loss and operation items, with higher factors applied to items with greater
underlying risk and lower factors for less risky items.
While not specifically referred to in the Insurance Act, the Authority has also established a target capital level (TCL)
for each insurer subject to an enhanced capital requirement equal to 120% of its enhanced capital requirement. While such an
insurer is not currently required to maintain its statutory capital and surplus at this level, the TCL serves as an early warning
tool for the Authority and failure to maintain statutory capital at least equal to the TCL will likely result in increased regulatory
oversight.
For each insurer subject to an enhanced capital requirement, there is a three-tiered capital system designed to assess
the quality of capital resources that a company has available to meet its capital requirements. Under this system, all of an
insurer's capital instruments will be classified as either basic or ancillary capital which in turn will be classified into one of
three tiers based on their “loss absorbency” characteristics. Highest quality capital is classified as Tier 1 Capital; lesser quality
capital is classified as either Tier 2 Capital or Tier 3 Capital. Under this regime, up to certain specified percentages of Tier 1,
Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital (determined by registration classification) may be used to support the company's minimum solvency
margin, enhanced capital requirement and TCL.
Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions
The Insurance Act limits the declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions by AG Re and AGRO.
Under the Insurance Act:
•
The minimum share capital must be always issued and outstanding and cannot be reduced. For AG Re, which is
registered as a Class 3B insurer, the minimum share capital is $120,000. For AGRO, which is registered both as a
Class 3A and a Class C long-term insurer, the minimum share capital is $370,000.
• With respect to the distribution (including repurchase of shares) of any share capital, contributed surplus or other
statutory capital:
(a) any such distribution that would reduce AG Re's or AGRO's total statutory capital by 15% or more of their
respective total statutory capital as set out in their previous year's financial statements requires the prior
approval of the Authority. Any application for such approval must include an affidavit stating that the
company will continue to meet the required margins and such other information as the Authority may require;
and
29
(b) as a Class C long-term insurer, AGRO may not use the funds allocated to its long-term business fund, directly
or indirectly, for any purpose other than a purpose of its long-term business except in so far as such payment
can be made out of any surplus certified by AGRO's approved actuary to be available for distribution
otherwise than to policyholders.
• With respect to the declaration and payment of dividends:
(a) each of AG Re and AGRO is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it
is in breach of its solvency margin, minimum liquidity ratio or enhanced capital requirement, or if the
declaration or payment of such dividends would cause such a breach (if it has failed to meet its minimum
solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, the insurer will be
prohibited, without the approval of the Authority, from declaring or paying any dividends during the next
financial year). Dividends are paid out of each insurer's statutory surplus and, therefore, dividends cannot
exceed such surplus. See "Minimum Solvency Margin and Enhanced Capital Requirements" above and
"Minimum Liquidity Ratio" below;
(b) an insurer which at any time fails to meet its minimum solvency margin or comply with the enhanced capital
requirement may not declare or pay any dividend until the failure is rectified, and also in such circumstances
the insurer must report, within 14 days after becoming aware of its failure or having reason to believe that
such failure has occurred, to the Authority in writing giving particulars of the circumstances leading to the
failure and giving a plan detailing the manner, specific actions to be taken and time frame in which the
insurer intends to rectify the failure. A failure to comply with the enhanced capital requirement will also
result in the insurer furnishing certain other information to the Authority within 45 days after becoming aware
of its failure or having reason to believe that such failure has occurred;
(c) each of AG Re and AGRO is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more
than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's statutory balance
sheet) unless it files (at least seven days before payments of such dividends) with the Authority an affidavit
signed by at least two directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda resident director if any of the insurer's
directors are resident in Bermuda) and the principal representative stating that it will continue to meet its
solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio. Where such an affidavit is filed, it shall be available for public
inspection at the offices of the Authority; and
(d) as a Class C long-term insurer, AGRO may not declare or pay a dividend to any person other than a
policyholder unless the value of the assets of its long-term business fund, as certified by AGRO's approved
actuary, exceeds the extent (as so certified) of the liabilities of AGRO's long-term business, and the amount of
any such dividend shall not exceed the aggregate of (1) that excess; and (2) any other funds properly
available for the payment of dividends being funds arising out of AGRO's business other than its long-term
business.
The Companies Act also limits the declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions by Bermuda
companies such as AGL and its Bermuda subsidiaries, which consist of AG Re, AGRO and Cedar Personnel Ltd. (Bermuda
Subsidiaries). Such companies may only declare and pay a dividend or make a distribution out of contributed surplus (as
understood under the Companies Act) if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is and after the payment
will be able to meet and pay its liabilities as they become due and the realizable value of the company's assets will not be less
than its liabilities. The Companies Act also regulates and restricts the reduction and return of capital and paid in share premium,
including the repurchase of shares. See Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 18, Insurance
Company Regulatory Requirements, for more information, for the maximum amount of dividends that can be paid without
regulatory approval, recent dividend history and other recent capital movements.
Minimum Liquidity Ratio
The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business. An insurer engaged in general business is
required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities. Relevant assets
include cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment
income due and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable, reinsurance balances receivable, funds held by ceding reinsurers
and any other assets which the Authority on application in any particular case made to it with reasons, accepts in that case.
There are certain categories of assets which, unless specifically permitted by the Authority, do not automatically qualify as
relevant assets, such as unquoted equity securities, investments in and advances to affiliates and real estate and collateral loans.
30
The relevant liabilities are total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income tax
and sundry liabilities (by interpretation, those not specifically defined) and letters of credit, corporate guarantees and other
instruments.
Insurance Code of Conduct
Each of AG Re and AGRO is subject to the Insurance Code of Conduct, which establishes duties, standards,
procedures and sound business principles which must be complied with to ensure sound corporate governance, risk
management and internal controls are implemented by all insurers registered under the Insurance Act. The Authority will assess
an insurer's compliance with the Code of Conduct in a proportionate manner relative to the nature, scale and complexity of its
business. Failure to comply with the requirements under the Insurance Code of Conduct will be a factor taken into account by
the Authority in determining whether an insurer is conducting its business in a sound and prudent manner as prescribed by the
Insurance Act. Such failure to comply with the requirements of the Insurance Code of Conduct could result in the Authority
exercising its powers of intervention and investigation and will be a factor in calculating the operational risk charge applicable
in accordance with the insurer's BSCR model or approved internal model.
Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations
Although AGL is incorporated in Bermuda, it is classified as a non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes
by the Authority. Pursuant to its non-resident status, AGL may engage in transactions in currencies other than Bermuda dollars
and there are no restrictions on its ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of
Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of its common shares.
Under Bermuda law, "exempted" companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside
Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As an "exempted" company, AGL (as well as each of AG Re and
AGRO) may not, without the express authorization of the Bermuda legislature or under a license or consent granted by the
Minister of Finance (the Minister), participate in certain business and other transactions, including: (1) the acquisition or
holding of land in Bermuda (except that held by way of lease or tenancy agreement which is required for its business and held
for a term not exceeding 50 years, or which is used to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and
employees and held with the consent of the Minister, for a term not exceeding 21 years), (2) the taking of mortgages on land in
Bermuda to secure a principal amount in excess of $50,000 unless the Minister consents to a higher amount, and (3) the
carrying on of business of any kind or type for which it is not duly licensed in Bermuda, except in certain limited
circumstances, such as doing business with another exempted undertaking in furtherance of AGL's business carried on outside
Bermuda.
The Bermuda government actively encourages foreign investment in "exempted" entities like AGL that are based in
Bermuda, but which do not operate in competition with local businesses. AGL is not currently subject to taxes computed on
profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation. Bermuda companies pay, as applicable, annual
government fees, business fees, payroll tax and other taxes and duties. See "—Tax Matters—Taxation of AGL and Subsidiaries
—Bermuda."
Special considerations apply to the Company's Bermuda operations. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians, other than
spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not
permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work
permit is only granted or extended if the employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of
a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate or working resident certificate is available who meets the
minimum standards for the position. A waiver from advertising is automatically granted in respect of any chief executive
officer position and other chief officer positions. The employer can also make a request for a waiver from the requirement to
advertise in certain other cases, as expressed in the Bermuda government's work permit policies. Currently, all of the
Company's Bermuda based professional employees who require work permits have been granted work permits by the Bermuda
government.
United Kingdom
The Company combined the operations of its European insurance subsidiaries, AGE UK, AGUK, AGLN and CIFGE,
in a transaction that was completed on November 7, 2018. Under the Combination, AGUK, AGLN and CIFGE transferred their
insurance portfolios to and merged with and into AGE UK.
31
General
Each of AGE UK and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. (AGFOL) are subject to the U.K.'s Financial Services
and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA), which covers financial services relating to deposits, insurance, investments and certain other
financial products.
Under FSMA, effecting or carrying out contracts of insurance by way of business in the U.K. each constitutes a
“regulated activity” requiring authorization by the appropriate regulator. An authorized insurance company must have
permission for each class of insurance business it intends to write.
Insurance companies in the U.K. are authorized by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and regulated by the
PRA and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). The PRA and the FCA were established on April 1, 2013 and are the main
regulatory authorities responsible for financial regulation in the U.K. These two regulatory bodies cover the following areas:
•
•
the PRA, a part of the Bank of England, is responsible for prudential regulation of certain classes of financial
services firms (which includes insurance companies, among others), and
the FCA is responsible for the conduct of business regulation of all firms and the regulation of market conduct and
the prudential regulation of all non-PRA firms.
While the two regulators coordinate and cooperate in some areas, they have separate and independent mandates and separate
rule-making and enforcement powers. AGE UK is regulated by both the PRA and the FCA. AGFOL is regulated by the FCA.
The PRA carries out the prudential supervision of insurance companies through a variety of methods, including the
collection of information from statistical returns, the review of accountants' reports and insurers' annual reports and disclosures,
visits to insurance companies and regular formal interviews. The PRA takes a risk-based approach to the supervision of
insurance companies.
The primary source of rules relating to the prudential supervision of AGE UK is the Solvency II Directive (Directive
2009/138/EC) as amended (including by the Omnibus II Directive (Directive 2014/51/EU)) (together, Solvency II), which came
into force and effect on January 1, 2016. The Solvency II rules continue to apply to AGE UK during the transition period to
December 31, 2020 following the U.K.'s exit from the EU on January 31, 2020 (see also “U.K. referendum vote to leave the
European Union” below). The PRA remains the prudential regulator for U.K. insurers such as AGE UK, under Solvency II.
Solvency II provides rules on capital adequacy, governance and risk management and regulatory reporting and public
disclosure. It is intended to align capital requirements with the risk profile of each European Economic Area (EEA) insurance
company and to ensure adequate diversification of an insurer's or reinsurer's exposures to any credit risks of its reinsurers. AGE
UK has calculated its minimum required capital according to the Solvency II criteria and is in compliance.
The PRA applies threshold conditions, which insurers must meet, and against which the PRA assesses them on a
continuous basis. At a high level, these conditions are that:
•
•
•
•
•
an insurer must be a body corporate (other than a limited liability partnership), a registered friendly society or a
member of The Society of Lloyd's;
if an insurer is a body corporate incorporated in the U.K., its head office, and in particular its mind and
management, must be in the U.K;
an insurer's business must be conducted in a prudent manner — in particular, the insurer must maintain
appropriate financial and non-financial resources;
the insurer must be fit and proper, and be appropriately staffed; and
the insurer and its group must be capable of being effectively supervised.
The PRA assesses, on an ongoing basis, whether insurers are acting in a manner consistent with safety and soundness
and appropriate policyholder protection, and so whether they meet, and are likely to continue to meet, the threshold conditions.
It weights its supervision towards those issues and those insurers that, in its judgment, pose the greatest risk to its objectives. It
is forward-looking, assessing its objectives not just against current risks, but also against those that could plausibly arise further
32
ahead and will rely significantly on judgments based on evidence and analysis. Its risk assessment framework looks at the
potential impact of failure of the insurer, its risk context and mitigating factors.
The key EU legislation that is relevant to AGFOL is the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (Directive
2014/65/EU)(MiFID II), which harmonizes the regulatory regime for investment services and activities across the EEA and the
Insurance Distribution Directive (Directive EU/2016/97) (IDD) (which came into force on October 1, 2018). This EU
legislation continues to apply to AGFOL during the transition period to December 31, 2020 following the U.K's exit from the
EU on January 31, 2020. AGFOL’s MiFID II activities are limited to receiving and transmitting orders and giving investment
advice and it cannot hold client money. Accordingly, although it is subject to MiFID II, AGFOL is exempt from the Capital
Requirements Directive and Capital Requirements Regulations, which are the EU regulations on capital for certain MiFID
firms. AGFOL has therefore calculated its minimum required capital according to the FCA’s rules for non-Capital
Requirements Directive firms, and is in compliance.
During the transition period following the U.K.'s exit from the EU on January 31, 2020, the regulatory regime in the
U.K. will be consistent with relevant EU legislation, which is either directly applicable in, or must be implemented into
national law by, all of the remaining EU member states. The key EU legislation that is relevant to AGE UK is Solvency II,
which provides the framework for the solvency and supervisory regime for insurers in the U.K. and in the EEA. The key EU
legislation that is relevant to AGFOL is MiFID II and the IDD (see also “U.K. referendum vote to leave the European Union”
below.)
Position of U.K. Regulated Entities within the AGL Group
AGE UK is authorized by the PRA to effect and carry out certain classes of general insurance, specifically: classes 14
(credit), 15 (suretyship) and 16 (miscellaneous financial loss) for eligible counterparties and professional clients only (i.e., not
retail clients). This scope of permission is sufficient to enable AGE UK to effect and carry out financial guaranty insurance and
reinsurance. The insurance and reinsurance businesses of AGE UK are subject to close supervision by the PRA. AGE UK also
has permission to arrange and advise on transactions it guarantees, and to take deposits in the context of its insurance business.
In 2010 it was agreed between management and AGE UK's then regulator, the Financial Services Authority (now the
PRA), that new business written by AGE UK would be guaranteed using a co-insurance structure pursuant to which AGE UK
would co-insure municipal and infrastructure transactions with AGM, and structured finance transactions with AGC. AGE UK's
financial guaranty for each transaction covers a proportionate share (currently fixed from 2019 at 15%) of the total exposure,
and AGM or AGC, as the case may be, guarantees the remaining exposure under the transaction (subject to compliance with
EEA licensing requirements). AGM or AGC, as the case may be, will also provide a second-to-pay guaranty to cover AGE
UK's financial guaranty.
AGE UK also is the principal of Assured Guaranty Credit Protection Ltd. (AGCPL). AGCPL is not PRA or FCA
authorized, but is an appointed representative of AGE UK. This means AGCPL can carry on insurance distribution activities
without a license, because AGE UK has regulatory responsibility for it.
AGCPL is subject to the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council
of July 4, 2012 on over the counter (OTC) derivatives, central counterparties and trade repositories (EMIR), as amended by
Regulation (EU) 2019/834 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 20, 2019, which, as an EU regulation, is
directly applicable in all the member states of the EU and in the U.K. AGCPL is the only European entity within the AGL
group which has entered into derivative contracts and as such it is the only entity in the group which is directly subject to
EMIR. AGCPL has notified the European Securities and Markets Authority and the FCA of its status under EMIR as a non-
financial counterparty which has exceeded a clearing threshold (an NFC+). AGCPL is subject to certain requirements under
EMIR with respect to its portfolio of derivative contracts including: (i) the requirement to centrally clear certain classes of
standardized OTC derivatives (although AGCPL does not currently enter into such classes of derivatives, and so this
requirement is not currently relevant); (ii) an obligation to employ certain risk mitigation techniques relating to derivatives that
cannot be centrally cleared; and (iii) a requirement to report derivative transactions to a trade repository, whether directly or
through a delegated reporting arrangement. The Company is aware that circumstances exist in which EMIR may apply to non-
European entities when transacting derivatives.
AGFOL, a subsidiary of AGL, is authorized by the FCA to carry out certain investment business (and insurance
distribution) activities. It may “advise on investments (except on pension transfers and pension opt outs)” relating to most
investment instruments (but not including insurance contracts). In addition, it may arrange or bring about transactions in
investments and make “arrangements with a view to transactions in investments," in each case in relation to investments and
insurance contracts (but only “non-investment insurance contracts”). In all cases, it may deal only with clients who are eligible
33
counterparties or professional customers (i.e., not retail clients), or, when arranging in relation to non-investment insurance
contracts, commercial customers. AGFOL is not authorized as an insurer and does not itself take risk in the transactions it
arranges or places, and may not hold funds on behalf of its customers. AGFOL's permissions also allow it to introduce business
to AGC and AGM, so that AGFOL can arrange financial guaranties underwritten by AGC and AGM.
Solvency II and Solvency Requirements
In the U.K., Solvency II has been transposed into national law through changes to existing provisions in the FCA and
the PRA’s respective handbooks and rulebook and through amendments to primary legislation. The Solvency II “Delegated
Acts,” which set out more detailed rules underlying Solvency II have direct effect in all EEA member states, and in the U.K.
during the transition period to December 31, 2020 (see also “U.K. referendum vote to leave the European Union” below).
Among other things, Solvency II introduced a revised risk-based prudential regime which includes the following
"Pillar 1" regulatory capital rules:
•
•
•
assets and liabilities are generally to be valued at their market value;
the amount of required economic capital is intended to ensure, with a probability of 99.5%, that regulated firms
are able to meet their obligations to policyholders and beneficiaries over the following 12 months; and
reinsurance recoveries will be treated as a separate asset (rather than being netted against the underlying insurance
liabilities).
AGE UK has agreed with the PRA that it will use the "Standard Formula" prescribed by Solvency II for calculation of its
capital requirements.
In addition to regulatory capital rules, Solvency II also contains a number of “Pillar 2” qualitative requirements,
obliging firms to develop and embed systems to identify, measure and proactively manage the risks they are, or may be,
exposed to. Among other things, firms must:
•
•
•
have in place an effective system of governance that provides for the sound and prudent management of its
business;
establish effective risk-management systems; and
take a comprehensive approach to considering their risks through an Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA)
as proportionate to the nature, scale and complexity of the risks inherent in their business.
“Pillar 3” reporting and disclosure requirements also exist, including a requirement to prepare a public Solvency and
Financial Condition Report and a private Regular Supervisory Report. For more information on reporting requirements and the
ORSA, see “Reporting Requirements” below.
Solvency II contains a regime for the supervision of groups, including groups in which the parent undertaking has its
head office in a country that is outside the EEA. The treatment of such groups in part depends on whether the jurisdiction in
which the non-EEA parent has its head office is determined to have a supervisory regime which is equivalent to the Solvency II
regime. In the absence of such a determination, the Solvency II rules on supervision apply to the group on a worldwide basis,
unless the PRA elects to apply “other methods” which ensure appropriate supervision. AGE UK is a direct subsidiary of a U.S.
parent company.
The PRA has issued a Direction to AGE UK which confirms the “other methods” that the PRA will apply to ensure
appropriate supervision. These include, among other things, requirements for AGE UK to provide the PRA with certain
information, in relation to the group's risk management, risk exposures and solvency assessment. The Direction applies from
November 12, 2018 until October 1, 2020, unless it is revoked earlier or no longer applicable.
34
Restrictions on Dividend Payments
U.K. company law prohibits each of AGE UK and AGFOL from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has
“profits available for distribution.” The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its
accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While the U.K. insurance regulatory laws impose no statutory
restrictions on a general insurer's ability to declare a dividend, the PRA's capital requirements may in practice act as a
restriction on dividends for AGE UK.
Reporting Requirements
U.K. insurance companies must prepare their financial statements under the Companies Act 2006, which requires the
filing with Companies House of audited financial statements and related reports. In addition, starting January 1, 2016, the
reporting requirements for U.K. insurance companies were modified by Solvency II. AGE UK is required to produce certain
key reports including an annual Solvency and Financial Condition Report, Regular Supervisory Report and an ORSA, the latter
as part of the so-called “Pillar 2” individual capital assessment requirements.
The PRA will review each firm’s ORSA and then consider whether in its view the firm needs to hold capital in excess
of its Pillar 1 capital (see “Solvency II and Solvency Requirements” above) and, if so, may impose a “capital add-on.” The
prescribed information to be contained in the ORSA, as well as the frequency with which the assessment must be carried out, is
subject to guidance issued by the European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority in September 2015 and supervisory
statements issued by the PRA. The PRA has advised AGE UK that it is not imposing a capital add-on at this time. The PRA
may determine to impose a capital add-on in relation to AGE UK in the future.
Supervision of Management
AGE UK and AGFOL are subject to the rules contained in the Senior Managers and Certification Regime. This
requires that individuals undertaking particular roles need to be registered with the relevant UK regulator as undertaking a
“Senior Management Function”. This broadly includes individuals undertaking the executive functions and the oversight
functions of each entity. For firms that are regulated by both the PRA and FCA, such as AGE UK, certain roles are supervised
by the PRA and certain roles are supervised by the FCA. For firms that are regulated by the FCA only, such as AGFOL, all the
relevant roles are supervised by the FCA.
Change of Control
Under FSMA, when a person decides to acquire or increase “control” of a U.K. authorized firm (including an
insurance company) they must give the PRA (if regulated by the PRA and FCA) or the FCA (if regulated solely by the FCA)
notice in writing before making the acquisition. The PRA and the FCA have up to 60 working days (without including any
period of interruption) in which to assess a change of control case. Any person (a company or individual) that directly or
indirectly acquires 10% or 20% (depending on the type of firm, the “Control Percentage Threshold”) or more of the shares, or
is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of the Control Percentage Threshold or more of the voting power, in a U.K.
authorized firm or its parent undertaking is considered to “acquire control” of the authorized firm. Broadly speaking, the 10%
threshold applies to banks, insurers and reinsurers (but not brokers) and MiFID investment firms, and the 20% threshold to
insurance brokers and certain other firms that are non-directive firms.
Intervention and Enforcement
The PRA has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of an authorized firm, culminating in the sanction of the
suspension of authorization to carry on a regulated activity. The PRA can also vary or cancel a firm's permissions under its own
initiative if it considers that the firm is failing, or is likely to fail, to satisfy the Threshold Conditions. FSMA gives the PRA
significant investigation and enforcement powers. It also gives the PRA a rule-making power, under which it makes the various
rules that constitute its Rulebook.
The PRA also has the power to prosecute criminal offenses arising under FSMA. The FCA has the power to prosecute
offenses under FSMA and to prosecute insider dealing under Part V of the Criminal Justice Act of 1993, and breaches by
authorized firms of money laundering and terrorist financing regulations.
35
“Passporting”
During the transition period to December 31, 2020 under the withdrawal agreement, EU directives allow AGE UK and
AGFOL to conduct business in the other remaining EU states where they are authorized by the PRA or FCA under a single
market directive. This right extends to the EEA. A firm taking advantage of a right under a single market directive to conduct
business in an EEA state can rely on its "home state" authorization. This ability to operate in other jurisdictions of the EEA on
the basis of home state authorization and supervision is sometimes referred to as “passporting.” Each of AGE UK and AGFOL
is passported to conduct business in certain remaining EEA states. Passporting is not applicable to firms not authorized in the
EEA or the U.K., such as AGM and AGC. Accordingly, the co-insurance model described above cannot be “passported”
throughout the EEA. Instead, it is a question of local law in each remaining EEA member state as to whether AGM's or AGC’s
participation in a co-insurance structure, protecting insureds or risks located in that jurisdiction, would amount to the conduct
of insurance business in that jurisdiction. (See also “U.K. referendum vote to leave the European Union” below.)
Fees and Levies
Each of AGE UK and AGFOL is subject to regulatory fees and levies based on, in respect of AGE UK its gross
premium income and gross technical liabilities and, in respect of AGFOL, its annual income. These fees are collected by the
FCA (though they relate to regulation by both the PRA and the FCA). The PRA and the FCA also require authorized firms,
including authorized insurers, to participate in an investors' protection fund, known as the Financial Services Compensation
Scheme. The Financial Services Compensation Scheme was established to compensate consumers of financial services firms,
including the buyers of insurance, against failures in the financial services industry. Eligible claimants (identified in the
Policyholder Protection section of the PRA Rulebook and the Compensation section of the FCA Handbook) may be
compensated by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme when an authorized firm (including an insurer or insurance
distributor) is unable, or likely to be unable, to satisfy policyholder claims. General insurance in class 14 (credit) is not
protected by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme, nor is reinsurance in any class; however, other direct insurance
classes written by AGE UK are covered (namely, classes 15 (suretyship) and 16 (miscellaneous financial loss)).
Material Contracts
AGM provides support to AGE UK through a quota share and excess of loss reinsurance agreement (the AGM
Reinsurance Agreement) and a net worth maintenance agreement (the AGE UK Net Worth Agreement).
The versions of such agreements currently in force became effective on November 7, 2018 upon completion of the
Combination. These new agreements clarified the application of the prior agreements to AGE UK upon the Combination.
They also incorporated changes to certain terms of the prior agreements requested by the PRA during its review of the
Combination, including a change to the amount of collateral that AGM is obligated to post to secure its reinsurance of AGE
UK. Except for such changes, the new agreements do not materially alter the terms or coverage of the prior agreements.
The AGM Reinsurance Agreement - Quota Share Reinsurance: Under the quota share cover of the prior AGM
Reinsurance Agreement AGM reinsured between approximately 95% - 99% of AGE UK's retention of each AGE UK financial
guaranty insurance policy after cessions to other reinsurers. Such range of proportionate reinsurance by AGM was the result of
a formula in the prior AGM Reinsurance Agreement that fixed AGM’s reinsurance of AGE UK policies issued during a
particular calendar year based upon the respective prior year-end capitalization of AGE UK and AGM.
The AGE UK policies reinsured pursuant to the prior AGM Reinsurance Agreement were limited to ones issued in
2011 and prior years because:
(a) AGE UK and AGM in 2011 implemented a co-guarantee structure pursuant to which (i) AGE UK, rather than
guaranteeing directly all of the obligations issued in a particular transaction, directly guarantees, instead, only the
portion of the guaranteed obligations in an amount equal to what would have been AGE UK's pro rata retention
percentage under the quota share cover of the prior AGM Reinsurance Agreement, (ii) AGM directly guarantees the
balance of the guaranteed obligations, and (iii) AGM also provides a second-to-pay guarantee for AGE UK's portion
of the guaranteed obligations; and
(b) the prior AGM Reinsurance Agreement excluded AGE UK’s insured portion of the co-guaranteed obligations from
reinsurance by AGM, and all AGE UK business since 2011 has consisted of transactions insured pursuant to such co-
guarantee structure.
36
The new AGM Reinsurance Agreement maintains in place AGM’s proportionate reinsurance of all AGE UK policies
covered under the prior AGM Reinsurance Agreement. The new agreement provides, however, that to the extent AGE UK
issues a future qualifying policy without utilizing the co-guarantee structure described above, AGM will reinsure a fixed 85%
share of AGE UK’s gross liabilities under such policy, rather than a percentage share based on AGE UK’s and AGM’s
respective prior year-end capitalization. Similarly, the percentages of a future transaction’s obligations that AGE UK and AGM
co-guarantee will be split 15% by AGE UK and 85% by AGM, so that AGM’s co-guaranteed portion continues to mirror the
percentage of quota share reinsurance AGM otherwise would provide for the transaction under the new AGM Reinsurance
Agreement.
The AGM Reinsurance Agreement - Excess of Loss Reinsurance: Under the excess of loss cover of the prior AGM
Reinsurance Agreement, AGM was obligated to pay AGE UK quarterly the amount, if any, by which (i) the sum of (a) AGE
UK’s incurred losses calculated in accordance with U.K. GAAP as reported by AGE UK in its financial returns filed with the
PRA and (b) AGE UK’s paid losses and LAE, in both cases net of all other performing reinsurance, including the reinsurance
provided by the Company under the quota share cover of the AGM Reinsurance Agreement, exceeded (ii) an amount equal to
(a) AGE UK’s capital resources under U.K. law minus (b) 110% of the greatest of the amounts as might be required by the PRA
as a condition for AGE UK to maintain its authorization to carry on a financial guarantee business in the U.K. The new AGM
Reinsurance Agreement provides this same form of excess of loss reinsurance; it simply clarifies that such reinsurance covers
the legacy portfolios transferred to AGE UK by AGUK, AGLN and CIFGE in addition to the legacy AGE UK policies
reinsured under the prior AGM Reinsurance Agreement.
Other Provisions of the AGM Reinsurance Agreement: Under the new AGM Reinsurance Agreement, AGM’s required
collateral is 102% of the sum of AGM’s assumed share of the following for all AGE UK policies for which AGM provides
proportionate reinsurance: (a) AGE UK’s unearned premium reserve (net of AGE UK’s reinsurance premium payable to
AGM); (b) AGE UK’s provisions for unpaid losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses (net of any salvage recoverable),
and (c) any unexpired risk provisions of AGE UK, in each case (a) - (c) as calculated by AGE UK in accordance with U.K.
GAAP. This new, post-Combination collateral measure is in contrast to (i) AGM’s collateral measure prevailing from
December 2014 through 2015, which was based, in part, upon the losses expected to be borne by AGM (and two other affiliated
reinsurers of AGE UK, AG Re and AGRO) at the 99.5% confidence interval under the PRA’s FG Benchmark Model; and (ii)
AGM’s collateral measure prevailing from 2016 up to the time of the Combination, which was based on the same losses
calculated under AGE UK’s internal capital requirement model instead of the FG Benchmark Model. As a result of this new
collateral measure, AGM’s total collateral required for AGE UK increased by approximately $52 million upon the
Combination. AGM funded such increase promptly following the Combination.
The quota share and excess of loss covers under the prior AGM Reinsurance Agreement excluded transactions
guaranteed by AGE UK on or after July 1, 2009 that were not municipal, utility, project finance or infrastructure risks or similar
types of risks. The new AGM Reinsurance Agreement retains the same exclusion. The old AGM Reinsurance Agreement also
permitted AGE UK to terminate the agreement upon the following events: a downgrade of AGM’s ratings by Moody’s below
Aa3 or by S&P below AA- if AGM fails to restore its rating(s) to the required level within a prescribed period of time; AGM's
insolvency; failure by AGM to maintain the minimum capital required by its domiciliary jurisdiction; or AGM filing a petition
in bankruptcy, going into liquidation or rehabilitation or having a receiver appointed. The new AGM Reinsurance Agreement
preserves these same termination rights by AGE UK, and also adds an additional termination right enabling AGE UK to
terminate the agreement should AGM fail to maintain its required collateral.
The AGE UK Net Worth Agreement: Pursuant to the prior AGE UK Net Worth Agreement, AGM was obligated to
cause AGE UK to maintain capital resources equal to 110% of the greatest of the amounts as may be required by the PRA as a
condition for AGE UK to maintain its authorization to carry on a financial guarantee business in the U.K., provided that AGM's
contributions (a) did not exceed 35% of AGM's policyholders' surplus on an accumulated basis as determined by the laws of the
State of New York, and (b) were in compliance with Section 1505 of the New York Insurance Law. AGM’s obligation remains
the same under the new AGE UK Net Worth Agreement, which simply clarifies that it applies to AGE UK’s expanded
insurance and investment portfolios resulting from the Combination. AGM has never been required to make a contribution to
AGE UK's capital under any version of the AGE UK Net Worth Agreement - either the current agreement or any prior net
worth maintenance agreements. The new AGE UK Net Worth Agreement also permits AGE UK to terminate such agreement
without also triggering an automatic termination of the AGM Reinsurance Agreement (as would have occurred under the prior
AGE UK Net Worth Agreement).
The NYDFS approved each of the changes described above to the AGM Reinsurance Agreement and AGE UK Net
Worth Maintenance Agreement.
37
AGC’s Support Agreements in Respect of AGUK: Prior to the Combination, the Company's affiliate, AGC, provided
support to AGUK through a Further Amended and Restated quota share reinsurance agreement (the AGC Quota Share
Agreement), a Further Amended and Restated excess of loss reinsurance agreement (the AGC XOL Agreement), and a Further
Amended and Restated net worth maintenance agreement (the AGUK Net Worth Agreement). The latter two agreements were
terminated effective upon the Combination because AGUK’s legacy policies became part of AGE UK’s portfolio upon the
Combination and, therefore, are now covered by the excess of loss portion of the new AGM Reinsurance Agreement and the
new AGE UK Net Worth Maintenance Agreement, as described above. The AGC Quota Share Agreement, pursuant to which
AGC provided 90% quota share reinsurance of AGUK’s legacy policies, was also terminated upon the Combination, but it was
replaced with a new quota share reinsurance agreement between AGE UK and AGC (the New AGC Reinsurance Agreement).
This new agreement preserves AGC’s 90% quota share reinsurance of the legacy AGUK policies that are now part of AGE
UK’s portfolio, but it has no application to new business written by AGE UK following the Combination. The new AGC
Reinsurance Agreement also imposes a new collateral requirement on AGC that is the same as AGM’s collateral requirement
under the new AGM Reinsurance Agreement, as described above, except that AGC continues also to post as collateral its share
of an AGE UK-guaranteed (formerly, pre-Combination, AGUK-guaranteed) triple-X insurance bond that had been purchased
by AGC for loss mitigation (as AGC had similarly done under the prior AGC Quota Share Agreement).
The MIA approved the termination of the prior AGC XOL Agreement, AGUK Net Worth Agreement and the AGC
Quota Share Agreement and the replacement of the latter with the New AGC Reinsurance Agreement.
U.K. referendum vote to leave the European Union
On June 23, 2016, the U.K. voted in a national referendum to withdraw from the EU. The result of the referendum did
not legally oblige the U.K. to exit the EU (a so-called Brexit). However, on March 29, 2017 the U.K. government served notice
to the European Council of its desire to withdraw in accordance with Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union (Article 50).
Article 50 envisages a negotiation period leading to an exit on a mutually agreed date. As part of the negotiations, the
U.K. sought a transition period during which it would cease to be a member state of the EU, but would continue to have rights
and obligations under EU law, other than the right to participate formally in the EU decision making process, and EU
legislation would remain in force. A withdrawal agreement was agreed by the U.K. Government and EU and the U.K.
Parliament approved the withdrawal agreement so that the UK left the EU on January 31, 2020. Under the terms of the
withdrawal agreement the transition period will end on December 31, 2020 and the U.K. Government is stating that this will
not be extended, although the terms of the withdrawal agreement do allow for an extension to the transition period.
As a result of the approval of the withdrawal agreement, the current law relating to the Company's operations in the
EU remains the same during the transition period. Negotiations will be ongoing during the transition period between the U.K.
and EU to determine the wider terms of the U.K.’s future relationship with the EU, including the terms of trade between the
U.K. and the EU. Given the lack of clarity on the ultimate post-Brexit relationship between the U.K. and the EU, the Company
cannot fully determine what, if any, impact Brexit may have on its operations, both inside and outside the U.K. If the U.K. and
EU fail to agree the U.K.'s future relationship with the EU during the transition period then the U.K. will leave the EU on
December 31, 2020 without a trade deal in place. This would create considerable uncertainty as to the ongoing relationship
between the U.K. and the EU and a likely negative impact on all parties.
A further question arising from Brexit is whether U.K. authorized financial services firms such as AGE UK will
continue to enjoy passporting rights to the other 27 EEA states after Brexit. As a consequence, Assured Guaranty has
established a new subsidiary in Paris, France, in order to continue with the ability to write new business, and to service existing
business, in those other EEA states.
Until the end of the transition period under the withdrawal agreement, EU legislation will remain in force and the role
of EU institutions will be unchanged. At the end of the transition period, in the absence of any agreement to the contrary, all
treaty obligations would lapse, directives, directly effective decisions and regulations (as well as rulings of the Court of Justice
of the EU) would cease to apply and the competencies of EU institutions would fall away.
The U.K. Government has passed legislation under which most EU regulation, EU decision or EU tertiary legislation
would, to the extent possible, form part of U.K. law on and after the date the U.K. exits the EU. Under this legislation
Solvency II is brought into U.K. law in substantially the same form as it has on the day the U.K. exits the EU. Retaining
Solvency II in substantially its current form should make it easier for the U.K. to obtain a ruling of “equivalence” from the
European Commission under Solvency II, which would accord insurers certain advantages when it comes to the Solvency II
rules on reinsurance, the calculation of group capital and group supervision.
38
The Treasury Select Committee of the House of Commons has conducted a review of Solvency II against the backdrop
of Brexit, taking into account certain features which are regarded as unsuitable by the U.K. industry. The results of the Treasury
Select Committee’s work have been responded to by the PRA and may feed in to future discussions about potential changes to
U.K. insurance regulation.
Any changes to U.K. insurance regulation following Brexit could reduce the chances of the U.K. obtaining (or
subsequently preserving) a ruling of equivalence.
See the Risk Factor captioned “Changes in applicable laws and regulations resulting from the withdrawal of the U.K.
from the EU may adversely affect the Company” under Risks Related to GAAP, Applicable Law and Litigation, in Item 1A,
Risk Factors.
France
As an insurance company licensed in France, AGE SA is regulated by the Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de
Résolution (ACPR) and is subject to the provisions of Solvency II as well as related EU delegated regulations as implemented
in France, and by the French Insurance Code and the Monetary and Financial Code, both of which set out the primary rules
governing the insurance industry in France. Additional laws and regulations laid down in the Civil Code and other codes as
well as the "soft law" issued by the ACPR (codes of conduct, guidelines, communications and binding recommendations) may
apply to French insurance companies such as AGE SA.
Regulation of Asset Management Business
United States
AGL has three operating asset management subsidiaries: BlueMountain and BlueMountain CLO Management, LLC
(BlueMountain CLO Management), each of which is domiciled in the United States and is registered as an investment adviser
with the SEC, and Blue Mountain Capital Partners (London) LLP (BlueMountain London), a U.K. domiciled “relying adviser”
which is not independently registered with the SEC. Registered investment advisers are subject to the requirements and
regulations of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the Advisers Act). As registered investment advisers,
BlueMountain and BlueMountain CLO Management require periodic reports on Forms ADV, which are publicly available.
The Advisers Act imposes requirements on registered advisers, including the maintenance of a Code of Ethics addressing
potential conflicts of interest, an effective compliance program, recordkeeping and reporting, disclosure, limitations on agency
cross and principal transactions between an adviser and its advisory clients and general anti-fraud prohibitions. BlueMountain
is also registered with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator and is a member of the National Futures Association (NFA).
BlueMountain London is registered as a commodity trading advisor with the CFTC and is a member of the NFA. Registered
commodity pool operators and commodity trading advisers are each subject to the requirements and regulations of the U.S.
Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (the Commodity Exchange Act). The requirements of the Commodity Exchange Act
relate to, among other things, maintaining an effective compliance program, recordkeeping and reporting, disclosure, business
conduct and general anti-fraud prohibitions.
In addition, private funds advised by BlueMountain, BlueMountain CLO Management and BlueMountain London rely
on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended, the Commodity Exchange Act and the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
These exemptions are highly complex and may in certain circumstances depend on compliance by third parties which are not
controlled by the Company.
United Kingdom
BlueMountain London is authorized by the FCA as an investment manager in the United Kingdom. The FSMA and
rules promulgated thereunder, together with certain additional legislation (derived from both EU and U.K. sources), govern all
aspects of the U.K. investment business, including sales, research and trading practices, the provision of investment advice, and
discretionary management services, the use and safekeeping of client funds and securities, regulatory capital, organizational
arrangements, recordkeeping, margin practices and procedures, the approval standards for individuals, anti-money laundering,
periodic reporting, and settlement procedures.
39
Tax Matters
United States Tax Reform
Tax reform commonly referred to as the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Act) was passed by the U.S. Congress and
was signed into law on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act lowered the corporate U.S. tax rate to 21%, eliminated the alternative
minimum tax, limited the deductibility of interest expense and required a one-time tax on a deemed repatriation of untaxed
earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries. In the context of the taxation of U.S. property/casualty insurance companies such as the
Company, the Tax Act also modifies the loss reserve discounting rules and the proration rules that apply to reduce reserve
deductions to reflect the lower corporate income tax rate. In addition, the Tax Act included certain provisions intended to
eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of companies (including insurance companies) that have legal domiciles outside the
United States but have certain U.S. connections and United States persons investing in such companies. For example, the Tax
Act includes a base erosion and anti-abuse tax (BEAT) that could make affiliate reinsurance between United States and non-
U.S. members of the Company's group economically unfeasible. In addition, the Tax Act introduced a current tax on global
intangible low taxed income that may result in an increase in U.S. corporate income tax imposed on the Company's U.S. group
members with respect to earnings of their non-U.S. subsidiaries. As discussed in more detail below, the Tax Act also revised the
rules applicable to passive foreign investment companies (PFICs) and controlled foreign corporations (CFCs). Although the
Company is currently unable to predict the ultimate impact of the Tax Act on its business, shareholders and results of
operations, it is possible that the Tax Act may increase the U.S. federal income tax liability of U.S. members of the group that
cede risk to non-U.S. group members and may affect the timing and amount of U.S. federal income taxes imposed on certain
U.S. shareholders. Further, it is possible that other legislation could be introduced and enacted by the current Congress or future
Congresses that could have an adverse impact on the Company. Additionally, tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a
company is engaged in a U.S. trade or business or whether a company is a CFC or a PFIC or has related person insurance
income (RPII) are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Currently there are only proposed regulations regarding
the application of the PFIC rules to an insurance company. Additionally, the regulations regarding RPII have been in proposed
form since 1991. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. The Company
cannot be certain if, when or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be provided and whether such guidance
will have a retroactive effect. See Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1, Business and Basis of
Presentation and Note 17, Income Taxes.
Taxation of AGL and Subsidiaries
Bermuda
Under current Bermuda law, there is no Bermuda income, corporate or profits tax or withholding tax, capital gains tax
or capital transfer tax payable by AGL or its Bermuda Subsidiaries. AGL, AG Re and AGRO have each obtained from the
Minister of Finance under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event
that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in
the nature of estate duty or inheritance, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to AGL, AG Re or AGRO or
to any of their operations or their shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 31, 2035. This assurance is subject to the
provision that it is not to be construed so as to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily
resident in Bermuda, or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act
1967 or otherwise payable in relation to any land leased to AGL, AG Re or AGRO. AGL, AG Re and AGRO each pays annual
Bermuda government fees, and AG Re and AGRO pay annual insurance license fees. In addition, all entities employing
individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the
Bermuda government.
United States
AGL has conducted and intends to continue to conduct substantially all of its operations outside the U.S. and to limit
the U.S. contacts of AGL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries (except AGRO, which elected to be taxed as a U.S. corporation) so that
they should not be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. A non-U.S. corporation, such as AG Re, that is deemed to be
engaged in a trade or business in the United States would be subject to U.S. income tax at regular corporate rates, as well as the
branch profits tax, on its income which is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, unless the
corporation is entitled to relief under the permanent establishment provision of an applicable tax treaty, as discussed below.
Such income tax, if imposed, would be based on effectively connected income computed in a manner generally analogous to
that applied to the income of a U.S. corporation, except that a non-U.S. corporation would generally be entitled to deductions
and credits only if it timely files a U.S. federal income tax return. AGL, AG Re and certain of the other non-U.S. subsidiaries
have and will continue to file protective U.S. federal income tax returns on a timely basis in order to preserve the right to claim
40
income tax deductions and credits if it is ever determined that they are subject to U.S. federal income tax. The highest marginal
federal income tax rates currently are 21% for a corporation's effectively connected income and 30% for the "branch profits"
tax.
Under the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the U.S. (the Bermuda Treaty), a Bermuda insurance company
would not be subject to U.S. income tax on income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business unless that
trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the U.S. AG Re currently intends to conduct its activities
so that it does not have a permanent establishment in the U.S.
An insurance enterprise resident in Bermuda generally will be entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty if
(i) more than 50% of its shares are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the U.S. or Bermuda or
U.S. citizens and (ii) its income is not used in substantial part, directly or indirectly, to make disproportionate distributions to,
or to meet certain liabilities of, persons who are neither residents of either the U.S. or Bermuda nor U.S. citizens.
Non-U.S. insurance companies carrying on an insurance business within the U.S. have a certain minimum amount of
effectively connected net investment income determined in accordance with a formula that depends, in part, on the amount of
U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If AG Re or another of the Company's Bermuda subsidiaries is considered to
be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the U.S. and is not entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in
general (because it fails to satisfy one of the limitations on treaty benefits discussed above), the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the Code), could subject a significant portion of AG Re's or another of the Company's Bermuda subsidiary's
investment income to U.S. income tax.
AGL, as a U.K. tax resident, would not be subject to U.S. income tax on any income found to be effectively connected
with a U.S. trade or business under the income tax treaty between the U.S. and the U.K. (the U.K. Treaty), unless that trade or
business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the United States. AGL intends to conduct its activities so that it
does not have a permanent establishment in the United States.
Non-U.S. corporations not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S., and those that are engaged in a U.S. trade or
business with respect to their non-effectively connected income are nonetheless subject to U.S. withholding tax on certain
"fixed or determinable annual or periodic gains, profits and income" derived from sources within the U.S. (such as dividends
and certain interest on investments), subject to exemption under the Code or reduction by applicable treaties. The standard non-
treaty rate of U.S. withholding tax is currently 30%. The Bermuda Treaty does not reduce the U.S. withholding rate on U.S.-
sourced investment income. The U.K. Treaty reduces or eliminates U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. sourced investment
income, including dividends from U.S. companies to U.K. resident persons entitled to the benefit of the U.K. Treaty.
The U.S. also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to non-U.S. insurers with respect to
risk of a U.S. person located wholly or partly within the U.S. or risks of a foreign person engaged in a trade or business in the
U.S. which are located within the U.S. The rates of tax applicable to premiums paid are 4% for direct casualty insurance
premiums and 1% for reinsurance premiums.
AGRO has elected to be treated as a U.S. corporation for all U.S. federal tax purposes and, as such, AGRO, together
with AGL's U.S. subsidiaries, is subject to taxation in the U.S. at regular corporate rates.
If AGRO were to pay dividends to its U.S. holding company parent and that U.S. holding company were to pay
dividends to its Bermudian parent AG Re, such dividends would be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%.
United Kingdom
In November 2013, AGL became tax resident in the U.K. AGL remains a Bermuda-based company and its
administrative and head office functions continue to be carried on in Bermuda. The AGL common shares have not changed and
continue to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).
As a company that is not incorporated in the U.K., AGL will be considered tax resident in the U.K. only if it is
“centrally managed and controlled” in the U.K. Central management and control constitutes the highest level of control of a
company’s affairs. Effective November 6, 2013, the AGL Board intends to manage the affairs of AGL in such a way as to
maintain its status as a company that is tax resident in the U.K.
As a U.K. tax resident company, AGL is subject to the tax rules applicable to companies resident in the U.K.,
including the benefits afforded by the U.K.’s tax treaties.
41
As a U.K. tax resident, AGL is required to file a corporation tax return with Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs
(HMRC). AGL will be subject to U.K. corporation tax in respect of its worldwide profits (both income and capital gains),
subject to any applicable exemptions. The rate of corporation tax is currently 19%. AGL has also registered in the U.K. to
report its value added tax (VAT) liability. The current rate of VAT is 20%.
The dividends AGL receives from its direct subsidiaries should be exempt from U.K. corporation tax due to the
exemption in section 931D of the U.K. Corporation Tax Act 2009. In addition, any dividends paid by AGL to its shareholders
should not be subject to any withholding tax in the U.K. The non-U.K. resident subsidiaries intend to operate in such a manner
that their profits are outside the scope of the charge under the "controlled foreign companies" regime. Accordingly, Assured
Guaranty does not expect any profits of non-U.K. resident members of the group to be attributed to AGL and taxed in the U.K.
under the CFC regime and has obtained clearance from HMRC confirming this on the basis of current facts and intentions.
Taxation of Shareholders
Bermuda Taxation
Currently, there is no Bermuda capital gains tax, or withholding or other tax payable on principal, interest or dividends
paid to the holders of the AGL common shares.
United States Taxation
This discussion is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any relevant administrative
rulings or pronouncements or judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of filing and as currently interpreted, and does not
take into account possible changes in such tax laws or interpretations thereof, which may apply retroactively. This discussion
does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments within the U.S. or any foreign government.
The following summary sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase,
ownership and disposition of AGL's shares. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with holders that are U.S. Persons
(as defined below) who purchase and hold their shares and who hold their shares as capital assets within the meaning of
section 1221 of the Code. The following discussion is only a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax matters as
described herein and does not purport to address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a
particular shareholder in light of such shareholder's specific circumstances. For example, special rules apply to certain
shareholders, such as partnerships, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers
or traders in securities, tax exempt organizations, expatriates, persons that do not hold their securities in the U.S. dollar, persons
who are considered with respect to AGL or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries as "United States shareholders" for purposes of the
CFC rules of the Code (generally, a U.S. Person, as defined below, who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the total
combined voting power or value of all classes of AGL or the stock of any of AGL's non-U.S. subsidiaries (i.e., 10% U.S.
Shareholders)), or persons who hold the common shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale
or straddle. Any such shareholder should consult their tax advisor.
If a partnership holds AGL's shares, the tax treatment of the partners will generally depend on the status of the partner
and the activities of the partnership. Partners of a partnership owning AGL's shares should consult their tax advisers.
For purposes of this discussion, the term "U.S. Person" means: (i) a citizen or resident of the U.S., (ii) a partnership or
corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., or organized under any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an
estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, (iv) a trust if either (x) a court
within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. Persons have
the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S.
Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (v) any other person or entity that is treated for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as if it were one of the foregoing.
Taxation of Distributions. Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the CFC, RPII and
PFIC rules, cash distributions, if any, made with respect to AGL's shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax
purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits of AGL (as computed using U.S. tax principles).
Dividends paid by AGL to corporate shareholders will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction. To the extent such
distributions exceed AGL's earnings and profits, they will be treated first as a return of the shareholder's basis in the common
shares to the extent thereof, and then as gain from the sale of a capital asset.
42
AGL believes dividends paid by AGL on its common shares to non-corporate holders will be eligible for reduced rates
of tax at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains as "qualified dividend income," provided that AGL is not a PFIC and
certain other requirements, including stock holding period requirements, are satisfied.
Classification of AGL or its Non-U.S. Subsidiaries as a CFC. Each 10% U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) of a
non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC at any time during a taxable year that owns, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities,
shares in the non-U.S. corporation on the last day of the non-U.S. corporation's taxable year on which it is a CFC, must include
in its gross income, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, its pro rata share of the CFC's "subpart F income," even if the subpart
F income is not distributed. "Subpart F income" of a non-U.S. insurance corporation typically includes non-U.S. personal
holding company income (such as interest, dividends and other types of passive income), as well as insurance and reinsurance
income (including underwriting and investment income). A non-U.S. corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders
own (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of
section 958(b) of the Code (i.e., constructively)) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting
stock of such non-U.S. corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all stock of such corporation on any day during the
taxable year of such corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a non-U.S.
insurance company in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or more than 25% of the
total value of the stock is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders, on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. A "10%
U.S. Shareholder" is a U.S. Person who owns (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) at least 10% of
the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the non-U.S. corporation. The Tax Act expanded the
definition of 10% U.S. Shareholder to include ownership by value (rather than just vote), so provisions in the Company's
organizational documents that cut back voting power to potentially avoid 10% U.S. Shareholder status will no longer mitigate
the risk of 10% U.S. Shareholder status. AGL believes that because of the dispersion of AGL's share ownership, no U.S. Person
who owns shares of AGL directly or indirectly through one or more non-U.S. entities should be treated as owning (directly,
indirectly through non-U.S. entities, or constructively), 10% or more of the total voting power or value of all classes of shares
of AGL or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries. However, AGL’s shares may not be as widely dispersed as the Company believes
due to, for example, the application of certain ownership attribution rules, and no assurance may be given that a U.S. Person
who owns the Company's shares will not be characterized as a 10% U.S. Shareholder. In addition, the direct and indirect
subsidiaries of Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. (AGUS) are characterized as CFCs and any subpart F income generated
will be included in the gross income of the applicable domestic subsidiaries in the AGL group.
The RPII CFC Provisions. The following discussion generally is applicable only if the gross RPII of AG Re or any
other non-U.S. insurance subsidiary that either (i) has not made an election under section 953(d) of the Code to be treated as a
U.S. corporation for all U.S. federal tax purposes or (ii) is not a CFC owned directly or indirectly by AGUS (each a "Foreign
Insurance Subsidiary" or collectively, with AG Re, the "Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries") is 20% or more of the Foreign
Insurance Subsidiary's gross insurance income for the taxable year and the 20% Ownership Exception (as defined below) is not
met. The following discussion generally would not apply for any taxable year in which the Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's gross
RPII falls below the 20% threshold or the 20% Ownership Exception is met. Although the Company cannot be certain, it
believes that each Foreign Insurance Subsidiary has been, in prior years of operations, and will be, for the foreseeable future,
either below the 20% threshold or in compliance with the requirements of 20% Ownership Exception for each tax year.
RPII is any "insurance income" (as defined below) attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to
which the person (directly or indirectly) insured is a "RPII shareholder" (as defined below) or a "related person" (as defined
below) to such RPII shareholder. In general, and subject to certain limitations, "insurance income" is income (including
premium and investment income) attributable to the issuing of any insurance or reinsurance contract which would be taxed
under the portions of the Code relating to insurance companies if the income were the income of a domestic insurance
company. For purposes of inclusion of the RPII of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary in the income of RPII shareholders, unless
an exception applies, the term "RPII shareholder" means any U.S. Person who owns (directly or indirectly through non-U.S.
entities) any amount of AGL's common shares. Generally, the term "related person" for this purpose means someone who
controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the
RPII shareholder. Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock applying
certain constructive ownership principles. A Foreign Insurance Subsidiary will be treated as a CFC under the RPII provisions if
RPII shareholders are treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 25% or more of the
shares of AGL by vote or value.
RPII Exceptions. The special RPII rules do not apply if (i) at all times during the taxable year less than 20% of the
voting power and less than 20% of the value of the stock of AGL (the 20% Ownership Exception) is owned (directly or
indirectly through entities) by persons who are (directly or indirectly) insured under any policy of insurance or reinsurance
issued by a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary or related persons to any such person, (ii) RPII, determined on a gross basis, is less
than 20% of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's gross insurance income for the taxable year (the 20% Gross Income Exception),
43
(iii) a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary elects to be taxed on its RPII as if the RPII were effectively connected with the conduct of
a U.S. trade or business, and to waive all treaty benefits with respect to RPII and meet certain other requirements or (iv) a
Foreign Insurance Subsidiary elects to be treated as a U.S. corporation and waive all treaty benefits and meet certain other
requirements. The Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries do not intend to make either of these elections. Where none of these
exceptions applies, each U.S. Person owning or treated as owning any shares in AGL (and therefore, indirectly, in a Foreign
Insurance Subsidiary) on the last day of AGL's taxable year will be required to include in its gross income for U.S. federal
income tax purposes its share of the RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary was a
CFC under the RPII provisions, determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to such U.S. Persons at
that date, but limited by each such U.S. Person's share of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's current-year earnings and profits as
reduced by the U.S. Person's share, if any, of certain prior-year deficits in earnings and profits. The Foreign Insurance
Subsidiaries intend to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that each qualifies for either the 20% Gross Income
Exception or 20% Ownership Exception.
Computation of RPII. For any year in which a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary does not meet the 20% Ownership
Exception or the 20% Gross Income Exception, AGL may also seek information from its shareholders as to whether beneficial
owners of shares at the end of the year are U.S. Persons so that the RPII may be determined and apportioned among such
persons; to the extent AGL is unable to determine whether a beneficial owner of shares is a U.S. Person, AGL may assume that
such owner is not a U.S. Person, thereby increasing the per share RPII amount for all known RPII shareholders. The amount of
RPII includable in the income of a RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related
expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses. If a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary meets the 20% Ownership
Exception or the 20% Gross Income Exception, RPII shareholders will not be required to include RPII in their taxable income.
Apportionment of RPII to U.S. Holders. Every RPII shareholder who owns shares on the last day of any taxable year
of AGL in which a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary does not meet the 20% Ownership Exception or the 20% Gross Income
Exception should expect that for such year it will be required to include in gross income its share of a Foreign Insurance
Subsidiary's RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which the Foreign Insurance Subsidiary was a CFC under the RPII
provisions, whether or not distributed, even though it may not have owned the shares throughout such period. A RPII
shareholder who owns shares during such taxable year but not on the last day of the taxable year is not required to include in
gross income any part of the Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's RPII.
Basis Adjustments. A RPII shareholder's tax basis in its common shares will be increased by the amount of any RPII
the shareholder includes in income. The RPII shareholder may exclude from income the amount of any distributions by AGL
out of previously taxed RPII income. The RPII shareholder's tax basis in its common shares will be reduced by the amount of
such distributions that are excluded from income.
Uncertainty as to Application of RPII. The RPII provisions are complex and have never been interpreted by the
courts or the Treasury Department in final regulations; regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in
proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or
clarifications might ultimately be made thereto or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of
RPII by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), the courts or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. These provisions include the
grant of authority to the Treasury Department to prescribe "such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purpose of
this subsection including regulations preventing the avoidance of this subsection through cross insurance arrangements or
otherwise." Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to the Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries is
uncertain. In addition, the Company cannot be certain that the amount of RPII or the amounts of the RPII inclusions for any
particular RPII shareholder, if any, will not be subject to adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. Any prospective
investor which does business with a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary and is considering an investment in common shares should
consult his tax advisor as to the effects of these uncertainties.
Information Reporting. Under certain circumstances, U.S. Persons owning shares (directly, indirectly or
constructively) in a non-U.S. corporation are required to file IRS Form 5471 with their U.S. federal income tax returns.
Generally, information reporting on IRS Form 5471 is required by (i) a person who is treated as a RPII shareholder, (ii) a 10%
U.S. Shareholder of a non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC at any time during any tax year of the non-U.S. corporation and who
owned the stock on the last day of that year; and (iii) under certain circumstances, a U.S. Person who acquires stock in a non-
U.S. corporation and as a result thereof owns 10% or more of the voting power or value of such non-U.S. corporation, whether
or not such non-U.S. corporation is a CFC. For any taxable year in which AGL determines that the 20% Gross Income
Exception and the 20% Ownership Exception does not apply, AGL will provide to all U.S. Persons registered as shareholders of
its shares a completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the form. Failure to file IRS
Form 5471 may result in penalties. In addition, U.S. shareholders should consult their tax advisors with respect to other
information reporting requirements that may be applicable to them.
44
U.S. Persons holding the Company's shares should consider their possible obligation to file FinCEN Form 114,
Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts Report, with respect to their shares. Additionally, such U.S. and non-U.S. persons should
consider their possible obligations to annually report certain information with respect to the non-U.S. accounts with their
U.S. federal income tax returns. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors with respect to these or any other reporting
requirement which may apply with respect to their ownership of the Company's shares.
Tax-Exempt Shareholders. Tax-exempt entities will be required to treat certain subpart F insurance income, including
RPII, that is includable in income by the tax-exempt entity as unrelated business taxable income. Prospective investors that are
tax exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the potential impact of the unrelated business taxable income
provisions of the Code. A tax-exempt organization that is treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder or a RPII Shareholder also must
file IRS Form 5471 in certain circumstances.
Dispositions of AGL's Shares. Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the Code
section 1248 and PFIC rules, holders of shares generally should recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
purposes on the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares in the same manner as on the sale, exchange or other disposition
of any other shares held as capital assets. If the holding period for these shares exceeds one year, any gain will be subject to tax
at the marginal tax rate applicable to long term capital gains.
Code section 1248 provides that if a U.S. Person sells or exchanges stock in a non-U.S. corporation and such person
owned, directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation at
any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale
or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC's earnings and profits (determined under U.S.
federal income tax principles) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with
certain adjustments). The Company believes that because of the dispersion of AGL's share ownership, no U.S. shareholder of
AGL should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 10% or more of the total
voting power or value of AGL; to the extent this is the case this application of Code Section 1248 under the regular CFC rules
should not apply to dispositions of AGL's shares. A 10% U.S. Shareholder may in certain circumstances be required to report a
disposition of shares of a CFC by attaching IRS Form 5471 to the U.S. federal income tax or information return that it would
normally file for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. In the event this is determined necessary, AGL will provide a
completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the Form. Code section 1248 in conjunction with
the RPII rules also applies to the sale or exchange of shares in a non-U.S. corporation if the non-U.S. corporation would be
treated as a CFC for RPII purposes regardless of whether the shareholder is a 10% U.S. Shareholder or whether the 20%
Ownership Exception or 20% Gross Income Exception applies. Existing proposed regulations do not address whether Code
section 1248 would apply if a non-U.S. corporation is not a CFC but the non-U.S. corporation has a subsidiary that is a CFC
and that would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a domestic corporation. The Company believes, however, that this
application of Code section 1248 under the RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of AGL's shares because AGL will not
be directly engaged in the insurance business. The Company cannot be certain, however, that the IRS will not interpret the
proposed regulations in a contrary manner or that the Treasury Department will not amend the proposed regulations to provide
that these rules will apply to dispositions of common shares. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding
the effects of these rules on a disposition of common shares.
Passive Foreign Investment Companies. In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC during a given year if
(i) 75% or more of its gross income constitutes "passive income" (the 75% test) or (ii) 50% or more of its assets produce
passive income (the 50% test) and once characterized as a PFIC will generally retain PFIC status for future taxable years with
respect to its U.S. shareholders in the taxable year of the initial PFIC characterization.
If AGL were characterized as a PFIC during a given year, each U.S. Person holding AGL's shares would be subject to
a penalty tax at the time of the sale at a gain of, or receipt of an "excess distribution" with respect to, their shares, unless such
person (i) is a 10% U.S. Shareholder and AGL is a CFC or (ii) made a "qualified electing fund election" or "mark-to-market"
election. It is uncertain that AGL would be able to provide its shareholders with the information necessary for a U.S. Person to
make a qualified electing fund election. In addition, if AGL were considered a PFIC, upon the death of any U.S. individual
owning common shares, such individual's heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the common shares
that might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. In general, a shareholder receives an "excess
distribution" if the amount of the distribution is more than 125% of the average distribution with respect to the common shares
during the three preceding taxable years (or shorter period during which the taxpayer held common shares). In general, the
penalty tax is equivalent to an interest charge on taxes that are deemed due during the period the shareholder owned the
common shares, computed by assuming that the excess distribution or gain (in the case of a sale) with respect to the common
shares was taken in equal portion at the highest applicable tax rate on ordinary income throughout the shareholder's period of
ownership. The interest charge is equal to the applicable rate imposed on underpayments of U.S. federal income tax for such
45
period. In addition, a distribution paid by AGL to U.S. shareholders that is characterized as a dividend and is not characterized
as an excess distribution would not be eligible for reduced rates of tax as qualified dividend income. A U.S. Person that is a
shareholder in a PFIC may also be subject to additional information reporting requirements, including the annual filing of IRS
Form 8621.
For the above purposes, passive income generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income.
The PFIC rules, as amended by the Tax Act, provide that income derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a
qualifying insurance corporation is not treated as passive income. The PFIC provisions also contain a look-through rule under
which a non-U.S. corporation shall be treated as if it "received directly its proportionate share of the income..." and as if it "held
its proportionate share of the assets..." of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the stock. A
second PFIC look-through rule would treat stock of a U.S. corporation owned by another U.S. corporation which is at least
25% owned (by value) by a non-U.S. corporation as a non-passive asset that generates non-passive income for purposes of
determining whether the non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC.
The insurance income exception originally was intended to ensure that income derived by a bona fide insurance
company is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the
reasonable needs of the insurance business. The Company expects, for purposes of the PFIC rules, that each of AGL's insurance
subsidiaries is unlikely to have financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of its insurance business in each year of
operations. However, the Tax Act limits the insurance income exception to a non-U.S. insurance company that is a qualifying
insurance corporation that would be taxable as an insurance company if it were a U.S. corporation and maintains insurance
liabilities of more than 25% of such company’s assets for a taxable year (or maintains insurance liabilities that at least equal or
exceed 10% of its assets and it satisfies a facts and circumstances test that requires a showing that the failure to exceed the 25%
threshold is due to runoff-related or rating-related circumstances) (the Reserve Test). Further, the U.S. Treasury Department and
the IRS recently issued proposed regulations (the 2019 Proposed Regulations) intended to clarify the application of the PFIC
provisions to a non-U.S. insurance company and provide guidance on a range of issues relating to PFICs including the
application of the look-through rule, the treatment of income and assets of certain U.S. insurance subsidiaries for purposes of
the look-through rule and the extension of the look-through rule to 25% or more owned partnerships. The 2019 Proposed
Regulations define insurance liabilities for purposes of the Reserve Test, tighten the Reserve Test and the statutory cap on
insurance liabilities, and provide guidance on the runoff-related and rating-related circumstances for purposes of the 10% test.
These 2019 Proposed Regulations also provide that a non-U.S. insurance company may only qualify for an exception to the
PFIC rules if, among other things, the non-U.S. insurance company’s officers and employees perform its substantial managerial
and operational activities (taking into account activities of officers and employees of certain related entities in certain
cases). The 2019 Proposed Regulations also provide that an active conduct percentage test must be satisfied for the insurance
company exception to apply, which test compares the expenses for services of officers and employees of the non-U.S. insurer
and certain related entities incurred for the production of premium and certain investment income to all such expenses
regardless of the service provider. The 2019 Proposed Regulations also introduce attribution rules that, taken together with
other provisions of the regulations, could result in a U.S. Person that directly owns any shares in a non-PFIC being treated as an
indirect shareholder of a lower tier PFIC subject to the general PFIC rules described herein. The 2019 Proposed Regulations
will not be effective until adopted in final form. The Company believes that, based on the application of the PFIC look-through
rules described above and the Company's plan of operations for the current and future years, AGL should not be characterized
as a PFIC. However, as the Company cannot predict the likelihood of finalization of the 2019 Proposed Regulations or the
scope, nature, or impact of the proposed regulations on us, should they be formally adopted or enacted or whether the
Company's non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries will be able to satisfy the Reserve Test in future years and the interaction of the
PFIC look-through rules is not clear, no assurance may be given that the Company will not be characterized as a PFIC.
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisor as to the effects of the PFIC rules.
Foreign tax credit. If U.S. Persons own a majority of AGL's common shares, only a portion of the current income
inclusions, if any, under the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules and of dividends paid by AGL (including any gain from the sale of
common shares that is treated as a dividend under section 1248 of the Code) will be treated as foreign source income for
purposes of computing a shareholder's U.S. foreign tax credit limitations. The Company will consider providing shareholders
with information regarding the portion of such amounts constituting foreign source income to the extent such information is
reasonably available. It is also likely that substantially all of the "subpart F income," RPII and dividends that are foreign source
income will constitute either "passive" or "general" income. Thus, it may not be possible for most shareholders to utilize excess
foreign tax credits to reduce U.S. tax on such income.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding on Distributions and Disposition Proceeds. Information returns may
be filed with the IRS in connection with distributions on AGL's common shares and the proceeds from a sale or other
disposition of AGL's common shares unless the holder of AGL's common shares establishes an exemption from the information
reporting rules. A holder of common shares that does not establish such an exemption may be subject to U.S. backup
46
withholding tax on these payments if the holder is not a corporation or non-U.S. Person or fails to provide its taxpayer
identification number or otherwise comply with the backup withholding rules. The amount of any backup withholding from a
payment to a U.S. Person will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Person's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle
the U.S. Person to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
United Kingdom
The following discussion is intended to be only a general guide to certain U.K. tax consequences of holding AGL
common shares, under current law and the current practice of HMRC, either of which is subject to change at any time, possibly
with retrospective effect. Except where otherwise stated, this discussion applies only to shareholders who are not (and have not
recently been) resident or (in the case of individuals) domiciled for tax purposes in the U.K., who hold their AGL common
shares as an investment and who are the absolute beneficial owners of their common shares. This discussion may not apply to
certain shareholders, such as dealers in securities, life insurance companies, collective investment schemes, shareholders who
are exempt from tax and shareholders who have (or are deemed to have) acquired their shares by virtue of an office or
employment. Such shareholders may be subject to special rules.
The following statements do not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the U.K. considerations that may be
relevant to any particular shareholder. Any person who is in any doubt as to their tax position should consult an appropriate
professional tax adviser.
AGL's Tax Residency. AGL is not incorporated in the U.K., but effective November 6, 2013, the AGL Board manages
its affairs with the intent to maintain its status as a company that is tax resident in the U.K.
Dividends. Under current U.K. tax law, AGL is not required to withhold tax at source from dividends paid to the
holders of the AGL common shares.
Capital gains. U.K. tax is not normally charged on any capital gains realized by non-U.K. shareholders in AGL unless,
in the case of a corporate shareholder, at or before the time the gain accrues, the shareholding is used in or for the purposes of a
trade carried on by the non-resident shareholder through a permanent establishment in the U.K. or for the purposes of that
permanent establishment. Similarly, an individual shareholder who carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the U.K.
through a branch or agency may be liable for U.K. tax on the gain if such shareholder disposes of shares that are, or have been,
used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade, profession or vocation or for the purposes of such branch or agency. This
treatment applies regardless of the U.K. tax residence status of AGL.
Stamp Taxes. On the basis that AGL does not currently intend to maintain a share register in the U.K., there should be
no U.K. stamp duty reserve tax on a purchase of common shares in AGL. A conveyance or transfer on sale of common shares
in AGL will not be subject to U.K. stamp duty, provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the U.K. and does not
relate to any property situated, or any matter or thing done, or to be done, in the U.K.
Description of Share Capital
The following summary of AGL's share capital is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of Bermuda law, AGL's
memorandum of association and its Bye-Laws, copies of which are incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Annual Report
on Form 10-K.
AGL's authorized share capital of $5,000,000 is divided into 500,000,000 shares, par value U.S. $0.01 per share, of
which 92,525,850 common shares were issued and outstanding as of February 25, 2020. Except as described below, AGL's
common shares have no pre-emptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional common shares, no rights of redemption,
conversion or exchange and no sinking fund rights. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of AGL's
common shares are entitled to share equally, in proportion to the number of common shares held by such holder, in AGL's
assets, if any remain after the payment of all AGL's debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding
preferred shares. Under certain circumstances, AGL has the right to purchase all or a portion of the shares held by a
shareholder. See "Acquisition of Common Shares by AGL" below.
Voting Rights and Adjustments
In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are
entitled to vote with respect to their fully paid shares at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the common
shares (and other of AGL's shares) of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined pursuant to section 958 of
47
the Code) of any U.S. Person and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by AGL's issued and
outstanding shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares owned by such U.S. Person shall be limited, in the
aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares, under a formula
specified in AGL's Bye-laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until there is no U.S. Person whose controlled shares constitute
9.5% or more of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares and who generally would be required to recognize
income with respect to AGL under the Code if AGL were a CFC as defined in the Code and if the ownership threshold under
the Code were 9.5% (as defined in AGL's Bye-Laws as a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder). In addition, AGL's Board may determine that
shares held carry different voting rights when it deems it appropriate to do so to (i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S.
Shareholder; and (ii) avoid adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to AGL or any of its subsidiaries or any direct or
indirect holder of shares or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" includes, among other things, all shares of AGL that such U.S.
Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code). Further, these
provisions do not apply in the event one shareholder owns greater than 75% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding
shares.
Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while
other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of
reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct
share ownership. AGL's Bye-laws provide that it will use its best efforts to notify shareholders of their voting interests prior to
any vote to be taken by them.
AGL's Board is authorized to require any shareholder to provide information for purposes of determining whether any
holder's voting rights are to be adjusted, which may be information on beneficial share ownership, the names of persons having
beneficial ownership of the shareholder's shares, relationships with other shareholders or any other facts AGL's Board may
deem relevant. If any holder fails to respond to this request or submits incomplete or inaccurate information, AGL's Board may
eliminate the shareholder's voting rights. All information provided by the shareholder will be treated by AGL as confidential
information and shall be used by AGL solely for the purpose of establishing whether any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder exists and
applying the adjustments to voting power (except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation).
Restrictions on Transfer of Common Shares
AGL's Board may decline to register a transfer of any common shares under certain circumstances, including if they
have reason to believe that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of
its shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such as AGL's
Board considers de minimis). Transfers must be by instrument unless otherwise permitted by the Companies Act.
The restrictions on transfer and voting restrictions described above may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing a change in control of Assured Guaranty.
Acquisition of Common Shares by AGL
Under AGL's Bye-Laws and subject to Bermuda law, if AGL's Board determines that any ownership of AGL's shares
may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to AGL, any of AGL's subsidiaries or any of AGL's shareholders or
indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates (other than such as AGL's Board considers de minimis), AGL has the option, but not
the obligation, to require such shareholder to sell to AGL or to a third party to whom AGL assigns the repurchase right the
minimum number of common shares necessary to avoid or cure any such adverse consequences at a price determined in the
discretion of the Board to represent the shares' fair market value (as defined in AGL's Bye-Laws).
Other Provisions of AGL's Bye-Laws
AGL's Board and Corporate Action
AGL's Bye-Laws provide that AGL's Board shall consist of not less than three and not more than 21 directors, the
exact number as determined by the Board. AGL's Board consists of ten persons who are elected for annual terms.
Shareholders may only remove a director for cause (as defined in AGL's Bye-Laws) at a general meeting, provided
that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a director shall contain a statement of the intention to
do so and shall be provided to that director at least two weeks before the meeting. Vacancies on the Board can be filled by the
Board if the vacancy occurs in those events set out in AGL's Bye-Laws as a result of death, disability, disqualification or
resignation of a director, or from an increase in the size of the Board.
48
Generally under AGL's Bye-Laws, the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast at any meeting at which a
quorum is present is required to authorize a resolution put to vote at a meeting of the Board, including one relating to a merger,
acquisition or business combination. Corporate action may also be taken by a unanimous written resolution of the Board
without a meeting. A quorum shall be at least one-half of directors then in office present in person or represented by a duly
authorized representative, provided that at least two directors are present in person.
Shareholder Action
At the commencement of any general meeting, two or more persons present in person and representing, in person or
by proxy, more than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business. In general, any questions proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any general meeting
shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the Bye-Laws.
The Bye-Laws contain advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations for directors, including
when proposals and nominations must be received and the information to be included.
Amendment
The Bye-Laws may be amended only by a resolution adopted by the Board and by resolution of the shareholders.
Voting of Non-U.S. Subsidiary Shares
When AGL is required or entitled to vote at a general meeting (for example, an annual meeting) of any of AG Re,
AGFOL or any other of its directly held non-U.S. subsidiaries, AGL's Board is required to refer the subject matter of the vote to
AGL's shareholders and seek direction from such shareholders as to how they should vote on the resolution proposed by the
non-U.S. subsidiary. AGL's Board in its discretion shall require that substantially similar provisions are or will be contained in
the bye-laws (or equivalent governing documents) of any direct or indirect non-U.S. subsidiaries other than AGRO and
subsidiaries incorporated in the U.K.
Employees
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had 441 employees including 134 employees from BlueMountain. None of
the Company's employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements. The Company believes that employee relations are
satisfactory.
Available Information
The Company maintains an Internet web site at www.assuredguaranty.com. The Company makes available, free of
charge, on its web site (under www.assuredguaranty.com/sec-filings) the Company's annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13
(a) or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files such material with, or furnishes it
to, the SEC. The Company also makes available, free of charge, through its web site (under www.assuredguaranty.com/
governance) links to the Company's Corporate Governance Guidelines, its Code of Conduct, AGL's Bye-Laws and the charters
for its Board committees. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site (at www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and
information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
The Company routinely posts important information for investors on its web site (under www.assuredguaranty.com/
company-statements and, more generally, under the Investor Information tab at www.assuredguaranty.com/investor-information
and Businesses tab at www.assuredguaranty.com/businesses). The Company uses this web site as a means of disclosing
material information and for complying with its disclosure obligations under SEC Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure).
Accordingly, investors should monitor the Company Statements, Investor Information and Businesses portions of the
Company's web site, in addition to following the Company's press releases, SEC filings, public conference calls, presentations
and webcasts.
The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, the Company's web site is not incorporated by
reference into, and is not a part of, this report.
49
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following information, together with the information contained in AGL's other
filings with the SEC. The risks and uncertainties discussed below are not the only ones the Company faces. However, these are
the risks that the Company's management believes are material. The Company may face additional risks or uncertainties that
are not presently known to the Company or that management currently deems immaterial, and such risks or uncertainties also
may impair its business or results of operations. The risks discussed below could result in a significant or material adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or business prospects.
Risks Related to Economic, Market and Political Conditions and Natural Phenomena
The Company's business, liquidity, financial condition and stock price may be adversely affected by developments in the
U.S. and world-wide financial markets and economy generally.
The Company's profitability, financial position, insured portfolio, investment portfolio, assets under management
(AUM), cash flow, statutory capital and stock price could be materially affected by the U.S. and global financial markets and
economy generally.
In recent years, the global financial markets and economy generally have been impacted by political events such as
trade confrontations between the U.S. and traditional allies and between the U.S. and China as well as the process of
withdrawal of the U.K. from the EU (commonly known as ‘Brexit’). The global economic and political systems also have been
impacted by events in the Middle East and Eastern Europe, as well as Africa and Southeast Asia, and could be impacted by
other events in the future, including natural and man-made disasters and pandemics.
These and other risks could materially and negatively affect the Company’s ability to access the capital markets, the
cost of the Company's debt, the demand for its credit enhancement and asset management products, the amount of losses
incurred on transactions it guarantees, the value and performance of its investment portfolio (including its alternative
investments), the value of its AUM and amount of its related asset management fees, the financial ratings of its insurance
subsidiaries, and the price of its common shares.
Some of the state and local governments and entities that issue obligations the Company insures are experiencing
significant budget deficits and pension funding and revenue shortfalls that could result in increased credit losses or
impairments and capital charges on those obligations.
Some of the state and local governments that issue the obligations the Company insures have experienced significant
budget deficits and pension funding and revenue collection shortfalls that required them to significantly raise taxes and/or cut
spending in order to satisfy their obligations. While the U.S. government has provided some financial support and although
overall state revenues have increased in recent years, significant budgetary pressures remain, especially at the local government
level and in relation to retirement obligations. Certain local governments, including ones that have issued obligations insured
by the Company, have sought protection from creditors under chapter 9 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code as a means of
restructuring their outstanding debt. In some recent instances where local governments were seeking to restructure their
outstanding debt, pension and other obligations owed to workers were treated more favorably than senior bond debt owed to
the capital markets. If the issuers of the obligations in the Company's public finance portfolio do not have sufficient funds to
cover their expenses and are unable or unwilling to raise taxes, decrease spending or receive federal assistance, the Company
may experience increased levels of losses or impairments on its public finance obligations, which could materially and
adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. If such issuers succeed in restructuring pension and
other obligations owed to workers so that they are treated more favorably than obligations insured by the Company, such losses
or impairments could be greater than the Company otherwise anticipated when the insurance was written.
In addition, obligations supported by specified revenue streams, such as revenue bonds issued by toll road authorities,
municipal utilities or airport authorities, may be adversely affected by revenue declines resulting from reduced demand,
changing demographics or other factors associated with an economy in which unemployment remains high, housing prices
have not yet stabilized and growth is slow. These obligations, which may not necessarily benefit from financial support from
other tax revenues or governmental authorities, may also experience increased losses if the revenue streams are insufficient to
pay scheduled interest and principal payments.
50
Persistently low interest rate levels and credit spreads could adversely affect demand for financial guaranty insurance as
well as the Company's financial condition.
Demand for financial guaranty insurance generally fluctuates with changes in market credit spreads. Credit spreads,
which are based on the difference between interest rates on high-quality or "risk free" securities versus those on lower-rated or
uninsured securities, fluctuate due to a number of factors and are sensitive to the absolute level of interest rates, current credit
experience and investors' risk appetite. When interest rates are low, or when the market is relatively less risk averse, the credit
spread between high-quality or insured obligations versus lower- rated or uninsured obligations typically narrows. As a result,
financial guaranty insurance typically provides lower interest cost savings to issuers than it would during periods of relatively
wider credit spreads. Issuers are less likely to use financial guaranties on their new issues when credit spreads are narrow, this
results in decreased demand or premiums obtainable for financial guaranty insurance. The continued persistence of low interest
rate levels and or low credit spreads by historical standards could continue to dampen demand for financial guaranty insurance.
Conversely, in a deteriorating credit environment, credit spreads increase and become "wide," which increases the
interest cost savings that financial guaranty insurance may provide and can result in increased demand for financial guaranties
by issuers. However, if the weakening credit environment is associated with economic deterioration, the Company's insured
portfolio could generate claims and loss payments in excess of normal or historical expectations. In addition, increases in
market interest rate levels could reduce new capital markets issuances and, correspondingly, cause a decreased volume of
insured transactions.
The Company may be subjected to significant risks from individual or correlated exposures.
The Company is exposed to the risk that issuers of debt that it insures or other counterparties may default in their
financial obligations, whether as a result of insolvency, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. Similarly, the
Company could be exposed to corporate credit risk if a corporation or financial institution is the originator or servicer of loans,
mortgages or other assets backing structured securities that the Company has insured.
In addition, because the Company insures or reinsures municipal bonds, it may have significant exposures to single
municipal risks; see Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Insured Portfolio, for a list of the Company's ten largest municipal risks by revenue source. While the Company's risk of a
complete loss, where it would have to pay the entire principal amount of an issue of bonds and interest thereon with no
recovery, is generally lower for municipal bonds, most of which are backed by tax or other revenues, than for corporate bonds,
there can be no assurance that a single default by a municipality would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations or financial condition.
The Company's ultimate exposure to a single risk may exceed its underwriting guidelines (caused by, for example,
acquisitions, reassumptions, or amortization of the portfolio faster than the single risk), and an event with respect to a single
risk may cause a significant loss. The Company seeks to reduce this risk by managing exposure to large single risks, as well as
concentrations of correlated risks, through tracking its aggregate exposure to single risks in its various lines of business and
establishing underwriting criteria to manage risk aggregations. The Company may insure and has insured individual public
finance and asset-backed risks well in excess of $1 billion. Should the Company's risk assessments prove inaccurate and should
the applicable limits prove inadequate, the Company could be exposed to larger than anticipated losses, and could be required
by the rating agencies to hold additional capital against insured exposures whether or not downgraded by the rating agencies.
The Company is exposed to correlation risk across the various assets the Company insures and in which it invests.
During periods of strong macroeconomic performance, stress in an individual transaction generally occurs for idiosyncratic
reasons or as a result of issues in a single asset class (so impacting only transactions in that sector). During a broad economic
downturn, a wider range of the Company's insurance and investment portfolios could be exposed to stress at the same time.
This stress may manifest itself in any or all of the following: ratings downgrades of insured risks, which may require more
capital in the Company’s insurance subsidiaries; a reduction in the value of the Company’s investments and /or AUM; and
actual defaults and losses in its insurance and / or investment portfolios. In addition, while the Company's insurance portfolio
has experienced many catastrophic events in the past without material loss, unexpected catastrophic events may have a material
adverse effect upon the Company's insured portfolio and/or its investment portfolios, especially where the obligor is already
under financial stress. For example, Hurricane Maria negatively impacted the Company’s insurance exposure to Puerto Rico
and its related authorities and public corporations.
51
Claim payments on obligations of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and its related authorities and public corporations
insured by the Company in excess of those expected by the Company or recoveries below those expected by the Company
could have a negative effect on the Company's liquidity and results of operations.
The Company has an aggregate $4.3 billion net par exposure as of December 31, 2019 to the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico (Puerto Rico or the Commonwealth) and various obligations of its related authorities and public corporations, and
claim payments on such insured exposures in excess of those expected by the Company could have a negative effect on the
Company's liquidity and results of operations. Most of the Puerto Rican entities with obligations insured by the Company have
defaulted on their debt service payments, and the Company has paid claims on them. The total net expected loss the Company
carries related to such exposures is net of a significant credit for estimated recoveries on claims already paid, and recoveries
below those expected by the Company could also have a negative effect on the Company's liquidity and results of operations.
On June 30, 2016, the Puerto Rico Oversight, Management, and Economic Stability Act (PROMESA) was signed into
law by the President of the United States. PROMESA established a seven-member federal financial oversight board (Oversight
Board) with authority to require that balanced budgets and fiscal plans be adopted and implemented by Puerto Rico.
PROMESA provides a legal framework under which the debt of the Commonwealth and its related authorities and public
corporations may be voluntarily restructured, and grants the Oversight Board the sole authority to file restructuring petitions in
a federal court to restructure the debt of the Commonwealth and its related authorities and public corporations if voluntary
negotiations fail, provided that any such restructuring must be in accordance with an Oversight Board approved fiscal plan that
respects the liens and priorities provided under Puerto Rico law.
On September 20, 2017, Hurricane Maria made landfall in Puerto Rico as a Category 4 hurricane on the Saffir-
Simpson scale, causing loss of life and widespread devastation. Damage to the Commonwealth’s infrastructure, including the
power grid, water system and transportation system, was extensive, and has impacted the ability and willingness of Puerto
Rican obligors to make timely and full debt service payments and participants’ efforts to resolve the Commonwealth’s financial
issues under PROMESA. More recently, beginning on December 28, 2019, and progressing into early 2020, Puerto Rico has
been struck by a swarm of earthquakes, including at least 11 that were of magnitude 5 or greater based on the the Richter
magnitude scale. While not nearly as deadly or destructive as Hurricane Maria, the earthquakes have damaged buildings and
infrastructure, including the power grid.
The final shape, timing and validity of responses to Puerto Rico’s distress eventually enacted or implemented under
the auspices of PROMESA and the Oversight Board or otherwise, and the impact, after resolution of any legal challenges, of
any such responses on obligations insured by the Company, are uncertain, but could be significant. Additional information
about the Company's exposure to Puerto Rico and legal actions it has initiated may be found in Part II, Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure, Exposure to Puerto Rico.
Changes in attitudes toward debt repayment could negatively impact the Company’s financial guaranty business.
The likelihood of debt repayment is impacted by both the ability and the willingness of the obligor to repay their debt.
Debtors generally understand that debt repayment is not only a legal obligation but is also appropriate, and that a failure to
repay their debt will impede their access to debt in the future. To the extent societal attitudes toward the repayment of debt by
struggling obligors softens and such obligors believe there to be less of a penalty for nonpayment, some struggling debtors may
be more likely to default and, if they default, less likely to agree to repayment plans they view as burdensome. If the issuers of
the obligations in the Company's public finance portfolio become unwilling to raise taxes, decrease spending or receive federal
assistance in order to repay their debt, the Company may experience increased levels of losses or impairments on its public
finance obligations, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Global climate change may impact the Company’s insurance and investment portfolios.
Atmospheric concentrations of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases have increased dramatically since the
industrial revolution, and have been blamed for a gradual increase in global average temperatures and an apparent increase in
the frequency and severity of natural disasters. These trends, as well as climate change regulation, are expected to continue in
the future and to impact nearly all sectors of the economy to varying degrees.
Climate change and climate change regulation may impact asset prices and general economic conditions and may
disproportionately impact particular industries or locations. The Company cannot predict the long-term impacts on the
Company from climate change or climate change regulation. The Company manages its insurance and investment risks by
maintaining well-diversified insurance and investment portfolios, both geographically and by sector, and monitors these
portfolios on an ongoing basis. While the Company can adjust its investment exposure to sectors and/or geographical areas that
52
face severe risks due to climate change or climate change regulation, the Company has less flexibility in adjusting the exposure
in its insurance portfolio because some of the financial guaranties issued by the Company's insurance subsidiaries insure the
credit performance of the guaranteed obligations over an extended period of time, in some cases over 30 years, and, in most
circumstances, the Company has no right to cancel such financial guaranties.
The Company's investment portfolio and AUM may be adversely affected by credit, interest rate and other market changes.
The Company's operating results are affected, in part, by the performance of its investment portfolio which primarily
consists of fixed-income securities and short-term investments. As of December 31, 2019, fixed-maturity securities and short-
term investments held by the Company had a fair value of approximately $10.1 billion. Credit losses and changes in interest
rates could have an adverse effect on the Company's shareholders' equity and net income. Credit losses result in realized losses
on the Company's investment portfolio, which reduce net income and shareholders' equity. Changes in interest rates can affect
both shareholders' equity and investment income. For example, if interest rates decline, funds reinvested will earn less than
expected, reducing the Company's future investment income compared to the amount it would earn if interest rates had not
declined. However, the value of the Company's fixed-rate investments would generally increase if interest rates decreased,
resulting in an unrealized gain on investments included in shareholders' equity. Conversely, if interest rates increase, the value
of the fixed-rate investment portfolio will be reduced, resulting in unrealized losses that the Company is required to include in
shareholders' equity. Accordingly, interest rate increases could reduce the Company's shareholders' equity.
Credit losses and changes in interest rates could also have an adverse impact on the amount of the Company’s AUM,
which could impact net income. For example, if interest rates increase or there are credit losses in the portfolios managed by
Assured Investment Management, AUM will decrease, reducing the amount of management fees earned by the Company.
Conversely, if interest rates decrease, AUM and management fees will increase.
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including monetary policies, domestic and international economic
and political conditions and other factors beyond the Company's control. The Company does not engage in active management,
or hedging, of interest rate risk in its investment portfolio, and may not be able to mitigate interest rate sensitivity effectively.
Expansion of the categories and types of investments in the Company’s investment portfolio may expose it to increased
credit, interest rate, liquidity and other risks.
The Company is using the investment knowledge and experience acquired in the BlueMountain Acquisition to expand
the categories and types of investments included in its investment portfolio by both (a) initially investing $500 million of
capital in Assured Investment Management funds plus additional amounts in other accounts managed by Assured Investment
Management and (b) expanding the categories and types of its alternative investments not managed by Assured Investment
Management. This expansion of categories and types of investments may increase the risk in the Company’s investment
portfolio as described above under "The Company's investment portfolio may be adversely affected by credit, interest rate and
other market changes." For example, the fair value of alternative investments may be more volatile than other investments
made by the Company. In addition, this expansion may result in the Company investing a portion of its portfolio in alternative
investments that are less liquid than some of its other investments. While the Company manages its investment portfolio with
its liquidity requirements in mind, this expansion may increase the risks described below under “-- Operational Risks -- The
ability of AGL and its subsidiaries to meet their liquidity needs may be limited”. Expanding the categories and types of
investments in the Company’s investment portfolio may also expose the Company to other types of risks, including reputational
risks.
Risks Related to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations
Estimates of expected losses are subject to uncertainties and may not be adequate to cover potential paid claims.
The financial guaranties issued by the Company's insurance subsidiaries insure the credit performance of the
guaranteed obligations over an extended period of time, in some cases over 30 years, and, in most circumstances, the Company
has no right to cancel such financial guaranties. As a result, the Company's estimate of ultimate losses on a policy is subject to
significant uncertainty over the life of the insured transaction. Credit performance can be adversely affected by economic, fiscal
and financial market variability as well as changes in law or industry practices (such as the potential discontinuance of the
publication of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) over the long duration of most contracts. If the Company's actual
losses exceed its current estimate, this may result in adverse effects on the Company's financial condition, results of operations,
liquidity, business prospects, financial strength ratings and ability to raise additional capital.
53
The determination of expected loss is an inherently subjective process involving numerous estimates, assumptions and
judgments by management, using both internal and external data sources with regard to frequency, severity of loss, economic
projections, the perceived strength of legal protections, governmental actions, negotiations and other factors that affect credit
performance. The Company does not use traditional actuarial approaches to determine its estimates of expected losses. Actual
losses will ultimately depend on future events or transaction performance. As a result, the Company's current estimates of
losses may not reflect the Company's future ultimate claims paid.
Certain sectors and large risks within the Company's insured portfolio have experienced credit deterioration in excess
of the Company’s initial expectations, which has led or may lead to losses in excess of the Company’s initial expectations. The
Company's expected loss models take into account current and expected future trends, which contemplate the impact of current
and possible developments in the performance of the exposure. These factors, which are integral elements of the Company's
reserve estimation methodology, are updated on a quarterly basis based on current information. Because such information
changes over time, sometimes materially, the Company’s projection of losses may also change materially. Much of the recent
development in the Company's loss projections relate to the Company's insured Puerto Rico exposures. The Company had net
par outstanding to general obligation bonds of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and various obligations of its related
authorities and public corporations as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 aggregating to $4.3 billion and $4.8
billion, respectively, all of which was rated BIG under the Company’s rating methodology. For a discussion of the Company's
Puerto Rico risks, see Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure.
The valuation of many of the Company’s assets and liabilities and AUM includes methodologies, estimates and assumptions
that are subject to differing interpretations and could result in changes to valuations of the Company’s assets and liabilities
that may materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.
The Company carries a significant portion of its assets and liabilities and reports a significant portion of its AUM at
fair value. The approaches used by the Company to calculate the fair value of those assets and liabilities it carries at fair value
are described under Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 9, Fair Value Measurement. The
determination of fair values is made at a specific point in time, based on available market information and judgments about the
assets and liabilities being valued, including estimates of timing and amounts of cash flows and the credit rating of the issuer or
counterparty. The use of different methodologies and assumptions may have a material effect on estimated fair value amounts.
During periods of market disruption, including periods of rapidly changing credit spreads or illiquidity, it may be
difficult to value certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities and AUM, particularly if trading becomes less frequent or
market data becomes less observable. An increase in the amount of the Company’s alternative investments may increase the
amount of the Company’s assets subject to this risk. During such periods, more assets and liabilities may fall to the Level 3
valuation level, which describes model derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers
are unobservable, thereby resulting in values that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values.
Rapidly changing credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of assets and liabilities as reported
within the financial statements, and period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly.
Strategic Risks
Competition in the Company's industries may adversely affect its revenues.
As described in greater detail under Item 1, Business, Insurance Segment "--Competition," the Company can face
competition in its insurance business, either in the form of current or new providers of credit enhancement or in terms of
alternative structures, including uninsured offerings, or pricing competition. Increased competition could have an adverse effect
on the Company's insurance business.
The Company’s Asset Management segment operates in highly competitive markets. The Company competes with
many other firms in every aspect of the asset management industry, including raising funds, seeking investments, and hiring
and retaining professionals. The Company’s ability to increase and retain AUM is directly related to the performance of the
assets it manages as measured against market averages and the performance of the Company’s competitors. In addition, if the
Company’s successful competitors charge lower fees for substantially similar products, the Company may face pressure to
lower fees to attract and retain asset management clients.
Some of the Company’s asset management competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater
financial, technical and marketing resources. Certain of these competitors periodically raise significant amounts of capital in
investment strategies that are also pursued by the Company. Some of these competitors also may have a lower cost of capital
and access to funding sources that are not available to the Company, which may create further competitive disadvantages with
54
respect to investment opportunities. In addition, some of these competitors may have higher risk tolerances or make different
risk assessments, allowing them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish broader networks of business
relationships.
Acquisitions may not result in the benefits anticipated and may subject the Company to non-monetary consequences.
From time to time the Company evaluates acquisition opportunities and conducts diligence activities with respect to
transactions with other financial services companies. For example, during 2019 the Company acquired BlueMountain Capital
Management, LLC. Prior to that, the Company acquired several legacy financial guaranty insurance companies and financial
guaranty portfolios. These acquisitions as well as any future acquisitions of other asset managers or asset management contracts
or financial guaranty portfolios or companies or other financial services companies may involve some or all of the various risks
commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things: (a) failure to adequately identify and value potential
exposures and liabilities of the target portfolio or entity; (b) difficulty in estimating the value of the target portfolio or entity; (c)
potential diversion of management’s time and attention; (d) exposure to asset quality issues of the target entity; (e) difficulty
and expense of integrating the operations, systems and personnel of the target entity; and (f) concentration of exposures,
including exposures which may exceed single risk limits, due to the addition of the target portfolio. Such acquisitions may also
have unintended consequences on ratings assigned by the rating agencies to the Company or its insurance subsidiaries or on the
applicability of laws and regulations to the Company’s existing businesses. These or other factors may cause any past or future
acquisitions of financial services companies not to result in the benefits to the Company anticipated when the acquisition was
agreed. Past or future acquisitions may also subject the Company to non-monetary consequences that may or may not have
been anticipated or fully mitigated at the time of the acquisition.
The recent BlueMountain Acquisition may negatively impact the Company's relationships with its investors, regulators,
rating agencies, employees or obligors it insures, or Assured Investment Management's business or its relationships with its
clients and employees.
The BlueMountain Acquisition represents a significant step in the Company's development of its asset management
business and involves a significant investment by the Company. The Company discussed the BlueMountain Acquisition with its
relevant regulators and with the rating agencies prior to closing and does not believe that the BlueMountain Acquisition has had
a negative impact on its relationship with those regulators or the rating agencies. There can be no assurance, however, that the
BlueMountain Acquisition will not in the future negatively impact the Company's relationships with its investors, regulators,
rating agencies, employees or obligors it insures or its business or results of operations.
Assured Investment Management's ability to generate new business and to retain current clients is dependent on the
performance of its clients' investments as well as its relationship with its clients. There can be no assurance that the
BlueMountain Acquisition will not negatively impact Assured Investment Management's relationship with any investor or
potential investor. Any such negative impact could prevent the Company from realizing the benefits it expects from the
BlueMountain Acquisition.
Assured Investment Management may present risks that could have a negative effect on the Company's business, results of
operations or financial condition.
The expansion of the Company’s asset management business line, which the Company believes is in line with its risk
profile and benefits from its core competencies, may present new risks that could have a negative effect on the Company's
business, results of operations or financial condition.
Now that the Company has established Assured Investment Management, the Company’s business, results of
operations and financial condition may be impacted by some of the risks faced by asset managers. Asset management services
are primarily a fee-based business, and the Company's asset management and performance fees are based on the amount of its
AUM as well as the performance of those assets. Volatility or declines in the markets in which the Company invests as an asset
manager, or poor performance of its investments, may negatively affect its AUM and its asset management and performance
fees and may deter future investment in the Company’s asset management products. The Company’s asset management
business is also subject to legal, regulatory, compliance, accounting, valuation and political risks that differ from those involved
in the Company’s business of providing credit protection products. In addition, the asset management business is an intensely
competitive business, creating new competitive risks.
55
Alternative investments may not result in the benefits anticipated.
From time to time, and in order to deploy a portion of the Company's excess capital, the Company may invest in
alternative investments that are in line with its risk profile and benefit from its core competencies, and the Company has chosen
to use the knowledge base gained in the BlueMountain Acquisition to increase the amount of the excess capital it invests in
alternative assets. Alternative assets may be riskier than many of the other investments the Company makes, and may not result
in the benefits anticipated at the time of the investment. In addition, although the Company uses what it believes to be excess
capital to make alternative investments, measures of required capital can fluctuate and such investments may not be given
much, or any, value under the various rating agency, regulatory and internal capital models to which the Company is subject.
Also, alternative investments may be less liquid than most of the Company's other investments and so may be difficult to
convert to cash or investments that do receive credit under the capital models to which the Company is subject. See
“Operational Risks - The ability of AGL and its subsidiaries to meet their liquidity needs may be limited.”
A downgrade of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of any of the Company's insurance and
reinsurance subsidiaries would adversely affect its business and prospects and, consequently, its results of operations and
financial condition.
The financial strength and financial enhancement ratings assigned by S&P, Moody’s, KBRA and Best to each of the
Company's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries represent such rating agencies' opinions of the insurer's financial strength
and ability to meet ongoing obligations to policyholders and cedants in accordance with the terms of the financial guaranties it
has issued or the reinsurance agreements it has executed. Issuers, investors, underwriters, ceding companies and others consider
the Company's financial strength or financial enhancement ratings an important factor when deciding whether or not to utilize a
financial guaranty or purchase reinsurance from one of the Company's insurance or reinsurance subsidiaries. A downgrade by a
rating agency of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of one or more of the Company's insurance subsidiaries
could impair the Company's financial condition, results of operation, liquidity, business prospects or other aspects of the
Company's business. The ratings assigned by the rating agencies to the Company's insurance subsidiaries are subject to review
and may be lowered by a rating agency at any time and without notice to the Company.
The rating agencies have evaluated the Company’s insurance subsidiaries under a variety of scenarios and
assumptions, and have changed their methodologies and criteria from time to time. Factors influencing the rating agencies are
beyond management's control and not always known to the Company. In the event of an actual or perceived deterioration in
creditworthiness of large risks in the Company’s insurance portfolio, or a change in a rating agency's capital model or rating
methodology, a rating agency may require the Company to increase the amount of capital it holds to maintain its financial
strength ratings under the rating agencies' capital adequacy models, which may require the Company to seek additional capital,
or a rating agency may identify an issue that additional capital would not address. The amount of such capital required may be
substantial, and may not be available to the Company on favorable terms and conditions or at all. The failure to raise additional
required capital, or successfully address another issue or issues raised by a rating agency, could result in a downgrade of the
ratings of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries and thus have an adverse impact on its business, results of operations and
financial condition.
The Company periodically assesses the value of each rating assigned to each of its subsidiaries, and may as a result of
such assessment request that a rating agency add or drop a rating from certain of its subsidiaries. Rating agencies may choose
not to honor the Company’s request, and continue to rate a subsidiary after the Company’s request to drop the rating, as
Moody’s did with respect to AGC.
The insurance subsidiaries' financial strength ratings are an important competitive factor in the financial guaranty
insurance and reinsurance markets. If the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of one or more of the Company's
insurance subsidiaries were reduced below current levels, the Company expects that would reduce the number of transactions
that would benefit from the Company's insurance; consequently, a downgrade by rating agencies could harm the Company's
new business production, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, a downgrade may have a negative impact on the Company’s insurance subsidiaries in respect of
transactions that they have insured or reinsurance that they have assumed. For example, under interest rate swaps insured by
AGM, downgrades past specified rating levels could entitle the municipal obligor's swap counterparty to terminate the swap; if
the municipal obligor owed a termination payment as a result and were unable to make such payment, AGM may receive a
claim if its financial guaranty guaranteed such termination payment. In certain other transactions, beneficiaries of financial
guaranties issued by the Company's insurance subsidiaries may have the right to cancel the credit protection provided by them,
which would result in the loss of future premium earnings and the reversal of any fair value gains recorded by the Company. In
56
addition, a downgrade of AG Re, AGC or AGRO could result in certain ceding companies recapturing business that they had
ceded to these reinsurers.
Operational Risks
The Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by fluctuations in foreign
exchange rates.
The Company's reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currencies of the Company’s primary insurance
and reinsurance subsidiaries are the U.S. dollar. The Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries maintain both assets and liabilities in
currencies different from their functional currency, which exposes the Company to changes in currency exchange rates. In
addition, assets of non-U.S. subsidiaries are primarily invested in local currencies in order to satisfy regulatory requirements
and to support local insurance operations regardless of currency fluctuations.
The principal currencies creating foreign exchange risk are the pound sterling and the Euro. The Company cannot
accurately predict the nature or extent of future exchange rate variability between these currencies or relative to the U.S. dollar.
Foreign exchange rates are sensitive to factors beyond the Company's control.
The Company does not engage in active management, or hedging, of its foreign exchange rate risk. Therefore,
fluctuation in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the British pound sterling or the EU euro could adversely impact the
Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows. See Part II, Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk, Sensitivity to Foreign Exchange Risk.
The Company may be adversely impacted by the transition from LIBOR as a reference rate.
In 2017, the U.K.’s FCA announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks to submit the rates required to
calculate LIBOR. This announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be
guaranteed after 2021. Consequently, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to
provide submissions for the calculation of LIBOR. While regulators have suggested substitute rates, including the Secured
Overnight Financing Rate, the impact of the discontinuance of LIBOR, if it occurs, will be contract-specific. The Company has
exposure to LIBOR in three areas of its operations: (i) issuers of obligations the Company insures have obligations, assets and
hedges that reference LIBOR, and some of the obligations the Company insures reference LIBOR, (ii) debt issued by the
Company's wholly owned subsidiaries AGUS and AGMH currently pay, or will convert to, a floating interest rate tied to
LIBOR, and (iii) committed capital securities (CCS) from which the Company benefits that also pay interest tied to LIBOR.
See Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 15, Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities.
The Company has reviewed its insured portfolio to identify insured transactions that it believes may be vulnerable to
the transition from LIBOR, as well as relevant language in the documents relating to the debt issued by the Company and the
CCS that benefit the Company. See Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis, Executive Summary “-- Other
Events -- LIBOR Sunset”. Under their current documents, a significant portion of these securities are likely to become fixed
rate in December 2021, the initial benefit or harm of the sunset of LIBOR depends on the level of interest rates at such time.
Also, whatever interest rate is set by the party responsible for calculating the interest rate may be challenged in the court by
other parties in interest. Given the lack of clarity on decisions that parties responsible for calculating interest rates will make
and the reaction of impacted parties, as well as the unknown level of interest rates when the change occurs, the Company
cannot at this time predict the impact of the transition from LIBOR, if it occurs, on every obligor and obligation the Company
enhances or on its own debt issuances.
The Company's international operations expose it to less predictable political, credit and legal risks.
The Company pursues new business opportunities in international markets. The underwriting of obligations of an
issuer in a foreign country involves the same process as that for a domestic issuer, but additional risks must be addressed, such
as the evaluation of foreign currency exchange rates, foreign business and legal issues, and the economic and political
environment of the foreign country or countries in which an issuer does business. Changes in such factors could impede the
Company's ability to insure, or increase the risk of loss from insuring, obligations in the countries in which it currently does
business and limit its ability to pursue business opportunities in other countries.
57
The Company is dependent on key executives and the loss of any of these executives, or its inability to retain other key
personnel, could adversely affect its business.
The Company's success substantially depends upon its ability to attract and retain qualified employees and upon the
ability of its senior management and other key employees to implement its business strategy. The Company believes there are
only a limited number of available qualified executives in the insurance business lines in which the Company competes, and
that there is strong competition for qualified asset management executives. The Company relies substantially upon the services
of Dominic J. Frederico, President and Chief Executive Officer, and other executives. Although the Company has designed its
executive compensation with the goal of retaining and creating incentives for its executive officers, the Company may not be
successful in retaining their services. The loss of the services of any of these individuals or other key members of the
Company's management team could adversely affect the implementation of its business strategy.
The Company’s success in asset management will depend in part upon the ability of the Company to attract, motivate
and retain key management personnel and other key employees, including key investment professionals. Uncertainties
associated with the integration of BlueMountain may result in the departure of management personnel and other key
employees, including key investment professionals, at the Company, and the Company may have difficulty attracting and
motivating management personnel and other key employees, including key investment professionals, to the same extent it did
prior to the BlueMountain Acquisition.
The Company is dependent on its information technology and that of certain third parties, and a cyberattack, security
breach or failure in such systems could adversely affect the Company’s business.
The Company relies upon information technology and systems, including technology and systems provided by or
interfacing with those of third parties, to support a variety of its business processes and activities. In addition, the Company has
collected and stored confidential information including personally identifiable information in connection with certain loss
mitigation and due diligence activities related to its structured finance and asset management businesses, along with
information regarding employees and directors and asset management clients, among others. Information technology security
threats and events are reportedly increasing in frequency and sophistication. While the Company does not believe that the
financial guaranty insurance or alternative asset management industries are as inherently prone to cyberattacks as industries
relating to, for example, payment card processing, banking, retail investment advisors, critical infrastructure or defense
contracting, the Company’s data systems and those of third parties on which it relies are still vulnerable to security breaches
due to cyberattacks, viruses, malware, ransomware, hackers and other external hazards, as well as inadvertent errors, equipment
and system failures, and employee misconduct. Problems in or security breaches of these systems could, for example, result in
lost business, reputational harm, the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, incorrect reporting, legal
costs and regulatory penalties, including under the EU's General Data Protection Regulation, the California Consumer Privacy
Act and similar laws and regulations.
The Company’s business operations rely on the continuous availability of its computer systems as well as those of
certain third parties. In addition to disruptions caused by cyberattacks or other data breaches, such systems may be adversely
affected by natural and man-made catastrophes. The Company’s failure to maintain business continuity in the wake of such
events, particularly if there were an interruption for an extended period, could prevent the timely completion of critical
processes across its operations, including, for example, claims processing, treasury and investment operations and payroll.
These failures could result in additional costs, loss of business, fines and litigation.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to numerous laws and regulations of a number of jurisdictions regarding
its information systems, particularly with regard to personally identifiable information. The Company's failure to comply with
these requirements, even absent a security breach, could result in penalties, reputational harm or difficulty in obtaining desired
consents from regulatory authorities.
The Board oversees the risk management process, including cybersecurity risks, and engages with management on
risk management issues, including cybersecurity issues. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has specific
responsibility for overseeing information technology matters, including cybersecurity risk, and the Risk Oversight Committee
of the Board of Directors addresses cybersecurity matters as part of its enterprise risk management responsibilities.
Errors in, overreliance on or misuse of models may result in financial loss, reputational harm or adverse regulatory action.
The Company uses models for numerous purposes in its business. For example, it uses models to project future cash flows
associated with pricing models, calculating reserves, evaluating risks in its insurance and investment portfolios, valuing assets
and projecting liquidity needs. It also uses models to determine and project capital requirements under its own risk model as
58
well as under regulatory and rating agency requirements. While the Company has a model validation function and has adopted
procedures to protect its models, the models may not operate properly (including as a result of errors or damage) and may rely
on assumptions that are inherently uncertain and in hindsight are incorrect.
Significant claim payments may reduce the Company's liquidity.
Claim payments reduce the Company's invested assets and result in reduced liquidity and net investment income, even
if the Company is reimbursed in full over time and does not experience ultimate loss on a particular policy. In the years after
the financial crisis in 2008, many of the claims paid by the Company were with respect to insured U.S. RMBS securities. More
recently, there has been credit deterioration with respect to certain insured Puerto Rico exposures, and the Company has been
paying material claims with respect to a number of those exposures since 2016. The Company had net par outstanding to
general obligation bonds of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and various obligations of its related authorities and public
corporations aggregating $4.3 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, all of
which was rated BIG under the Company’s rating methodology. For a discussion of the Company's Puerto Rico risks, see Part
II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure.
The Company plans for future claim payments. If the amount of future claim payments is significantly more than that
projected by the Company, the Company's ability to make other claim payments and its financial condition, financial strength
ratings and business prospects could be adversely affected.
The Company may require additional capital from time to time, including from soft capital and liquidity credit facilities,
which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.
The Company's capital requirements depend on many factors, primarily related to its in-force book of business and
rating agency capital requirements. Failure to raise additional capital if and as needed may result in the Company being unable
to write new business and may result in the ratings of the Company and its subsidiaries being downgraded by one or more
rating agency. The Company's access to external sources of financing, as well as the cost of such financing, is dependent on
various factors, including the market supply of such financing, the Company's long-term debt ratings and insurance financial
strength ratings and the perceptions of its financial strength and the financial strength of its insurance subsidiaries. The
Company's debt ratings are in turn influenced by numerous factors, such as financial leverage, balance sheet strength, capital
structure and earnings trends. If the Company's need for capital arises because of significant losses, the occurrence of these
losses may make it more difficult for the Company to raise the necessary capital.
Future capital raises for equity or equity-linked securities could also result in dilution to the Company's shareholders.
In addition, some securities that the Company could issue, such as preferred stock or securities issued by the Company's
operating subsidiaries, may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of its common shares.
Financial guaranty insurers and reinsurers typically rely on providers of lines of credit, excess of loss reinsurance
facilities and similar capital support mechanisms (often referred to as "soft capital") to supplement their existing capital base, or
"hard capital." The ratings of soft capital providers directly affect the level of capital credit which the rating agencies give the
Company when evaluating its financial strength. The Company currently maintains soft capital facilities with providers having
ratings adequate to provide the Company's desired capital credit. For example, the Company cedes modest amounts of
insurance to certain third-party reinsurers. See Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 8,
Reinsurance. In addition, the Company benefits from $400 million of CCS. See Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, Note 15, Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities. No assurance can be given that one or more of the rating
agencies will not downgrade or withdraw the applicable ratings of the Company's reinsurers in the future. Furthermore, the
rating agencies may in the future change their methodology and no longer give credit for soft capital, which may necessitate the
Company having to raise additional capital in order to maintain its ratings.
An increase in the Company’s insurance subsidiaries' leverage ratio may prevent them from writing new insurance.
Insurance regulatory authorities impose capital requirements on the Company’s insurance subsidiaries. These capital
requirements, which include leverage ratios and surplus requirements, may limit the amount of insurance that the subsidiaries
may write. The insurance subsidiaries have several alternatives available to control their leverage ratios, including obtaining
capital contributions from affiliates, purchasing reinsurance or entering into other loss mitigation agreements, or reducing the
amount of new business written. However, a material reduction in the statutory capital and surplus of an insurance subsidiary,
whether resulting from underwriting or investment losses, a change in regulatory capital requirements or another event, or a
disproportionate increase in the amount of risk in force, could increase a subsidiary's leverage ratio. This in turn could require
that subsidiary to obtain reinsurance for existing business (which may not be available, or may be available on terms that the
59
Company considers unfavorable), or add to its capital base to maintain its financial strength ratings. Failure to maintain
regulatory capital levels could limit that subsidiary's ability to write new business.
The Company's holding companies' ability to meet their obligations may be constrained.
Each of AGL, AGUS and AGMH is a holding company and, as such, has no direct operations of its own. None of the
holding companies expects to have any significant operations or assets other than its ownership of the shares of its subsidiaries.
The Company expects that dividends from the insurance companies will be the primary source of funds for AGL, AGUS and
AGMH while it is building its asset management business.
The insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends and make other payments depends, among other things, upon their
financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, and compliance with rating agency requirements, and is also
subject to restrictions contained in the insurance laws and related regulations of their states of domicile. Restrictions applicable
to AGM, AGC and MAC, and to AG Re and AGRO, are described under the sections of Item 1. Business "-- Regulation,
United States, State Dividend Limitations" and "-- Regulation, Bermuda, Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions." Such
dividends and permitted payments are currently expected to be the primary source of funds for the holding companies to meet
ongoing cash requirements, including operating expenses, any future debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay
dividends to their respective shareholders. Accordingly, if the insurance subsidiaries cannot pay sufficient dividends or make
other permitted payments at the times or in the amounts that are required, that would have an adverse effect on the ability of
AGL, AGUS and AGMH to satisfy their ongoing cash requirements and on their ability to pay dividends to shareholders.
If AGRO were to pay dividends to its U.S. holding company parent and that U.S. holding company were to pay
dividends to its Bermudian parent AG Re, such dividends would be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%.
The ability of AGL and its subsidiaries to meet their liquidity needs may be limited.
Each of AGL, AGUS and AGMH requires liquidity, either in the form of cash or in the ability to easily sell investment
assets for cash, in order to meet its payment obligations, including, without limitation, its operating expenses, interest on debt
and dividends on common shares, and to make capital investments in operating subsidiaries. The Company's operating
subsidiaries require substantial liquidity in order to meet their respective payment and/or collateral posting obligations,
including under financial guaranty insurance policies or reinsurance agreements. They also require liquidity to pay operating
expenses, reinsurance premiums, dividends to AGUS or AGMH for debt service and dividends to AGL, as well as, where
appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries. In addition, the Company may require substantial liquidity
to fund any future acquisitions. The Company cannot give any assurance that the liquidity of AGL and its subsidiaries will not
be adversely affected by adverse market conditions, changes in insurance regulatory law or changes in general economic
conditions.
AGL anticipates that its liquidity needs will be met by the ability of its operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or to
make other payments; external financings; investment income from its invested assets; and current cash and short-term
investments. The Company expects that its subsidiaries' need for liquidity will be met by the operating cash flows of such
subsidiaries; external financings; investment income from their invested assets; and proceeds derived from the sale of their
investment portfolios, significant portions of which are in the form of cash or short-term investments. All of these sources of
liquidity are subject to market, regulatory or other factors that may impact the Company's liquidity position at any time. As
discussed above, AGL's insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory and rating agency restrictions limiting their ability to
declare and to pay dividends and make other payments to AGL. As further noted above, external financing may or may not be
available to AGL or its subsidiaries in the future on satisfactory terms.
In addition, investment income at AGL and its subsidiaries may fluctuate based on interest rates, defaults by the
issuers of the securities AGL or its subsidiaries hold in their respective investment portfolios, the performance of alternative
investments, or other factors that the Company does not control. Also, the value of the Company's investments may be
adversely affected by changes in interest rates, credit risk and capital market conditions and therefore may adversely affect the
Company's potential ability to sell investments quickly and the price which the Company might receive for those investments.
Part of the Company’s investment strategy is to invest more of its excess capital in alternative investments, which may be
particularly difficult to sell at adequate prices or at all.
60
Risks Related to Taxation
Changes in U.S. tax laws could reduce the demand or profitability of financial guaranty insurance, or negatively impact the
Company's investment portfolio.
The Tax Act included provisions that could result in a reduction of supply, such as the termination of advance
refunding bonds. Any such lower volume of municipal obligations could impact the amount of such obligations that could
benefit from insurance. The supply of municipal bonds in each of 2018 and 2019 was below that in 2017, possibly due at least
in part to the impact of the Tax Act. In addition, the reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate to 21% could make
municipal obligations less attractive to certain institutional investors such as banks and property and casualty insurance
companies, resulting in lower demand for municipal obligations.
Further, future changes in U.S. federal, state or local laws that materially adversely affect the tax treatment of
municipal securities or the market for those securities, or other changes negatively affecting the municipal securities market,
may lower volume and demand for municipal obligations and also may adversely impact the Company's investment portfolio, a
significant portion of which is invested in tax-exempt instruments. These adverse changes may adversely affect the value of the
Company's tax-exempt portfolio, or its liquidity.
Certain of the Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries may be subject to U.S. tax.
The Company manages its business so that AGL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries (other than AGRO) operate in such a
manner that none of them should be subject to U.S. federal tax (other than U.S. excise tax on insurance and reinsurance
premium income attributable to insuring or reinsuring U.S. risks, and U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. source investment
income). However, because there is considerable uncertainty as to the activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or
business within the U.S., the Company cannot be certain that the IRS will not contend successfully that AGL or any of its non-
U.S. subsidiaries (other than AGRO) is/are engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. If AGL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries
(other than AGRO) were considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S., each such company could be subject to
U.S. corporate income and branch profits taxes on the portion of its earnings effectively connected to such U.S. business.
AGL, AG Re and AGRO may become subject to taxes in Bermuda after March 2035, which may have a material adverse
effect on the Company's results of operations and on an investment in the Company.
The Bermuda Minister of Finance, under Bermuda's Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended,
has given AGL, AG Re and AGRO an assurance that if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda that would impose tax computed
on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or
inheritance tax, then subject to certain limitations the imposition of any such tax will not be applicable to AGL, AG Re or
AGRO, or any of AGL's or its subsidiaries' operations, shares, debentures or other obligations until March 31, 2035. Given the
limited duration of the Minister of Finance's assurance, the Company cannot be certain that it will not be subject to Bermuda
tax after March 31, 2035.
U.S. Persons who hold 10% or more of AGL's shares directly or through non-U.S. entities may be subject to taxation under
the U.S. CFC.
Each 10% U.S. shareholder of a non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC at any time during a taxable year that owns shares
in the non-U.S. corporation directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities on the last day of the non-U.S. corporation's taxable
year on which it is a CFC must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC's
"subpart F income," even if the subpart F income is not distributed. In addition, upon a sale of shares of a CFC, 10% U.S.
shareholders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of their gain at ordinary income rates.
The Company believes that because of the dispersion of the share ownership in AGL, no U.S. Person who owns AGL's
shares directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities should be treated as a 10% U.S. shareholder of AGL or of any of its non-
U.S. subsidiaries. However, AGL’s shares may not be as widely dispersed as the Company believes due to, for example, the
application of certain ownership attribution rules, and no assurance may be given that a U.S. Person who owns the Company's
shares will not be characterized as a 10% U.S. shareholder, in which case such U.S. Person may be subject to taxation under
U.S. CFC rules.
61
U.S. Persons who hold shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on their proportionate share
of the Company's related person insurance income.
If the following conditions are true, then a U.S. Person who owns AGL's shares (directly or indirectly through non-
U.S. entities) on the last day of the taxable year would be required to include in its income for U.S. federal income tax purposes
such person's pro rata share of the RPII of such Foreign Insurance Subsidiary (as defined above) for the entire taxable year,
determined as if such RPII were distributed proportionately only to U.S. Persons at that date, regardless of whether such
income is distributed:
•
•
•
the Company is 25% or more owned directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or by attribution by U.S.
Persons;
the gross RPII of AG Re or any other AGL non-U.S. subsidiary engaged in the insurance business that has not
made an election under section 953(d) of the Code to be treated as a U.S. corporation for all U.S. tax purposes or
are CFCs owned directly or indirectly by AGUS (each, with AG Re, a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary) equals or
exceeds 20% of such Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's gross insurance income in any taxable year; and
direct or indirect insureds (and persons related to such insureds) own (or are treated as owning directly or
indirectly through entities) 20% or more of the voting power or value of the Company's shares.
In addition, any RPII that is includible in the income of a U.S. tax-exempt organization may be treated as unrelated
business taxable income.
The amount of RPII earned by a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary (generally, premium and related investment income
from the direct or indirect insurance or reinsurance of any direct or indirect U.S. holder of shares or any person related to such
holder) will depend on a number of factors, including the geographic distribution of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's business
and the identity of persons directly or indirectly insured or reinsured by a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary. The Company believes
that each of its Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries either should not in the foreseeable future have RPII income which equals or
exceeds 20% of its gross insurance income or have direct or indirect insureds, as provided for by RPII rules, that directly or
indirectly own 20% or more of either the voting power or value of AGL's shares. However, the Company cannot be certain that
this will be the case because some of the factors which determine the extent of RPII may be beyond its control.
U.S. Persons who dispose of AGL's shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at dividend tax rates on a portion of their
gain, if any.
The meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to AGL and its Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries is
uncertain. The RPII rules in conjunction with section 1248 of the Code provide that if a U.S. Person disposes of shares in a
non-U.S. insurance corporation in which U.S. Persons own (directly, indirectly, through non-U.S. entities or by attribution)
25% or more of the shares (even if the amount of gross RPII is less than 20% of the corporation's gross insurance income and
the ownership of its shares by direct or indirect insureds and related persons is less than the 20% threshold), any gain from the
disposition will generally be treated as dividend income to the extent of the holder's share of the corporation's undistributed
earnings and profits that were accumulated during the period that the holder owned the shares. This provision applies whether
or not such earnings and profits are attributable to RPII. In addition, such a holder will be required to comply with certain
reporting requirements, regardless of the amount of shares owned by the holder.
In the case of AGL's shares, these RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of shares because AGL is not itself
directly engaged in the insurance business. However, the RPII provisions have never been interpreted by the courts or the U.S.
Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed
form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form, what changes or clarifications might
ultimately be made thereto, or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of the RPII rules by the
IRS, the courts, or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. The U.S. Treasury Department has authority to impose, among
other things, additional reporting requirements with respect to RPII.
U.S. Persons who hold common shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if AGL is considered to be a "passive
foreign investment company" for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
If AGL is considered a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Person who owns any shares of AGL will be
subject to adverse tax consequences that could materially adversely affect its investment, including subjecting the investor to
both a greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and an interest charge. The Company believes that AGL was not a PFIC
62
for U.S. federal income tax purposes for taxable years through 2019 and, based on the application of certain PFIC look-through
rules and the Company's plan of operations for the current and future years, should not be a PFIC in the future. However, as
discussed above, the Tax Act limits the insurance income exception to a non-U.S. insurance company that is a qualifying
insurance corporation that would be taxable as an insurance company if it were a U.S. corporation and maintains insurance
liabilities of more than 25% of such company’s assets for a taxable year (or maintains insurance liabilities that at least equal to
10% of its assets and it satisfies a facts and circumstances test that requires a showing that the failure to exceed the 25%
threshold is due to runoff-related or rating-related circumstances) (the Reserve Test).
In addition, the IRS recently issued the 2019 Proposed Regulations intended to clarify the application of the PFIC
provisions to an insurance company and provide guidance on a range of issues relating to PFICs including the application of
the look-through rule, the treatment of income and assets of certain U.S. insurance subsidiaries for purposes of the look-through
rule and extension of the look-through rule to 25% or more owned partnerships. The 2019 Proposed Regulations define
insurance liabilities for purposes of the Reserve Test, tighten the Reserve Test and the statutory cap on insurance liabilities, and
provide guidance on the runoff-related and rating-related circumstances for purposes of the 10% test. The 2019 Proposed
Regulations provide that a non-U.S. insurance company may only qualify for an exception to the PFIC rules if, among other
things, the non-U.S. insurance company’s officers and employees perform its substantial managerial and operational activities
(taking into account activities of officers and employees of certain related entities in certain cases). The 2019 Proposed
Regulations also provide that an active conduct percentage test must be satisfied for the insurance company exception to apply,
which test compares the expenses for services of officers and employees of the non-U.S. insurer and certain related entities
incurred for the production of premium and certain investment income to all such expenses regardless of the service provider.
The 2019 Proposed Regulations also introduce attribution rules that, taken together with other provisions of the regulations,
could result in a U.S. person that directly owns any shares in a non-PFIC being treated as an indirect shareholder of a lower tier
PFIC subject to the general PFIC rules described herein. This proposed regulation will not be effective unless and until adopted
in final form. The Company cannot predict the likelihood of finalization of the proposed regulations or the scope, nature, or
impact of the proposed regulations on it, should they be formally adopted or enacted or whether its Foreign Insurance
subsidiaries will be able to satisfy the Reserve Test in future years, and the interaction of the PFIC look-through rules is not
clear, no assurance may be given that the Company will not be characterized as a PFIC.
Changes in U.S. federal income tax law could materially adversely affect an investment in AGL's common shares.
The Tax Act was passed by the U.S. Congress and was signed into law on December 22, 2017, with certain provisions
intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of companies (including insurance companies) that have legal domiciles
outside the United States but have certain U.S. connections and United States persons investing in such companies. For
example, the Tax Act includes a BEAT that could make affiliate reinsurance between United States and non-U.S. members of
the group economically unfeasible and a current tax on global intangible income that may result in an increase in U.S.
corporate income tax imposed on U.S. group members with respect to certain earnings at their non-U.S. subsidiaries, and
revises the rules applicable to PFICs and CFCs. Although the Company is currently unable to predict the ultimate impact of the
Tax Act on its business, shareholders and results of operations, it is possible that the Tax Act may increase the U.S. federal
income tax liability of the U.S. members of its group that cede risk to non-U.S. group members and may affect the timing and
amount of U.S. federal income taxes imposed on certain U.S. shareholders. Furthermore, it is possible that other legislation
could be introduced and enacted by the current Congress or future Congresses that could have an adverse impact on the
Company.
U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a trade or business within
the U.S. is a PFIC, or whether U.S. Persons would be required to include in their gross income the "subpart F income" of a
CFC or RPII are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There currently are only recently proposed regulations
regarding the application of the PFIC rules to insurance companies, and the regulations regarding RPII have been in proposed
form since 1991. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. The Company
cannot be certain if, when, or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be implemented or made, or whether such
guidance will have a retroactive effect.
63
An ownership change under Section 382 of the Code could have adverse U.S. federal tax consequences.
If AGL were to issue equity securities in the future, including in connection with any strategic transaction, or if
previously issued securities of AGL were to be sold by the current holders, AGL may experience an "ownership change" within
the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. In general terms, an ownership change would result from transactions increasing the
aggregate ownership of certain stockholders in AGL's stock by more than 50 percentage points over a testing period (generally
three years). If an ownership change occurred, the Company's ability to use certain tax attributes, including certain built-in
losses, credits, deductions or tax basis and/or the Company's ability to continue to reflect the associated tax benefits as assets on
AGL's balance sheet, may be limited. The Company cannot give any assurance that AGL will not undergo an ownership change
at a time when these limitations could materially adversely affect the Company's financial condition.
A change in AGL’s U.K. tax residence or its ability to otherwise qualify for the benefits of income tax treaties to which the
U.K. is a party could adversely affect an investment in AGL’s common shares.
AGL is not incorporated in the U.K. and, accordingly, is only resident in the U.K. for U.K. tax purposes if it is
“centrally managed and controlled” in the U.K. Central management and control constitutes the highest level of control of a
company’s affairs. AGL believes it is entitled to take advantage of the benefits of income tax treaties to which the U.K. is a
party on the basis that it is has established central management and control in the U.K. AGL has obtained confirmation that
there is a low risk of challenge to its residency status from HMRC under the facts as they stand today. The Board intends to
manage the affairs of AGL in such a way as to maintain its status as a company that is tax-resident in the U.K. for U.K. tax
purposes and to qualify for the benefits of income tax treaties to which the U.K. is a party. However, the concept of central
management and control is a case-law concept that is not comprehensively defined in U.K. statute. In addition, it is a question
of fact. Moreover, tax treaties may be revised in a way that causes AGL to fail to qualify for benefits thereunder. Accordingly, a
change in relevant U.K. tax law or in tax treaties to which the U.K. is a party, or in AGL’s central management and control as a
factual matter, or other events, could adversely affect the ability of Assured Guaranty to manage its capital in the efficient
manner that it contemplated in establishing U.K. tax residence.
Changes in U.K. tax law or in AGL’s ability to satisfy all the conditions for exemption from U.K. taxation on dividend
income or capital gains in respect of its direct subsidiaries could affect an investment in AGL’s common shares.
As a U.K. tax resident, AGL is subject to U.K. corporation tax in respect of its worldwide profits (both income and
capital gains), subject to applicable exemptions. The rate of corporation tax is currently 19%.
• With respect to income, the dividends that AGL receives from its subsidiaries should be exempt from U.K.
corporation tax under the exemption contained in section 931D of the Corporation Tax Act 2009.
• With respect to capital gains, if AGL were to dispose of shares in its direct subsidiaries or if it were deemed to
have done so, it may realize a chargeable gain for U.K. tax purposes. Any tax charge would be based on AGL’s
original acquisition cost. It is anticipated that any such future gain should qualify for exemption under the
substantial shareholding exemption in Schedule 7AC to the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992. However, the
availability of such exemption would depend on facts at the time of disposal, in particular the “trading” nature of
the relevant subsidiary. There is no statutory definition of what constitutes “trading” activities for this purpose and
in practice reliance is placed on the published guidance of HMRC.
A change in U.K. tax law or its interpretation by HMRC, or any failure to meet all the qualifying conditions for
relevant exemptions from U.K. corporation tax, could affect Assured Guaranty’s financial results of operations or its ability to
provide returns to shareholders.
An adverse adjustment under U.K. legislation governing the taxation of U.K. tax resident holding companies on the profits
of their non-U.K. subsidiaries could adversely impact Assured Guaranty's tax liability.
Under the U.K. "controlled foreign company" regime, the income profits of non-U.K. resident companies may, in
certain circumstances, be attributed to controlling U.K. resident shareholders for U.K. corporation tax purposes. The non-U.K.
resident members of the Assured Guaranty group intend to operate and manage their levels of capital in such a manner that
their profits would not be taxed on AGL under the U.K. CFC regime. Assured Guaranty has obtained clearance from HMRC
that none of the profits of the non-U.K. resident members of the Assured Guaranty group should be subject to U.K. tax as a
result of attribution under the CFC regime on the facts as they currently stand. However, a change in the way in which Assured
Guaranty operates or any further change in the CFC regime, resulting in an attribution to AGL of any of the income profits of
and of AGL's non-U.K. resident subsidiaries for U.K. corporation tax purposes, could adversely affect Assured Guaranty's
financial results of operations.
64
An adverse adjustment under U.K. transfer pricing legislation could adversely impact Assured Guaranty's tax liability.
If any arrangements between U.K. resident companies in the Assured Guaranty group and other members of the
Assured Guaranty group (whether resident in or outside the U.K.) are found not to be on arm's length terms and as a result a
U.K. tax advantage is being obtained, an adjustment will be required to compute U.K. taxable profits as if such arrangement
were on arm's length terms. Any transfer pricing adjustment could adversely affect Assured Guaranty's financial results of
operations.
Since January 1, 2016, the U.K. has implemented a country by country reporting (CBCR) regime whereby large multi-
national enterprises are required to report details of their operations and intra-group transactions in each jurisdiction. The U.K.
CBCR legislation includes power to introduce regulations requiring public disclosure of U.K. CBCR reports, although this
power has not yet been exercised. It is possible that Assured Guaranty's approach to transfer pricing may become subject to
greater scrutiny from the tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which the group operates in consequence of the implementation
of a CBCR regime in the U.K. (or other jurisdictions).
Assured Guaranty's financial results may be affected by measures taken in response to the OECD BEPS project.
The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) published its final reports on Base Erosion
and Profit Shifting (the BEPS Reports) in October 2015. The recommended actions include measures to address the abuse of
double tax treaties, and an updating of the definition of a “permanent establishment” and the rules for attributing profit to a
permanent establishment. There are also recommended actions relating to the goal of ensuring that transfer pricing outcomes
are in line with value creation, noting that the current rules may facilitate the transfer of risks or capital away from countries
where the economic activity takes place. In response to this, the U.K. Government has already introduced legislation to
implement changes to transfer pricing, hybrid financial instruments and the deductibility of interest and to impose country-by-
country reporting obligations. The U.K. Government has also ratified the multilateral instrument, which was developed as a
result of the BEPS Report, with regard to changes to the U.K. double tax treaties. Any further changes in U.K. tax law or
changes in U.S. tax law in response to the BEPS Reports could adversely affect Assured Guaranty’s tax liability.
A U.K. tax, the diverted profits tax (DPT), which is levied at 25%, came into effect from April 1, 2015, and, in
substance, effectively anticipated some of the recommendations emerging from the BEPS Reports. This is an anti-avoidance
measure, aimed at protecting the U.K. tax base against the diversion of profits away from the U.K. tax charge. In particular,
DPT may apply to profits generated by economic activities carried out in the U.K., that are not taxed in the U.K. by reason of
arrangements between companies in the same multinational group and involving a low-tax jurisdiction, including co-insurance
and reinsurance. It is currently unclear whether DPT would constitute a creditable tax for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. If
any member of the Assured Guaranty group is liable to DPT, this could adversely affect the Company's results of operations.
In May 2019, the OECD published a “Programme of Work” designed to address the tax challenges created by an
increasingly digitalized economy. The Programme is divided into two pillars. The first pillar focuses on the allocation of group
profits between jurisdictions based on a new nexus rule that looks to the jurisdiction of the customer or user (the so-called
“market jurisdiction”) as a supplement to the traditional “permanent establishment” concept. The outline proposals are broadly
drafted and it is not possible to determine at this time whether they will, when implemented, apply to the financial guarantee
sector and, if so, whether they would have any material adverse impact on the Company's operations and results. The second
pillar addresses the remaining BEPS risk of profit shifting to entities in low jurisdictions by introducing a global minimum tax
rate. Possible measures to implement such rate include the imposition of source-based taxation (including withholding tax) on
certain payments to low tax jurisdictions and an effective extension of a “controlled foreign company” regime whereby parent
companies would be subject to a “top-up” tax on the profits of all their subsidiaries in low tax jurisdictions. Again, to date, the
outlined proposals are broadly described and it is not possible to determine their impact. They could adversely affect Assured
Guaranty’s tax liability.
65
Risks Related to GAAP, Applicable Law and Litigation
Changes in the fair value of the Company's insured credit derivatives portfolio may subject net income to volatility.
The Company is required to mark-to-market certain derivatives that it insures, including CDS that are considered
derivatives under GAAP. Although there is no cash flow effect from this "marking-to-market," net changes in the fair value of
the derivative are reported in the Company's consolidated statements of operations and therefore affect its reported earnings. As
a result of such treatment, and given the principal balance of the Company's CDS portfolio, small changes in the market pricing
for insurance of CDS will generally result in the Company recognizing gains or losses, with material market price increases
generally resulting in material reported losses under GAAP. Accordingly, the Company's GAAP earnings will be more volatile
than would be suggested by the actual performance of its business operations and insured portfolio.
The fair value of a credit derivative will be affected by any event causing changes in the credit spread (i.e., the
difference in interest rates between comparable securities having different credit risk) on an underlying security referenced in
the credit derivative. Common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying public finance or structured finance
security referenced in a credit derivative to fluctuate include changes in the state of national or regional economic conditions,
industry cyclicality, changes to a company's competitive position within an industry, management changes, changes in the
ratings of the underlying security, movements in interest rates, default or failure to pay interest, or any other factor leading
investors to revise expectations about the underlying issuer's ability to pay principal and interest on its debt obligations.
Similarly, common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying structured security referenced in a credit derivative to
fluctuate may include the occurrence and severity of collateral defaults, changes in demographic trends and their impact on the
levels of credit enhancement, rating changes, changes in interest rates or prepayment speeds, or any other factor leading
investors to revise expectations about the risk of the collateral or the ability of the servicer to collect payments on the
underlying assets sufficient to pay principal and interest. The fair value of credit derivative contracts also reflects the change in
the Company's own credit cost, based on the price to purchase credit protection on AGC. For discussion of the Company's fair
value methodology for credit derivatives, see Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 9, Fair Value
Measurement.
If a credit derivative is held to maturity and no credit loss is incurred, any unrealized gains or losses previously
reported would be reversed as the transactions reach maturity. Due to the complexity of fair value accounting and the
application of GAAP requirements, future amendments or interpretations of relevant accounting standards may cause the
Company to modify its accounting methodology in a manner which may have an adverse impact on its financial results.
Changes in the fair value of financial guaranty variable interest entities or the funds it both manages and invests in and
certain CLOs it manages, or the Company’s decision to consolidate or deconsolidate one or more entities during a financial
reporting period, may subject the Company’s assets and liabilities to volatility.
The Company is required to consolidate VIEs with respect to which it has provided financial guaranties (FG VIE) if it
concludes that it is the primary beneficiary of that FG VIE. The effects of consolidating FG VIEs includes (i) changes in fair
value gains (losses) on FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities, (ii) the elimination of premiums and losses related to the AGC and AGM
FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse and (iii) the elimination of investment balances related to the Company’s purchase of AGC
and AGM insured FG VIEs’ debt. Upon consolidation of a FG VIE, the related insurance and, if applicable, the related
investment balances, are considered intercompany transactions and therefore eliminated. The Company continuously evaluates
its power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of FG VIEs and, accordingly, where
the Company is obligated to absorb FG VIE losses or receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the FG VIE. The
Company is deemed to be the control party for certain FG VIEs under GAAP, typically when its protective rights give it the
power to both terminate and replace the deal servicer, which are characteristics specific to the Company's financial guaranty
contracts. If the protective rights that could make the Company the control party have not been triggered, then the FG VIE is
not consolidated. If the Company is deemed no longer to have those protective rights, the FG VIE is deconsolidated. See Part
II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 14, Variable Interest Entities.
The Company is also required to consolidate VIEs with respect to funds which it both manages and invests in (AM
VIE) and certain CLOs it manages (CLO VIE) if it concludes that it is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The effects of
consolidating AM VIEs and CLO VIEs includes (i) changes in fair value gains (losses) on consolidated investments’ assets and
liabilities, (ii) the elimination of intercompany investments and debt between CLO VIEs and underlying CLOs, (iii) the
elimination of investment balances related to the insurance subsidiaries’ purchase of AM VIEs, and (iv) the recording of
noncontrolling interests representing the portion of such AM VIEs that are not owned by the Company’s insurance subsidiaries.
The Company continuously evaluates its power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance
of AM VIEs and CLO VIEs, which is typically the management of their assets. The Company is deemed to be the control party
66
for certain VIEs under GAAP, typically when it both manages the investment vehicle or fund, and has a significant investment
in such vehicle or fund. See Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 14, Variable Interest Entities.
Change in industry and other accounting practices could impair the Company's reported financial results and impede its
ability to do business.
Changes in or the issuance of new accounting standards, as well as any changes in the interpretation of current
accounting guidance, may have an adverse effect on the Company's reported financial results, including future revenues, and
may influence the types and/or volume of business that management may choose to pursue. See Part II, Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1, Business and Basis of Presentation, for a discussion of the future application of
accounting standards.
Changes in or inability to comply with applicable law and regulations could adversely affect the Company's ability to do
business.
The Company’s businesses are subject to detailed insurance, asset management and other financial services laws and
government regulation in all of the jurisdictions in which it operates across the globe. In addition to the insurance, asset
management and other regulations and laws specific to the industries in which it operates, regulatory agencies in jurisdictions
in which the Company operates across the globe have broad administrative power of many aspects of the Company’s business,
which may include ethical issues, money laundering, privacy, recordkeeping and marketing and sales practices. Future
legislative, regulatory, judicial or other legal changes in the jurisdictions in which the Company does business may adversely
affect its ability to pursue its current mix of business, thereby materially impacting its financial results by, among other things,
limiting the types of risks it may insure, lowering applicable single or aggregate risk limits related to its insurance business,
increasing required reserves or capital for its insurance subsidiaries, increasing the level of supervision or regulation to which
the Company’s operations may be subject, imposing restrictions that make the Company’s products less attractive to potential
buyers and investors, lowering the profitability of the Company’s business activities, requiring the Company to change certain
of its business practices and exposing it to additional costs (including increased compliance costs).
Compliance with applicable laws and regulations is time consuming and personnel-intensive. If the Company fails to
comply with applicable insurance or investment advisory laws and regulations it could be exposed to fines, the loss of
insurance or investment advisory licenses, limitations on the right to originate new business and restrictions on its ability to pay
dividends, all of which could have an adverse impact on its business results and prospects. If an insurance subsidiary’s surplus
declines below minimum required levels, the insurance regulator could impose additional restrictions on the insurance
subsidiary or initiate insolvency proceedings. AGM, AGC and MAC may increase surplus by various means, including
obtaining capital contributions from the Company, purchasing reinsurance or entering into other loss mitigation arrangements,
reducing the amount of new business written or obtaining regulatory approval to release contingency reserves. From time to
time, AGM, MAC and AGC have obtained approval from their regulators to release contingency reserves based on losses or
because the accumulated contingency reserve is deemed excessive in relation to the insurer's outstanding insured obligations.
Legislation or litigation arising out of the struggles of distressed obligors may materially impact the Company’s legal rights
as creditor both in the instance at hand and more generally.
Borrower distress or default, whether or not the relevant obligation is insured by one of the Company’s insurance
subsidiaries, may result in legislation or litigation that may impact the Company’s legal rights as creditor. For example, the
default by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico on much of its debt and the strategy Puerto Rico has chosen to employ have
resulted in both legislation and litigation that is continuing to impact the Company’s rights as creditor, most directly in Puerto
Rico but also elsewhere in the U.S. municipal market. In addition to a number of laws and decrees in Puerto Rico, the U.S.
government enacted PROMESA and established the Oversight Board which are directly impacting the Company’s ability
enforce the contractual and constitutional rights it understood itself to have at the time it insured the obligations. In addition,
there is a great deal of litigation (both involving the Company and not involving the Company) relating to Puerto Rico’s bond
defaults that may impact the Company’s rights in Puerto Rico as well as creditor rights more generally. For example, the United
States Court of Appeals for the First Circuit decided that the Bankruptcy Code permits, but does not require, continued payment
of special revenues by a debtor during the pendency of a bankruptcy proceeding, while most professionals involved in the
municipal market understood the continued payment of special revenues by a debtor during the pendency of a bankruptcy case
is mandatory. The Company cannot predict how these or future legislative developments or litigation may impact the Company
and its business.
The Company is, and may be in the future, involved in litigation, both as a defendant and as a plaintiff, in the ordinary
course of its insurance and asset management business and other business operations. The outcome of such litigation could
67
materially impact the Company’s loss reserves and results of operations and cash flows. For a discussion of material litigation,
see Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure; Note 6, Expected
Losses to be Paid; and Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies.
AGL's ability to pay dividends may be constrained by certain insurance regulatory requirements and restrictions.
AGL is subject to Bermuda regulatory requirements that affect its ability to pay dividends on common shares and to
make other payments. Under the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended, AGL may declare or pay a dividend only if it has
reasonable grounds for believing that it is, and after the payment would be, able to pay its liabilities as they become due, and if
the realizable value of its assets would not be less than its liabilities. While AGL currently intends to pay dividends on its
common shares, investors who require dividend income should carefully consider these risks before investing in AGL. In
addition, if, pursuant to the insurance laws and related regulations of Bermuda, Maryland and New York, AGL's insurance
subsidiaries cannot pay sufficient dividends to AGL at the times or in the amounts that it requires and AGL’s other operating
subsidiaries were unable to provide such funds, it would have an adverse effect on AGL's ability to pay dividends to
shareholders. See “-- Operational Risks -- The ability of AGL and its subsidiaries to meet their liquidity needs may be limited.”
Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control of AGL.
Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. or U.K. insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained
from the insurance commissioner of the state or country where the insurer is domiciled. Because a person acquiring 10% or
more of AGL's common shares would indirectly control the same percentage of the stock of its U.S. insurance subsidiaries, the
insurance change of control laws of Maryland, New York and the U.K. would likely apply to such a transaction. These laws
may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of AGL, including through
transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of its shareholders might consider to be desirable. While
AGL's Bye-Laws limit the voting power of any shareholder to less than 10%, the Company cannot provide assurances that the
applicable regulatory body would agree that a shareholder who owned 10% or more of its common shares did not control the
applicable insurance subsidiary, notwithstanding the limitation on the voting power of such shares.
Changes in applicable laws and regulations resulting from the withdrawal of the U.K. from the EU may adversely affect the
Company.
The U.K. is withdrawing from the EU in a process commonly known as Brexit. See Item 1, Business, Regulation
above. Given the lack of clarity on the ultimate post-Brexit relationship between U.K. and the EU, the Company cannot fully
determine what, if any, impact Brexit may have on its operations, both inside and outside the U.K., or what impact Brexit may
have on the economies of the markets the Company serves. The Company has established and obtained authorization for a new
subsidiary in France, AGE SA, to facilitate its operations. The current intention of AGE UK, the Company’s U.K. subsidiary, is
to transfer those of its existing policies that are affected by Brexit to AGE SA, in order for the new subsidiary to administer
them. AGE SA is also able to originate new guarantee business in the EU.
68
Risks Related to AGL's Common Shares
The market price of AGL's common shares may be volatile, which could cause the value of an investment in the Company to
decline.
The market price of AGL's common shares has experienced, and may continue to experience, significant volatility.
Numerous factors, including many over which the Company has no control, may have a significant impact on the market price
of its common shares. These risks include those described or referred to in this "Risk Factors" section as well as, among other
things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
investor perceptions of the Company, its prospects and that of the financial guaranty and asset management
industries and the markets in which the Company operates;
the Company's operating and financial performance;
the Company's access to financial and capital markets to raise additional capital, refinance its debt or replace
existing senior secured credit and receivables-backed facilities;
the Company's ability to repay debt;
the Company's dividend policy;
the amount of share repurchases authorized by the Company;
future sales of equity or equity-related securities;
changes in earnings estimates or buy/sell recommendations by analysts; and
general financial, economic and other market conditions.
In addition, the stock market in recent years has experienced extreme price and trading volume fluctuations that often
have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of individual companies. These broad market fluctuations
may adversely affect the price of AGL's common shares, regardless of its operating performance.
Furthermore, future sales or other issuances of AGL equity may adversely affect the market price of its common
shares.
AGL's common shares are equity securities and are junior to existing and future indebtedness.
As equity interests, AGL's common shares rank junior to indebtedness and to other non-equity claims on AGL and its
assets available to satisfy claims on AGL, including claims in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding. For example, upon
liquidation, holders of AGL debt securities and shares of preferred stock and creditors would receive distributions of AGL's
available assets prior to the holders of AGL common shares. Similarly, creditors, including holders of debt securities, of AGL's
subsidiaries, have priority on the assets of those subsidiaries. Future indebtedness may restrict payment of dividends on the
common shares.
Additionally, unlike indebtedness, where principal and interest customarily are payable on specified due dates, in the
case of common shares, dividends are payable only when and if declared by AGL's Board or a duly authorized committee of
the Board. Further, the common shares place no restrictions on its business or operations or on its ability to incur indebtedness
or engage in any transactions, subject only to the voting rights available to stockholders generally.
Provisions in the Code and AGL's Bye-Laws may reduce or increase the voting rights of its common shares.
Under the Code, AGL's Bye-Laws and contractual arrangements, certain shareholders have their voting rights limited
to less than one vote per share, resulting in other shareholders having voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover,
the relevant provisions of the Code and AGL's Bye-Laws may have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who
would not otherwise be subject to the limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership.
More specifically, pursuant to the relevant provisions of the Code, if, and so long as, the common shares of a
shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined under section 958 of the Code) of any U.S. Person and such
69
controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by AGL's issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the
controlled shares of such U.S. Person (a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder) are limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than
9.5%, under a formula specified in AGL's Bye-Laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S.
Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. For these purposes, "controlled shares" include, among other things, all
shares of AGL that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958
of the Code).
In addition, the Board may limit a shareholder's voting rights where it deems appropriate to do so to (1) avoid the
existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholders, and (2) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the
Company or any of the Company's subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. AGL's Bye-Laws provide that shareholders
will be notified of their voting interests prior to any vote taken by them.
As a result of any such reallocation of votes, the voting rights of a holder of AGL common shares might increase
above 5% of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding common shares, thereby possibly resulting in such holder becoming
a reporting person subject to Schedule 13D or 13G filing requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition,
the reallocation of votes could result in such holder becoming subject to the short swing profit recovery and filing requirements
under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
AGL also has the authority under its Bye-Laws to request information from any shareholder for the purpose of
determining whether a shareholder's voting rights are to be reallocated under the Bye-Laws. If a shareholder fails to respond to
a request for information or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to a request, the Company may, in its
sole discretion, eliminate such shareholder's voting rights.
Provisions in AGL's Bye-Laws may restrict the ability to transfer common shares, and may require shareholders to sell their
common shares.
AGL's Board may decline to approve or register a transfer of any common shares (1) if it appears to the Board, after
taking into account the limitations on voting rights contained in AGL's Bye-Laws, that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal
consequences to AGL, any of its subsidiaries or any of its shareholders may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such
as the Board considers to be de minimis), or (2) subject to any applicable requirements of or commitments to the NYSE, if a
written opinion from counsel supporting the legality of the transaction under U.S. securities laws has not been provided or if
any required governmental approvals have not been obtained.
AGL's Bye-Laws also provide that if the Board determines that share ownership by a person may result in adverse tax,
legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any of the subsidiaries or any of the shareholders (other than such as the
Board considers to be de minimis), then AGL has the option, but not the obligation, to require that shareholder to sell to AGL or
to third parties to whom AGL assigns the repurchase right for fair market value the minimum number of common shares held
by such person which is necessary to eliminate such adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The principal executive offices of AGL and AG Re consist of approximately 8,250 square feet of office space located
in Hamilton, Bermuda; the lease for this space expires in April 2021 and is renewable at the option of the Company.
In New York City, the U.S. insurance subsidiaries lease office spaces consisting of 103,500 square feet of office space
at one location subject to a lease expiring in February 2032, with an option, subject to certain conditions, to renew for five
years at a fair market rent, and the U.S. asset management subsidiaries lease office space consisting of 78,400 square feet of
office space at another location subject to a lease expiring in March 2024. The U.S. insurance subsidiaries also lease office
space in San Francisco. In addition, AGE UK and the European operations of the Assured Investment Management platform
lease separate office space in London.
Management believes its office space is adequate for its current and anticipated needs.
70
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company's business. It is the opinion of the Company's management,
based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of litigation against the Company, individually or in the
aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or liquidity, although an adverse
resolution of litigation against the Company in a fiscal quarter or year could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations in a particular quarter or year.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of the AGL's insurance subsidiaries are in
litigation with third parties to recover losses paid in prior periods or prevent losses in the future. For example, the Company has
commenced a number of legal actions in the U.S. District Court for the District of Puerto Rico to enforce its rights with respect
to the obligations it insures of Puerto Rico and various of its related authorities and public corporations. See the "Exposure to
Puerto Rico" section of Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure,
for a description of such actions. See also the "Recovery Litigation" section of Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, Note 6, Expected Losses to be Paid, for a description of recovery litigation unrelated to Puerto Rico. Also
in the ordinary course of their respective business, certain of AGL's investment management subsidiaries and the funds
managed by them are involved in litigation with third parties regarding fees, appraisals, or portfolio company investments. The
amounts, if any, the Company will recover in these and other proceedings are uncertain, and recoveries, or failure to obtain
recoveries, in any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or year could be material to the Company's results of
operations in that particular quarter or year.
The Company establishes accruals for litigation and regulatory matters to the extent it is probable that a loss has been
incurred and the amount of that loss can be reasonably estimated. For litigation and regulatory matters where a loss may be
reasonably possible, but not probable, or is probable but not reasonably estimable, no accrual is established, but if the matter is
material, it is disclosed, including matters discussed below. The Company reviews relevant information with respect to its
litigation and regulatory matters on a quarterly and annual basis and updates its accruals, disclosures and estimates of
reasonably possible loss based on such reviews.
The Company receives subpoenas duces tecum and interrogatories from regulators from time to time.
On November 28, 2011, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) (in administration) (LBIE) sued AG Financial
Products Inc. (AGFP), an affiliate of AGC which in the past had provided credit protection to counterparties under CDS. AGC
acts as the credit support provider of AGFP under these CDS. LBIE’s complaint, which was filed in the Supreme Court of the
State of New York, asserted a claim for breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing based on AGFP's
termination of nine credit derivative transactions between LBIE and AGFP and asserted claims for breach of contract and
breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing based on AGFP's termination of 28 other credit derivative
transactions between LBIE and AGFP and AGFP's calculation of the termination payment in connection with those 28 other
credit derivative transactions. Following defaults by LBIE, AGFP properly terminated the transactions in question in
compliance with the agreement between AGFP and LBIE, and calculated the termination payment properly. AGFP calculated
that LBIE owes AGFP approximately $4 million for the claims which were dismissed and approximately $25 million in
connection with the termination of the other credit derivative transactions, whereas LBIE asserted in the complaint that AGFP
owes LBIE a termination payment of approximately $1.4 billion. AGFP filed a motion to dismiss the claims for breach of the
implied covenant of good faith in LBIE's complaint, and on March 15, 2013, the court granted AGFP's motion to dismiss in
respect of the count relating to the nine credit derivative transactions and narrowed LBIE's claim with respect to the 28 other
credit derivative transactions. LBIE's administrators disclosed in an April 10, 2015 report to LBIE’s unsecured creditors that
LBIE's valuation expert has calculated LBIE's claim for damages in aggregate for the 28 transactions to range between a
minimum of approximately $200 million and a maximum of approximately $500 million, depending on what adjustment, if
any, is made for AGFP's credit risk and excluding any applicable interest. AGFP filed a motion for summary judgment on the
remaining causes of action asserted by LBIE and on AGFP's counterclaims and on July 2, 2018, the court granted in part and
denied in part AGFP’s motion. The court dismissed, in its entirety, LBIE’s remaining claim for breach of the implied covenant
of good faith and fair dealing and also dismissed LBIE’s claim for breach of contract solely to the extent that it is based upon
AGFP’s conduct in connection with the auction. With respect to LBIE’s claim for breach of contract, the court held that there
are triable issues of fact regarding whether AGFP calculated its loss reasonably and in good faith. On October 1, 2018, AGFP
filed an appeal with the Appellate Division of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, First Judicial Department, seeking
reversal of the portions of the lower court's ruling denying AGFP’s motion for summary judgment with respect to LBIE’s sole
remaining claim for breach of contract. On January 17, 2019, the Appellate Division affirmed the Supreme Court's decision,
holding that the lower court correctly determined that there are triable issues of fact regarding whether AGFP calculated its loss
reasonably and in good faith. A trial has been scheduled for March 2020.
71
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
Information About Our Executive Officers
The table below sets forth the names, ages, positions and business experience of the executive officers of AGL.
Name
Dominic J. Frederico
Robert A. Bailenson
Ling Chow
Howard W. Albert
Laura Bieling
Russell B. Brewer II
Stephen Donnarumma
Andrew Feldstein
Age
67
53
49
60
53
62
57
55
President and Chief Executive Officer; Deputy Chairman
Position(s)
Chief Financial Officer
General Counsel and Secretary
Chief Risk Officer
Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
Chief Surveillance Officer
Chief Credit Officer
Chief Investment Officer and Head of Asset Management of Assured
Guaranty
Dominic J. Frederico has been a director of AGL since the Company's 2004 initial public offering and the President
and Chief Executive Officer of AGL since December 2003. Mr. Frederico served as Vice Chairman of ACE Limited from 2003
until 2004 and served as President and Chief Operating Officer of ACE Limited and Chairman of ACE INA Holdings, Inc. from
1999 to 2003. Mr. Frederico was a director of ACE Limited from 2001 through May 2005. From 1995 to 1999 Mr. Frederico
served in a number of executive positions with ACE Limited. Prior to joining ACE Limited, Mr. Frederico spent 13 years
working for various subsidiaries of American International Group.
Robert A. Bailenson has been Chief Financial Officer of AGL since June 2011. Mr. Bailenson has been with Assured
Guaranty and its predecessor companies since 1990. Mr. Bailenson became Chief Accounting Officer of AGC in 2003, of AGL
in May 2005, and of AGM in July 2009, and served in such capacities until 2019. He was Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
of AG Re from 1999 until 2003 and was previously the Assistant Controller of Capital Re Corp., the Company's predecessor.
Ling Chow has been General Counsel and Secretary of AGL since January 1, 2018. She is responsible for legal affairs
and corporate governance at the Company, including its litigation and other legal strategies relating to distressed credits, and its
corporate, compliance, regulatory and disclosure efforts. Ms. Chow previously served as Deputy General Counsel and Assistant
Secretary of AGL from May 2015 and as Assured Guaranty's U.S. General Counsel from June 2016. Prior to that, Ms. Chow
served as Deputy General Counsel of Assured Guaranty's U.S. subsidiaries in several capacities from 2004. Before joining
Assured Guaranty in 2002, Ms. Chow was an associate at law firms in New York City, most recently Brobeck, Phleger &
Harrison LLP, where she was a senior associate responsible for transactional work associated with public and private mergers
and acquisitions, venture capital investments, and private and public securities offerings.
Howard W. Albert has been Chief Risk Officer of AGL since May 2011. Prior to that, he was Chief Credit Officer of
AGL from 2004 to April 2011. Mr. Albert joined Assured Guaranty in September 1999 as Chief Underwriting Officer of
Capital Re Company, the predecessor to AGC. Before joining Assured Guaranty, he was a Senior Vice President with
Rothschild Inc. from February 1997 to August 1999. Prior to that, he spent eight years at Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company from May 1989 to February 1997, where he was responsible for underwriting guaranties of asset-backed securities
and international infrastructure transactions. Prior to that, he was employed by Prudential Capital, an investment arm of The
Prudential Insurance Company of America, from September 1984 to April 1989, where he underwrote investments in asset-
backed securities, corporate loans and project financings.
Laura Bieling has been the Chief Accounting Officer and Controller of AGL since May 2019 and the Controller of
AGM and AGC since 2011. Ms. Bieling has been with AGM since 2000, and was the Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
of AGMH from 2004 until July of 2009. Prior to joining AGM, Ms. Bieling was a Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers,
LLP.
72
Russell B. Brewer II has been Chief Surveillance Officer of AGL since November 2009 and Chief Surveillance
Officer of AGC and AGM since July 2009 and has also been responsible for information technology at Assured Guaranty since
April 2015. Mr. Brewer has been with AGM since 1986. Mr. Brewer was Chief Risk Management Officer of AGM from
September 2003 until July 2009 and Chief Underwriting Officer of AGM from September 1990 until September 2003.
Mr. Brewer was also a member of the Executive Management Committee of AGM. He was a Managing Director of AGMH
from May 1999 until July 2009. From March 1989 to August 1990, Mr. Brewer was Managing Director, Asset Finance Group,
of AGM. Prior to joining AGM, Mr. Brewer was an Associate Director of Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
Stephen Donnarumma has been the Chief Credit Officer of AGC since 2007, of AGM since its 2009 acquisition, and
of MAC since its 2012 capitalization. Mr. Donnarumma has been with Assured Guaranty since 1993. Over the past 25 years,
Mr. Donnarumma has held a number of positions at Assured Guaranty, including Deputy Chief Credit Officer of AGL, Chief
Operating Officer and Chief Underwriting Officer of AG Re, Chief Risk Officer of AGC, and Senior Managing Director, Head
of Mortgage and Asset-backed Securities of AGC. Prior to joining Assured Guaranty, Mr. Donnarumma was with Financial
Guaranty Insurance Company from 1989 until 1993, where his responsibilities included underwriting domestic and
international financial guaranty transactions. Prior to that, he served as a Director of Credit Risk Analysis at Fannie Mae
from 1987 until 1989. Mr. Donnarumma was also an analyst with Moody’s Investors Services from 1985 until 1987.
Andrew Feldstein has been the Chief Investment Officer and Head of Asset Management of Assured Guaranty since
October 2019. Mr. Feldstein co-founded BlueMountain, which the Company acquired in 2019, and continues to serve as its
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer. Prior to co-founding BlueMountain in 2003, Mr. Feldstein spent more
than a decade at J.P. Morgan, where he was a Managing Director and served as Head of Structured Credit; Head of High Yield
Sales, Trading and Research; and Head of Global Credit Portfolio.
73
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
AGL's common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol "AGO." On February 25, 2020, the approximate
number of shareholders of record at the close of business on that date was 80.
AGL is a holding company whose principal source of income is dividends from its operating subsidiaries. The ability
of the operating subsidiaries to pay dividends to AGL and AGL's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders are each subject to
legal and regulatory restrictions. The declaration and payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of AGL's Board and
will be dependent upon the Company's profits and financial requirements and other factors, including legal restrictions on the
payment of dividends and such other factors as the Board deems relevant. AGL paid quarterly cash dividends in the amount of
$0.18 and $0.16 per common share in 2019 and 2018, respectively. For more information concerning AGL's dividends, see
Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis, Liquidity and Capital Resources and Item 8, Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, Note 21, Shareholders' Equity.
Issuer’s Purchases of Equity Securities
In 2019, the Company repurchased a total of 11.2 million common shares for approximately $500 million at an
average price of $44.79 per share. From time to time, the Board authorizes the repurchase of common shares. Most recently, on
February 26, 2020, the Board approved an additional $250 million of share repurchases, and the remaining authorization, as of
February 27, 2020, is $408 million. The Company expects future common share repurchases under the current authorization to
be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing, form and amount of the share
repurchases are at the discretion of management and will depend on a variety of factors, including availability of funds at the
holding companies, other potential uses for such funds, market conditions, the Company's capital position, legal requirements
and other factors. The repurchase authorization may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board at any time. It does not
have an expiration date. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 21, Shareholders' Equity for
additional information about share repurchases and authorizations.
The following table reflects purchases of AGL common shares made by the Company during the fourth quarter of
2019.
Period
October 1 - October 31
November 1 - November 30
December 1 - December 31
Total
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
1,064,208
1,078,733
1,224,646
3,367,587
$
$
$
$
45.68
48.34
49.66
47.98
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Program (1)
1,062,300
1,076,436
1,196,781
3,335,517
Maximum Number (or
Approximate Dollar
Value)
of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the Program(2)
309,345,134
257,307,202
197,873,422
____________________
(1)
After giving effect to repurchases since the beginning of 2013 through February 27, 2020 the Company has
repurchased a total of 106.6 million common shares for approximately $3,256 million, excluding commissions, at an
average price of $30.56 per share.
(2)
Excludes commissions.
74
Performance Graph
Set forth below are a line graph and a table comparing the dollar change in the cumulative total shareholder return on
AGL's common shares from December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2019 as compared to the cumulative total return of the
Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index, the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor's 500 Financials Sector GICS Level 1
Index and the cumulative total return of the Russell Midcap Financial Services Index. The Company added the Russell Midcap
Financial Services Index in 2018 because it believes that this index, which includes the Company, provides a useful comparison
to other companies in the financial services sector, and excludes companies that are included in the Standard & Poor's 500
Financials Sector GICS Level 1 Index but are many times larger than the Company. The chart and table depict the value on
December 31 of each year from 2014 through 2019 of a $100 investment made on December 31, 2014, with all dividends
reinvested:
12/31/2014
12/31/2015
12/31/2016
12/31/2017
12/31/2018
12/31/2019
Assured Guaranty
S&P 500 Index
S&P 500
Financials Sector
GICS Level 1 Index
Russell Midcap
Financial Services
Index
$
100.00
$
100.00
$
100.00
$
103.50
150.70
137.08
157.58
205.06
101.37
113.49
138.26
132.19
173.80
98.44
120.83
147.58
128.34
169.52
100.00
102.35
117.86
137.44
123.64
165.13
___________________
Source: Calculated from total returns published by Bloomberg.
75
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data should be read together with the other information contained in this Form 10-K,
including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Certain prior year balances have been reclassified
to conform to the current year's presentation.
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Statement of operations data:
Revenues:
Net earned premiums
Net investment income (1)
Asset management fees
Net realized investment gains (losses)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement
Bargain purchase gain and settlement of pre-existing
relationships
Commutation gains (losses)
Other income (loss) (1)
Total revenues
Expenses:
Loss and loss adjustment expenses
Interest expense
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs (DAC)
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
Other operating expenses
Total expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in net
earnings of investees
Equity in net earnings of investees (1)
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss)
Less: Redeemable noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd. $
Diluted earnings per share
Cash dividends declared per share
$
$
$
548
395
—
(32)
112
14
(37)
—
(16)
17
$
690
417
—
40
111
30
60
58
328
5
$
864
408
—
(29)
98
38
(37)
259
8
66
766
423
—
(26)
728
38
(18)
214
28
51
1,001
1,739
1,675
2,204
64
94
16
152
96
422
579
1
580
59
521
—
388
97
19
143
101
748
991
—
991
261
730
—
$
$
$
521
4.68
0.64
$
$
$
730
5.96
0.57
$
$
$
295
102
18
133
112
660
1,015
2
1,017
136
881
—
881
6.56
0.52
$
$
$
424
101
20
126
105
776
1,428
3
1,431
375
1,056
—
1,056
7.08
0.48
$
$
476
378
22
22
(6)
42
24
—
1
4
963
93
89
18
178
125
503
460
4
464
63
401
(1)
402
4.00
0.72
76
Balance sheet data:
Assets:
Investments and cash
Premiums receivable, net of commissions payable
Ceded unearned premium reserve
Salvage and subrogation recoverable
Variable interest entities’ assets (3)
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Total assets
Liabilities and shareholders' equity:
Unearned premium reserve
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserve
Long-term debt
Credit derivative liabilities
Variable interest entities’ liabilities (3)
Total liabilities
Shareholders' equity attributable to Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
Shareholders' equity
Shareholders' equity attributable to Assured
Guaranty Ltd. per share
Consolidated statutory financial information:
Policyholders' surplus
Contingency reserve
Claims-paying resources (2)
Financial Guaranty Exposure:
Net debt service outstanding
Net par outstanding
Asset Management Data:
Assets under management
___________________
As of December 31,
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
$
10,409
$
10,977
$
11,539
$
11,103
$
11,358
1,286
39
747
1,014
216
14,326
3,736
1,050
1,235
191
951
7,674
6,639
6,645
904
59
490
569
24
915
119
572
700
24
576
206
365
876
25
13,603
14,433
14,151
3,512
1,177
1,233
209
619
7,048
6,555
6,555
3,475
1,444
1,292
271
757
7,594
6,839
6,839
3,511
1,127
1,306
402
958
7,647
6,504
6,504
693
232
126
1,261
24
14,544
3,996
1,067
1,300
446
1,349
8,481
6,063
6,063
71.18
63.23
58.95
50.82
43.96
$
5,056
$
5,148
$
5,305
$
5,126
$
1,607
11,162
1,663
11,815
1,750
12,021
2,008
11,954
4,631
2,263
12,567
$ 374,130
$ 371,586
$ 401,118
$ 437,535
$ 536,341
236,807
241,802
264,952
296,318
358,571
17,827
—
—
—
—
(1)
(2)
The presentation of equity in net earnings of investees was changed in 2019 to reflect amounts previously reported in
net investment income and other income to a separate line item on the consolidated statements of operations.
Based on accounting practices prescribed or permitted by U.S. insurance regulatory authorities, for all insurance
subsidiaries. Claims-paying resources is calculated as the sum of statutory policyholders' surplus, statutory
contingency reserve, unearned premium reserves and net deferred ceding commission income, statutory loss and LAE
reserves, present value of installment premium on all insurance contracts regardless of form, discounted at 6%,
standby lines of credit/stop loss and excess-of-loss reinsurance facility. Total claims-paying resources is used by the
Company to evaluate the adequacy of capital resources.
(3)
Beginning in 2019, variable interest entities’ assets and liabilities include consolidated investment vehicles.
77
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Executive Summary
For a more detailed description of events, trends and uncertainties, as well as the capital, liquidity, credit, operational
and market risks and the critical accounting policies and estimates affecting the Company, the following discussion and analysis
of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in its entirety with the Company’s consolidated
financial statements and accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The following discussion and analysis
of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations contains forward looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. See “Forward Looking Statements” for more information. The Company's actual results could differ materially
from those anticipated in these forward looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and
elsewhere in this Form 10-K, particularly under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Forward Looking Statements.”
Overview
Beginning in fourth quarter 2019, after the acquisition of BlueMountain, the Company realigned its reporting structure
to be consistent with how management now views its different business lines. Management views its businesses in two distinct
segments: Insurance and Asset Management. The Company's Corporate division activities are presented separately. The
Insurance and Asset Management businesses are conducted through separate legal entities, which is the basis on which the
results of operations are presented and reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (CODM) to assess performance and
allocate resources.
In the Insurance segment, the Company provides credit protection products to the U.S. and international public finance
(including infrastructure) and structured finance markets. The Company applies its credit underwriting judgment, risk
management skills and capital markets experience primarily to offer credit protection products to holders of debt instruments
and other monetary obligations that protect them from defaults in scheduled payments. If an obligor defaults on a scheduled
payment due on an obligation, including a scheduled debt service payment, the Company is required under its unconditional
and irrevocable financial guaranty to pay the amount of the shortfall to the holder of the obligation. The Company markets its
credit protection products directly to issuers and underwriters of public finance and structured finance securities as well as to
investors in such obligations. The Company guarantees obligations issued principally in the U.S. and the U.K., and also
guarantees obligations issued in other countries and regions, including Western Europe, Canada and Australia. The Company
also provides other forms of insurance that are consistent with its risk profile and benefit from its underwriting experience.
Premiums are earned over the contractual lives, or in the case of homogeneous pools of insured obligations, the
remaining expected lives, of financial guaranty insurance contracts. The Company estimates remaining expected lives of its
insured obligations and makes prospective adjustments for such changes in expected lives. Scheduled net earned premiums
decrease each year unless replaced by a higher amount of new business, reassumptions of previously ceded business, or books
of business acquired in a business combination.
In the Asset Management segment, Assured Investment Management provides investment advisory services, which
include the management of CLOs and opportunity funds, as well as certain legacy hedge and opportunity funds now subject to
an orderly wind-down. As of December 31, 2019, Assured Investment Management had $17.8 billion of AUM of which $12.8
billion is from CLOs, $1.0 billion is from opportunity funds and $4.0 billion is from wind-down funds. These amounts are
inclusive of $191 million that Assured Investment Management manages on behalf of the Company's insurance subsidiaries.
AUM may be impacted by a wide range of factors, including the condition of the global economy and financial markets, the
relative attractiveness of Assured Investment Management’s investment strategies, and regulatory or other governmental
policies or actions. For an explanation of how the Company defines and uses the AUM metric and why it provides useful
information to investors, please see " -- Results of Operations by Segment -- Asset Management Segment."
Fees in respect of investment advisory services are the largest components of revenues for the Asset Management
segment. Assured Investment Management is compensated for its investment advisory services generally through management
fees which are based on AUM. In addition, with respect to CLOs and certain hedge and opportunity funds, Assured Investment
Management may receive performance fees if certain thresholds are met.
The Corporate division consists primarily of interest expense on the debt of AGUS and AGMH, as well as other
operating expenses attributed to holding company activities, including administrative services performed by operating
subsidiaries for the holding companies.
78
The Company reviews its segment results before giving effect to the consolidation of VIEs. The effect of consolidating
VIEs, as well as intersegment eliminations and certain reclassification are presented separately in the Company's reconciliations
of segment results to GAAP and non-GAAP measures.
Economic Environment
As a financial guaranty insurer and asset manager, the Company is affected by numerous factors, including the
economy and the condition of financial markets. Interest rates, credit spreads, fluctuations in equity, credit and foreign
exchange markets, which may be volatile, can significantly affect the ability of the Company to write new insurance business
and attract third-party assets for its asset management business. Such factors can also affect the Company's expected losses in
its Insurance segment, valuation of its investments and the investments of the funds it manages.
The U.S. experienced sustained positive economic momentum in 2019. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics (BLS), the unemployment rate began the year at 3.9% and ended the year at 3.5%. Payroll employment growth in
2019 totaled 2.1 million jobs, compared with a gain of 2.3 million jobs in 2018. Gross domestic product increased 2.3% in
2019, compared with 2.9% in 2018 according to the Bureau of Economic Analysis initial estimate.
As reported by U.S. Census Bureau and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, new home sales
were up 23% on a year-over-year basis. The median sale price of new homes sold in the U.S. in December 2019 was $331,400,
an improvement over 2018’s lower median sales prices, which hit a low of $302,400 in November 2018. See Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 6, Expected Loss to be Paid, for a discussion of the assumptions used in determining
expected losses for U.S. RMBS.
The federal funds rate ended 2019 with a target range of 1.5% and 1.75%, having started the year at 2.25% and 2.50%.
At the January 28-29, 2020 Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) meeting, the FOMC maintained the target range for the
federal funds rate at between 1.5% and 1.75%. After that meeting, the FOMC released the following statement in regards to its
decision to maintain the fed funds rate at its current level: “The Committee judges that the current stance of monetary policy is
appropriate to support sustained expansion of economic activity, strong labor market conditions, and inflation returning to the
Committee's symmetric 2% objective. The Committee will continue to monitor the implications of incoming information for the
economic outlook, including global developments and muted inflation pressures, as it assesses the appropriate path of the target
range for the federal funds rate.”
In 2019, municipal interest rates reached new lows and credit spreads tightened further. The 30-year AAA Municipal
Market Data (MMD) rate started the year off at 3.02% and ended the year at 2.09%. Credit spreads tightened during the year as
the spread between "A" and "AAA" 30-year general obligation fell from 51 basis points (bps) to start the year to as low as 35
bps on July 24th. It remained near that relatively narrow level through the end of the year. This is compared to an average of 53
bps in 2018 and 2017. The “AAA” 30-year MMD benchmark yields reached 1.83% on August 28th, the lowest yield since the
benchmark was first published in June 1981. Following the reporting period, the benchmark yield hit a subsequent new low.
When interest rates are low, or when the market is relatively less risk averse, the credit spread between high-quality or
insured obligations versus lower-rated or uninsured obligations typically narrows. As a result, financial guaranty insurance
typically provides lower interest cost savings to issuers than it would during periods of relatively wider credit spreads. Issuers
are less likely to use financial guaranties on their new issues when credit spreads are narrow, which results in decreased demand
or premiums obtainable for financial guaranty insurance, and a resulting reduction in the Company's results of operations. See
“Key Business Strategies” below for market volume and penetration.
US equity markets were largely negative for 2018 due to equities dropping sharply in the fourth quarter of 2018, but
experienced a very strong 2019. The Dow Jones Industrial Average, Nasdaq Composite Index and the S&P 500 Index all
finished markedly higher for the full year.
During 2019, the U.S. dollar remained stable against other currencies on a trade-weighted basis according to data from
the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis. The Company believes this was the result of the Federal Reserve shifting its monetary
policy path to a more accommodating one, bringing it more in line with other key central banks (e.g., Bank of Japan, the Bank
of England and the European Central Bank). See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7, Contracts
Accounted for as Insurance and Note 10, Investments and Cash, for gains/losses on foreign exchange rate changes on the
consolidated statements of operations.
79
Financial Performance of Assured Guaranty
Financial results include the results of BlueMountain after the date of acquisition on October 1, 2019.
Financial Results
GAAP Highlights
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL per diluted share
Weighted Average Diluted shares
Adjusted operating income (loss) (1) (2)
Insurance
Asset Management
Corporate
Other
Adjusted operating income (loss)
Adjusted operating income per diluted share (2)
Insurance Segment
Gross written premiums (GWP)
Present value of new business production (PVP) (1)
Gross par written
Asset Management Segment
CLO net inflows
Wind-down funds net outflows
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
(in millions, except per share amounts)
$
$
$
$
402
4.00
100.2
512
(10)
(111)
—
391
3.91
677
463
24,353
885
(1,297)
$
521
4.68
111.3
730
5.96
122.3
582
$
—
(96)
(4)
482
4.34
$
612
663
732
—
(83)
12
661
5.41
307
289
24,624
18,024
— $
—
—
—
$
$
$
$
As of December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2018
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Per Share
Shareholders' equity attributable to AGL
$
Adjusted operating shareholders' equity (1) (3)
Adjusted book value (1) (4)
Gain (loss) related to the effect of consolidating VIEs
(VIE consolidation) included in adjusted operating
shareholders' equity
Gain (loss) related to VIE consolidation included in
adjusted book value
Common shares outstanding (5)
6,639
6,246
9,035
7
(4)
93.3
(in millions, except per share amounts)
6,555
$
71.18
$
66.96
96.86
0.07
(0.05)
6,342
8,922
3
(15)
103.7
$
63.23
61.17
86.06
0.03
(0.15)
____________________
(1)
See “-- Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a definition of the financial measures that were not determined in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and a reconciliation
of the non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, if available. See “-- Non-GAAP
Financial Measures” for additional details.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
"Adjusted operating income" was formerly known as "Non-GAAP operating income."
"Adjusted operating shareholders' equity" was formerly known as "Non-GAAP operating shareholders' equity."
"Adjusted book value" was formerly known as "Non-GAAP adjusted book value."
See “Key Business Strategies -- Capital Management” below for information on common share repurchases.
80
Several primary drivers of volatility in net income or loss are not necessarily indicative of credit impairment or
improvement, or ultimate economic gains or losses such as: changes in credit spreads of insured credit derivative obligations,
changes in fair value of assets and liabilities of VIEs and CCS, changes in fair value of credit derivatives related to the
Company's own credit spreads, and changes in risk-free rates used to discount expected losses.
Other factors that drive volatility in net income in the Insurance segment include: changes in expected claims and
recoveries, the amount and timing of the refunding and/or termination of insured obligations, realized gains and losses on the
investment portfolio (including other-than-temporary impairments (OTTI)), changes in foreign exchange rates, the effects of
large settlements, commutations, acquisitions, the effects of the Company's various loss mitigation strategies, and changes in
the fair value of investments in Assured Investment Management funds. In the Asset Management segment, changes in the fair
value of Assured Investment Management funds affect the amount of management and performance fees earned. Changes in
laws and regulations, among other factors, may also have a significant effect on reported net income or loss in a given reporting
period.
Consolidated Results of Operations
Consolidated Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
Revenues:
Net earned premiums
Net investment income
Asset management fees
Net realized investment gains (losses)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement
Bargain purchase gain and settlement of pre-existing relationships
Commutation gains (losses)
Other income (loss)
Total revenues
Expenses:
Loss and LAE
Interest expense
Amortization of DAC
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
Other operating expenses
Total expenses
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and equity in net earnings
of investees
Equity in net earnings of investees
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss)
Less: Redeemable noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
$
$
$
476
378
$
548
395
—
(32)
112
14
(37)
—
(16)
17
690
417
—
40
111
30
60
58
328
5
1,001
1,739
64
94
16
152
96
422
579
1
580
59
521
—
521
$
388
97
19
143
101
748
991
—
991
261
730
—
730
22
22
(6)
42
24
—
1
4
963
93
89
18
178
125
503
460
4
464
63
401
(1)
402
$
Effective tax rate
13.7%
10.2%
26.3%
81
Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2018
Net income attributable to AGL for 2019 was lower compared 2018 primarily due to:
•
•
•
•
fair value losses on credit derivatives and CCS in 2019 compared with gains in 2018,
lower earned premiums consistent with the scheduled decline net par outstanding, as well as lower accelerations
for refundings and terminations,
higher compensation and other operating expenses attributable to the BlueMountain Acquisition and its related
fourth quarter 2019 expenses, and
higher loss and loss adjustment expenses in 2019.
These decreases were offset in part by foreign exchange gains in 2019 compared with losses in 2018, realized gains on
investment portfolio in 2019 compared with losses in 2018, higher gains on FG VIEs in 2019, and asset management fees from
BlueMountain for fourth quarter 2019.
The Company’s effective tax rate reflects the proportion of income recognized by each of the Company’s operating
subsidiaries, with U.S. subsidiaries generally taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 21% in 2019 and 2018,
U.K. subsidiaries taxed at the U.K. marginal corporate tax rate of 19%, and no taxes for the Company’s Bermuda Subsidiaries,
unless subject to U.S. tax by election or as a U.S. controlled foreign corporation. The effective tax rate was lower in 2019 due
to the impact of final BEAT regulations issued in fourth quarter 2019 that allow alternative minimum tax credits to be used in
the calculation.
Shareholders' equity attributable to AGL increased since December 31, 2018 primarily due to net income and
unrealized gains on available for sale investment securities, offset in part by share repurchases and dividends. Adjusted
operating shareholders' equity decreased in 2019 primarily due to share repurchases and dividends, partially offset by positive
adjusted operating income. Adjusted book value increased slightly in 2019 primarily due to new business development,
partially offset by share repurchases and dividends.
Shareholders' equity attributable to AGL per share, adjusted operating shareholders' equity per share and adjusted book
value per share all increased in 2019 to $71.18, $66.96 and $96.86, respectively, which benefited from the repurchase of an
additional 11.2 million shares in 2019. See “Accretive Effect of Cumulative Repurchases” table below.
Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2017
The Company's comparison of 2018 results to 2017 results is included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, under Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, Executive Summary and Results of Operations.
Key Business Strategies
The Company continually evaluates its business strategies. For example, with the BlueMountain Acquisition the
Company has increased its focus on asset management and alternative investments. Currently, the Company is pursuing the
following key business strategies in three areas:
•
•
•
Insurance
Asset Management and Alternative Investments
Capital Management
Insurance
The Company seeks to grow the insurance business through new business production, acquisitions of legacy
monolines and reinsurance transactions, and to continue to mitigate losses in its current insured portfolio.
82
Growth of the Insured Portfolio
The Company seeks to grow its insurance portfolio through new business production in each of its three markets: U.S.
public finance, international infrastructure and global structured finance. The Company believes high-profile defaults by
municipal obligors, such as Puerto Rico, Detroit, Michigan and Stockton, California have led to increased awareness of the
value of bond insurance and stimulated demand for the product. The Company believes there will be continued demand for its
insurance in this market because, for those exposures that the Company guarantees, it undertakes the tasks of credit selection,
analysis, negotiation of terms, surveillance and, if necessary, loss mitigation. The Company believes that its insurance:
•
•
•
encourages retail investors, who typically have fewer resources than the Company for analyzing municipal bonds,
to purchase such bonds;
enables institutional investors to operate more efficiently; and
allows smaller, less well-known issuers to gain market access on a more cost-effective basis.
On the other hand, the persistently low interest rate environment and relatively tight U.S. municipal credit spreads
have dampened demand for bond insurance, and provisions in legislation known as the Tax Act, such as the termination of the
tax-exempt status of advance refunding bonds and the reduction in corporate tax rates, have resulted in a reduction of supply
and made municipal obligations less attractive to certain institutional investors.
In certain segments of the global infrastructure and structured finance markets the Company believes its financial
guaranty product is competitive with other financing options. For example, certain investors may receive advantageous capital
requirement treatment with the addition of the Company’s guaranty. The Company considers its involvement in both
international infrastructure and structured finance transactions to be beneficial because such transactions diversify both the
Company's business opportunities and its risk profile beyond U.S. public finance. Quarterly business activity in the
international infrastructure and structured finance sectors is influenced by typically long lead times and therefore may vary
from quarter to quarter.
The Company also considers opportunities to acquire financial guaranty portfolios, whether by acquiring financial
guarantors who are no longer actively writing new business or their insured portfolios. These transactions enable the Company
to improve its future earnings and deploy excess capital.
Assumption of Insured Portfolio. On June 1, 2018, the Company closed a transaction with Syncora Guarantee Inc.
(SGI) (SGI Transaction) under which AGC assumed, generally on a 100% quota share basis, substantially all of SGI’s insured
portfolio and AGM reassumed a book of business previously ceded to SGI by AGM. The net par value of exposures reinsured
and commuted as of June 1, 2018 totaled approximately $12 billion. The SGI Transaction reduced shareholders' equity by $0.16
per share, due to a commutation loss on the reassumed book of business, and increased adjusted book value by $2.25 per share.
Additionally, beginning on June 1, 2018, on behalf of SGI, AGC began providing certain administrative services on the
assumed portfolio, including surveillance, risk management, and claims processing.
Acquisitions: On January 10, 2017, AGC completed its acquisition of MBIA UK, which added a total of $12 billion in
net par. At acquisition, MBIA UK contributed shareholders' equity of $84 million and adjusted book value of $322 million.
Commutations. The Company entered into various commutation agreements to reassume previously ceded business in
2019, 2018 and 2017 that resulted in gains of $1 million in 2019, losses of $16 million in 2018 and gains of $328 million in
2017. The commutations added net unearned premium reserve of $15 million in 2019 and $64 million in 2018. In the future, the
Company may enter into new commutation agreements to reassume portions of its insured business ceded to other reinsurers,
but such opportunities are expected to be limited given the small number of unaffiliated reinsurers currently reinsuring the
Company.
83
U.S. Municipal Market Data and Bond Insurance Penetration Rates (1)
Based on Sale Date
Par:
New municipal bonds issued
Total insured
Insured by Assured Guaranty
Number of issues:
New municipal bonds issued
Total insured
Insured by Assured Guaranty
Bond insurance market penetration based on:
Par
Number of issues
Single A par sold
Single A transactions sold
$25 million and under par sold
$25 million and under transactions sold
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
(dollars in billions, except number of issues and percent)
$
$
$
406.6
23.9
14.0
$
$
$
10,590
1,724
839
5.9%
16.3%
21.4%
54.9%
18.1%
19.7%
$
$
$
320.3
18.9
10.5
8,555
1,246
596
5.9%
14.6%
17.8%
52.8%
17.2%
17.1%
409.5
23.0
13.5
10,589
1,637
833
5.6%
15.5%
23.3%
57.3%
18.7%
18.3%
____________________
(1)
Source: The amounts in the table are those reported by Thomson Reuters. The table excludes Corporate-CUSIP
healthcare and project finance transactions insured by Assured Guaranty, which the company also considers to be
public finance business.
Loss Mitigation
In an effort to avoid, reduce or recover losses and potential losses in its insurance portfolios, the Company employs a
number of strategies.
In the public finance area, the Company believes its experience and the resources it is prepared to deploy, as well as its
ability to provide bond insurance or other contributions as part of a solution, result in more favorable outcomes in distressed
public finance situations than would be the case without its participation. This has been illustrated by the Company's role in the
Detroit, Michigan; Stockton, California; and Jefferson County, Alabama financial crises. Currently, the Company is actively
working to mitigate potential losses in connection with the obligations it insures of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and
various obligations of its related authorities and public corporations and was an active participant in negotiating the Puerto Rico
Electric Power Authority (PREPA) restructuring support agreement and the Puerto Rico Sales Tax Financing Corporation
(COFINA) plan of adjustment. The Company will also, where appropriate, pursue litigation to enforce its rights, and it has
initiated a number of legal actions to enforce its rights in Puerto Rico. For more information about developments in Puerto
Rico and related recovery litigation being pursued by the Company, see Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,
Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure.
The Company is currently working with the servicers of some of the RMBS it insures to encourage the servicers to
provide alternatives to distressed borrowers that will encourage them to continue making payments on their loans to help
improve the performance of the related RMBS.
In some instances, the terms of the Company's policy give it the option to pay principal on an accelerated basis on an
obligation on which it has paid a claim, thereby reducing the amount of guaranteed interest due in the future. The Company has
at times exercised this option, which uses cash but reduces projected future losses. The Company may also facilitate the
issuance of refunding bonds, by either providing insurance on the refunding bonds or purchasing refunding bonds, or both.
Refunding bonds may provide the issuer with payment relief.
84
Asset Management
The BlueMountain Acquisition represents a significant increase in the Company's participation in the asset
management industry. Assured Investment Management is a diversified asset manager that serves as investment advisor to
CLOs and opportunity funds as well as certain legacy hedge and opportunity funds now subject to an orderly wind-down.
Assured Investment Management manages structured finance, credit and special situation investments, with a track record
dating back to 2003. Assured Investment Management underwrites assets and structures investments while leveraging a
technology-enabled risk platform, which aims to maximize returns for its clients.
As of December 31, 2019, Assured Investment Management is a top-twenty CLO manager by AUM, as published by
CreditFlux, and is led by an experienced CLO and loan research team. Assured Investment Management and its affiliates have
issued 37 CLOs since inception, in both the U.S. and European markets. The CLOs have broad investor distribution with access
to a diversified set of global investors. The team has focused on building diversified portfolios with a focus on free cash flow
generation and downside protection.
The Company monitors certain operating metrics that are common to the asset management industry. These operating
metrics include, but are not limited to, funded assets under management and unfunded capital commitments (together, AUM)
and investment advisory service revenues. The Company considers the categorization of its AUM by product type to be a useful
lens in monitoring the Asset Management segment. AUM by product type assists in measuring the duration of AUM for which
the Asset Management segment has the potential to earn Management Fees and Performance Allocations/Fees. For a discussion
of the metric AUM, please see “-- Results of Operations by Segment -- Asset Management Segment.”
Assured Investment Management product types generally have the following contractual duration profile:
•
•
CLO products are typically issued on a quarterly basis when market conditions permit and generally have a stated
maturity of 12-13 years with a potential reinvestment period. Once the reinvestment period expires, CLO
noteholders will receive distributions through the maturity of the CLO, unless Assured Investment Management
and the noteholders agree to reset the period of the CLOs for an extended reinvestment period.
Opportunity funds invest in a mix of strategies that may have higher concentrations in illiquid strategies.
Typically, opportunity funds have limited withdrawal or redemption rights, and instead offer contractual cashflow
distributions based on the legal agreement of each respective opportunity fund.
In addition to CLOs and opportunity funds, Assured Investment Management also manages legacy hedge and
opportunity funds now subject to an orderly wind-down.
The Company intends to initially invest $500 million of capital in funds managed by Assured Investment Management
plus additional amounts in other accounts managed by Assured Investment Management. The Company intends to use these
capital investments to (a) launch new products (CLOs, and/or opportunity funds) on the Assured Investment Management
platform and (b) enhance the returns of its own investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had invested
approximately $79 million of the $500 million it intends to initially invest in Assured Investment Management funds. This
capital was invested in three new investment vehicles, with each vehicle dedicated to a single strategy including CLOs, asset-
backed finance and healthcare structured capital. These strategies are consistent with the investment strengths of Assured
Investment Management and its plans to continue to grow its structured finance strategies.
Over time, the Company seeks to broaden and further diversify its Asset Management segment leading to increased
assets under management and a fee-generating platform. The Company intends to leverage the Assured Investment
Management infrastructure and platform to grow its Asset Management segment both organically and through strategic
combinations.
85
Capital Management
In recent years, the Company has developed strategies to manage capital within the Assured Guaranty group more
efficiently.
From 2013 through February 27, 2020, the Company has repurchased 106.6 million common shares for approximately
$3,256 million, representing 55% of the total shares outstanding at the beginning of the repurchase program in 2013. On
February 26, 2020, the Board authorized an additional $250 million of share repurchases. As of February 27, 2020, $408
million remained under the aggregate share repurchase authorization. Shares may be repurchased from time to time in the open
market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing, form and amount of the share repurchases under the program are at
the discretion of management and will depend on a variety of factors, including free funds available at the parent company,
other potential uses for such free funds, market conditions, the Company's capital position, legal requirements and other factors.
The repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time and does not have an
expiration date. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 21, Shareholders' Equity, for additional
information about the Company's repurchases of its common shares.
Summary of Share Repurchases
2013-2018
2019
2020 (through February 27, 2020)
Cumulative repurchases since the beginning of 2013
Amount
Number of
Shares
Average price
per share
(in millions, except per share data)
$
$
2,716
500
40
3,256
$
94.556
11.164
0.844
106.564
$
28.73
44.79
47.41
30.56
Accretive Effect of Cumulative Repurchases (1)
Net income attributable to AGL
Adjusted operating income
Shareholders' equity attributable to AGL
Adjusted operating shareholders' equity
Adjusted book value
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
As of
December 31,
2019
As of
December 31,
2018
$
$
1.60
1.56
(per share)
1.73
1.58
$
$
21.44
19.24
35.06
16.26
15.29
27.07
_________________
(1)
Represents the estimated accretive effect of cumulative repurchases since the beginning of 2013.
In March 2019, MAC received approval from the NYDFS to dividend to Municipal Assurance Holdings Inc. (MAC
Holdings) a $100 million in 2019, an amount that exceeds the amount available to dividend without such approval in 2019
under applicable law. MAC distributed $100 million dividend to MAC Holdings during the second quarter of 2019.
In 2019, the MIA approved and AGC implemented the repurchase of $100 million of its shares of common stock from
AGUS.
The Company also considers the appropriate mix of debt and equity in its capital structure, and may repurchase some
of its debt from time to time. For example, in 2019, 2018 and 2017, AGUS purchased $3 million, $100 million and $28 million
of par, respectively, of AGMH's outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures, which resulted in a loss on extinguishment of
debt of $1 million in 2019, $34 million in 2018 and $9 million in 2017. The Company may choose to make additional
purchases of this or other Company debt in the future.
86
Other Events
Brexit
On June 23, 2016, a referendum was held in the U.K. in which a majority voted to exit the EU, known as “Brexit”. The
U.K. government served notice to the European Council on March 29, 2017 of its desire to withdraw in accordance with Article
50 of the Treaty on European Union. As described above in Part 1, Item 1, Business, Regulation, the U.K. parliament has
approved a withdrawal agreement with the EU and the U.K. left the EU on January 31, 2020. There is a transition period under
the terms of the withdrawal agreement which will end on December 31, 2020. Negotiations will be ongoing during the
transition period between the U.K. and EU to determine the wider terms of the U.K.'s future relationship with the EU, including
the terms of trade between the U.K. and the EU. If the U.K. and EU fail to agree the U.K.'s future relationship with the EU
during the transition period ending on December 31, 2020, there will be considerable uncertainty as to the ongoing terms of the
U.K’s relationship with the EU, including the terms of trade between the U.K. and the EU, and a likely negative impact on all
parties. Given the lack of clarity on the ultimate post-Brexit relationship between the U.K. and the EU, the Company cannot
fully determine what, if any, impact Brexit may have on its business or operations, both inside and outside the U.K., but it has
identified the following issues:
Currency Impact. The Company reports its accounts in U.S. dollars, while some of its income, expenses,
•
assets and liabilities are denominated in other currencies, primarily the pound sterling and the euro. During 2016, the
year in which a majority in the U.K. voted for Brexit, the value of pound sterling dropped from £0.68 per dollar to
£0.81 per dollar, while the euro dropped from €0.83 per dollar to €0.95 per dollar. For the year ended 2016 the
Company recognized losses of approximately $21 million in the consolidated statement of operations, net of tax, and
approximately $32 million in other comprehensive income (OCI), net of tax, for foreign currency translation, that were
primarily driven by the exchange rate fluctuations of the pound sterling. Currency exchange rates may also move
materially as the terms of Brexit become known, especially in the event of the U.K. and EU failing to agree the U.K.'s
future relationship with the EU by the end of the transition period.
U.K. Business. As of December 31, 2019, approximately $38.5 billion of the Company’s insured net par is to
•
risks located in the U.K., and most of that exposure is to utilities, with much of the rest to hospital facilities,
government accommodation, universities, toll roads and housing associations that the Company believes are not overly
vulnerable to Brexit pressures. AGE UK is currently authorized by the PRA of the Bank of England with permissions
sufficient to enable AGE UK to effect and carry out financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance in the U.K. Most of
the new transactions insured by AGE UK since 2008 have been in the U.K.
Business Elsewhere in the EU. As of December 31, 2019, approximately $7.0 billion of the Company’s
•
insured net par is to risks located in EU and EEA countries. During the transition period under the withdrawal
agreement, EU directives allow AGE UK to conduct business in those other remaining EU or EEA states based on its
PRA permissions. This is sometimes called “passporting." The Company cannot determine whether U.K. authorized
financial services firms such as AGE UK will continue to enjoy passporting rights to those other remaining EEA states
after Brexit. As a consequence, Assured Guaranty has established a new subsidiary in Paris, France, AGE SA, in order
to continue with the ability to write new business, and to service existing business, in those other remaining EEA
states. While the Company believes that, in the event that the U.K. and EU fail to agree on the U.K.'s future
relationship with the EU during the transition period, those other EEA states outside the U.K. will permit the Company
to continue to service existing business in their states, there can be no assurance that this will occur, nor can the
Company fully determine the impact on its business and operations if it does not occur. As noted above, most of the
new transactions insured by AGE UK since 2008 have been in the U.K.
•
resident status.
Employees. All of the employees working in AGE UK’s London office are either U.K. citizens or have U.K.
LIBOR Sunset
In 2017, the United Kingdom’s FCA announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks to submit the rates
required to calculate LIBOR. This announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will
not be guaranteed after 2021. Consequently, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether and to what extent banks will
continue to provide submissions for the calculation of LIBOR. While regulators have suggested substitute rates, including the
Secured Overnight Financing Rate, the impact of the discontinuance of LIBOR, if it occurs, will be contract-specific. The
Company has exposure to LIBOR in three areas of its operations: (i) issuers of obligations the Company insures have
obligations, assets and hedges that reference LIBOR, and some of the obligations the Company insures reference LIBOR, (ii)
87
debt issued by the Company's wholly owned subsidiaries AGUS and AGMH currently pay, or will convert to, a floating interest
rate tied to LIBOR, and (iii) CCS from which the Company benefits also pay interest tied to LIBOR. See Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 15, Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities.
The Company has reviewed its insured portfolio to identify insured transactions that it believes may be vulnerable to
the transition from LIBOR. The review focused on insured issues that are scheduled or projected to have an outstanding
principal balance as of December 31, 2021, the date of LIBOR’s scheduled sunset, and excluded, due to their immateriality,
insured issues projected to have an outstanding principal balance of less than $1 million at December 31, 2021. The Company
reviewed the language governing the setting of interest rates in the event of unavailability of LIBOR in the governing
documents of all BIG insured transactions (except those issues projected to have an outstanding principal balance of less than
$1 million at December 31, 2021), which the Company believes are most likely to be vulnerable to issues relating to the setting
of interest rates after the sunset of LIBOR. The Company has also reviewed relevant language in the documents relating to the
debt issued by the Company and the CCS that benefit the Company. As a significant portion of these securities are likely to
become fixed rate in December 2021, the initial benefit or harm of the sunset of LIBOR depends on the level of interest rates at
such time. Also, whatever interest rate is set by the party responsible for calculating the interest rate may be challenged in the
court by other parties in interest. The Company has initiated a dialogue with relevant trustees, calculation agents, auction
agents, servicers and other parties responsible for implementing the rate change in these transactions. Most have not yet
committed to a course of action.
Given the lack of clarity on decisions that parties responsible for calculating interest rates will make and the reaction
of impacted parties as well as the unknown level of interest rates when the change occurs, the Company cannot at this time
predict the impact of the discontinuance of LIBOR, if it occurs, on every obligor and obligation the Company enhances or on its
own debt issuances. See the Risk Factor captioned “The Company may be adversely impacted by the transition from LIBOR as
a reference rate” under Operational Risks in Part 1, Item 1A, Risk Factors.
Income Taxes
The U.S. Internal Revenue Service and Department of the Treasury issued proposed regulations on July 10, 2019
relating to the tax treatment of PFICs. The proposed regulations provide guidance on various passive foreign investment
company rules, including changes resulting from the Tax Act. Management is currently in the process of evaluating the impact
to its shareholders and business operations.
Results of Operations
Business Segments
The Company reports its results of operations consistent with the manner in which the Company's CODM reviews the
business to assess performance and allocate resources. Prior to the BlueMountain Acquisition on October 1, 2019, the
Company's operating subsidiaries were all insurance companies, and results of operations were viewed by the CODM as one
segment. Beginning in fourth quarter 2019, with the BlueMountain Acquisition and expansion into the asset management
business, the Company now operates in two distinct segments, Insurance and Asset Management. The Asset Management
segment operates under the name "Assured Investment Management." The following describes the components of each
segment, along with the Corporate division and Other categories. The Insurance and Asset Management segments are presented
without giving effect to the consolidation of the FG VIEs and investment vehicles that are not subsidiaries of Assured Guaranty.
See Item 8. Financial Statement and Supplementary Data, Note 14, Variable Interest Entities.
The Insurance segment primarily consists of the Company's domestic and foreign insurance subsidiaries and their
wholly-owned subsidiaries that provide credit protection products to the U.S. and international public finance (including
infrastructure) and structured finance markets. The Insurance segment also includes the income (loss) from its proportionate
equity interest in Assured Investment Management funds.
The Asset Management segment consists of the Company's Assured Investment Management subsidiaries, which
provide asset management services to outside investors as well as to the Company's Insurance segment.
The Corporate division consists primarily of interest expense on the debt of AGUS and AGMH, as well as other
operating expenses attributed to holding company activities, including administrative services performed by operating
subsidiaries for the holding companies.
88
Other items consist of intersegment eliminations, reclassifications, and consolidation adjustments, including the effect
of consolidating FG VIEs and certain Assured Investment Management investment vehicles in which Insurance segment
invests.
The Company does not report assets by reportable segment as the CODM does not use assets to assess performance
and allocate resources and only reviews assets at a consolidated level.
The Company analyzes the operating performance of each segment using "adjusted operating income." See “-- Non-
GAAP Financial Measures -- Adjusted Operating Income” below for definition of "adjusted operating income" (formerly
known as non-GAAP operating income) and Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 4, Segment
Information. Results for each segment include specifically identifiable expenses as well as allocations of expenses among legal
entities based on time studies and other cost allocation methodologies based on headcount or other metrics. Total adjusted
operating income includes the effect of consolidating both FG VIEs and investment vehicles; however the effect of
consolidating such entities, including the related eliminations, is included in the "other" column in the tables below, which
represents the CODM's view, consistent with the management approach guidance for presentation of segment metrics.
The following table summarizes adjusted operating income from the Company's business segment operations. See also
Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 4, Segment Information.
Adjusted operating income (loss) by segment:
Insurance
Asset management
Corporate
Other
Adjusted operating income (loss)
Reconciling items from adjusted operating income to net income (loss)
attributable to AGL:
Plus pre-tax adjustments:
Realized gains (losses) on investments
Non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit
derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of premiums
receivable and loss and LAE reserves
Total pre-tax adjustments
Plus tax effect on pre-tax adjustments
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
512
(10)
(111)
—
391
22
(10)
(22)
22
12
(1)
402
$
582
$
—
(96)
(4)
482
(32)
101
14
(32)
51
(12)
521
$
$
732
—
(83)
12
661
40
43
(2)
57
138
(69)
730
89
Results of Operations by Segment
Insurance Segment Results
Insurance Results
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
Revenues
Net earned premiums and credit derivative revenues
$
Net investment income
Bargain purchase gain and settlement of pre-existing relationships
Commutation gains (losses)
Other income (loss)
Total revenues
Expenses
Loss expense
Amortization of deferred acquisition cost (DAC)
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
Other operating expenses
Total expenses
Equity in net earnings of investees
Adjusted operating income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Adjusted operating income (loss)
$
511
383
—
1
22
917
86
18
137
83
324
2
595
83
580
396
—
(16)
32
992
70
16
134
82
302
1
691
109
582
$
$
734
423
58
328
16
1,559
352
19
127
88
586
—
973
241
732
$
512
$
90
Insurance New Business Production
Insurance
Gross Written Premiums and
New Business Production
GWP
Public Finance—U.S.
Public Finance—non-U.S.
Structured Finance—U.S.
Structured Finance—non-U.S.
Total GWP
PVP (1):
Public Finance—U.S.
Public Finance—non-U.S.
Structured Finance—U.S.
Structured Finance—non-U.S.
Total PVP
Gross Par Written (1):
Public Finance—U.S.
Public Finance—non-U.S.
Structured Finance—U.S.
Structured Finance—non-U.S.
Total gross par written
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
$
$
$
$
198
417
57
5
677
201
211
45
6
463
16,337
6,347
1,581
88
24,353
$
$
$
$
$
$
320
115
167
10
612
391
94
166
12
663
19,572
3,817
902
333
24,624
$
$
$
$
$
$
190
105
(1)
13
307
196
66
12
15
289
15,957
1,376
489
202
18,024
Average rating on new business written
A
A-
A-
____________________
(1)
PVP and Gross Par Written in the table above are based on "close date," when the transaction settles. See “-- Non-
GAAP Financial Measures -- PVP or Present Value of New Business Production.”
GWP relates to both financial guaranty insurance and specialty insurance and reinsurance contracts. Financial guaranty
GWP includes amounts collected upfront on new business written, the present value of future premiums on new business
written (discounted at risk free rates), as well as the effects of changes in the estimated lives of transactions in the inforce book
of business. Specialty insurance and reinsurance GWP is recorded as premiums are due. Credit derivatives are accounted for at
fair value and therefore not included in GWP. The non-GAAP measure, PVP, on the other hand, includes upfront premiums and
estimated future installments on new business at the time of issuance, discounted at 6% for all contracts whether in insurance or
credit derivative form.
Excluding amounts assumed in the SGI Transaction in 2018, GWP and PVP increased in 2019 compared with 2018.
GWP was $677 million in 2019, compared with $282 million in 2018 (excluding the SGI Transaction), and PVP was $463
million in 2019 compared with $272 million in 2018 (excluding the SGI Transaction). 2019 GWP and PVP were the highest
reported direct new business production since 2009.
In 2019, the Company generated non-U.S.public finance GWP of $417 million, representing PVP of $211 million, on
$6.3 billion of investment-grade par with an average rating of A+. Excluding the SGI Transaction in 2018, GWP and PVP for
non-U.S. public finance transactions was $65 million and $44 million, respectively. GWP and PVP in 2019 were driven
primarily by:
•
•
privately executed, bilateral guarantees on a large number of European sub-sovereign credits,
additional premiums upon the conversion of several existing transactions from credit default swaps to financial guaranty
insurance contracts,
91
•
•
several U.K financings for the construction of new student accommodations, and
debt refinancings, including a Spanish solar plant transaction, which was the first insured issuance in Spain since the
2008 financial crisis, and a previously insured regulated utility transaction.
Global structured finance GWP and PVP was also higher in 2019 compared with 2018 (excluding the SGI
Transaction), as the Company wrote insurance on more transactions and par in the collateralized loan obligation, life insurance
reserve, and residual value reinsurance asset classes.
In 2019, Assured Guaranty once again guaranteed the majority of U.S. public finance insured par issued. 2019 U.S.
public finance GWP of $198 million was consistent with 2018 GWP of $197 million, excluding the SGI Transaction. Similarly,
PVP of $201 million in FY 2019 was consistent with PVP of $206 million in FY 2018, excluding the SGI Transaction.
Infrastructure and structured finance transactions tend to have long lead times, causing production levels to vary
significantly from period to period.
2018 Assumed SGI Insured Portfolio
GWP and PVP for 2018 included the assumption of substantially all of the insured portfolio of SGI. On a GAAP basis,
the SGI Transaction generated GWP of $330 million, plus $86 million in undiscounted expected future credit derivative
revenue, including transactions with $131 million in expected losses (discounted at a risk-free rate on a GAAP basis). On a
non-GAAP basis, PVP was $391 million, including transactions with expected losses of $83 million (discounted at 6%
consistent with the PVP discount rate). See also Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2, Business
Combinations and Assumption of Insured Portfolio, for additional information. The components of new business production
generated by the SGI Transaction are presented below.
Assumed SGI Insured Portfolio
As of June 1, 2018
GWP
Financial
Guaranty
Financial
Guaranty
PVP (1)
Credit
Derivatives
(in millions)
Total
Gross Par Written
(1)
Public Finance—U.S.
Public Finance—non-U.S.
Structured Finance—U.S.
Structured Finance—non-U.S.
Total
$
$
123
$
118
$
50
157
—
38
156
—
330
$
312
$
67
12
—
—
79
$
$
185
$
50
156
—
7,559
3,345
349
19
391
$
11,272
____________________
(1)
See “-- Non-GAAP Financial Measures -- PVP or Present Value of New Business Production.”
Net Earned Premiums and Credit Derivative Revenues
Premiums are earned over the contractual lives, or in the case of homogeneous pools of insured obligations, the
remaining expected lives, of financial guaranty insurance contracts. The Company estimates remaining expected lives of its
insured obligations and makes prospective adjustments for such changes in expected lives. Scheduled net earned premiums
decrease each year unless replaced by a higher amount of new business, reassumptions of previously ceded business, or books
of business acquired in a business combination. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7, Contracts
Accounted for as Insurance, Financial Guaranty Insurance Premiums, for additional information. Credit derivative revenue
represents realized gains on credit derivatives representing premiums received and receivable.
Net earned premiums due to accelerations is attributable to changes in the expected lives of insured obligations driven
by (a) refundings of insured obligations or (b) terminations of insured obligations either through negotiated agreements or the
exercise of the Company's contractual rights to make claim payments on an accelerated basis.
Refundings occur in the public finance market and had been at historically high levels in recent years primarily due to
the low interest rate environment, which has allowed many municipalities and other public finance issuers to refinance their
debt obligations at lower rates. The premiums associated with the insured obligations of municipalities and other public finance
92
issuers are generally received upfront when the obligations are issued and insured. When such issuers pay down insured
obligations prior to their originally scheduled maturities, the Company is no longer on risk for payment defaults, and therefore
accelerates the recognition of the nonrefundable deferred premium revenue remaining. Provisions in the 2017 Tax Act
regarding the termination of the tax-exempt status of advance refunding bonds have resulted in fewer refundings.
Terminations are generally negotiated agreements with beneficiaries resulting in the extinguishment of the Company’s
insurance obligation. Terminations are more common in the structured finance asset class, but may also occur in the public
finance asset class. While each termination may have different terms, they all result in the expiration of the Company’s
insurance risk, the acceleration of the recognition of the associated deferred premium revenue and the reduction of any
remaining premiums receivable.
Net Earned Premiums and Credit Derivative Revenues
Financial guaranty insurance:
Public finance
Scheduled net earned premiums
$
278
$
300
$
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
Accelerations:
Refundings
Terminations
Total accelerations
Total public finance
Structured finance
Scheduled net earned premiums
Accelerations
Total structured finance
Specialty insurance and reinsurance
Total net earned premiums
Credit derivative revenues
115
10
125
403
78
7
85
6
494
17
139
14
153
453
97
6
103
4
560
20
Total net earned premiums and credit derivative revenues
$
511
$
580
$
315
269
2
271
586
102
15
117
2
705
29
734
2019 compared with 2018: Net earned premiums decreased in 2019 compared with 2018 primarily due to a reduction
in accelerations due to refundings and terminations and the scheduled decline in par outstanding. At December 31, 2019, $3.8
billion of net deferred premium revenue remained to be earned over the life of the insurance contracts.
2018 compared with 2017: Net earned premiums decreased in 2018 compared with 2017 primarily due to reduced
refunding activity due to a reduction in the insured portfolio as well as fewer advanced refunding bonds, caused by changes in
tax law enacted in 2017. At December 31, 2018, $3.6 billion of net deferred premium revenue remained to be earned over the
life of the insurance contracts. The SGI Transaction contributed $375 million of net unearned premium reserve on June 1, 2018.
Credit derivative revenues have declined in 2019, 2018 and 2017 primarily due to the decline in the net par
outstanding. The Company has not written new credit derivatives since 2009. Other than credit derivatives acquired in
business combinations and reinsurance agreements, or as part of loss mitigation strategies, credit derivative exposure is
expected to decline.
Net Investment Income
Net investment income is a function of the yield earned and the size of the investment portfolio. The investment yield
is a function of market interest rates at the time of investment as well as the type, credit quality and maturity of the invested
assets. Net investment income in the Insurance segment represents income earned on the available for sale portfolio, short term
investments and other invested assets, other than equity method investments. Equity method investments in the Insurance
segment include the insurance companies' investments in Assured Investment Management funds, as well as other direct
investments. The income (loss) on such investments is presented as a separate line item, "equity in earnings of investees." The
93
Company currently intends to invest up to $500 million in Assured Investment Management funds, and as of December 31,
2019 had invested $79 million.
Net Investment Income
Income from fixed-maturity securities managed by third parties
Income from internally managed securities
Gross investment income
Investment expenses
Net investment income
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
272
120
392
(9)
383
$
$
293
112
405
(9)
396
$
$
296
136
432
(9)
423
2019 compared with 2018: Net investment income decreased compared with 2018 primarily due to a decrease in the
average asset balances in the investment portfolio, which was partially offset by the acceleration of income related to the
settlement of an insured obligation in June 2019 that was held in the loss mitigation portfolio. The overall pre-tax book yield
was 3.51% as of December 31, 2019 and 3.86% as of December 31, 2018, respectively. Excluding the internally managed
portfolio, pre-tax book yield was 3.21% as of December 31, 2019 compared with 3.24% as of December 31, 2018.
2018 compared with 2017: Net investment income decreased compared with 2017 primarily due to the accretion on
the Zohar II 2005-1 notes prior to the MBIA UK Acquisition date in January 2017. The overall pre-tax book yield was 3.86% as
of December 31, 2018 and 3.78% as of December 31, 2017, respectively. Excluding the internally managed portfolio, pre-tax
book yield was 3.24% as of December 31, 2018 compared with 3.20% as of December 31, 2017.
Bargain Purchase Gain and Settlement of Pre-existing Relationships
In connection with the MBIA UK Acquisition in 2017, the Company recognized bargain purchase gain of $56 million
and gain on settlements of pre-existing relationships of $2 million. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,
Note 2, Business Combinations and Assumption of Insured Portfolio, for additional information.
Commutation Gains (Losses)
In connection with the reassumption of previously ceded books of business, the Company recognized commutation
gains of $1 million in 2019 and $328 million in 2017, respectively, and commutation losses of $16 million in 2018. The losses
in 2018 related to the commutation component of the SGI Transaction.
Other Income (Loss)
Other income (loss) consists of recurring items such as those listed in the table below as well as ancillary fees on
financial guaranty policies for commitments and consents, and if applicable, other revenue items on financial guaranty
insurance and reinsurance contracts such as loss mitigation recoveries and other non-recurring items.
94
Other Income (Loss)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
3
—
19
22
$
$
(5) $
27
10
32
$
5
—
11
16
Foreign exchange gain (loss) on remeasurement (1)
Fair value gains (losses) on equity investments (2)
Other
Total other income (loss)
____________________
(1)
Primarily relate to cash.
(2)
The Company recorded a gain on change in fair value of equity securities in 2018 related to the Company's minority
interest in the parent company of TMC Bonds LLC, which it sold in third quarter of 2018.
Economic Loss Development
The insured portfolio includes policies accounted for under three separate accounting models depending on the
characteristics of the contract and the Company’s control rights. For a discussion of assumptions and methodologies used in
calculating the expected loss to be paid for all contracts, the loss estimation process and the accounting policies for
measurement and recognition under GAAP for each type of contract, see the Notes listed below in Item 8, Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data.
•
•
•
•
•
Note 6 for expected loss to be paid
Note 7 for contracts accounted for as insurance
Note 9 for fair value methodologies for credit derivatives and FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities
Note 11 for contracts accounted for as credit derivatives
Note 14 for FG VIEs
In order to efficiently evaluate and manage the economics of the entire insured portfolio, management compiles and
analyzes expected loss information for all policies on a consistent basis. The discussion of losses that follows encompasses
losses on all contracts in the insured portfolio regardless of accounting model, unless otherwise specified. Net expected loss to
be paid primarily consists of the present value of future: expected claim and LAE payments, expected recoveries from issuers
or excess spread, cessions to reinsurers, expected recoveries/payables for breaches of representation & warranties (R&W) and
the effects of other loss mitigation strategies. Current risk free rates are used to discount expected losses at the end of each
reporting period and therefore changes in such rates from period to period affect the expected loss estimates reported.
Assumptions used in the determination of the net expected loss to be paid such as delinquency, severity, and discount rates and
expected time frames to recovery were consistent by sector regardless of the accounting model used. The primary drivers of
economic loss development are discussed below. Changes in risk-free rates used to discount losses affect economic loss
development, and loss and LAE; however, the effect of changes in discount rates are not indicative of actual credit impairment
or improvement in the period.
95
Insurance
FG VIEs
Credit derivatives
Total
U.S. public finance
Non-U.S. public finance
Structured finance
U.S. RMBS
Other structured finance
Structured finance
Total
2019
2018
2017
Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered) and
Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
By Accounting Model
Net Expected Loss to be Paid
(Recovered)
As of December 31,
2019
2018
Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2019
(in millions)
$
$
683
$
1,110
$
58
(4)
737
$
75
(2)
1,183
$
$
14
(29)
14
(1) $
(9) $
(13)
17
(5) $
353
(6)
(34)
313
Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered) and
Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
By Sector
Net Expected Loss to be Paid
(Recovered)
As of December 31,
2019
2018
$
531
$
832
$
Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2019
(in millions)
23
146
37
183
737
$
32
293
26
319
224
$
(9) $
(234)
18
(216)
$
1,183
$
(1) $
$
70
(14) $
(69)
8
(61)
(5) $
554
(5)
(181)
(55)
(236)
313
Risk-Free Rates
Risk-Free Rates used in Expected Loss for U.S. Dollar
Denominated Obligations
As of December 31,
Economic Loss
Development (Benefit)
Attributable to Changes in
Risk Free Rates
Year Ended December 31,
Range
0.0% - 2.45%
0.0% - 3.06%
0.0% - 2.78%
Weighted
Average
(in millions)
1.94% $
2.74%
2.38%
(11)
(17)
25
96
2019 Net Economic Loss Development
Public Finance: Public finance expected loss to be paid primarily related to U.S. exposures, which had BIG net par
outstanding of $5.8 billion as of December 31, 2019 compared with $6.4 billion as of December 31, 2018. The Company
projects that its total net expected loss across its troubled U.S. public finance exposures as of December 31, 2019 will be $531
million, compared with $832 million as of December 31, 2018. The total net expected loss for troubled U.S. public finance
exposures is net of a credit for estimated future recoveries of claims already paid. At December 31, 2019 that credit was $819
million compared with $586 million at December 31, 2018. Economic loss development on U.S. exposures in 2019 was $224
million, which was primarily attributable to Puerto Rico exposures. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,
Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure, for details about significant developments that have taken place in Puerto Rico.
The economic benefit of approximately $9 million on non-U.S. exposures during 2019 was mainly attributable to the
improved internal outlook of certain Spanish sovereigns and sub-sovereigns.
U.S. RMBS: The net benefit attributable to U.S. RMBS of $234 million was mainly related to improvement in the
performance of second lien U.S. RMBS transactions.
Other Structured Finance: The economic loss development attributable to structured finance, excluding U.S. RMBS,
was $18 million, mainly related to LAE.
2018 Net Economic Loss Development
Public Finance: Public finance expected loss to be paid primarily related to U.S. exposure, which had BIG net par
outstanding of $6.4 billion as of December 31, 2018 compared with $7.1 billion as of December 31, 2017. The Company
projects that its total net expected loss across its troubled U.S. public finance exposures as of December 31, 2018 will be $832
million, compared with $1,157 million as of December 31, 2017. The total net expected loss for troubled U.S. public finance
exposures is net of a credit for estimated future recoveries of claims already paid. At December 31, 2018, that credit was $586
million compared with $385 million at December 31, 2017. Economic loss development on U.S. exposures in 2018 was $70
million, which was primarily attributable to Puerto Rico exposures, partially offset by the release of reserves on the Company's
exposure to the City of Hartford following the State of Connecticut's (CT) agreement to pay the debt service costs of certain
bonds of the City of Hartford, including those insured by the Company.
The economic benefit of approximately $14 million on non-U.S. exposures during 2018 was mainly attributable to a
U.K. arterial road and changes in certain probability of default assumptions.
U.S. RMBS: The net benefit attributable to U.S. RMBS of $69 million was mainly related to improvement in the
performance of second lien U.S. RMBS transactions. The net expected loss to be paid for U.S RMBS increased from 2017 to
2018 mainly due losses assumed in the SGI Transaction and the collection of a large R&W settlement in 2018.
Other Structured Finance: The economic loss development attributable to structured finance, excluding U.S. RMBS,
was $8 million, related to progress on efforts to workout life insurance transactions and LAE.
2017 Net Economic Loss Development
Public Finance: Public finance expected loss to be paid primarily related to U.S. exposures which had BIG net par
outstanding of $7.1 billion as of December 31, 2017 compared with $7.4 billion as of December 31, 2016. The Company
projected that its total net expected loss across its troubled U.S. public finance exposures as of December 31, 2017 would be
$1,157 million, compared with $871 million as of December 31, 2016. Economic loss development on U.S. exposures in 2017
was $554 million, which was primarily attributable to Puerto Rico exposures.
U.S. RMBS: The net benefit attributable to U.S. RMBS was $181 million and was mainly related to an R&W
litigation settlement, and improved second lien U.S. RMBS recoveries.
Other Structured Finance: The net benefit attributable to structured finance (excluding U.S. RMBS) was $55 million,
primarily due to a benefit from a litigation settlement related to two life insurance transactions.
97
Insurance Segment Loss and LAE
The primary differences between net economic loss development and the amount reported as loss and LAE in the
consolidated statements of operations are that loss and LAE: (1) considers deferred premium revenue in the calculation of loss
reserves and loss and LAE for financial guaranty insurance contracts, (2) eliminates loss and LAE related to consolidated FG
VIEs and (3) does not include estimated losses on credit derivatives.
Loss and LAE reported in Insurance segment adjusted operating income (i.e., adjusted loss and LAE) includes loss
and LAE on financial guaranty insurance contracts (without giving effect to eliminations related to consolidation of FG VIEs),
plus credit derivative losses.
For financial guaranty insurance contracts, each transaction's expected loss to be expensed is compared with the
deferred premium revenue of that transaction. When the expected loss to be expensed exceeds the deferred premium revenue, a
loss is recognized in income for the amount of such excess. Therefore, the timing of loss recognition in income does not
necessarily coincide with the timing of the actual credit impairment or improvement reported in net economic loss
development. Transactions (particularly BIG transactions) acquired in a business combination or seasoned portfolios assumed
from legacy financial guaranty insurers generally have the largest deferred premium revenue balances. Therefore the largest
differences between net economic loss development and loss and LAE on financial guaranty insurance contracts generally
relate to those policies.
The amount of loss and LAE recognized in Insurance segment income, which includes all policies regardless of form,
is a function of the amount of economic loss development discussed above and the deferred premium revenue amortization in a
given period, on a contract-by-contract basis.
While expected loss to be paid is an important liquidity measure that provides the present value of amounts that the
Company expects to pay or recover in future periods on all contracts, expected loss to be expensed is important because it
presents the Company’s projection of net expected losses that will be recognized in future periods as deferred premium revenue
amortizes into income for financial guaranty insurance policies.
The following table presents the Insurance segment loss and LAE, net of reinsurance.
Insurance Segment
Loss and LAE (Benefit)
U.S. public finance
Non-U.S. public finance
Structured finance
U.S. RMBS
Other structured finance
Structured finance
Total loss and LAE (benefit)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
$
247
(7)
(176)
22
(154)
86
$
$
90
(7)
(19)
6
(13)
70
$
553
(4)
(142)
(55)
(197)
352
The primary components of the Insurance segment loss and LAE expense were as follows:
•
•
•
2019 was mainly driven by higher losses on certain Puerto Rico exposures, partially offset by improved recoveries
in U.S. RMBS,
2018 was mainly driven by higher loss reserves on certain Puerto Rico exposures, partially offset by the reduction
of loss reserves on the City of Hartford, CT, exposure and a benefit on structured finance exposures, and
2017 was mainly driven by higher loss reserves on certain Puerto Rico exposures, partially offset by a benefit
from R&W settlements of $105 million, and a life insurance litigation settlement.
98
For additional information on the expected timing of net expected losses to be expensed see Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7, Contracts Accounted for as Insurance, Financial Guaranty Insurance Losses.
Compensation, Benefits, Other Operating Expenses and Amortization of DAC
2019 compared with 2018: Employee compensation and benefit expenses increased in 2019 compared with 2018
primarily due to higher bonus and share-based compensation expenses, which were offset by higher deferred costs as a result of
increased new business production. Other operating expenses and amortization of DAC increased in 2019 compared with 2018
primarily due to higher professional fees and amortization of DAC resulting from increased premium earned for specific
underwriting years, which were partially offset by lower acquisition related expenses, which related to the SGI Transaction in
2018.
2018 compared with 2017: Employee compensation and benefit expenses increased in 2018 compared with 2017
primarily due to higher salary and bonus accruals and share-based compensation expenses, which were offset by higher
deferred costs as a result of increased new business production. Other operating expenses and amortization of DAC decreased
in 2018 compared with 2017 primarily due to lower acquisition related expenses (SGI Transaction in 2018 versus MBIA UK
Acquisition in 2017) and amortization of DAC resulting from reduced premium earned for specific underwriting years.
Asset Management Segment Results
Asset Management Results
Revenues
Management fees:
CLOs
Opportunity funds
Wind-down funds
Total management fees
Performance fees
Total asset management fees
Total revenues
Expenses
Restructuring expenses
Amortization of intangible assets
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
Other operating expenses
Total expenses
Adjusted operating income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Adjusted operating income (loss)
Asset Management Fees
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
(in millions)
$
$
3
2
13
18
4
22
22
7
3
17
7
34
(12)
(2)
(10)
Management fees from CLOs are the net management fees that Assured Investment Management retains after rebating
the portion of these fees that pertains to the CLO equity that is held directly by Assured Investment Management funds. Gross
management fees from CLOs, before rebates to Assured Investment Management funds, were $11 million for the fourth quarter
of 2019.
99
Management fees from opportunity funds for the quarter are attributable to a previously established opportunity fund.
During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company launched two new opportunity funds with capital from the Company's
insurance subsidiaries of $142 million, which are expected to earn management fees beginning in 2020.
Performance fees were primarily derived from the achievement of performance criteria of two funds currently in wind-
down. Funds that do not hit high-water marks or return hurdles are not eligible to receive performance fees for the year.
Distributions to investors in the wind-down funds are expected to continue, at least throughout 2020.
Performance fees are recorded when the contractual performance criteria have been met and when it is probable that a
significant reversal of revenues will not occur in future reporting periods. For opportunity funds, these conditions are met
typically close to the end of the fund’s life. The Company's current opportunity funds were not near the end of their harvest
period during the quarter, when they would typically earn performance fee.
Expenses
Expenses primarily consist of employee compensation and benefits, which included $7 million in restructuring
expenses as the Company repositioned Assured Investment Management and right-sized the asset management business.
Remaining operating expenses primarily consist of depreciation and amortization related to the leases held by Assured
Investment Management in New York and London. Amortization of finite-lived intangible assets, which mainly consist of
Assured Investment Management's CLO and investment management contracts and its CLO distribution network, was $3
million during the fourth quarter of 2019.
Assets Under Management
The Company uses AUM as a metric to measure progress in its Asset Management segment. The Company uses
measures of its AUM in its decision making process and intends to use a measure of change in AUM in its calculation of certain
components of management compensation. Investors also use AUM to evaluate companies that participate in the asset
management business. AUM refers to the assets managed, advised or serviced by the Asset Management segment and equals
the sum of the following:
•
•
the net asset value of the opportunity and wind-down funds plus any unfunded commitments;
the amount of aggregate collateral balance and principal cash of Assured Investment Management's CLOs, including
CLO equity that may be held by Assured Investment Management funds. This also includes CLO assets managed by
BlueMountain Fuji Management, LLC (BM Fuji). BlueMountain is not the investment manager of BM Fuji CLOs, but
rather has entered into a services agreement and a secondment agreement with BM Fuji pursuant to which
BlueMountain provides certain services associated with the management of BM Fuji-advised CLOs and acts in the
capacity of service provider.
The Company's calculation of AUM may differ from the calculation employed by other investment managers and, as a
result, this measure may not be directly comparable to similar measures presented by other investment managers. The
calculation also differs from the manner in which Assured Investment Management affiliates registered with the SEC report
“Regulatory Assets Under Management” on Form ADV and Form PF in various ways.
The Company also uses several other measurements of AUM to understand and measure its AUM in more detail and
for various purposes, including its relative position in the market and its income and income potential:
•
•
•
“Third-party assets under management” or “3rd Party AUM” refers to the assets Assured Investment Management
manages or advises on behalf of third-party investors. This includes current and former employee investments in
Assured Investment Management's funds. For CLOs, this also includes CLO equity that may be held by Assured
Investment Management's funds.
“Intercompany assets under management” or “Intercompany AUM” refers to the assets Assured Investment
Management manages or advises on behalf of the Company. This includes investments from affiliates of Assured
Guaranty along with general partners' investments of BlueMountain (or its affiliates) into the funds.
“Funded assets under management” or “Funded AUM” refers to assets that have been deployed or invested into the
funds or CLOs.
100
•
•
•
“Unfunded assets under management” or “Unfunded AUM” refers to unfunded capital commitments from closed-end
funds and CLO warehouse fund.
“Fee earning assets under management” or “Fee Earning AUM” refers to assets where Assured Investment
Management collects fees and has elected not to waive or rebate fees to investors.
“Non-fee earning assets under management” or “Non-Fee Earning AUM” refers to assets where Assured Investment
Management does not collect fees or has elected to waive or rebate fees to investors. Assured Investment Management
reserves the right to waive some or all fees for certain investors, including investors affiliated with Assured Investment
Management and/or the Company. Further, to the extent that the Company's wind-down and/or opportunity funds are
invested in Assured Investment Management managed CLOs, Assured Investment Management may rebate any
management fees and/or performance compensation earned from the CLOs to the extent such fees are attributable to
the wind-down and opportunity funds’ holdings of CLOs also managed by Assured Investment Management.
Assets Under Management
Rollforward:
AUM, October 1, 2019
Inflows
Outflows:
Redemptions
Distributions
Total outflows
Net flows
Change in fund value
AUM, end of period (1)
Funded AUM
Unfunded AUM
Fee Earning AUM
Non-Fee Earning AUM
CLOs
Opportunity
Funds
Wind-Down
Funds
Total
(in millions)
$
11,844
$
923
$
5,528
$
18,295
977
—
(92)
(92)
885
29
$
$
$
$
$
12,758
12,721
37
3,438
$
9,320
165
—
1,142
—
(43)
(43)
122
(22)
1,023
796
227
695
328
$
$
$
(171)
(1,126)
(1,297)
(1,297)
(185)
4,046
3,980
66
$
$
3,838
$
208
(171)
(1,261)
(1,432)
(290)
(178)
17,827
17,497
330
7,971
9,856
_____________________
(1)
Includes $142 million and $49 million of AUM related to intercompany investments in Assured Investment
Management opportunity fund and CLO fund, respectively.
CLOs AUM includes $536 million of CLO equity that is held by various Assured Investment Management funds. This
CLO equity corresponds to the majority of the non-fee earning CLO AUM, as Assured Investment Management typically
rebates the CLO fees back to Assured Investment Management funds.
Net outflows were $290 million, primarily driven by the return of capital in wind-down funds, which includes funds
that are now subject to orderly wind-down and certain funds in their harvest period, partially offset by the issuance of two new
CLOs and a CLO fund, as well as the launch of opportunity funds focused on asset-backed finance and healthcare structured
capital strategies. The new funds launched in the fourth quarter of 2019 were primarily funded with capital from the Insurance
segment.
101
Corporate Division Results
Corporate Results
Revenues
Net investment income
Other income (loss) (1)
Total revenues
Expenses
Interest expense
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
Other operating expenses
Total expenses
Adjusted operating income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Adjusted operating income (loss)
_____________________
(1)
Primarily loss on extinguishment of debt.
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
$
4
(1)
3
94
17
22
133
(130)
(19)
(111) $
$
6
(34)
(28)
97
18
14
129
(157)
(61)
(96) $
2
(10)
(8)
100
16
13
129
(137)
(54)
(83)
Adjusted operating loss for the Corporate division for all periods consisted primarily of interest expense and
compensation expense, and also included losses on the extinguishment of debt recorded in other income.
Revenues
The loss on extinguishment of debt, recorded in other income, is related to AGUS' purchase of a portion of the
principal amount of AGMH's outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures. The loss represents the difference between the
amount paid to purchase AGMH's debt and the carrying value of the debt, which includes the unamortized fair value
adjustments that were recorded upon the acquisition of AGMH in 2009.
Interest Expense
Interest expense primarily relates to debt issued by AGUS and AGMH. Decrease in interest expense for all years
relates to purchase of AGMH's debt by AGUS. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 15, Long-Term
Debt and Credit Facilities, for additional information.
Compensation, Benefits and Other Operating Expenses
Compensation and benefits expenses allocated to the Corporate division are based on time studies and represent the
costs incurred and time spent on holding company activities, capital management, corporate oversight and governance. Other
operating expenses increased in 2019 compared with 2018 primarily due to higher professional fees related to AGUS'
acquisition of BlueMountain.
Other
Other items consist of intersegment eliminations, reclassifications, and consolidation adjustments, including the effect
of consolidating FG VIEs and certain Assured Investment Management investment vehicles in which Insurance segment
invests. The net effect on adjusted operating income (loss) of these adjustments was a loss of $4 million in 2018 and a gain of
$12 million in 2017. The effect was de minimis in 2019. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 4,
Segment Information.
102
VIE Consolidation Effect on
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to AGL
Effect of consolidating:
FG VIEs
Investment vehicles
VIE consolidation effect
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
— $
—
— $
(4) $
—
(4) $
11
—
11
The types of variable interest entities (VIEs) the Company consolidates when it is deemed to be the primary
beneficiary include (1) entities whose debt obligations the insurance subsidiaries insure, and (2) investment vehicles such as
collateralized financing entities and investment funds managed by the Asset Management subsidiaries, in which the insurance
company subsidiaries have a variable interest (consolidated investment vehicles). The Company eliminates the effects of
intercompany transactions between consolidated VIEs and its insurance and asset management subsidiaries, as well as
intercompany transactions between consolidated VIEs.
Generally, the consolidation of the Company's consolidated investment vehicles and FG VIEs has a significant gross-
up effect on the Company's assets, liabilities and cash flows. The consolidated investment vehicles have no net effect on the net
income attributable to the Company. The economic interest the Company holds in consolidated funds is presented in the
Insurance segment. The ownership interests of the Company's consolidated funds, to which the Company has no economic
rights, are reflected as either redeemable or nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated funds in the Company's
consolidated financial statements. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 14, Variable Interest
Entities, for additional information.
103
Reconciliation to GAAP
Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) Attributable to AGL
To Adjusted Operating Income (Loss)
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
Less pre-tax adjustments:
Realized gains (losses) on investments
Non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit
derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS (1)
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of premiums
receivable and loss and LAE reserves
Total pre-tax adjustments
Less tax effect on pre-tax adjustments
Adjusted operating income (loss)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
402
$
521
$
730
22
(10)
(22)
22
12
(1)
391
$
(32)
101
14
(32)
51
(12)
482
$
40
43
(2)
57
138
(69)
661
$
___________________
(1)
Included in other income (loss) in the consolidated statements of operations.
Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)
The table below presents the components of net realized investment gains (losses).
Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)
Gross realized gains on available-for-sale securities
Gross realized losses on available-for-sale securities
Net realized gains (losses) on other invested assets
OTTI
Net realized investment gains (losses)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
63
(5)
(1)
(35)
22
$
$
$
20
(12)
(1)
(39)
(32) $
95
(12)
—
(43)
40
Gross realized gains mainly consisted of the following in each year presented:
•
•
•
2019 mainly related to the sale of the COFINA Exchange Senior Bonds.
2018 mainly related to foreign exchange gains.
2017 mainly relate to sales of internally managed investments, including the gain on sale of the Zohar II
2005-1 notes exchanged in the MBIA UK Acquisition.
OTTI for 2019, 2018 and 2017 was primarily attributable to securities purchased for loss mitigation and other risk
management purposes and changes in foreign exchange rates.
Non-Credit Impairment Unrealized Fair Value Gains (Losses) on Credit Derivatives
Changes in the fair value of credit derivatives occur because of changes in the Company's own credit rating and credit
spreads, collateral credit spreads, notional amounts, credit ratings of the referenced entities, expected terms, realized gains
(losses) and other settlements, interest rates, and other market factors. The components of changes in fair value of credit
derivatives related to credit derivative revenues and changes in expected losses are included in Insurance segment results. Non-
economic changes in unrealized fair value gains and losses on credit derivatives are not included in the Insurance segment
measure of adjusted operating income because it does not represent actual claims or expected losses and are expected to reverse
104
to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date. Changes in the fair value of the Company’s credit derivatives that do not
reflect actual or expected claims or credit losses have no impact on the Company’s statutory claims-paying resources, rating
agency capital or regulatory capital positions. Unrealized gains (losses) on credit derivatives may fluctuate significantly in
future periods.
The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates, and other market
conditions at the time fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structural terms,
the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. The fair value of credit derivative contracts also
reflects the change in the Company’s own credit cost based on the price to purchase credit protection on AGC. The Company
determines its own credit risk based on quoted CDS prices traded on AGC at each balance sheet date. Generally, a widening of
credit spreads of the underlying obligations results in unrealized losses and the tightening of credit spreads of the underlying
obligations results in unrealized gains. A widening of the CDS prices traded on AGC has an effect of offsetting unrealized
losses that result from widening general market credit spreads, while a narrowing of the CDS prices traded on AGC has an
effect of offsetting unrealized gains that result from narrowing general market credit spreads. Due to the relatively low volume
and characteristics of CDS contracts remaining in AGM's portfolio, changes in AGM's credit spreads do not significantly affect
the fair value of these CDS contracts.
The valuation of the Company’s credit derivative contracts requires the use of models that contain significant,
unobservable inputs, and are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The models used to determine fair value are
primarily developed internally based on market conventions for similar transactions that the Company observed in the past.
There has been very limited new issuance activity in this market over the past several years and as of December 31, 2019,
market prices for the Company’s credit derivative contracts were generally not available. Inputs to the estimate of fair value
include various market indices, credit spreads, the Company’s own credit spread, and estimated contractual payments. See Item
8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 9, Fair Value Measurement, for additional information.
During 2019, non-credit impairment fair value gains were generated primarily as a result of price improvements on the
underlying collateral of the Company's CDS. These unrealized fair value gains were partially offset by unrealized fair value
losses resulting from wider implied net spreads driven by the decreased market cost to buy protection in AGC’s name during
the period. For those CDS transactions that were pricing at or above their floor levels, when the cost of purchasing CDS
protection on AGC, which management refers to as the CDS spread on AGC, decreased, the implied spreads that the Company
would expect to receive on these transactions increased.
During 2018, non-credit impairment fair value gains were primarily generated by CDS terminations, run-off of CDS
par and price improvements on the underlying collateral of the Company’s CDS. In addition, unrealized fair value gains were
generated by the increase in credit given to the primary insurer on one of the Company's second-to-pay CDS policies during the
period. The unrealized fair value gains were partially offset by unrealized fair value losses resulting from wider implied net
spreads driven by the decreased cost to buy protection in AGC’s name, as the market cost of AGC’s credit protection decreased
during the period.
During 2017, non-credit impairment fair value gains were primarily generated by CDS terminations, run-off of net par
outstanding, and price improvements on the underlying collateral of the Company’s CDS. The majority of the CDS transactions
that were terminated were as a result of settlement agreements with several CDS counterparties. During 2017, the cost to buy
protection in AGC’s name, specifically the five-year CDS spread, did not change materially during the period, and therefore did
not have a material impact on the Company’s unrealized fair value gains and losses on CDS.
Fair Value Gains (Losses) on CCS
Fair value losses on CCS in 2019 and 2017 were primarily due to a tightening in market spreads during the year. Fair
value gains on CCS in 2018 were primarily due to a widening in market spreads during 2018. Fair value of CCS is heavily
affected by, and in part fluctuates with, changes in market interest rates, credit spreads and other market factors and are not
expected to result in an economic gain or loss.
Foreign Exchange Gain (Loss) on Remeasurement
Foreign exchange gains and losses in all years primarily relate to remeasurement of premiums receivable and are
mainly due to changes in the exchange rate of the pound sterling relative to the U.S. dollar.
105
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
To reflect the key financial measures that management analyzes in evaluating the Company’s operations and progress
towards long-term goals, the Company discloses both financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP and financial
measures not determined in accordance with GAAP (non-GAAP financial measures).
Financial measures identified as non-GAAP should not be considered substitutes for GAAP financial measures. The
primary limitation of non-GAAP financial measures is the potential lack of comparability to financial measures of other
companies, whose definitions of non-GAAP financial measures may differ from those of the Company.
By disclosing non-GAAP financial measures, the Company gives investors, analysts and financial news reporters
access to information that management and the Board of Directors review internally. The Company believes its presentation of
non-GAAP financial measures, along with the effect of VIE consolidation, provides information that is necessary for analysts
to calculate their estimates of Assured Guaranty’s financial results in their research reports on Assured Guaranty and for
investors, analysts and the financial news media to evaluate Assured Guaranty’s financial results.
GAAP requires the Company to consolidate certain FG VIEs and investment vehicles. The Company does not own such
FG VIEs and its exposure is limited to its obligation under the financial guaranty insurance contract, which is captured in the
Insurance segment results. The economic effect of its consolidated investment vehicles is also captured in its Insurance segment
results through the insurance subsidiaries' economic interest in such vehicles. Management and the Board of Directors use non-
GAAP financial measures further adjusted to remove VIE consolidation (which the Company refers to as its core financial
measures), as well as GAAP financial measures and other factors, to evaluate the Company’s results of operations, financial
condition and progress towards long-term goals. The Company uses these core financial measures in its decision making process
and in its calculation of certain components of management compensation. Wherever possible, the Company has separately
disclosed the effect of VIE consolidation.
Management believes that many investors, analysts and financial news reporters use adjusted operating shareholders’
equity, further adjusted to remove the effect of VIE consolidation, as the principal financial measure for valuing AGL’s current
share price or projected share price and also as the basis of their decision to recommend, buy or sell AGL’s common shares.
Management also believes that many of the Company’s fixed income investors also use this measure to evaluate the Company’s
capital adequacy.
Management believes that many investors, analysts and financial news reporters also use adjusted book value, further
adjusted to remove the effect of VIE consolidation, to evaluate AGL’s share price and as the basis of their decision to
recommend, buy or sell the AGL common shares. Adjusted operating income further adjusted for the effect of VIE
consolidation enables investors and analysts to evaluate the Company’s financial results in comparison with the consensus
analyst estimates distributed publicly by financial databases.
The core financial measures that the Company uses to help determine compensation are: (1) adjusted operating
income, further adjusted to remove the effect of VIE consolidation, (2) adjusted operating shareholders' equity, further adjusted
to remove the effect of VIE consolidation, (3) growth in adjusted book value per share, further adjusted to remove the effect of
VIE consolidation, and (4) PVP.
The following paragraphs define each non-GAAP financial measure disclosed by the Company and describe why it is
useful. To the extent there is a directly comparable GAAP financial measure, a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial
measure and the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is presented below.
Adjusted Operating Income
Management believes that adjusted operating income is a useful measure because it clarifies the understanding of the
underwriting results and financial condition of the Company and presents the results of operations of the Company excluding
the fair value adjustments on credit derivatives and CCS that are not expected to result in economic gain or loss, as well as
other adjustments described below. Management further adjusts adjusted operating income by removing VIE consolidation to
arrive at its core operating income measure. Adjusted operating income is defined as net income (loss) attributable to AGL, as
reported under GAAP, adjusted for the following:
106
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Elimination of realized gains (losses) on the Company’s investments, except for gains and losses on securities
classified as trading. The timing of realized gains and losses, which depends largely on market credit cycles,
can vary considerably across periods. The timing of sales is largely subject to the Company’s discretion and
influenced by market opportunities, as well as the Company’s tax and capital profile.
Elimination of non-credit-impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives that are
recognized in net income, which is the amount of unrealized fair value gains (losses) in excess of the present
value of the expected estimated economic credit losses, and non-economic payments. Such fair value
adjustments are heavily affected by, and in part fluctuate with, changes in market interest rates, the
Company's credit spreads, and other market factors and are not expected to result in an economic gain or loss.
Elimination of fair value gains (losses) on the Company’s CCS that are recognized in net income. Such
amounts are affected by changes in market interest rates, the Company's credit spreads, price indications on
the Company's publicly traded debt, and other market factors and are not expected to result in an economic
gain or loss.
Elimination of foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of net premium receivables and loss and
LAE reserves that are recognized in net income. Long-dated receivables and loss and LAE reserves represent
the present value of future contractual or expected cash flows. Therefore, the current period’s foreign
exchange remeasurement gains (losses) are not necessarily indicative of the total foreign exchange gains
(losses) that the Company will ultimately recognize.
Elimination of the tax effects related to the above adjustments, which are determined by applying the
statutory tax rate in each of the jurisdictions that generate these adjustments.
Adjusted Operating Shareholders’ Equity and Adjusted Book Value
Management believes that adjusted operating shareholders’ equity is a useful measure because it presents the equity of
the Company excluding the fair value adjustments on investments, credit derivatives and CCS that are not expected to result in
economic gain or loss, along with other adjustments described below. Management further adjusts adjusted operating
shareholders’ equity by removing VIE consolidation to arrive at its core operating shareholders' equity and core adjusted book
value.
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity is the basis of the calculation of adjusted book value (see below). Adjusted
operating shareholders’ equity is defined as shareholders’ equity attributable to AGL, as reported under GAAP, adjusted for the
following:
1)
2)
3)
Elimination of non-credit-impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives, which is the
amount of unrealized fair value gains (losses) in excess of the present value of the expected estimated
economic credit losses, and non-economic payments. Such fair value adjustments are heavily affected by, and
in part fluctuate with, changes in market interest rates, credit spreads and other market factors and are not
expected to result in an economic gain or loss.
Elimination of fair value gains (losses) on the Company’s CCS. Such amounts are affected by changes in
market interest rates, the Company's credit spreads, price indications on the Company's publicly traded debt,
and other market factors and are not expected to result in an economic gain or loss.
Elimination of unrealized gains (losses) on the Company’s investments that are recorded as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) (excluding foreign exchange remeasurement). The AOCI
component of the fair value adjustment on the investment portfolio is not deemed economic because the
Company generally holds these investments to maturity and therefore should not recognize an economic gain
or loss.
4)
Elimination of the tax effects related to the above adjustments, which are determined by applying the
statutory tax rate in each of the jurisdictions that generate these adjustments.
Management uses adjusted book value, further adjusted for VIE consolidation, to measure the intrinsic value of the
Company, excluding franchise value. Growth in adjusted book value per share, further adjusted for VIE consolidation (core
adjusted book value), is one of the key financial measures used in determining the amount of certain long-term compensation
107
elements to management and employees and used by rating agencies and investors. Management believes that adjusted book
value is a useful measure because it enables an evaluation of the Company’s in-force premiums and revenues net of expected
losses. Adjusted book value is adjusted operating shareholders’ equity, as defined above, further adjusted for the following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Elimination of deferred acquisition costs, net. These amounts represent net deferred expenses that have
already been paid or accrued and will be expensed in future accounting periods.
Addition of the net present value of estimated net future revenue. See below.
Addition of the deferred premium revenue on financial guaranty contracts in excess of expected loss to be
expensed, net of reinsurance. This amount represents the expected future net earned premiums, net of
expected losses to be expensed, which are not reflected in GAAP equity.
Elimination of the tax effects related to the above adjustments, which are determined by applying the
statutory tax rate in each of the jurisdictions that generate these adjustments.
The unearned premiums and revenues included in adjusted book value will be earned in future periods, but actual
earnings may differ materially from the estimated amounts used in determining current adjusted book value due to changes in
foreign exchange rates, prepayment speeds, terminations, credit defaults and other factors.
Reconciliation of Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to AGL
To Adjusted Book Value
Shareholders’ equity Attributable to AGL
$
6,639
$
71.18
$
6,555
$
63.23
As of December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2018
After-Tax
Per Share
After-Tax
Per Share
(dollars in millions, except
per share amounts)
Less pre-tax adjustments:
Non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains
(losses) on credit derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
Unrealized gain (loss) on investment portfolio
excluding foreign exchange effect
Less taxes
Adjusted operating shareholders’ equity
Pre-tax adjustments:
Less: Deferred acquisition costs
Plus: Net present value of estimated net future
revenue
Plus: Net unearned premium reserve on financial
guaranty contracts in excess of expected loss to be
expensed
Plus taxes
Adjusted book value
Gain (loss) related to VIE consolidation included in
adjusted operating shareholders' equity (net of tax
provision of $2 and $1)
Gain (loss) related to VIE consolidation included in
adjusted book value (net of tax benefit of $1 and $4)
(56)
52
486
(89)
6,246
111
192
(0.60)
0.56
5.21
(0.95)
66.96
1.19
2.05
(45)
74
247
(63)
6,342
105
204
3,296
(588)
9,035
$
35.34
(6.30)
96.86
$
3,005
(524)
8,922
$
(0.44)
0.72
2.39
(0.61)
61.17
1.01
1.96
28.98
(5.04)
86.06
7
$
0.07
$
3
$
0.03
(4) $
(0.05) $
(15) $
(0.15)
$
$
$
108
Net Present Value of Estimated Net Future Revenue
Management believes that this amount is a useful measure because it enables an evaluation of the value of future
estimated revenue for contracts other than financial guaranty insurance contracts (such as specialty insurance and reinsurance
contracts and credit derivatives). There is no corresponding GAAP financial measure. This amount represents the present value
of estimated future revenue from these contracts, net of reinsurance, ceding commissions and premium taxes, for contracts
without expected economic losses, and is discounted at 6%. Estimated net future revenue may change from period to period
due to changes in foreign exchange rates, prepayment speeds, terminations, credit defaults or other factors that affect par
outstanding or the ultimate maturity of an obligation.
PVP or Present Value of New Business Production
Management believes that PVP is a useful measure because it enables the evaluation of the value of new business
production for the Company by taking into account the value of estimated future installment premiums on all new contracts
underwritten in a reporting period as well as premium supplements and additional installment premium on existing contracts as
to which the issuer has the right to call the insured obligation but has not exercised such right, whether in insurance or credit
derivative contract form, which management believes GAAP gross written premiums and the net credit derivative premiums
received and receivable portion of net realized gains and other settlements on credit derivatives (Credit Derivative Realized
Gains (Losses)) do not adequately measure. PVP in respect of contracts written in a specified period is defined as gross upfront
and installment premiums received and the present value of gross estimated future installment premiums, discounted, in each
case, at 6%. Under GAAP, financial guaranty installment premiums are discounted at a risk free rate. Additionally, under
GAAP, management records future installment premiums on financial guaranty insurance contracts covering non-homogeneous
pools of assets based on the contractual term of the transaction, whereas for PVP purposes, management records an estimate of
the future installment premiums the Company expects to receive, which may be based upon a shorter period of time than the
contractual term of the transaction. Actual future earned or written premiums and Credit Derivative Realized Gains (Losses)
may differ from PVP due to factors including, but not limited to, changes in foreign exchange rates, prepayment speeds,
terminations, credit defaults, or other factors that affect par outstanding or the ultimate maturity of an obligation.
109
Reconciliation of GWP to PVP
GWP
Less: Installment GWP and other GAAP adjustments (1)
Upfront GWP
Plus: Installment premium PVP
PVP
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Public Finance
Structured Finance
U.S.
Non - U.S.
U.S.
Non - U.S.
Total
$
$
198
(3)
201
—
$
201
$
417
417
—
211
211
(in millions)
57
$
55
2
43
45
$
$
$
5
—
5
1
6
$
$
677
469
208
255
463
GWP
Less: Installment GWP and other GAAP adjustments (1)
Upfront GWP
Plus: Installment premium PVP (2)
PVP
GWP
Less: Installment GWP and other GAAP adjustments (1)
Upfront GWP
Plus: Installment premium PVP
PVP
$
$
$
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Public Finance
Structured Finance
U.S.
Non - U.S.
U.S.
Non - U.S.
Total
$
115
(in millions)
167
$
$
10
$
75
40
54
94
$
9
158
8
1
9
3
$
166
$
12
$
320
34
286
105
391
612
119
493
170
663
Year Ended December 31, 2017
Public Finance
Structured Finance
U.S.
Non - U.S.
U.S.
Non - U.S.
Total
$
190
(3)
193
3
$
196
$
(in millions)
$
(1) $
(1)
—
12
12
$
$
105
103
2
64
66
13
—
13
2
15
$
$
307
99
208
81
289
_____________
(1)
Includes present value of new business on installment policies discounted at the prescribed GAAP discount rates,
GWP adjustments on existing installment policies due to changes in assumptions, any cancellations of assumed
reinsurance contracts, and other GAAP adjustments.
(2)
Includes PVP of credit derivatives assumed in the SGI Transaction.
110
Insured Portfolio
Financial Guaranty Exposure
The Company measures its financial guaranty exposure in terms of (a) gross and net par outstanding and (b) gross and
net debt service, which includes scheduled principal and interest. The Company uses gross and net par outstanding and gross
and net debt service to measure and understand the financial guaranty risk it guarantees in its Insurance segment and to
understand its relative position in the fixed income markets.
The Company typically guarantees the payment of principal and interest when due. Since most of these payments are
due in the future, the Company generally uses gross and net par outstanding as a proxy for its financial guaranty exposure.
Gross par outstanding generally represents the principal amount of the insured obligation at a point in time. Net par outstanding
equals gross par outstanding net of any third-party reinsurance. The Company includes in its par outstanding calculation the
impact of any consumer price index inflator to the reporting date as well as, in the case of accreting (zero-coupon) obligations,
accretion to the reporting date.
The Company purchases securities that it has insured, and for which it has expected losses to be paid, in order to
mitigate the economic effect of insured losses (loss mitigation securities). The Company excludes amounts attributable to loss
mitigation securities from par and debt service outstanding, which amounts are included in the investment portfolio, because
the Company manages such securities as investments and not insurance exposure. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31,
2018, the Company excluded $1.4 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively, of net par attributable to loss mitigation securities. See
Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure, for additional information.
Gross debt service outstanding represents the sum of all estimated future principal and interest payments on the
obligations insured, on an undiscounted basis. Net debt service outstanding equals gross debt service outstanding net of any
third-party reinsurance. Future debt service payments include the impact of any consumer price index inflator after the
reporting date, as well as, in the case of accreting (zero-coupon) obligations, accretion after the reporting date.
The Company calculates its debt service outstanding as follows:
•
•
for insured obligations that are not supported by homogeneous pools of assets (which category includes most of the
Company's public finance transactions), as the total estimated contractual future principal and interest due through
maturity, regardless of whether the obligations may be called and regardless of whether, in the case of obligations
where principal payments are due when an underlying asset makes a principal payment, the Company believes the
obligations will be repaid prior to contractual maturity;
for insured obligations that are supported by homogeneous pools of assets that are contractually permitted to prepay
principal (which category includes, for example, RMBS and CLOs), as total estimated expected future principal and
interest due on insured obligations through their respective expected terms, which includes the Company's
expectations as to whether the obligations may be called and, in the case of obligations where principal payments are
due when an underlying asset makes a principal payment, when the Company expects principal payments to be made
prior to contractual maturity.
The calculation of debt service requires the use of estimates, which the Company updates periodically, including
estimates for the expected remaining term of insured obligations supported by homogeneous pools of assets, updated interest
rates for floating and variable rate insured obligations, behavior of consumer price indices for obligations with consumer price
index inflators, foreign exchange rates and other assumptions based on the characteristics of each insured obligation. The
anticipated sunset of LIBOR at the end of 2021 has introduced another variable into the Company's calculation of future debt
service. See the Risk Factor captioned “The Company may be adversely impacted by the transition from LIBOR as a reference
rate” under Operational Risks in Part 1, Item 1A, Risk Factors. Debt service is a measure of the estimated maximum potential
exposure to insured obligations before considering the Company’s various legal rights to the underlying collateral and other
remedies available to it under its financial guaranty contract.
Actual debt service may differ from estimated debt service due to refundings, terminations, negotiated restructurings,
prepayments, changes in interest rates on variable rate insured obligations, consumer price index behavior differing from that
projected, changes in foreign exchange rates on non-U.S. denominated insured obligations and other factors.
111
The following table presents the insured financial guaranty portfolio by sector, net of cessions to reinsurers. It includes
all financial guaranty contracts outstanding as of the dates presented, regardless of the form written (i.e., credit derivative form
or traditional financial guaranty insurance form) or the applicable accounting model (i.e., insurance, derivative or VIE
consolidation).
Financial Guaranty
Net Par Outstanding and Average Internal Rating by Sector
Sector
Public finance:
U.S.:
General obligation
Tax backed
Municipal utilities
Transportation
Healthcare
Higher education
Infrastructure finance
Housing revenue
Investor-owned utilities
Renewable energy
Other public finance—U.S.
Total public finance—U.S.
Non-U.S.:
Regulated utilities
Infrastructure finance
Sovereign and sub-sovereign
Renewable energy
Pooled infrastructure
Total public finance—non-U.S.
Total public finance
Structured finance:
U.S.:
RMBS
Life insurance transactions
Pooled corporate obligations
Financial products
Consumer receivables
Other structured finance—U.S.
Total structured finance—U.S.
Non-U.S.:
RMBS
Pooled corporate obligations
Other structured finance
Total structured finance—non-U.S.
Total structured finance
Total net par outstanding
As of December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2018
Net Par
Outstanding
Avg.
Rating
Net Par
Outstanding
Avg.
Rating
(dollars in millions)
A-
A-
A-
BBB+
A-
A-
A-
BBB+
A-
A-
A-
A-
BBB+
BBB
A+
A
AAA
A-
A-
BBB-
AA-
AA-
AA-
A-
BBB+
A-
A
BB+
A+
A
A-
A-
$
$
78,800
40,616
28,402
15,197
6,750
6,643
5,489
1,435
846
215
2,169
186,562
18,124
17,166
6,094
1,346
1,373
44,103
230,665
4,270
1,435
1,215
1,094
1,255
675
9,944
576
126
491
1,193
11,137
241,802
A-
A-
A-
A-
A-
A-
A-
BBB+
A-
BBB+
A-
A-
BBB+
BBB
A
A
AAA
BBB+
A-
BBB-
A+
AA-
AA-
A-
A-
A-
A-
A
A
A
A-
A-
$
$
73,467
37,047
26,195
16,209
7,148
5,916
5,429
1,321
655
210
1,890
175,487
18,995
17,952
11,341
1,555
1,416
51,259
226,746
3,546
1,776
1,401
1,019
962
596
9,300
427
55
279
761
10,061
236,807
112
The following table sets forth the Company’s net financial guaranty portfolio by internal rating.
Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating
Rating Category
AAA
AA
A
BBB
BIG
As of December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2018
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
$
4,361
29,037
111,329
83,574
8,506
(dollars in millions)
1.8% $
12.3
47.0
35.3
3.6
4,618
27,021
119,415
80,588
10,160
1.9%
11.2
49.4
33.3
4.2
Total net par outstanding
$
236,807
100.0% $
241,802
100.0%
The tables below show the Company's ten largest U.S. public finance, U.S. structured finance and non-U.S. exposures
by revenue source, excluding related authorities and public corporations, as of December 31, 2019:
Ten Largest U.S. Public Finance Exposures
by Revenue Source
As of December 31, 2019
New Jersey (State of)
Pennsylvania (Commonwealth of)
Illinois (State of)
New York Metropolitan Transportation Authority
Puerto Rico, General Obligation, Appropriations and Guarantees of the
Commonwealth
Puerto Rico Highways & Transportation Authority
Chicago (City of) Illinois
North Texas Tollway Authority
California (State of)
Wisconsin (State of)
$
Net Par
Outstanding
4,224
1,978
1,803
1,630
1,409
1,265
1,158
1,120
1,082
1,053
Percent of Total
U.S. Public
Finance Net Par
Outstanding
(dollars in millions)
2.4%
1.1
1.1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.7
0.6
0.6
0.6
Rating
BBB
A-
BBB
A-
CCC
CCC
BBB
A
AA-
A+
Total of top ten U.S. public finance exposures
$
16,722
9.5%
113
Ten Largest U.S. Structured Finance Exposures
As of December 31, 2019
Private US Insurance Securitization
Private US Insurance Securitization
SLM Private Credit Student Trust 2007-A
Private US Insurance Securitization
Fortress Credit Opportunities VII CLO Limited
Private US Insurance Securitization
ABPCI Direct Lending Fund CLO I Ltd
SLM Private Credit Student Loan Trust 2006-C
Option One 2007-FXD2
Brightwood Fund III Static 2018-1, LLC
$
Net Par
Outstanding
530
500
417
340
257
213
208
194
177
159
Percent of Total
U.S. Structured
Finance Net Par
Outstanding
(dollars in millions)
5.7%
5.4
4.4
3.7
2.8
2.3
2.2
2.1
1.9
1.7
Total of top ten U.S. structured finance exposures
$
2,995
32.2%
Ten Largest Non-U.S. Exposures
As of December 31, 2019
Country
Net Par
Outstanding
Southern Water Services Limited
Thames Water Utility Finance Plc
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
$
Hydro-Quebec, Province of Quebec
Canada
Southern Gas Networks PLC
Societe des Autoroutes du Nord et de l'Est de
France S.A.
Welsh Water PLC
Anglian Water Services Financing
National Grid Gas PLC
United Kingdom
France
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC)
United Kingdom
Channel Link Enterprises Finance PLC
France, United Kingdom
2,760
2,068
2,013
1,739
1,689
1,652
1,502
1,314
1,305
1,234
Percent of Total
Non-U.S. Net
Par Outstanding
(dollars in millions)
5.3%
4.0
3.9
3.3
3.2
3.2
2.9
2.5
2.5
2.4
Total of top ten non-U.S. exposures
$
17,276
33.2%
Rating
AA
AA-
A+
AA-
AA-
AA-
A
AA-
CCC
AA
Rating
A-
A-
A+
BBB
BBB+
A-
A-
BBB+
A+
BBB
114
Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Geographic Area
The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of the Company's financial guaranty portfolio.
Geographic Distribution
of Financial Guaranty Portfolio
As of December 31, 2019
U.S.:
California
Pennsylvania
Texas
New York
Illinois
New Jersey
Florida
Michigan
Puerto Rico
Louisiana
Other
Total U.S. public finance
U.S. Structured finance (multiple states)
Total U.S.
Non-U.S.:
United Kingdom
France
Canada
Australia
Austria
Other
Total non-U.S.
Total
Number of Risks
Net Par
Outstanding
(dollars in millions)
Percent of Total
Net Par
Outstanding
1,318
$
665
1,090
749
602
337
266
305
17
162
2,529
8,040
450
8,490
288
7
8
11
3
42
359
8,849
$
33,368
15,895
14,860
14,682
13,977
10,504
7,107
5,345
4,270
4,167
51,312
175,487
9,300
184,787
38,450
3,130
2,495
2,112
1,250
4,583
52,020
236,807
14.1%
6.7
6.3
6.2
5.9
4.4
3.0
2.3
1.8
1.8
21.7
74.2
3.9
78.1
16.2
1.3
1.1
0.9
0.5
1.9
21.9
100.0%
115
Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Issue Size
The Company seeks broad coverage of the market by insuring and reinsuring small and large issues alike. The
following tables set forth the distribution of the Company's portfolio by original size of the Company's exposure.
Public Finance Portfolio by Issue Size
As of December 31, 2019
Number of
Issues
Net Par
Outstanding
(dollars in millions)
33,384
$
62,416
34,257
35,469
61,220
226,746
$
12,838
3,844
640
342
227
17,891
% of Public
Finance
Net Par
Outstanding
14.7%
27.6
15.1
15.6
27.0
100.0%
Structured Finance Portfolio by Issue Size
As of December 31, 2019
Number of
Issues
Net Par
Outstanding
% of Structured
Finance
Net Par
Outstanding
(dollars in millions)
108
$
1,057
1,117
2,229
5,550
10,061
$
135
163
57
76
95
526
1.1%
10.4
11.1
22.2
55.2
100.0%
Original Par Amount Per Issue
Less than $10 million
$10 through $50 million
$50 through $100 million
$100 million to $200 million
$200 million or greater
Total
Original Par Amount Per Issue
Less than $10 million
$10 through $50 million
$50 through $100 million
$100 million to $200 million
$200 million or greater
Total
Exposure to Puerto Rico
The Company had insured exposure to general obligation bonds of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico (Puerto Rico or
the Commonwealth) and various obligations of its related authorities and public corporations aggregating $4.3 billion net par as
of December 31, 2019, all of which was rated BIG. Beginning on January 1, 2016, a number of Puerto Rico exposures have
defaulted on bond payments, and the Company has now paid claims on all of its Puerto Rico exposures except for Puerto Rico
Aqueduct and Sewer Authority (PRASA), Municipal Finance Agency (MFA) and University of Puerto Rico (U of PR).
The Company groups its Puerto Rico exposure into three categories:
•
•
•
Constitutionally Guaranteed.
Public Corporations – Certain Revenues Potentially Subject to Clawback.
Other Public Corporations.
Additional information about recent developments in Puerto Rico and the individual exposures insured by the
Company may be found in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure.
116
Exposure to Puerto Rico
As of December 31, 2019
Net Par Outstanding
AGM
AGC
AG Re
Eliminations
(1)
Total Net
Par
Outstanding
Gross Par
Outstanding
(in millions)
$
611
$
268
$
375
$
(1) $
1,253
$
1,294
7
139
1
(7)
140
145
223
345
—
—
525
—
153
—
481
74
152
15
71
284
33
1
186
35
—
1
226
89
62
—
(79)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(87) $
811
454
152
16
822
373
248
1
842
515
152
16
838
373
282
1
4,270
$
4,458
Commonwealth Constitutionally
Guaranteed
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico - General
Obligation Bonds (2)
Puerto Rico Public Buildings Authority
(PBA) (2)
Public Corporations - Certain Revenues
Potentially Subject to Clawback
Puerto Rico Highways and Transportation
Authority (PRHTA) (Transportation
revenue) (2)
PRHTA (Highway revenue) (2)
Puerto Rico Convention Center District
Authority (PRCCDA)
Puerto Rico Infrastructure Financing
Authority (PRIFA)
Other Public Corporations
PREPA (2)
PRASA
MFA
U of PR
Total exposure to Puerto Rico
$
1,864
$
1,518
$
975
$
____________________
(1)
Net par outstanding eliminations relate to second-to-pay policies under which an Assured Guaranty insurance
subsidiary guarantees an obligation already insured by another Assured Guaranty insurance subsidiary.
(2)
As of the date of this filing, the seven-member financial oversight board established by PROMESA has certified a
filing under Title III of PROMESA for these exposures.
The following tables show the scheduled amortization of the general obligation bonds of Puerto Rico and various
obligations of its related authorities and public corporations insured by the Company. The Company guarantees payments of
interest and principal when those amounts are scheduled to be paid and cannot be required to pay on an accelerated basis. In the
event that obligors default on their obligations, the Company would only pay the shortfall between the principal and interest
due in any given period and the amount paid by the obligors.
117
Amortization Schedule
of Net Par Outstanding of Puerto Rico
As of December 31, 2019
2020
(1Q)
2020
(2Q)
2020
(3Q)
2020
(4Q)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
-2029
2030
-2034
2035
-2039
2040
-2044
2045
-2047
Total
Scheduled Net Par Amortization
(in millions)
Commonwealth Constitutionally
Guaranteed
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico -
General Obligation Bonds
$ — $ — $ 141 $ — $
15 $
37 $
14 $
73 $
289 $ 419 $ 265 $ — $ — $ 1,253
PBA
—
—
5
—
13
—
7
—
58
38
19
—
—
140
Public Corporations - Certain
Revenues Potentially Subject to
Clawback
PRHTA (Transportation revenue)
PRHTA (Highway revenue)
PRCCDA
PRIFA
Other Public Corporations
PREPA
PRASA
MFA
U of PR
Total
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
25
22
—
—
48
—
45
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
18
35
—
—
28
—
40
—
28
6
—
—
28
—
40
—
33
32
—
2
95
—
22
—
4
33
—
—
93
1
18
—
163
55
19
—
386
109
79
—
166
177
76
—
140
—
4
1
292
94
57
7
4
2
—
—
82
—
—
7
—
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
246
—
—
811
454
152
16
822
373
248
1
$ — $ — $ 286 $ — $ 149 $ 139 $ 205 $ 222 $ 1,158 $1,021 $ 740 $ 104 $ 246 $ 4,270
Amortization Schedule
of Net Debt Service Outstanding of Puerto Rico
As of December 31, 2019
2020
(1Q)
2020
(2Q)
2020
(3Q)
2020
(4Q)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
-2029
2030
-2034
2035
-2039
2040
-2044
2045
-2047
Total
Scheduled Net Debt Service Amortization
(in millions)
Commonwealth Constitutionally
Guaranteed
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico -
General Obligation Bonds
$
33 $ — $ 173 $ — $
74 $
94 $
70 $ 128 $
514 $ 572 $
294 $ — $ — $ 1,952
PBA
4
—
9
—
20
6
13
6
81
50
20
—
—
209
Public Corporations - Certain
Revenues Potentially Subject to
Clawback
PRHTA (Transportation revenue)
PRHTA (Highway revenue)
PRCCDA
PRIFA
Other Public Corporations
PREPA
PRASA
MFA
U of PR
Total
21
12
3
—
17
10
6
—
—
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
46
34
3
—
65
10
52
—
—
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
59
58
7
1
63
19
50
—
68
27
7
1
62
19
48
—
72
52
7
3
41
51
7
1
128
121
19
28
—
20
23
—
331
134
52
4
467
190
89
—
294
233
103
3
155
68
5
1
356
101
61
10
5
70
—
—
89
—
—
8
—
82
—
—
— 1,377
—
—
—
702
250
31
— 1,089
272
—
—
779
301
1
$ 106 $
3 $ 392 $
3 $ 351 $ 332 $ 392 $ 398 $ 1,862 $1,484 $
917 $ 179 $ 272 $ 6,691
118
Financial Guaranty Exposure to U.S. Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities
The table below provides information on certain risk characteristics of the Company’s U.S. RMBS exposures. As of
December 31, 2019, U.S. RMBS net par outstanding was $3.5 billion, of which $1.6 billion was rated BIG. U.S. RMBS
exposures represent 2% of the total net par outstanding, and BIG U.S. RMBS represent 19% of total BIG net par outstanding as
of December 31, 2019. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 6, Expected Loss to be Paid, for a
discussion of expected losses to be paid on U.S. RMBS exposures.
Distribution of U.S. RMBS by Year Insured and Type of Exposure as of December 31, 2019
Year
insured:
2004 and prior
2005
2006
2007
2008
Total exposures
Prime
First Lien
Alt-A
First Lien
Option
ARMs
Subprime
First Lien
Second
Lien
Total Net Par
Outstanding
$
$
22
50
38
—
—
110
$
$
21
217
42
332
—
612
$
$
(in millions)
1
24
11
28
—
64
$
$
581
222
280
957
43
2,083
$
$
47
132
217
281
—
677
$
$
672
645
588
1,598
43
3,546
Specialty Insurance and Reinsurance Exposure
The Company also provides specialty insurance and reinsurance on transactions with risk profiles similar to those of
its structured finance exposures written in financial guaranty form. All specialty insurance and reinsurance exposures shown in
the table below are rated investment grade internally.
Specialty Insurance and Reinsurance
Exposure
Life insurance transactions (1)
Aircraft RVI policies
Gross Exposure
Net Exposure
As of
December 31,
2019
As of
December 31,
2018
As of
December 31,
2019
As of
December 31,
2018
$
1,046
$
398
(in millions)
$
880
340
$
898
243
763
218
____________________
(1)
The life insurance transactions net exposure is projected to increase to approximately $1.0 billion by December 31,
2023.
Reinsurer Exposures
The Company has exposure to reinsurers through reinsurance arrangements (both as a ceding company and as an
assuming company). Most of the Company's exposure as a ceding company and as an assuming company relates to financial
guaranty contracts written before 2009, although the Company has assumed or reassumed (from financial guarantors no longer
writing new business) some of those exposures more recently. The Company continues to cede portions of certain specialty
exposures to reinsurers to mitigate its risk. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 8, Reinsurance.
119
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity Requirements and Sources
AGL and its Holding Company Subsidiaries
The liquidity of AGL, AGUS and AGMH is largely dependent on dividends from their operating subsidiaries and their
access to external financing. The liquidity requirements of these entities include the payment of operating expenses, interest on
debt issued by AGUS and AGMH, and dividends on AGL's common shares. AGL and its holding company subsidiaries may
also require liquidity to fund acquisitions of new businesses, to make capital investments in their operating subsidiaries,
purchase the Company's outstanding debt, or in the case of AGL, to repurchase its common shares pursuant to its share
repurchase authorization. In the ordinary course of business, the Company evaluates its liquidity needs and capital resources in
light of holding company expenses and dividend policy, as well as rating agency considerations. The Company also subjects its
cash flow projections and its assets to a stress test, maintaining a liquid asset balance of one time its stressed operating
company net cash flows. Management believes that AGL will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy its needs over the next twelve
months. See “Distributions From Subsidiaries” below for a discussion of the dividend restrictions of its insurance subsidiaries.
120
The following table presents significant holding company cash flow activities (other than investment income,
expenses and taxes) related to distributions from subsidiaries and outflows for debt service, dividends and other capital
management activities.
AGL and U.S. Holding Company Subsidiaries
Significant Cash Flow Items
Year ended December 31, 2019
Intercompany sources
Intercompany (uses)
External sources (uses):
Dividends paid to AGL shareholders
Repurchases of common shares (1)
Interest paid (2)
Purchase of AGMH's debt by AGUS
BlueMountain acquisition
Year ended December 31, 2018
Intercompany sources
Intercompany (uses)
External sources (uses):
Dividends paid to AGL shareholders
Repurchases of common shares (1)
Interest paid (2)
Purchase of AGMH's debt by AGUS
Year ended December 31, 2017
Intercompany sources
Intercompany (uses)
External sources (uses):
Dividends paid to AGL shareholders
Repurchases of common shares (1)
Interest paid (2)
Purchase of AGMH's debt by AGUS
$
$
$
AGL
AGUS
(in millions)
AGMH
689
$
—
$
667
(492)
(74)
(500)
—
—
—
—
—
(46)
(3)
(157)
597
$
—
$
525
(485)
(71)
(500)
—
—
—
—
(58)
(100)
595
$
—
$
391
(511)
(70)
(501)
—
—
—
—
(32)
(28)
220
(199)
—
—
(38)
—
—
205
(192)
—
—
(41)
—
322
(279)
—
—
(45)
—
____________________
(1)
See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 21, Shareholders' Equity, for additional information
about share repurchases and authorizations.
(2)
See “Long-Term Obligations” below for interest paid by subsidiary.
Distributions From Subsidiaries
The Company anticipates that, for the next twelve months, amounts paid by AGL’s direct and indirect insurance
subsidiaries as dividends or other distributions will be a major source of its liquidity. The insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay
dividends depends upon their financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, other potential uses for such funds,
and compliance with rating agency requirements, and is also subject to restrictions contained in the insurance laws and related
regulations of their states of domicile. Dividend restrictions applicable to the insurance subsidiaries are described in Item 8,
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 18, Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements.
121
Dividend restrictions by insurance subsidiary are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
The maximum amount available during 2020 for AGM to distribute as dividends without regulatory approval is
estimated to be approximately $218 million, of which $72 million is estimated to be available for distribution in
the first quarter of 2020.
The maximum amount available during 2020 for AGC to distribute as ordinary dividends is approximately $166
million, of which approximately $85 million is available for distribution in the first quarter of 2020.
The maximum amount available during 2020 for MAC to distribute to MAC Holdings as dividends without
regulatory approval is estimated to be approximately $21 million, none of which is available for distribution in the
first quarter of 2020.
Based on the applicable law and regulations, in 2020 AG Re has the capacity to (i) make capital distributions in an
aggregate amount up to $128 million without the prior approval of the Authority and (ii) declare and pay
dividends in an aggregate amount up to approximately $274 million as of December 31, 2019. Such dividend
capacity is further limited by (i) the actual amount of AG Re’s unencumbered assets, which amount changes from
time to time due in part to collateral posting requirements and which was approximately $264 million as of
December 31, 2019, and (ii) the amount of statutory surplus, which as of December 31, 2019 was $240 million.
Based on the applicable law and regulations, in 2020 AGRO has the capacity to (i) make capital distributions in
an aggregate amount up to $21 million without the prior approval of the Authority and (ii) declare and pay
dividends in an aggregate amount up to approximately $103 million as of December 31, 2019. Such dividend
capacity is further limited by (i) the actual amount of AGRO’s unencumbered assets, which amount changes from
time to time due in part to collateral posting requirements and which was approximately $383 million as of
December 31, 2019, and (ii) the amount of Statutory surplus, which as of December 31, 2019 was $273 million.
Generally, dividends paid by a U.S. company to a Bermuda holding company are subject to a 30% withholding tax.
After AGL became tax resident in the U.K., it became subject to the tax rules applicable to companies resident in the U.K.,
including the benefits afforded by the U.K.’s tax treaties. The income tax treaty between the U.K. and the U.S. reduces or
eliminates the U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. sourced investment income (to 5% or 0%), including dividends from U.S.
subsidiaries to U.K. resident persons entitled to the benefits of the treaty.
Each of the Company's insurance subsidiaries may, with the approval of the relevant regulator, repurchase shares of its
stock from its parent, so providing its parent with additional liquidity. AGC made such repurchases in 2019 and 2018, AGM
and MAC made such repurchases in 2017. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 18, Insurance
Company Regulatory Requirements, for more information.
External Financing
From time to time, AGL and its subsidiaries have sought external debt or equity financing in order to meet their
obligations. External sources of financing may or may not be available to the Company, and if available, the cost of such
financing may not be acceptable to the Company.
Cash and Investments
As of December 31, 2019, AGL had $135 million in cash and short-term investments, and AGUS and AGMH had a
total of $223 million in cash and short-term investments. In addition, AGUS and AGMH have $7 million in fixed-maturity
securities (excluding AGUS' investment in AGMH's debt) with weighted average duration of 4.4 years.
122
Commitments and Contingencies -Long-Term Debt Obligations
The Company has outstanding long-term debt issued primarily by AGUS and AGMH. All of AGUS' and AGMH's debt
is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by AGL; AGL's guarantee of the junior subordinated debentures is on a junior
subordinated basis. The outstanding principal, and interest paid, on long-term debt were as follows:
Principal Outstanding
and Interest Paid on Long-Term Debt and Intercompany Loans
AGUS
Intercompany loans
Total AGUS
AGMH
AGM
AGMH's debt purchased by AGUS (1)
Elimination of intercompany loans
Total
Principal Amount
As of December 31,
2019
2018
Interest Paid
Year Ended December 31,
2019
(in millions)
2018
2017
$
$
850
290
1,140
730
4
(131)
(290)
1,453
$
$
850
50
900
730
5
(128)
(50)
1,457
$
$
46
3
49
46
—
(8)
(3)
84
$
$
58
3
61
46
—
(5)
(3)
99
$
$
32
3
35
46
—
(1)
(3)
77
____________________
(1)
Represents principal amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures issued by AGMH that has been purchased by AGUS.
Loss on extinguishment of debt was $1 million in 2019, $34 million in 2018 and $9 million in 2017.
Issued by AGUS:
7% Senior Notes. On May 18, 2004, AGUS issued $200 million of 7% Senior Notes due 2034 for net proceeds of
$197 million. Although the coupon on the Senior Notes is 7%, the effective rate is approximately 6.4%, taking into account the
effect of a cash flow hedge. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest at the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-whole redemption price.
5% Senior Notes. On June 20, 2014, AGUS issued $500 million of 5% Senior Notes due 2024 for net proceeds of
$495 million. The net proceeds from the sale of the notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the purchase of
common shares of AGL. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest at the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-whole redemption price.
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures. On December 20, 2006, AGUS issued $150 million of
Debentures due 2066. The Debentures paid a fixed 6.4% rate of interest until December 15, 2016, and thereafter pay a floating
rate of interest, reset quarterly, at a rate equal to three month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.38%. LIBOR may be
discontinued. See the Risk Factor captioned “The Company may be adversely impacted by the transition from LIBOR as a
reference rate” under Operational Risks in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors. AGUS may select at one or more times to defer
payment of interest for one or more consecutive periods for up to ten years. Any unpaid interest bears interest at the then
applicable rate. AGUS may not defer interest past the maturity date. The debentures are redeemable, in whole or in part, at their
principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.
Issued by AGMH:
6 7/8% QUIBS. On December 19, 2001, AGMH issued $100 million face amount of 6 7/8% QUIBS due
December 15, 2101, which are redeemable without premium or penalty in whole or in part at their principal amount plus
accrued and unpaid interest up to but not including the date of redemption.
6.25% Notes. On November 26, 2002, AGMH issued $230 million face amount of 6.25% Notes due November 1,
2102, which are redeemable without premium or penalty in whole or in part at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest up to but not including the date of redemption.
123
5.6% Notes. On July 31, 2003, AGMH issued $100 million face amount of 5.6% Notes due July 15, 2103, which are
redeemable without premium or penalty in whole or in part at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest up to but
not including the date of redemption.
Junior Subordinated Debentures. On November 22, 2006, AGMH issued $300 million face amount of Junior
Subordinated Debentures with a scheduled maturity date of December 15, 2036 and a final repayment date of December 15,
2066. The final repayment date of December 15, 2066 may be automatically extended up to four times in five-year increments
provided certain conditions are met. The debentures are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to December 15,
2036 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-whole
redemption price. Interest on the debentures will accrue from November 22, 2006 to December 15, 2036 at the annual rate of
6.4%. If any amount of the debentures remains outstanding after December 15, 2036, then the principal amount of the
outstanding debentures will bear interest at a floating interest rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 2.215% until repaid. LIBOR
may be discontinued. See the Risk Factor captioned “The Company may be adversely impacted by the transition from LIBOR
as a reference rate” under Operational Risks in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors. AGMH may elect at one or more times to defer
payment of interest on the debentures for one or more consecutive interest periods that do not exceed ten years. In connection
with the completion of this offering, AGMH entered into a replacement capital covenant for the benefit of persons that buy,
hold or sell a specified series of AGMH long-term indebtedness ranking senior to the debentures. Under the covenant, the
debentures will not be repaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased by AGMH or any of its subsidiaries on or before the date that
is twenty years prior to the final repayment date, except to the extent that AGMH has received proceeds from the sale of
replacement capital securities. The proceeds from this offering were used to pay a dividend to the shareholders of AGMH. As
of December 31, 2019, AGUS has purchased $131 million of these debentures, and may chose to make additional purchases of
this or other Company debt in the future.
Intercompany Loans and Guarantees
On October 1, 2019 AGM, AGC and MAC made 10-year, 3.5% interest rate intercompany loans to AGUS totaling
$250 million to fund the BlueMountain Acquisition and the related capital contributions. AGUS paid $157 million to acquire
BlueMountain, contributed $60 million of cash to BlueMountain at closing and contributed an additional $30 million in cash in
February 2020. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 15, Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities, for
additional information.
In addition, in 2012 AGUS borrowed $90 million from its affiliate AGRO to fund the acquisition of MAC. In 2018,
the maturity date was extended to November 2023. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, AGUS repaid $10 million, $10 million and
$10 million, respectively, in outstanding principal as well as accrued and unpaid interest. As of December 31, 2019, $40 million
remained outstanding.
From time to time, AGL and its subsidiaries have entered into intercompany loan facilities. For example, on October
25, 2013, AGL, as borrower, and AGUS, as lender, entered into a revolving credit facility pursuant to which AGL may, from
time to time, borrow for general corporate purposes. Under the credit facility, AGUS committed to lend a principal amount not
exceeding $225 million in the aggregate. The commitment under the revolving credit facility terminates on October 25, 2023
(the loan commitment termination date). The unpaid principal amount of each loan will bear semi-annual interest at a fixed rate
equal to 100% of the then applicable interest rate as determined under Internal Revenue Code Section 1274(d). Accrued interest
on all loans will be paid on the last day of each June and December and at maturity. AGL must repay the then unpaid principal
amounts of the loans, if any, by the third anniversary of the loan commitment termination date. AGL has not drawn upon the
credit facility.
Furthermore, AGL fully and unconditionally guarantees the payment of the principal of, and interest on, the $1,130
million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued by AGUS and AGMH, and the $450 million aggregate principal
amount of junior subordinated debentures issued by AGUS and AGMH, in each case, as described above.
124
Insurance Subsidiaries
Liquidity of the insurance subsidiaries is primarily used to pay for:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
operating expenses,
claims on the insured portfolio,
dividends or other distributions to AGL, AGUS and/or AGMH, as applicable,
posting of collateral in connection with reinsurance and credit derivative transactions, if necessary,
reinsurance premiums,
principal of and, where applicable, interest on surplus notes, and
capital investments in their own subsidiaries, where appropriate.
Management believes that the insurance subsidiaries’ liquidity needs for the next twelve months can be met from
current cash, short-term investments and operating cash flow, including premium collections and coupon payments as well as
scheduled maturities and paydowns from their respective investment portfolios. The Company targets a balance of its most
liquid assets including cash and short-term securities, Treasuries, agency RMBS and pre-refunded municipal bonds equal to 1.5
times its projected operating company cash flow needs over the next four quarters. The Company intends to hold and has the
ability to hold temporarily impaired debt securities until the date of anticipated recovery of amortized cost.
The insurance subsidiaries initially intend to invest $500 million in Assured Investment Management funds. As of
December 31, 2019, the Insurance segment had invested $79 million in Assured Investment Management funds which are
accounted for under the equity method, using NAV as a practical expedient. On a consolidated basis, these investments are
eliminated and the underlying funds and CLOs are consolidated. The insurance subsidiaries have committed an additional $114
million to the three Assured Investment Management Funds that may be drawn in the future. See Item 8, Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data, Note 14, Variable Interest Entities.
Beyond the next twelve months, the ability of the operating subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends may be
influenced by a variety of factors, including market conditions, general economic conditions, and, in the case of the Company's
insurance subsidiaries, insurance regulations and rating agency capital requirements.
Insurance policies issued provide, in general, that payments of principal, interest and other amounts insured may not
be accelerated by the holder of the obligation. Amounts paid by the Company therefore are typically in accordance with the
obligation’s original payment schedule, unless the Company accelerates such payment schedule, at its sole option.
Payments made in settlement of the Company’s obligations arising from its insured portfolio may, and often do, vary
significantly from year-to-year, depending primarily on the frequency and severity of payment defaults and whether the
Company chooses to accelerate its payment obligations in order to mitigate future losses.
In addition, the Company has net par exposure to the general obligation bonds of Puerto Rico and various obligations
of its related authorities and public corporations aggregating $4.3 billion, all of which is rated BIG. Beginning in 2016, the
Commonwealth and certain related authorities and public corporations have defaulted on obligations to make payments on its
debt. Information regarding the Company's exposure to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and its related authorities and public
corporations is set forth in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure.
125
Claims (Paid) Recovered
U.S. public finance
Non-U.S. public finance
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
Other structured finance
Structured finance
Claims (paid) recovered, net of reinsurance (1)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
(525) $
—
87
(7)
80
(445) $
(395) $
(1)
159
(9)
150
(246) $
(268)
5
48
(14)
34
(229)
____________________
(1)
Includes $12 million recovered, $2 million paid, and $8 million paid in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for
consolidated FG VIEs.
In connection with the acquisition of AGMH, AGM agreed to retain the risks relating to the debt and strip policy
portions of the leveraged lease business. In a leveraged lease transaction, a tax-exempt entity (such as a transit agency) transfers
tax benefits to a tax-paying entity by transferring ownership of a depreciable asset, such as subway cars. The tax-exempt entity
then leases the asset back from its new owner.
If the lease is terminated early, the tax-exempt entity must make an early termination payment to the lessor. A portion
of this early termination payment is funded from monies that were pre-funded and invested at the closing of the leveraged lease
transaction (along with earnings on those invested funds). The tax-exempt entity is obligated to pay the remaining, unfunded
portion of this early termination payment (known as the strip coverage) from its own sources. AGM issued financial guaranty
insurance policies (known as strip policies) that guaranteed the payment of these unfunded strip coverage amounts to the lessor,
in the event that a tax-exempt entity defaulted on its obligation to pay this portion of its early termination payment. Following
such events, AGM can then seek reimbursement of its strip policy payments from the tax-exempt entity, and can also sell the
transferred depreciable asset and reimburse itself from the sale proceeds.
Currently, all the leveraged lease transactions in which AGM acts as strip coverage provider are breaching a rating
trigger related to AGM and are subject to early termination. However, early termination of a lease does not result in a draw on
the AGM policy if the tax-exempt entity makes the required termination payment. If all the leases were to terminate early and
the tax-exempt entities did not make the required early termination payments, then AGM would be exposed to possible
liquidity claims on gross exposure of approximately $676 million as of December 31, 2019. To date, none of the leveraged
lease transactions that involve AGM has experienced an early termination due to a lease default and a claim on the AGM
policy. At December 31, 2019, approximately $1.7 billion of cumulative strip par exposure had been terminated since 2008 on a
consensual basis. The consensual terminations have resulted in no claims on AGM.
The terms of the Company’s CDS contracts generally are modified from standard CDS contract forms approved by
International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. in order to provide for payments on a scheduled "pay-as-you-go" basis
and to replicate the terms of a traditional financial guaranty insurance policy. However, the Company may also be required to
pay if the obligor becomes bankrupt or if the reference obligation were restructured if, after negotiation, those credit events are
specified in the documentation for the credit derivative transactions. Furthermore, the Company may be required to make a
payment due to an event that is unrelated to the performance of the obligation referenced in the credit derivative. If events of
default or termination events specified in the credit derivative documentation were to occur, the Company may be required to
make a cash termination payment to its swap counterparty upon such termination. Any such payment would probably occur
prior to the maturity of the reference obligation and be in an amount larger than the amount due for that period on a “pay-as-
you-go” basis.
The transaction documentation with one counterparty for $180 million of the CDS insured by the Company requires
the Company to post collateral, subject to a cap, to secure its obligation to make payments under such contracts. As of
December 31, 2019, AGC did not have to post collateral to satisfy these requirements and the maximum posting requirement
was $180 million.
126
Commitments and Contingencies -Committed Capital Securities
Each of AGC and AGM have entered into put agreements with four separate custodial trusts allowing each of AGC
and AGM, respectively, to issue an aggregate of $200 million of non-cumulative redeemable perpetual preferred securities to
the trusts in exchange for cash. Each custodial trust was created for the primary purpose of issuing $50 million face amount of
CCS, investing the proceeds in high-quality assets and entering into put options with AGC or AGM, as applicable. The
Company does not consider itself to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts and the trusts are not consolidated in Assured
Guaranty's financial statements.
The trusts provide AGC and AGM access to new equity capital at their respective sole discretion through the exercise
of the put options. Upon AGC's or AGM's exercise of its put option, the relevant trust will liquidate its portfolio of eligible
assets and use the proceeds to purchase AGC or AGM preferred stock, as applicable. AGC or AGM may use the proceeds from
its sale of preferred stock to the trusts for any purpose, including the payment of claims. The put agreements have no scheduled
termination date or maturity. However, each put agreement will terminate if (subject to certain grace periods) specified events
occur. Both AGC and AGM continue to have the ability to exercise their respective put options and cause the related trusts to
purchase their preferred stock.
Prior to 2008 or 2007, the amounts paid on the CCS were established through an auction process. All of those auctions
failed in 2008 or 2007, and the rates paid on the CCS increased to their respective maximums. The annualized rate on the AGC
CCS is one-month LIBOR plus 250 bps, and the annualized rate on the AGM Committed Preferred Trust Securities (CPS) is
one-month LIBOR plus 200 bps. LIBOR may be discontinued. See the Risk Factor captioned "The Company may be adversely
impacted by the transition from LIBOR as a reference rate" under Operational Risks in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors.
Assured Investment Management Sources and Uses of Liquidity
The Asset Management segment's sources of liquidity are (1) net working capital, (2) cash from operations, including
management and performance fees (which are unpredictable as to amount and timing), and (3) capital contributions from
AGUS (through February 2020, $90 million had been contributed to supplement working capital). As of December 31, 2019,
the Assured Investment Management subsidiaries had $11 million in cash.
Liquidity needs in the Asset Management segment primarily include (1) paying operating expenses including
compensation, (2) paying dividends to AGUS, and (3) capital to support growth and expansion of the asset management
business.
127
Consolidated Cash Flows
The consolidated statements of cash flow include the cash flows of the Insurance and Asset Management subsidiaries
and holding companies as well as the cash flows of the consolidated FG VIEs and, beginning October 1, 2019, the consolidated
investment vehicles.
Consolidated Cash Flow Summary
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities before effect of
VIE consolidation
$
Effect of VIE consolidation (1)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities before effect of
VIE consolidation
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Effect of VIE consolidation (1)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
Dividends paid
Repurchases of common stock
Repurchase of debt
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities before effect of
VIE consolidation
Effect of VIE consolidation (1)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities (2)
Effect of exchange rate changes
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of period
Total cash and restricted cash at the end of the period
$
(255) $
(254)
(509)
1,055
(145)
259
1,169
(74)
(500)
(3)
(16)
9
(584)
3
104
183
$
____________________
(1)
VIE consolidation includes the effects of FG VIEs and consolidated investment vehicles.
451
11
462
192
—
105
297
(71)
(500)
(100)
(8)
(116)
(795)
(4)
144
104
$
$
414
19
433
112
95
138
345
(70)
(501)
(28)
(10)
(157)
(766)
5
127
144
(2)
Claims paid on consolidated FG VIEs are presented in the consolidated cash flow statements as a component of
paydowns on FG VIEs’ liabilities in financing activities as opposed to operating activities.
Cash flows from operations, excluding the effect of consolidating VIEs, was an outflow of $255 million in 2019,
inflows of $451 million and $414 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively. Cash flows from operations in 2018 and 2017
included significant inflows from strategic initiatives. In 2018, the Company received $363 million as consideration for the SGI
Transaction and in 2017 the Company received $426 million in commutation premiums upon the re-assumption of a previously
ceded book of business. In 2019, however, cash flows from operations included a significant claim payment for Puerto Rico
COFINA exposures. Premium receipts have declined in 2018 and 2019. Cash flows from operations attributable to the effect of
consolidated VIEs was negative in 2019 due to the inclusion of investing activities of consolidated investment vehicles.
Investing activities primarily consisted of net sales (purchases) of fixed-maturity and short-term investments,
paydowns on FG VIEs’ assets, outflows for the BlueMountain Acquisition in 2019 and inflows for the MBIA UK Acquisition
in 2017. The higher investing inflows in 2019 primarily related to sales of securities whose proceeds were used to fund the
BlueMountain Acquisition and claim payments.
Financing activities primarily consisted of share repurchases, dividends, paydowns of FG VIEs’ liabilities and debt
extinguishment. It also included issuances of CLO's in consolidated investment vehicles. The inflows in 2019 compared to the
outflows in 2018 and 2017 attributable to consolidated VIEs was due to the consolidation of Assured Investment Management
CLO.
128
From January 1, 2020 through February 27, 2020, the Company repurchased an additional 0.8 million common shares.
On February 26, 2020, the Board authorized share repurchases for an additional $250 million. As of February 27, 2020, after
combining the remaining authorization and the new authorization, the Company was authorized to purchase $408 million of its
common shares. For more information about the Company's share repurchases and authorizations, see Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 21, Shareholders' Equity.
Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
The Company leases and occupies approximately 103,500 square feet in New York City through 2032. Subject to
certain conditions, the Company has an option to renew the lease for five years at a fair market rent. The Company also leases
78,400 square feet of office space at another location in New York City, which expires in 2024. In addition, AGL and its
subsidiaries lease additional office space in various locations under non-cancelable operating leases which expire at various
dates through 2029. See “Contractual Obligations” below or Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 20,
Commitments and Contingencies, for lease payments due by period. Rent expense was $12 million in 2019, $9 million in 2018
and $9 million in 2017.
129
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes the Company's obligations under its contracts, including debt and lease obligations,
and also includes estimated claim payments, based on its loss estimation process, under financial guaranty policies it has
issued.
Less Than
1 Year
1-3
Years
As of December 31, 2019
3-5
Years
(in millions)
More Than
5 Years
Total
Long-term debt(1):
AGUS:
7% Senior Notes
5% Senior Notes
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated
Debentures
AGMH:
67/8% QUIBS
6.25% Notes
5.6% Notes
Junior Subordinated Debentures
AGM Notes Payable
Operating and finance lease obligations (2)
Other compensation plans (3)
Estimated claim payments (4)
Ceded premium payable, net of commission
Other
Total (5)
$
$
14
25
6
7
14
6
19
2
20
19
516
4
8
28
50
12
14
29
11
38
—
39
6
661
5
—
$
28
$
331
$
550
12
14
29
11
38
—
30
4
103
4
—
—
420
629
1,350
540
1,107
2
62
—
401
625
450
664
1,422
568
1,202
4
151
29
1,265
2,545
16
—
29
8
$
660
$
893
$
823
$
5,722
$
8,098
____________________
(1)
Includes interest and principal payments. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 15, Long-
Term Debt and Credit Facilities, for expected maturities of debt.
(2)
(3)
(4)
Operating lease obligations exclude escalations in building operating costs and real estate taxes.
Amount excludes approximately $85 million of liabilities under various supplemental retirement plans, which are
payable at the time of termination of employment by either employer or employee. Amount also excludes
approximately $33 million of liabilities under deferred compensation plans, which are payable at the time of vesting or
termination of employment by either employer or employee. Given the nature of these awards, the Company is unable
to determine the year in which they will be paid.
Claim payments represent estimated expected cash outflows under direct and assumed financial guaranty contracts,
whether accounted for as insurance or credit derivatives, including claim payments under contracts in consolidated FG
VIEs. The amounts presented are not reduced for cessions under reinsurance contracts. Amounts include any benefit
anticipated from excess spread or other recoveries within the contracts but do not reflect any benefit for recoveries
under breaches of R&W. Amounts also exclude estimated recoveries related to past claims paid for policies in the
public finance sector.
(5)
See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 14. Variable Interest Entities, for expected maturities
of FG VIEs' liabilities and consolidated investment vehicles.
130
Investment Portfolio
The Company’s principal objectives in managing its investment portfolio are to support the highest possible ratings for
each operating company, to manage investment risk within the context of the underlying portfolio of insurance risk, to maintain
sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the insurance portfolio, and to maximize after-tax net investment income.
The Company’s fixed-maturity securities and short-term investments had a duration of 4.1 years and 4.9 years as of
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Generally, the Company’s fixed-maturity securities are designated as
available-for-sale. For more information about the Investment Portfolio and a detailed description of the Company’s valuation
of investments see Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 9, Fair Value Measurement and
Note 10, Investments and Cash.
Fixed-Maturity Securities and Short-Term Investments
by Security Type
As of December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2018
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
(in millions)
Fixed-maturity securities:
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
$
4,036
$
4,340
$
4,761
$
U.S. government and agencies
Corporate securities
Mortgage-backed securities (1):
RMBS
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS)
Asset-backed securities
Non-U.S. government securities
Total fixed-maturity securities
Short-term investments
137
2,137
745
402
684
230
8,371
1,268
147
2,221
775
419
720
232
8,854
1,268
167
2,175
999
542
942
298
9,884
729
4,911
175
2,136
982
539
1,068
278
10,089
729
Total fixed-maturity and short-term investments
$
9,639
$
10,122
$
10,613
$
10,818
____________________
(1)
U.S. government-agency obligations were approximately 42% of mortgage backed securities as of December 31, 2019
and 48% as of December 31, 2018, based on fair value.
131
The following tables summarize, for all fixed-maturity securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31,
2019 and December 31, 2018, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the amounts have
continuously been in an unrealized loss position.
Fixed-Maturity Securities
Gross Unrealized Loss by Length of Time
As of December 31, 2019
Less than 12 months
12 months or more
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
$
U.S. government and agencies
Corporate securities
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
CMBS
Asset-backed securities
Non-U.S. government securities
Total
Number of securities
Number of securities with OTTI
45
5
61
10
—
24
—
$
(1) $
—
(dollars in millions)
— $
— $
5
119
75
4
183
56
442
$
—
(19)
(7)
—
(2)
(5)
(33) $
119
7
$
45
10
180
85
4
207
56
587
$
(1)
—
(19)
(7)
—
(2)
(5)
(34)
176
8
—
—
—
—
—
(1) $
57
1
$
145
$
Fixed-Maturity Securities
Gross Unrealized Loss by Length of Time
As of December 31, 2018
Less than 12 months
12 months or more
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
U.S. government and agencies
Corporate securities
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
CMBS
Asset-backed securities
Non-U.S. government securities
$
195
$
11
836
85
111
322
83
Total
$
1,643
$
Number of securities (1)
Number of securities with OTTI (1)
(dollars in millions)
658
$
24
522
447
164
38
99
1,952
$
(14) $
(1)
(33)
(32)
(6)
(1)
(18)
(105) $
608
22
(4) $
—
(19)
(2)
(1)
(4)
(4)
(34) $
417
22
853
$
35
1,358
532
275
360
182
3,595
$
(18)
(1)
(52)
(34)
(7)
(5)
(22)
(139)
997
42
___________________
(1)
The number of securities does not add across because lots consisting of the same securities have been purchased at
different times and appear in both categories above (i.e., less than 12 months and 12 months or more). If a security
appears in both categories, it is counted only once in the total column.
132
Of the securities in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more as of December 31, 2019 and December 31,
2018, 19 and 38 securities, respectively, had unrealized losses greater than 10% of book value. The total unrealized loss for
these securities was $25 million as of December 31, 2019 and $43 million as of December 31, 2018. The Company considered
the credit quality, cash flows, interest rate movements, ability to hold a security to recovery and intent to sell a security in
determining whether a security had a credit loss. The Company has determined that the unrealized losses recorded as of
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were not related to credit quality.
Changes in interest rates affect the value of the Company’s fixed-maturity portfolio. As interest rates fall, the fair value
of fixed-maturity securities generally increases and as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed-maturity securities generally
decreases. The Company’s portfolio of fixed-maturity securities primarily consists of high-quality, liquid instruments.
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities, by
contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Distribution of Fixed-Maturity Securities
by Contractual Maturity
As of December 31, 2019
Due within one year
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through 10 years
Due after 10 years
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
CMBS
Total
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
$
(in millions)
326
1,538
2,022
3,338
745
402
8,371
$
334
1,591
2,128
3,607
775
419
8,854
$
$
The following table summarizes the ratings distributions of the Company’s investment portfolio as of December 31,
2019 and December 31, 2018. Ratings reflect the lower of Moody’s and S&P classifications, except for bonds purchased for
loss mitigation or other risk management strategies, which use Assured Guaranty’s internal ratings classifications.
Distribution of
Fixed-Maturity Securities by Rating
Rating
AAA
AA
A
BBB
BIG (1)
Not rated
Total
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
16.2%
15.7%
45.1
21.2
8.2
8.6
0.7
48.2
19.8
5.0
10.8
0.5
100.0%
100.0%
____________________
(1)
Includes primarily loss mitigation and other risk management assets. See Item 8, Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, Note 10, Investments and Cash, for additional information.
Based on fair value, investments and restricted assets that are either held in trust for the benefit of third party ceding
insurers in accordance with statutory requirements, placed on deposit to fulfill state licensing requirements, or otherwise
pledged or restricted totaled $280 million and $266 million, as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
The investment portfolio also contains securities that are held in trust by certain AGL subsidiaries or otherwise restricted for the
133
benefit of other AGL subsidiaries in accordance with statutory and regulatory requirements in the amount of $1,502 million and
$1,855 million, based on fair value, as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
Consolidated VIEs
The Company manages its liquidity needs by evaluating cash flows without the effect of consolidated VIEs, however,
the Company's consolidated financial statements reflect the financial position of Assured Guaranty as well as Assured
Guaranty's consolidated VIEs. The primary sources and uses of cash at Assured Guaranty's consolidated VIEs are as follows:
•
•
FG VIEs. The primary sources of cash in FG VIEs are the collection of principal and interest on the collateral
supporting its insured debt obligations, and the primary uses of cash are the payment of principal and interest due on
the insured obligations.
Investment Vehicles. The primary sources and uses of cash in the consolidated investment vehicles are raising capital
from investors, using capital to make investments, generating cash flows from operations, distributing cash flow to
investors and issuing debt to finance investments (CLOs).
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk of loss due to factors that affect the overall performance of the financial markets or moves in
market prices. The Company's primary market risk exposures include interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk and
credit spread risk, and primarily affect the following areas.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The fair value of credit derivatives within the financial guaranty portfolio of insured obligations fluctuates based
on changes in credit spreads of the underlying obligations and the Company's own credit spreads.
The fair value of the investment portfolio is primarily driven by changes in interest rates and also affected by
changes in credit spreads.
The fair value of the investment portfolio contains foreign denominated securities whose value fluctuates based
on changes in foreign exchange rates.
The carrying value of premiums receivable include foreign denominated receivables whose value fluctuates based
on changes in foreign exchange rates.
The fair value of the assets and liabilities of consolidated FG VIEs may fluctuate based on changes in
prepayments, spreads, default rates, interest rates, and house price depreciation/appreciation. The fair value of the
FG VIEs’ liabilities would also fluctuate based on changes in the Company's credit spread.
Asset management revenues are sensitive to changes in the fair value of investments.
The fair value of consolidated investment vehicles are sensitive to changes in market risk.
Sensitivity of Credit Derivatives to Credit Risk
Unrealized gains and losses on credit derivatives are a function of changes in credit spreads of the underlying
obligations and the Company's own credit spread. Market liquidity could also impact valuations of the underlying obligations.
The Company considers the impact of its own credit risk, together with credit spreads on the exposures that it insured through
CDS contracts, in determining their fair value.
The Company determines its own credit risk based on quoted CDS prices traded on AGC at each balance sheet date.
The quoted price of five-year CDS contracts traded on AGC at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 was 41 bps and 110
bps, respectively. Movements in AGM's CDS prices no longer have a significant impact on the estimated fair value of the
Company's credit derivative contracts due to the relatively low volume and characteristics of CDS contracts remaining in
AGM's portfolio.
134
Historically, the price of CDS traded on AGC moved directionally the same as general market spreads, although this
may not always be the case. An overall narrowing of spreads generally results in an unrealized gain on credit derivatives for the
Company, and an overall widening of spreads generally results in an unrealized loss for the Company. In certain circumstances,
due to the fact that spread movements are not perfectly correlated, the narrowing or widening of the price of CDS traded on
AGC can have a more significant financial statement impact than the changes in risks it assumes.
The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates, and other market
conditions at the time these fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structural
terms, the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. The fair value of credit derivative
contracts also reflects the change in the Company's own credit cost, based on the price to purchase credit protection on AGC.
In the Company’s valuation model, the premium the Company captures is not permitted to go below the minimum rate
that the Company would currently charge to assume similar risks. This assumption can have the effect of mitigating the amount
of unrealized gains that are recognized on certain CDS contracts. Given market conditions and the Company’s own credit
spreads, approximately 17% based on fair value, of the Company's CDS contracts were fair valued using this minimum
premium as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2019, the corresponding number was de minimis. The percentage of
transactions that price using the minimum premiums fluctuates due to changes in AGC's credit spreads. In general, when AGC's
credit spreads narrow, the cost to hedge AGC's name declines and more transactions price above previously established floor
levels. Meanwhile, when AGC's credit spreads widen, the cost to hedge AGC's name increases causing more transactions to
price at established floor levels.
The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair values on the net balance of the Company’s credit
derivative positions assuming immediate parallel shifts in credit spreads on AGC and AGM and on the risks that they both
assume.
Effect of Changes in Credit Spread
Credit Spreads (1)
Increase of 25 bps
Base Scenario
Decrease of 25 bps
All transactions priced at floor
As of December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2018
Estimated Net
Fair Value
(Pre-Tax)
Estimated Change
in Gain/(Loss)
(Pre-Tax)
Estimated Net
Fair Value
(Pre-Tax)
Estimated Change
in Gain/(Loss)
(Pre-Tax)
$
(315) $
(185)
(97)
(56)
(in millions)
(130) $
—
88
129
(348) $
(207)
(143)
(101)
(141)
—
64
106
____________________
(1)
Includes the effects of spreads on both the underlying asset classes and the Company's own credit spread.
Sensitivity of Investment Portfolio to Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that financial instruments' values will change due to changes in the level of interest rates, in
the spread between two rates, in the shape of the yield curve or in any other interest rate relationship. The Company is exposed
to interest rate risk primarily in its investment portfolio. As interest rates rise for an available-for-sale investment portfolio, the
fair value of fixed income securities generally decreases; as interests rates fall for an available-for-sale portfolio, the fair value
of fixed-income securities generally increases. The Company's policy is generally to hold assets in the investment portfolio to
maturity. Therefore, barring credit deterioration, interest rate movements do not result in realized gains or losses unless assets
are sold prior to maturity. The Company does not hedge interest rate risk; instead, interest rate fluctuation risk is managed
through the investment guidelines which limit duration and prohibit investment in historically high volatility sectors.
135
Interest rate sensitivity in the investment portfolio can be estimated by projecting a hypothetical instantaneous increase
or decrease in interest rates. The following table presents the estimated pre-tax change in fair value of the Company's fixed-
maturity securities and short-term investments from instantaneous parallel shifts in interest rates.
Sensitivity to Change in Interest Rates on the Investment Portfolio
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Increase (Decrease) in Fair Value from Changes in Interest Rates
300 Basis
Point
Decrease
200 Basis
Point
Decrease
100 Basis
Point
Decrease
100 Basis
Point
Increase
200 Basis
Point
Increase
300 Basis
Point
Increase
$
$
641
1,226
$
$
624
1,029
$
$
(in millions)
404
552
$
$
(420) $
(465) $
(852) $
(996) $
(1,295)
(1,525)
Sensitivity of Other Areas to Interest Rate Risk
Insurance
Fluctuation in interest rates also affects the demand for the Company's product. When interest rates are lower or when
the market is otherwise relatively less risk averse, the spread between insured and uninsured obligations typically narrows and,
as a result, financial guaranty insurance typically provides lower cost savings to issuers than it would during periods of
relatively wider spreads. These lower cost savings generally lead to a corresponding decrease in demand and premiums
obtainable for financial guaranty insurance. In addition, increases in prevailing interest rate levels can lead to a decreased
volume of capital markets activity and, correspondingly, a decreased volume of insured transactions. Changes in interest rates
also impact the amount of losses in the future.
In addition, fluctuations in interest rates also impact the performance of insured transactions where there are
differences between the interest rates on the underlying collateral and the interest rates on the insured securities. For example, a
rise in interest rates could increase the amount of losses the Company projects for certain RMBS and student loan transactions.
The impact of fluctuations in interest rates on such transactions varies, depending on, among other things, the interest rates on
the underlying collateral and insured securities, the relative amounts of underlying collateral and liabilities, the structure of the
transaction, and the sensitivity to interest rates of the behavior of the underlying borrowers and the value of the underlying
assets.
In the case of RMBS, fluctuations in interest rates impact the amount of periodic excess spread, which is created when
a trust’s assets produce interest that exceeds the amount required to pay interest on the trust’s liabilities. There are several
RMBS transactions in the Company's insured portfolio which benefit from excess spread either by covering losses in a
particular period or reimbursing past claims under the Company's policies. As of December 31, 2019, the Company projects
approximately $114 million of excess spread for all of its RMBS transactions over their remaining lives.
Since RMBS excess spread is determined by the relationship between interest rates on the underlying collateral and
the trust’s certificates, it can be affected by unmatched moves in either of these interest rates. For example, modifications to
underlying mortgage rates (e.g. rate reductions for troubled borrowers) can reduce excess spread because an upswing in short-
term rates that increases the trust’s certificate interest rate that is not met with equal increases to the interest rates on the
underlying mortgages can decrease excess spread. These potential reductions in excess spread are often mitigated by an
interest rate cap, which goes into effect once the collateral rate falls below the stated certificate rate. Interest due on most of the
RMBS securities the Company insures are capped at the collateral rate. The Company is not obligated to pay additional claims
when the collateral interest rate drops below the trust's certificate stated interest rate, rather this just causes the Company to lose
the benefit of potential positive excess spread. Additionally, faster than expected prepayments can decrease the dollar amount
of excess spread and therefore reduce the cash flow available to cover losses or reimburse past claims.
Interest Expense
Fluctuations in interest rates also impact the Company’s interest expense. The series A enhanced junior subordinated
debentures issued by AGUS accrues interest at a floating rate, reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus a margin equal
to 2.38%. Three-month LIBOR of 1.89% and 2.79% were used for the interest rate resets for December 15, 2019 and
December 15, 2018, respectively. Increases to three-month LIBOR will cause the Company’s interest expense to rise while
decreases to three month LIBOR will lower the Company’s interest expense. For example, if three-month LIBOR increases by
136
100 bps, the Company’s annual interest expense will increase by $1.5 million. Conversely, if three-month LIBOR decreases by
100 bps, the Company’s annual interest expense will decrease by $1.5 million. LIBOR may be discontinued. See the Risk
Factor captioned "The Company may be adversely impacted by the transition from LIBOR as a reference rate" under
Operational Risks in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors.
Sensitivity to Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
Foreign exchange risk is the risk that a financial instrument's value will change due to a change in the foreign currency
exchange rates. The Company has foreign denominated securities in its investment portfolio as well as foreign denominated
premium receivables. The Company's material exposure is to changes in U.S. dollar/pound sterling and U.S. dollar/euro
exchange rates. Securities denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollar were 8.5% and 7.4% of the fixed-maturity
securities and short-term investments as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Changes in fair value of available-for-
sale investments attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates are recorded in OCI. Approximately 78% and 72% of
installment premiums at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, are denominated in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar, primarily the pound sterling and euro.
Sensitivity to Change in Foreign Exchange Rates
Increase (Decrease) in Carrying Value from Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates
30%
Decrease
20%
Decrease
10%
Decrease
10%
Increase
20%
Increase
30%
Increase
(in millions)
$
(257) $
(239)
(171) $
(159)
(86) $
(80)
$
86
80
(301)
(192)
(201)
(128)
(100)
(64)
100
64
$
171
159
201
128
257
239
301
192
Investment Portfolio:
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Premium Receivables:
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Sensitivity of Asset Management Fees to Changes in Fair Value of Assured Investment Management Managed
Investments
In the ordinary course of business, Assured Investment Management may manage a variety of risks, including market
risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk. The Company identifies, measures and monitors risk
through various control mechanisms, including, but not limited to, monitoring and diversifying exposures and activities across
a variety of instruments, markets and counterparties.
At December 31, 2019, the majority of the Company’s investment advisory fees were management fees based on
AUM of the applicable funds the Company manages. Movements in credit markets, equity market prices, interest rates, foreign
exchange rates, or all of these could cause the value of AUM to fluctuate, the returns realized on AUM to change, and clients to
reallocate assets away from the Company, which could result in lower management fees.
In addition to management fees, the Company's asset management fees are also comprised of performance fees
generally expressed as a percentage of the returns on AUM. Movements in credit markets, equity market prices, interest rates or
foreign exchange rates could cause the value of AUM to fluctuate, the returns realized on AUM to change, and clients to
reallocate assets away from the Company, which could result in lower performance fees.
Management believes that investment performance is one of the most important factors for the growth and retention of
AUM. Poor investment performance relative to applicable portfolio benchmarks and to competitors could reduce revenues and
growth because existing clients might withdraw funds in favor of better performing products, which could reduce the ability to
attract funds; and could result in lower asset management revenues.
137
The following table presents the pre-tax decline in asset management fees from a 10% decline in fair value of Assured
Investment Management managed investments.
Sensitivity to Changes in Fair Value
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Management Fees
Performance Fees
Total
(in millions)
10% Decline in fair value of Assured Investment Management
manged investments gain (loss)
$
(2) $
(4) $
(6)
Sensitivity of FG VIEs’ Assets and Liabilities to Market Risk
The fair value of the Company’s FG VIEs’ assets is generally sensitive to changes related to estimated prepayment
speeds; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes such as: historical collateral
performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); yields implied by
market prices for similar securities; and house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts.
Significant changes to some of these inputs could materially change the market value of the FG VIEs’ assets and the implied
collateral losses within the transaction. In general, the fair value of the FG VIEs’ assets is most sensitive to changes in the
projected collateral losses, where an increase in collateral losses typically leads to a decrease in the fair value of FG VIEs’
assets, while a decrease in collateral losses typically leads to an increase in the fair value of FG VIEs’ assets. The third-party
pricing provider utilizes an internal model to determine an appropriate yield at which to discount the cash flows of the security,
by factoring in collateral types, weighted-average lives, and other structural attributes specific to the security being priced. The
expected yield is further calibrated by utilizing algorithms designed to aggregate market color, received by the independent
third-party, on comparable bonds.
The models to price the FG VIEs’ liabilities used, where appropriate, the same inputs used in determining fair value of
FG VIEs’ assets and, for those liabilities insured by the Company, the benefit from the Company's insurance policy
guaranteeing the timely payment of principal and interest, taking into account the Company's own credit risk.
Significant changes to certain of the inputs described above could materially change the timing of expected losses
within the insured transaction which is a significant factor in determining the implied benefit from the Company’s insurance
policy guaranteeing the timely payment of principal and interest for the tranches of debt issued by the FG VIEs that is insured
by the Company. In general, extending the timing of expected loss payments by the Company into the future typically leads to a
decrease in the value of the Company’s insurance and a decrease in the fair value of the Company’s FG VIEs’ liabilities with
recourse, while a shortening of the timing of expected loss payments by the Company typically leads to an increase in the value
of the Company’s insurance and an increase in the fair value of the Company’s FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse.
Sensitivity of Consolidated Investment Vehicles to Market Risk
The fair value of the Company’s consolidated CLOs is generally sensitive to changes related to estimated prepayment
speeds; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes such as: historical collateral
performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); reinvestment
assumptions; yields implied by market prices for similar securities; changes to the market prices of similar loans held by the
CLOs. Significant changes to some of these inputs could materially change the market value of the consolidated CLOs as these
are all inputs used to project and discount future cashflows.
The fair value of the Company’s consolidated Assured Investment Management funds is generally sensitive to changes
in prices of comparable or similar investments; changes in financial projections of subject companies; changes in company
specific risk premium, changes in the risk free rate of return; changes in equity risk premium; and new information obtained
from issuers. These inputs are used in applying the various valuation techniques and broadly refer to the current assumptions
that market participants use to make valuation decisions, including assumptions about risk.
138
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
140
143
144
145
146
147
149
139
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive
income, of shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including
the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by the COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is
to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial
reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in
all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of
internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal
control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in
the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded
BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC (“BlueMountain”) and its associated entities from its annual assessment of internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business
combination during 2019. We have also excluded BlueMountain from our audit of internal control over financial reporting.
BlueMountain is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and
our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent approximately 2% and 3%, respectively, of the related
consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions
140
and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated
financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to
accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging,
subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the
consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below,
providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Valuation of Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense (LAE) Reserve and Salvage and Subrogation Recoverable - Estimation of the
Expected Loss to be Paid
As described in Notes 6 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the loss and LAE reserve and the salvage and
subrogation recoverable reported on the consolidated balance sheet relate only to direct and assumed reinsurance contracts that
are accounted for as insurance, substantially all of which are financial guaranty insurance contracts. As of December 31, 2019,
loss and LAE reserve was $1.0 billion and salvage and subrogation recoverable was $747 million. A loss and LAE reserve for
a financial guaranty insurance contract is recorded only to the extent, and for the amount, that expected loss to be paid plus
contra-paid (“total losses”) exceed the deferred premium revenue, on a contract by contract basis. The expected loss to be paid
is equal to the present value of expected future cash outflows for claim and LAE payments, net of inflows for expected salvage
and subrogation, using current risk-free rates. If a transaction is in a net recovery position, this results in the recording of a
salvage and subrogation recoverable. Expected cash outflows and inflows are probability weighted cash flows that reflect
management's assumptions about the likelihood of all possible outcomes based on all information available to management.
The determination of expected loss to be paid is a subjective process involving numerous significant assumptions and
judgments, including severity of loss, economic projections, delinquencies, liquidation rates, prepayment rates, recovery rates,
internal credit rating, and probability weightings, as used in the respective cash flow models used by management.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of loss and
LAE reserve and salvage and subrogation recoverable - estimation of the expected loss to be paid is a critical audit matter are
(i) there was significant judgment by management in determining the assumptions used in the respective cash flow models in
determining the estimate, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment and subjectivity in performing procedures
related to the valuation; (ii) there was significant auditor effort and judgment in evaluating audit evidence relating to the
aforementioned assumptions and judgments used in the respective cash flow models; and (iii) the audit effort included the
involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures and evaluating the
audit evidence obtained.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls
relating to the Company’s valuation of loss and LAE reserve and salvage and subrogation recoverable - estimation of the
expected loss to be paid, including controls over the cash flow models and the development of significant assumptions. These
procedures also included, among others, the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in (i)
independently estimating a range of expected loss to be paid and comparing the independent estimate to management’s estimate
to evaluate the reasonableness of the estimate for certain transactions ; and (ii) evaluating the reasonableness of the
aforementioned assumptions used as applicable in the respective cash flow models for certain transactions used in developing
the estimate of the expected loss to be paid. Performing these procedures involved testing the completeness and accuracy of
data provided by management.
141
Valuation of Credit Derivatives
As described in Notes 9 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the credit derivatives consist primarily of
financial guaranty contracts that are accounted for as derivatives. As of December 31, 2019, credit derivative liabilities were
$191 million, and credit derivative assets were included within other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value of
credit derivatives is reflected as either net assets or net liabilities determined on a contract by contract basis in the consolidated
balance sheets. The fair value of the credit derivative contracts represents the difference between the present value of remaining
premiums that management expected to receive or pay and the estimated present value of premiums that a financial guarantor
of comparable credit-worthiness would hypothetically charge or pay at the reporting date for the same protection. Management
determines the fair value of its credit derivative contracts primarily through internally developed, proprietary models that use
both observable and unobservable market data inputs. The significant unobservable inputs include hedge cost, bank profit, year
one loss, internal credit rating and internal floor.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of credit
derivatives is a critical audit matter are (i) there was significant judgment by management in determining the significant
unobservable inputs used in determining the estimate, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment and subjectivity in
performing procedures related to the valuation of credit derivatives; (ii) there was a high degree of auditor judgment in
evaluating audit evidence relating to the significant unobservable inputs used in the internally developed, proprietary models;
and (iii) the audit effort included the involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing
these procedures and evaluating the audit evidence obtained.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls
relating to the Company’s valuation of credit derivatives, including controls over the internally developed, proprietary models
and the development of the significant unobservable inputs. These procedures also included, among others, testing
management’s process for determining the valuation of credit derivatives, including the use of professionals with specialized
skill and knowledge to assist in (i) evaluating the appropriateness of the models and (ii) evaluating the reasonableness of the
significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation, including hedge cost, bank profit, year one loss, internal credit rating and
internal floor used in developing the estimate of the fair value of credit derivatives. Performing these procedures involved
testing the completeness and accuracy of data provided by management.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 28, 2020
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003.
142
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(dollars in millions except per share and share amounts)
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
$
$
$
Assets
Investment portfolio:
Fixed-maturity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $8,371
and $9,884)
Short-term investments, at fair value
Other invested assets (includes $6 and $7 measured at fair value)
Total investment portfolio
Cash
Premiums receivable, net of commissions payable
Deferred acquisition costs
Salvage and subrogation recoverable
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ assets, at fair value
Assets of consolidated investment vehicles (includes $558 measured at fair value)
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Other assets (includes $135 and $139 measured at fair value)
Total assets
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Unearned premium reserve
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserve
Long-term debt
Credit derivative liabilities, at fair value
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ liabilities with recourse, at fair value
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ liabilities without recourse, at fair value
Liabilities of consolidated investment vehicles (includes $481 measured at fair value)
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 20)
Redeemable noncontrolling interests in consolidated investment vehicles
Common stock ($0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 93,274,987 and
103,672,592 shares issued and outstanding)
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax of $71 and $38
Deferred equity compensation
Total shareholders’ equity attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests
Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and shareholders’ equity
$
8,854
1,268
118
10,240
169
1,286
111
747
442
572
216
543
14,326
3,736
1,050
1,235
191
367
102
482
511
7,674
7
1
—
6,295
342
1
6,639
6
6,645
14,326
$
$
$
$
10,089
729
55
10,873
104
904
105
490
569
—
24
534
13,603
3,512
1,177
1,233
209
517
102
—
298
7,048
—
1
86
6,374
93
1
6,555
—
6,555
13,603
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
143
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(dollars in millions except per share amounts)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
$
$
476
378
Revenues
Net earned premiums
Net investment income
Asset management fees
Net realized investment gains (losses)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on financial guaranty variable interest entities
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement
Bargain purchase gain and settlement of pre-existing relationships
Commutation gains (losses)
Other income (loss)
Total revenues
Expenses
Loss and loss adjustment expenses
Interest expense
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
Other operating expenses
Total expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in net earnings of
investees
Equity in net earnings of investees
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Current
Deferred
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss)
Less: Redeemable noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
$
$
$
548
395
—
(32)
112
14
(37)
—
(16)
17
1,001
64
94
16
152
96
422
579
1
580
(15)
74
59
521
—
521
4.73
4.68
$
$
$
$
690
417
—
40
111
30
60
58
328
5
1,739
388
97
19
143
101
748
991
—
991
11
250
261
730
—
730
6.05
5.96
22
22
(6)
42
24
—
1
4
963
93
89
18
178
125
503
460
4
464
(2)
65
63
401
(1)
402
4.04
4.00
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
144
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(in millions)
Net income (loss)
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on:
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
$
401
$
521
$
730
Investments with no other-than-temporary impairment, net of tax
provision (benefit) of $46, $(32) and $27
Investments with other-than-temporary impairment, net of tax provision
(benefit) of $(14), $(8) and $46
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on investments
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on financial guaranty variable
interest entities' liabilities with recourse, net of tax
Other, net of tax provision (benefit) of $0, $(2) and $2
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss)
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
$
293
(46)
247
4
(2)
249
650
(1)
651
$
(215)
(26)
(241)
2
(8)
(247)
274
—
274
$
64
89
153
—
14
167
897
—
897
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
145
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
(dollars in millions, except share data)
Common
Shares
Outstanding
Common
Stock Par
Value
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Deferred
Equity
Compensation
Balance at
December 31, 2016
Net income
Dividends ($0.57
per share)
Common stock
repurchases
Share-based
compensation
Other
comprehensive
income
Effect of 2017 Tax
Act
Other
127,988,230
$
—
—
(12,669,643)
702,265
—
—
—
Balance at
December 31, 2017
116,020,852
Net income
Dividends ($0.64
per share)
Common stock
repurchases
Share-based
compensation
Other
comprehensive loss
Effect of adoption
of ASU 2016-01
(see Note 1)
Balance at
December 31, 2018
Net income
Dividends ($0.72
per share)
Common stock
repurchases
Share-based
compensation
Contributions
Other
comprehensive
income
Balance at
December 31, 2019
—
—
(13,243,107)
894,847
—
—
103,672,592
—
—
(11,163,929)
766,324
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
$ 1,060
$ 5,289
$
149
$
—
—
(501)
14
—
—
—
573
—
—
(500)
13
—
—
86
—
—
730
(70)
—
—
—
(56)
(1)
5,892
521
(71)
—
—
—
32
6,374
402
(74)
(93)
(407)
7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
167
56
—
372
—
—
—
—
(247)
(32)
93
—
—
—
—
—
249
5
—
—
—
(4)
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
Attributable to
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
Nonredeemable
Noncontrolling
Interests
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
$
6,504
$
— $
6,504
730
(70)
(501)
10
167
—
(1)
6,839
521
(71)
(500)
13
(247)
—
6,555
402
(74)
(500)
7
—
249
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6
—
730
(70)
(501)
10
167
—
(1)
6,839
521
(71)
(500)
13
(247)
—
6,555
402
(74)
(500)
7
6
249
93,274,987
$
1
$
— $ 6,295
$
342
$
1
$
6,639
$
6
$
6,645
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
146
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)
Operating Activities:
Net Income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows provided by operating activities:
Non-cash interest and operating expenses
Net amortization of premium (discount) on investments
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
Net realized investment losses (gains)
Bargain purchase gain and settlement of pre-existing relationships
Change in premiums receivable, net of premiums and commissions payable
Change in ceded unearned premium reserve
Change in unearned premium reserve
Change in loss and loss adjustment expense reserve, net
Change in financial guaranty variable interest entities' assets and liabilities, net
Change in credit derivative assets and liabilities, net
Other
Cash flows from consolidated investment vehicles:
Purchases of securities
Other changes in investment vehicles
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
Investing activities
Fixed-maturity securities:
Purchases
Sales
Maturities and paydowns
Short-term investments with maturities of over three months:
Purchases
Sales
Maturities and paydowns
Net sales (purchases) of short-term investments with original maturities of less than
three months
Net proceeds from paydowns on financial guaranty variable interest entities’ assets
Net proceeds from sales of financial guaranty variable interest entities’ assets
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (see Note 2)
Proceeds from maturity of other invested asset
Proceeds from sales of other invested assets
Purchases of other invested assets
Other
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
$
401
$
521
$
730
34
(35)
65
(22)
—
(388)
20
224
(528)
(27)
(1)
—
(267)
15
(509)
36
(31)
74
32
—
(6)
58
39
(173)
(5)
(62)
(21)
—
—
462
26
(46)
250
(40)
(58)
(69)
90
(424)
142
(15)
(144)
(9)
—
—
433
(873)
1,805
781
(1,881)
1,180
962
(2,552)
1,701
821
(229)
2
316
(623)
139
51
(145)
—
36
(88)
(3)
1,169
$
$
(243)
23
207
(84)
116
—
—
—
38
(20)
(1)
297
$
(255)
102
191
36
147
—
95
85
2
(23)
(5)
345
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
(continued)
147
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - (Continued)
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2019
Financing activities
Dividends paid
Repurchases of common stock
Net paydowns of financial guaranty variable interest entities’ liabilities
Paydown of long-term debt
Other
Cash flows from consolidated investment vehicles:
Proceeds from issuance of collateralized loan obligations
Repayment of warehouse loans and equity
Contributions from noncontrolling interests to investment vehicles
Distributions to redeemable noncontrolling interests from investment vehicles
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
Increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of period
Cash and restricted cash at end of period
Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid (received) during the period for:
Income taxes
Interest on long-term debt
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Purchases of fixed-maturity investments
Sales of fixed-maturity investments
Reconciliation of cash and restricted cash to the consolidated balance sheets:
Cash
Restricted cash (included in other assets)
Cash of consolidated investment vehicles
Cash and restricted cash at the end of period
$
$
$
$
$
$
(70)
(501)
(157)
(30)
(8)
—
—
—
—
(766)
5
17
127
144
(74) $
(500)
(181)
(4)
(15)
(71) $
(500)
(116)
(101)
(7)
—
—
—
—
(795)
(4)
(40)
144
104
$
482
(306)
18
(4)
(584)
3
79
104
183
4
84
$
$
(4) $
99
10
77
(188) $
44
(4) $
—
(32)
—
As of December 31,
2019
2018
2017
169
$
104
$
—
14
—
—
183
$
104
$
144
—
—
144
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
148
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
1.
Business and Basis of Presentation
Business
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (AGL and, together with its subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty or the Company) is a Bermuda-
based holding company that provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit protection products to the U.S. and international
public finance (including infrastructure) and structured finance markets, as well as asset management services.
Through its insurance subsidiaries, the Company applies its credit underwriting judgment, risk management skills and
capital markets experience primarily to offer financial guaranty insurance that protects holders of debt instruments and other
monetary obligations from defaults in scheduled payments. If an obligor defaults on a scheduled payment due on an obligation,
including a scheduled principal or interest payment (debt service), the Company is required under its unconditional and
irrevocable financial guaranty to pay the amount of the shortfall to the holder of the obligation. The Company markets its
financial guaranty insurance directly to issuers and underwriters of public finance and structured finance securities as well as to
investors in such obligations. The Company guarantees obligations issued principally in the U.S. and the United Kingdom
(U.K.), and also guarantees obligations issued in other countries and regions, including Western Europe, Canada and Australia.
The Company also provides specialty insurance and reinsurance on transactions with similar risk profiles to its structured
finance exposures written in financial guaranty form.
Through its asset management subsidiaries, the Company provides investment management services across various
asset classes including collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and long-duration opportunity funds that build on its corporate
credit, asset-backed finance and healthcare structured capital experience as well as certain funds now subject to orderly wind-
down.
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America (GAAP). In management's opinion, all material adjustments necessary for a fair statement of
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated variable interest entities
(VIEs) are reflected in the periods presented and are of a normal, recurring nature. The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The presentation of
equity in net earnings of investees was changed in 2019 to reflect amounts previously reported in net investment income and
other income to a separate line item on the consolidated statements of operations. Certain prior year balances have been
reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of AGL, its direct and indirect subsidiaries and its
consolidated VIEs. Intercompany accounts and transactions between and among all consolidated entities have been eliminated.
The Company's principal insurance subsidiaries are:
Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. (AGM), domiciled in New York;
•
• Municipal Assurance Corp. (MAC), domiciled in New York;
Assured Guaranty Corp. (AGC), domiciled in Maryland;
•
Assured Guaranty (Europe) plc (AGE UK), organized in the U.K.;
•
Assured Guaranty (Europe) SA (AGE SA), organized in France;
•
Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. (AG Re), domiciled in Bermuda; and
•
Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (AGRO), domiciled in Bermuda.
•
The Company's principal asset management subsidiaries are BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC
(BlueMountain), BlueMountain CLO Management, LLC, and BlueMountain GP Holdings, LLC.
149
The Company’s organizational structure includes various holding companies, two of which - Assured Guaranty US
Holdings Inc. (AGUS) and Assured Guaranty Municipal Holdings Inc. (AGMH) - have public debt outstanding. See Note 15,
Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities and Note 25, Subsidiary Information.
Significant Accounting Policies
The Company revalues assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses denominated in non-U.S. currencies into U.S. dollars
using applicable exchange rates. Gains and losses relating to transactions in foreign denominations in those subsidiaries where
the functional currency is the U.S. dollar are reported in the consolidated statement of operations. Gains and losses relating to
translating foreign functional currency financial statements for U.S. GAAP reporting are recorded in other comprehensive
income (loss) (OCI).
Other accounting policies are included in the following notes.
Accounting Policies
Business Combinations
Segments
Expected loss to be paid (insurance, credit derivatives and financial guaranty (FG) VIEs contracts)
Contracts accounted for as insurance (premium revenue recognition, loss and loss adjustment expense and policy
acquisition cost)
Fair value measurement
Investments and cash
Credit derivatives
Management fees
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Variable interest entities
Long term debt
Stock based compensation
Income taxes
Leases
Share repurchases
Earnings per share
Adopted Accounting Standards
Leases
Note 2
Note 4
Note 6
Note 7
and 8
Note 9
Note 10
Note 11
Note 12
Note 13
Note 14
Note 15
Note 16
Note 17
Note 20
Note 21
Note 23
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU)
2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The Company adopted Topic 842 on January 1, 2019 using the optional transition method that
allows the Company to initially apply the new requirements at the effective date, with no revision to prior periods. See Note 20,
Commitments and Contingencies, for additional information.
Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Receivables-Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Topic 310-20) -
Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. This ASU shortened the amortization period for the premium
on certain purchased callable debt securities to the earliest call date. This ASU was adopted on January 1, 2019, with no effect
on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
150
Future Application of Accounting Standards
Credit Losses on Financial Instruments
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of
Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The ASU provides a new current expected credit loss model to account for credit
losses on certain financial assets (e.g., reinsurance recoverables, premium receivables, and held-to-maturity debt securities) and
off-balance sheet exposures (e.g., loan commitments). That model requires an entity to estimate lifetime credit losses related to
certain financial assets, based on relevant historical information, adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable
forecasts that could affect the collectability of the reported amount. The ASU also makes targeted amendments to the current
impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities, which includes requiring the recognition of an allowance rather than a
direct write-down of the investment, which may be reversed in the event that the credit of an issuer improves. In addition, the
ASU eliminates the existing guidance for purchased credit impaired assets and introduces a new model for purchased financial
assets with credit deterioration, such as certain of the Company's loss mitigation securities, which requires the recognition of an
initial allowance for credit losses. Under the new guidance, the amortized cost would be the purchase price plus the allowance
at the acquisition date.
The ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15,
2019. For reinsurance recoverables, premiums receivable and debt instruments such as loans and held to maturity securities,
entities will be required to record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the statement of financial position as of the beginning of
the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. The changes to the impairment model for available-for-sale
securities are to be applied using a modified retrospective approach, and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration are
to be applied prospectively. The Company is adopting this ASU, including certain amendments, effective January 1, 2020.
ASU 2016-13 will not have a material effect on shareholders' equity at the date of adoption.
Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-12, Financial Services - Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements
to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. The amendments in this ASU:
•
•
•
•
improve the timeliness of recognizing changes in the liability for future policy benefits and modify the rate used to
discount future cash flows,
simplify and improve the accounting for certain market-based options or guarantees associated with deposit (or
account balance) contracts,
simplify the amortization of deferred acquisition costs (DAC), and
improve the effectiveness of the required disclosures.
This ASU does not affect the Company’s financial guaranty insurance contracts, but may affect its accounting for
certain specialty (non-financial guaranty) contracts. In October 2019, the FASB affirmed its decision to defer the effective date
of the ASU to January 1, 2022. The Company does not plan to adopt this ASU until January 1, 2022, and does not expect this
ASU to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
Simplification of the Accounting for Income Taxes
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income
Taxes. The amendments in this ASU simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions and clarifying
certain requirements regarding franchise taxes, goodwill, consolidated tax expenses and annual effective tax rate calculations.
The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The
Company is currently assessing the impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.
2.
Business Combinations and Assumption of Insured Portfolio
Consistent with one of its key business strategies, the Company has acquired one asset management company, one
financial guaranty company and completed one reinsurance transaction, during the three-year period covered by this report, as
described below.
151
Business Combinations
Accounting Policies
The Company's business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting which requires
that the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities be recorded at fair value. The Company exercised significant judgment to
determine the fair value of the assets it acquired and liabilities it assumed in each of the acquisitions. The most significant of
these determinations related to the valuation of the acquired financial guaranty insurance contracts and investment management
contracts.
Contractual premium for financial guaranty insurance contracts charged by acquired legacy financial guarantors were
generally less than their fair value, which is based on the premium a market participant of similar credit quality would demand
to acquire those contracts at the date of acquisition. Accordingly, a significant amount of the purchase price was allocated to
below-investment grade (BIG) transactions. The excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the consideration
transferred was recorded as a bargain purchase gain in the statement of operations. In addition, the Company and the acquired
legacy financial guarantor had pre-existing reinsurance relationships, which were effectively settled at fair value on their
respective acquisition dates. The gain or loss on settlement of these pre-existing reinsurance relationships represents the net
difference between the historical assumed or ceded balances that were recorded by the Company and the fair value of ceded or
assumed balances acquired and was also recorded in the statement of operations. While the fair value of the Company's stand-
ready obligation on the date of acquisition is recorded in unearned premium reserve, thereafter, loss reserves and loss and loss
adjustment expenses (LAE) are recorded in accordance with the Company's accounting policy for insurance contracts.
BlueMountain's finite-lived intangible assets consist mainly of investment management and CLO contracts and its
CLO distribution network, which were recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. The fair value of the contracts and
CLO distribution network were determined using the multi-period excess earnings method and the replacement cost method,
respectively. The excess of the purchase price over fair value of the net assets of the acquired BlueMountain subsidiaries was
recorded as goodwill.
In assumed reinsurance agreements, the Company allocates premiums it receives to each financial guaranty or credit
derivative contract on the effective date of the agreement. Thereafter, loss reserves and LAE are recorded in accordance with
the Company's accounting policy for financial guaranty insurance contracts, and changes in fair value are recorded for credit
derivatives.
BlueMountain
On October 1, 2019 (the BlueMountain Acquisition Date), AGUS completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding
equity interests in BlueMountain and its associated entities, for a purchase price of $157 million (BlueMountain Acquisition).
As of the date of acquisition, BlueMountain managed assets across CLOs and long-duration opportunity funds that build on its
corporate credit, asset-backed finance and healthcare structured capital experience, as well as certain funds now subject to
orderly wind-down. In addition, AGUS contributed $60 million of cash to BlueMountain at closing and contributed an
additional $30 million in cash in February 2020. To fund the BlueMountain Acquisition and the related capital contributions,
AGM, AGC and MAC made 10 year, 3.5% interest rate intercompany loans to AGUS totaling $250 million.
The BlueMountain Acquisition is expected to broaden and further diversify the Company's revenue sources with a fee-
generating platform.
152
The following table shows the net effect of the BlueMountain Acquisition on October 1, 2019.
Cash purchase price
Identifiable assets acquired:
Investment portfolio
Cash
Intangible assets (1)
Other assets (2)
Total assets
Liabilities assumed:
Compensation payable (3)
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets of BlueMountain
Goodwill recognized from BlueMountain Acquisition (1)
_____________________
(1)
Presented in goodwill and other intangible assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
Net Effect of
BlueMountain
Acquisition
(in millions)
157
3
12
79
59
153
61
52
113
40
117
$
$
(2)
This includes a $5 million reduction of the right-of-use asset for unfavorable lease terms relative to market terms for
leases acquired from BlueMountain.
(3)
Presented in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
From the BlueMountain Acquisition Date through December 31, 2019, there were revenues of $32 million and a net
loss of $10 million related to BlueMountain included in the consolidated statement of operations. For 2019, the Company
recognized transaction expenses related to the BlueMountain Acquisition of $9 million, primarily related to legal and financial
advisor fees.
The following table presents details of the identified intangible assets acquired:
Finite-Lived
Intangible Assets Acquired
CLO contracts
Investment management contracts
CLO distribution network
Trade name
Favorable sublease
Total finite-lived intangible assets, net
Unaudited Pro Forma Results of Operations
Fair Value
(in millions)
Estimated Weighted
Average Useful Life
42
24
9
3
1
79
9.0 years
4.8 years
5.0 years
10.0 years
4.4 years
$
$
The following unaudited pro forma information presents the combined results of operations of Assured Guaranty and
BlueMountain as if the acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2018, as required under GAAP. The pro forma accounts
include the estimated historical results of both companies, all net of tax at the applicable statutory rate.
153
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not
indicate the financial results of the combined company had the companies actually been combined as of January 1, 2018, nor is
it indicative of the results of operations in future periods.
Unaudited Pro Forma Results of Operations (1)
Pro forma revenues
Pro forma net income
Pro forma earnings per share (EPS):
Basic
Diluted
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
Year Ended
December 31, 2018
$
(dollars in millions)
1,079
358
$
3.60
3.57
1,210
436
3.96
3.92
_____________________
(1)
Pro forma adjustments were made for transaction expenses, amortization of intangible assets and income tax impact
related to the BlueMountain Acquisition as if the companies had been combined as of January 1, 2018.
MBIA UK Insurance Limited
AGC completed its acquisition of MBIA UK Insurance Limited (MBIA UK) (the MBIA UK Acquisition), the U.K.
operating subsidiary of MBIA Insurance Corporation (MBIA) on January 10, 2017 (the MBIA UK Acquisition Date). As
consideration for the outstanding shares of MBIA UK plus $23 million in cash, AGC exchanged all its holdings of notes issued
in the Zohar II 2005-1 transaction (Zohar II Notes), which were insured by MBIA. AGC’s Zohar II Notes had total outstanding
principal of approximately $347 million and fair value of $334 million as of the MBIA UK Acquisition Date. The MBIA UK
Acquisition added approximately $12 billion of net par insured on January 10, 2017.
MBIA UK was renamed Assured Guaranty (London) Ltd. and on June 1, 2017, was re-registered as a public limited
company (plc). The Company combined the operations of its European subsidiaries, AGE UK, Assured Guaranty (UK) plc
(AGUK), Assured Guaranty (London) plc (AGLN) and CIFG Europe S.A. (CIFGE) on November 7, 2018. Under the
combination, AGUK, AGLN and CIFGE transferred their insurance portfolios to and merged with and into AGE UK (the
Combination).
154
The following table shows the net effect of the MBIA UK Acquisition on January 10, 2017, including the effects of the
settlement of pre-existing relationships.
Fair Value of Net
Assets Acquired,
before Settlement of
Pre-existing
Relationships
Net effect of
Settlement of Pre-
existing
Relationships
(in millions)
Net Effect of
MBIA UK
Acquisition
$
334
$
— $
Purchase price (1)
Identifiable assets acquired:
Investments
Cash
Premiums receivable, net of commissions payable
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities assumed:
Unearned premium reserves
Current tax payable
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets of MBIA UK
Cash acquired from MBIA Holdings
Deferred tax liability
Net asset effect of MBIA UK Acquisition
Bargain purchase gain and settlement of pre-existing
relationships resulting from MBIA UK Acquisition, after-tax
Deferred tax
459
72
274
16
821
389
25
4
418
403
23
(36)
390
56
—
334
459
72
270
10
811
383
25
(1)
407
404
23
(36)
391
57
1
58
—
—
(4)
(6)
(10)
(6)
—
(5)
(11)
1
—
—
1
1
1
2
$
Bargain purchase gain and settlement of pre-existing
relationships resulting from MBIA UK Acquisition, pre-tax
$
56
$
_____________________
(1)
The purchase price of $334 million was allocated as follows: (1) $329 million for the purchase of net assets of $385
million, and (2) the settlement of pre-existing relationships between MBIA UK and Assured Guaranty at a fair value of
$5 million
The Company believes the bargain purchase gain resulted from MBIA's strategy to address its insurance obligations
with regards to the Zohar II Notes, the issuers of which MBIA did not expect would have sufficient funds to repay such notes in
full on the scheduled maturity date of such notes in January 2017.
Revenue and net income (excluding the effects of subsequent tax reform) related to MBIA UK from the MBIA UK
Acquisition Date through December 31, 2017 included in the consolidated statement of operations were approximately $192
million and $139 million, respectively, including the bargain purchase gain, settlement of pre-existing relationships, activity
during the year and realized gain on the disposition of AGC's Zohar II Notes. For 2017, the Company recognized transaction
expenses related to the MBIA UK Acquisition of $7 million, primarily related to legal and financial advisors fees.
155
Reinsurance of Syncora Guarantee Inc.’s Insured Portfolio
On June 1, 2018, the Company closed a reinsurance transaction with Syncora Guarantee Inc. (SGI) under which AGC
assumed, generally on a 100% quota share basis, substantially all of SGI’s insured portfolio and AGM reassumed a book of
business previously ceded to SGI by AGM (SGI Transaction). As of June 1, 2018, the net par value of exposures reinsured and
commuted totaled approximately $12 billion (including credit derivative net par of approximately $1.5 billion). The reinsured
portfolio consists predominantly of public finance and infrastructure obligations that meet AGC’s underwriting criteria and
generated $330 million of gross written premiums. On June 1, 2018, as consideration, SGI paid $363 million and assigned to
Assured Guaranty financial guaranty future insurance installment premiums of $45 million, and future credit derivative
installments of approximately $17 million. The assumed portfolio from SGI included BIG contracts which had, as of June 1,
2018, expected losses to be paid of $131 million (present value basis using risk free rates), which will be expensed over the
expected terms of those contracts as unearned premium reserve amortizes. In connection with the SGI Transaction, the
Company incurred and expensed $4 million in fees to professional advisors.
The effect of the SGI Transaction on the insurance and credit derivative balances as of June 1, 2018 is summarized
below:
Cash
Premiums receivable/payable, net of commissions
Unearned premium reserve, net
Credit derivative liability, net
Other
Impact to net assets (liabilities), excluding cash
Commutation loss
Commutation
Assumption
(in millions)
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
20
16
(56)
—
2
(38) $
343
$
363
$
45
(319)
(68)
(1)
(343) $
61
(375)
(68)
1
(381)
18
$
— $
18
Additionally, beginning on June 1, 2018, on behalf of SGI, AGC began providing certain administrative services on
the assumed portfolio, including surveillance, risk management, and claims processing.
3.
Ratings
The financial strength ratings (or similar ratings) for AGL’s insurance subsidiaries, along with the date of the most
recent rating action (or confirmation) by the rating agency, are shown in the table below. Ratings are subject to continuous
rating agency review and revision or withdrawal at any time. In addition, the Company periodically assesses the value of each
rating assigned to each of its companies, and as a result of such assessment may request that a rating agency add or drop a
rating from certain of its companies.
S&P Global Ratings, a
division of Standard & Poor’s
Financial Services LLC
Kroll Bond Rating
Agency
Moody’s Investors Service,
Inc.
A.M. Best Company,
Inc.
AA (stable) (11/7/19)
AA+ (stable) (12/19/19)
A2 (stable) (8/13/19)
AA (stable) (11/7/19)
AA (stable) (11/22/19)
AA (stable) (11/7/19)
AA+ (stable) (7/12/19)
AA (stable) (11/7/19)
AA (stable) (11/7/19)
—
—
(1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
A+ (stable) (7/12/19)
AA (stable) (11/7/19)
AA+ (stable) (12/19/19)
A2 (stable) (8/13/19)
AA (stable) (1/29/20)
AA+ (stable) (1/21/20)
—
—
—
AGM
AGC
MAC
AG Re
AGRO
AGE UK
AGE SA
___________________
(1)
AGC requested that Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (Moody's) withdraw its financial strength ratings of AGC in
January 2017, but Moody's denied that request. Moody’s continues to rate AGC A3 (stable).
156
There can be no assurance that any of the rating agencies will not take negative action on the financial strength ratings
(or similar ratings) of AGL's insurance subsidiaries in the future or cease to rate one or more of AGL's insurance subsidiaries,
either voluntarily or at the request of that subsidiary.
For a discussion of the effects of rating actions on the Company, see Note 7, Contracts Accounted for as Insurance,
and Note 8, Reinsurance.
4.
Segment Information
The Company reports its results of operations consistent with the manner in which the Company's chief operating
decision maker (CODM) reviews the business to assess performance and allocate resources. Prior to the BlueMountain
Acquisition Date, the Company's operating subsidiaries were all insurance companies, and results of operations were viewed by
the CODM as one segment. Beginning in fourth quarter 2019, with the BlueMountain Acquisition and expansion into the asset
management business, the Company established the Assured Investment Management platform and now operates in two
distinct segments, Insurance and Asset Management. The following describes the components of each segment, along with the
Corporate division and Other categories. The Insurance and Asset Management segments are presented without giving effect to
the consolidation of the FG VIEs and investment vehicles. See Note 14, Variable Interest Entities.
The Insurance segment primarily consists of the Company's domestic and foreign insurance subsidiaries and their
wholly-owned subsidiaries that provide credit protection products to the U.S. and international public finance (including
infrastructure) and structured finance markets. The Insurance segment also includes the income (loss) from its proportionate
equity investments in funds managed by Assured Investment Management (Assured Investment Management funds).
The Asset Management segment consists of the Company's Assured Investment Management subsidiaries, which
provide asset management services to outside investors as well as to the Company's Insurance segment.
The Corporate division consists primarily of interest expense on the debt of AGUS and AGMH, as well as other
operating expenses attributed to holding company activities, including administrative services performed by operating
subsidiaries for the holding companies.
Other items consist of intersegment eliminations, reclassifications, and consolidation adjustments, including the effect
of consolidating FG VIEs and certain Assured Investment Management investment vehicles in which Insurance segment
invests. See Note 14. Variable Interest Entities.
The Company does not report assets by reportable segment as the CODM does not use assets to assess performance
and allocate resources and only reviews assets at a consolidated level.
Total adjusted operating income includes the effect of consolidating both FG VIEs and investment vehicles; however
the effect of consolidating such entities, including the related eliminations, is included in the "other" column in the tables
below, which represents the CODM's view, consistent with the management approach guidance for presentation of segment
metrics.
The Company analyzes the operating performance of each segment using "adjusted operating income." Results for
each segment include specifically identifiable expenses as well as allocations of expenses between legal entities based on time
studies and other cost allocation methodologies based on headcount or other metrics. Adjusted operating income is defined as
net income (loss) attributable to AGL, as reported under GAAP, adjusted for the following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Elimination of realized gains (losses) on the Company’s investments, except for gains and losses on securities
classified as trading.
Elimination of non-credit-impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives that are
recognized in net income, which is the amount of unrealized fair value gains (losses) in excess of the present
value of the expected estimated economic credit losses, and non-economic payments.
Elimination of fair value gains (losses) on the Company’s committed capital securities (CCS) that are
recognized in net income.
Elimination of foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of net premium receivables and loss and
LAE reserves that are recognized in net income.
157
5)
Elimination of the tax effects related to the above adjustments, which are determined by applying the
statutory tax rate in each of the jurisdictions that generate these adjustments.
The following tables present the Company's operations by operating segment. The information for prior years has been
conformed to the new segment presentation.
Segment Information (1)
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Insurance
Asset
Management
Corporate
Other
Total
(in millions)
383
$
— $
—
39
—
3
$
4
94
6
5
$
— $
— $
$
$
912
917
324
593
2
595
83
—
512
22
22
34
(12)
—
(12)
(2)
—
(10)
3
3
133
(130)
—
(130)
(19)
—
(111)
Net investment income
Interest expense
Non-cash compensation and operating expenses (1)
Intersegment revenues
Third-party revenues
Total revenues
Total expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in net
earnings of investees
Equity in net earnings of investees
Adjusted operating income (loss) before income
taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Noncontrolling interests
Adjusted operating income (loss)
Reconciling items from adjusted operating income
(loss) to net income (loss) attributable to AGL:
Plus pre-tax adjustments:
Realized gains (losses) on investments
Non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains
(losses) on credit derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement
of premiums receivable and loss and LAE reserves
Total pre-tax adjustments
Plus tax effect on pre-tax adjustments
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
(9) $
(5)
—
(5) $
27
22
25
(3)
2
(1)
—
(1)
—
$
378
89
48
—
964
964
516
448
4
452
62
(1)
391
22
(10)
(22)
22
12
(1)
402
158
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Insurance
Asset
Management
Corporate
Other
Total
(in millions)
$
$
396
$
— $
—
35
—
—
3
$
— $
989
992
302
690
1
691
109
—
582
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
6
97
6
— $
(28)
(28)
129
(157)
—
(157)
(61)
—
(96)
Net investment income
Interest expense
Non-cash compensation and operating expenses (1)
Intersegment revenues
Third-party revenues
Total revenues
Total expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in net
earnings of investees
Equity in net earnings of investees
Adjusted operating income (loss) before income
taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Noncontrolling interests
Adjusted operating income (loss)
Reconciling items from adjusted operating income
(loss) to net income (loss) attributable to AGL:
Plus pre-tax adjustments:
Realized gains (losses) on investments
Non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains
(losses) on credit derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement
of premiums receivable and loss and LAE reserves
Total pre-tax adjustments
Plus tax effect on pre-tax adjustments
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
(7) $
(3)
—
(3) $
(2)
(5)
—
(5)
—
(5)
(1)
—
(4)
$
395
94
41
—
959
959
431
528
1
529
47
—
482
(32)
101
14
(32)
51
(12)
521
159
Year Ended December 31, 2017
Insurance
Asset
Management
Corporate
Other
Total
423
$
— $
2
$
(in millions)
—
36
—
—
3
$
— $
1,556
1,559
586
973
—
973
241
—
732
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
100
5
— $
(8)
(8)
129
(137)
—
(137)
(54)
—
(83)
$
$
Net investment income
Interest expense
Non-cash compensation and operating expenses (1)
Intersegment revenues
Third-party revenues
Total revenues
Total expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in net
earnings of investees
Equity in net earnings of investees
Adjusted operating income (loss) before income
taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Noncontrolling interests
Adjusted operating income (loss)
Reconciling items from adjusted operating income
(loss) to net income (loss) attributable to AGL:
Plus pre-tax adjustments:
Realized gains (losses) on investments
Non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains
(losses) on credit derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement
of premiums receivable and loss and LAE reserves
Total pre-tax adjustments
Plus tax effect on pre-tax adjustments
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
(8) $
(3)
—
(3) $
10
7
(10)
17
—
17
5
—
12
$
417
97
41
—
1,558
1,558
705
853
—
853
192
—
661
40
43
(2)
57
138
(69)
730
_____________________
(1)
Consists of amortization of DAC and intangible assets, depreciation and share-based compensation.
Revenue by Country of Domicile
U.S.
Bermuda
U.K. and other
Total
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
761
161
42
964
$
$
732
203
24
959
$
$
1,193
224
141
1,558
160
The following table reconciles the Company's total GAAP revenues to segment revenues:
Reconciliation of Total GAAP Revenues to Segment Revenues
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
Total GAAP revenues
Less: Realized gains (losses) on investments
Less: Non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit
derivatives
Less: Fair value gains (losses) on CCS
Less: Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of premiums
receivable and loss and LAE reserves
Plus: Credit derivative impairment (recoveries) (1)
$
963
$
22
(10)
(22)
22
13
$
1,001
(32)
101
14
(32)
9
Total segment revenues
$
964
$
959
$
_____________________
(1)
Credit derivative impairment (recoveries) are included in "Net change in fair value of credit derivatives" in the
Company's consolidated statements of operations.
1,739
40
43
(2)
57
(43)
1,558
The following table reconciles the Company's total GAAP expenses to segment expenses:
Reconciliation of Total GAAP Expenses to Segment Expenses
Total GAAP expenses
Plus: Credit derivative impairment (recoveries) (1)
Total segment expenses
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
503
13
516
$
$
422
9
431
$
$
748
(43)
705
_____________________
(1)
Credit derivative impairment (recoveries) are included in "Net change in fair value of credit derivatives" in the
Company's consolidated statements of operations.
5.
Outstanding Insurance Exposure
The Company primarily sells credit protection contracts in financial guaranty insurance form. Until 2009, the
Company also sold credit protection by issuing policies that guaranteed payment obligations under credit derivatives, primarily
credit default swaps (CDS). The Company's contracts accounted for as credit derivatives are generally structured such that the
circumstances giving rise to the Company’s obligation to make loss payments are similar to those for its financial guaranty
insurance contracts. The Company has not entered into any new CDS in order to sell credit protection in the U.S. since the
beginning of 2009, when regulatory guidelines were issued that limited the terms under which such protection could be sold.
The capital and margin requirements applicable under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act also
contributed to the Company not entering into such new CDS in the U.S. since 2009. The Company has, however, acquired or
reinsured portfolios both before and after 2009 that include financial guaranty contracts in credit derivative form.
The Company also writes specialty insurance that is consistent with its risk profile and benefits from its underwriting
experience.
161
The Company seeks to limit its exposure to losses by underwriting obligations that it views as investment grade at
inception, although on occasion it may underwrite new issuances that it views as BIG, typically as part of its loss mitigation
strategy for existing troubled exposures. The Company also seeks to acquire portfolios of insurance from financial guarantors
that are no longer writing new business by acquiring such companies, providing reinsurance on a portfolio of insurance or
reassuming a portfolio of reinsurance it had previously ceded; in such instances, it evaluates the risk characteristics of the target
portfolio, which may include some BIG exposures, as a whole in the context of the proposed transaction. The Company
diversifies its insured portfolio across asset classes and, in the structured finance portfolio, typically requires subordination or
collateral to protect it from loss. Reinsurance may be used in order to reduce net exposure to certain insured transactions.
Public finance obligations insured by the Company primarily consist of general obligation bonds supported by the
taxing powers of U.S. state or municipal governmental authorities, as well as tax-supported bonds, revenue bonds and other
obligations supported by covenants from state or municipal governmental authorities or other municipal obligors to impose and
collect fees and charges for public services or specific infrastructure projects. The Company also includes within public finance
obligations those obligations backed by the cash flow from leases or other revenues from projects serving substantial public
purposes, including utilities, toll roads, healthcare facilities and government office buildings. The Company also includes
within public finance similar obligations issued by territorial and non-U.S. sovereign and sub-sovereign issuers and
governmental authorities.
Structured finance obligations insured by the Company are generally issued by special purpose entities, including
VIEs, and backed by pools of assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value or other specialized financial
obligations. Some of these VIEs are consolidated as described in Note 14, Variable Interest Entities. Unless otherwise specified,
the outstanding par and debt service amounts presented in this note include outstanding exposures on VIEs whether or not they
are consolidated. The Company also provides specialty insurance and reinsurance on transactions without special purpose
entities but with similar risk profiles to its structured finance exposures written in financial guaranty form.
Second-to-pay insured par outstanding represents transactions the Company has insured that are already insured by
another financial guaranty insurer and where the Company's obligation to pay under its insurance of such transactions arises
only if both the obligor on the underlying insured obligation and the primary financial guaranty insurer default. The Company
underwrites such transactions based on the underlying insured obligation without regard to the primary financial guaranty
insurer and internally rates the transaction the higher of the rating of the underlying obligation and the rating of the primary
financial guarantor. The second-to-pay insured par outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $6.6 billion and $6.7
billion, respectively. The par on second-to-pay exposure where the ratings of the primary financial guaranty insurer and
underlying insured transaction that are BIG was $105 million and $111 million as of December 31, 2019 and December 31,
2018, respectively.
Significant Risk Management Activities
The Portfolio Risk Management Committee, which includes members of senior management and senior risk and
surveillance officers, establishes company-wide credit policy for the Company's direct and assumed business. It implements
specific underwriting procedures and limits for the Company and allocates underwriting capacity among the Company's
subsidiaries. The Portfolio Risk Management Committee is responsible for enterprise risk management for the overall company
and focuses on measuring and managing credit, market and liquidity risk for the overall company. All transactions in new asset
classes or new jurisdictions must be approved by this committee. The U.S., U.K., AG Re and AGRO risk management
committees conduct an in-depth review of the insured portfolios of the relevant subsidiaries, focusing on varying portions of
the portfolio at each meeting. They review and may revise internal ratings assigned to the insured transactions and review
sector reports, monthly product line surveillance reports and compliance reports.
All transactions in the insured portfolio are assigned internal credit ratings by the relevant underwriting committee at
inception, which credit ratings are updated by the relevant risk management committee based on changes in transaction credit
quality. As part of the surveillance process, the Company monitors trends and changes in transaction credit quality, and
recommends such remedial actions as may be necessary or appropriate. The Company also develops strategies to enforce its
contractual rights and remedies and to mitigate its losses, engage in negotiation discussions with transaction participants and,
when necessary, manage the Company's litigation proceedings.
162
Surveillance Categories
The Company segregates its insured portfolio into investment grade and BIG surveillance categories to facilitate the
appropriate allocation of resources to monitoring and loss mitigation efforts and to aid in establishing the appropriate cycle for
periodic review for each exposure. BIG exposures include all exposures with internal credit ratings below BBB-. The
Company’s internal credit ratings are based on internal assessments of the likelihood of default and loss severity in the event of
default. Internal credit ratings are expressed on a ratings scale similar to that used by the rating agencies and are generally
reflective of an approach similar to that employed by the rating agencies, except that the Company's internal credit ratings
focus on future performance rather than lifetime performance.
The Company monitors its insured portfolio and refreshes its internal credit ratings on individual exposures in
quarterly, semi-annual or annual cycles based on the Company’s view of the exposure’s credit quality, loss potential, volatility
and sector. Ratings on exposures in sectors identified as under the most stress or with the most potential volatility are reviewed
every quarter, although the Company may also review a rating in response to developments impacting the credit when a ratings
review is not scheduled. For assumed exposures, the Company may use the ceding company’s credit ratings of transactions
where it is impractical for it to assign its own rating.
Exposures identified as BIG are subjected to further review to determine the probability of a loss. See Note 6,
Expected Loss to be Paid, for additional information. Surveillance personnel then assign each BIG transaction to the
appropriate BIG surveillance category based upon whether a future loss is expected and whether a claim has been paid. The
Company uses a tax-equivalent yield to calculate the present value of projected payments and recoveries and determine
whether a future loss is expected in order to assign the appropriate BIG surveillance category to a transaction. For financial
statement measurement purposes, the Company uses risk-free rates, which are determined each quarter, to calculate the
expected loss.
More extensive monitoring and intervention is employed for all BIG surveillance categories, with internal credit
ratings reviewed quarterly. For purposes of determining the appropriate surveillance category, the Company expects “future
losses” on a transaction when the Company believes there is at least a 50% chance that, on a present value basis, it will in the
future pay claims on that transaction that will not be fully reimbursed. The three BIG categories are:
•
•
•
BIG Category 1: Below-investment-grade transactions showing sufficient deterioration to make future losses
possible, but for which none are currently expected.
BIG Category 2: Below-investment-grade transactions for which future losses are expected but for which no
claims (other than liquidity claims, which are claims that the Company expects to be reimbursed within one year)
have yet been paid.
BIG Category 3: Below-investment-grade transactions for which future losses are expected and on which claims
(other than liquidity claims) have been paid.
Unless otherwise noted, ratings disclosed herein on the Company's insured portfolio reflect its internal ratings. The
Company classifies those portions of risks benefiting from reimbursement obligations collateralized by eligible assets held in
trust in acceptable reimbursement structures as the higher of 'AA' or their current internal rating.
Financial Guaranty Exposure
The Company measures its financial guaranty exposure in terms of (a) gross and net par outstanding and (b) gross and
net debt service.
The Company typically guarantees the payment of principal and interest when due. Since most of these payments are
due in the future, the Company generally uses gross and net par outstanding as a proxy for its financial guaranty exposure.
Gross par outstanding generally represents the principal amount of the insured obligation at a point in time. Net par outstanding
equals gross par outstanding net of any third-party reinsurance. The Company includes in its par outstanding calculation the
impact of any consumer price index inflator to the reporting date as well as, in the case of accreting (zero-coupon) obligations,
accretion to the reporting date.
The Company purchases securities that it has insured, and for which it has expected losses to be paid, in order to
mitigate the economic effect of insured losses (loss mitigation securities). The Company excludes amounts attributable to loss
mitigation securities from par and debt service outstanding, which amounts are included in the investment portfolio, because
163
the Company manages such securities as investments and not insurance exposure. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31,
2018, the Company excluded $1.4 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively, of net par attributable to loss mitigation securities.
Gross debt service outstanding represents the sum of all estimated future principal and interest payments on the
obligations insured, on an undiscounted basis. Net debt service outstanding equals gross debt service outstanding net of any
third-party reinsurance. Future debt service payments include the impact of any consumer price index inflator after the
reporting date, as well as, in the case of accreting (zero-coupon) obligations, accretion after the reporting date.
The Company calculates its debt service outstanding as follows:
•
•
for insured obligations that are not supported by homogeneous pools of assets (which category includes most of the
Company's public finance transactions), as the total estimated contractual future principal and interest due through
maturity, regardless of whether the obligations may be called and regardless of whether, in the case of obligations
where principal payments are due when an underlying asset makes a principal payment, the Company believes the
obligations will be repaid prior to contractual maturity;
for insured obligations that are supported by homogeneous pools of assets that are contractually permitted to prepay
principal (which category includes, for example, residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) and CLOs), as total
estimated expected future principal and interest due on insured obligations through their respective expected terms,
which includes the Company's expectations as to whether the obligations may be called and, in the case of obligations
where principal payments are due when an underlying asset makes a principal payment, when the Company expects
principal payments to be made prior to contractual maturity.
The calculation of debt service requires the use of estimates, which the Company updates periodically, including
estimates for the expected remaining term of insured obligations supported by homogeneous pools of assets, updated interest
rates for floating and variable rate insured obligations, behavior of consumer price indices for obligations with consumer price
index inflators, foreign exchange rates and other assumptions based on the characteristics of each insured obligation. The
anticipated sunset of London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at the end of 2021 has introduced another variable into the
Company's calculation of future debt service. See the Risk Factor captioned “The Company may be adversely impacted by the
transition from LIBOR as a reference rate” under Operational Risks in Part 1, Item 1A, Risk Factors. Debt service is a measure
of the estimated maximum potential exposure to insured obligations before considering the Company’s various legal rights to
the underlying collateral and other remedies available to it under its financial guaranty contract.
Actual debt service may differ from estimated debt service due to refundings, terminations, negotiated restructurings,
prepayments, changes in interest rates on variable rate insured obligations, consumer price index behavior differing from that
projected, changes in foreign exchange rates on non-U.S. denominated insured obligations and other factors.
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Debt Service Outstanding
Gross Debt Service
Outstanding
Net Debt Service
Outstanding
As of
December 31,
2019
As of
December 31,
2018
As of
December 31,
2019
As of
December 31,
2018
$
$
363,497
12,279
375,776
$
$
(in millions)
361,511
13,569
375,080
$
$
362,361
11,769
374,130
$
$
358,438
13,148
371,586
Public finance
Structured finance
Total financial guaranty
164
Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating
As of December 31, 2019
Public Finance
U.S.
Public Finance
Non-U.S.
Structured Finance
U.S
Structured Finance
Non-U.S
Total
Rating
Category
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
AAA
AA
A
BBB
BIG
Total net par
outstanding
$
381
0.2% $
19,847
94,488
55,000
5,771
11.3
53.9
31.3
3.3
(dollars in millions)
2,541
5,142
15,627
27,051
898
5.0% $
10.0
30.4
52.8
1.8
1,258
4,010
1,030
1,206
1,796
13.5% $
43.1
11.1
13.0
19.3
181
38
184
317
41
23.8% $
5.0
24.2
41.6
5.4
4,361
29,037
111,329
83,574
8,506
1.8%
12.3
47.0
35.3
3.6
$
175,487
100.0% $
51,259
100.0% $
9,300
100.0% $
761
100.0% $
236,807
100.0%
Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating
As of December 31, 2018
Public Finance
U.S.
Public Finance
Non-U.S.
Structured Finance
U.S
Structured Finance
Non-U.S
Total
Rating
Category
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
Net Par
Outstanding
%
AAA
AA
A
BBB
BIG
Total net par
outstanding
$
413
0.2% $
21,646
105,180
52,935
6,388
11.6
56.4
28.4
3.4
(dollars in millions)
2,399
1,711
13,013
25,939
1,041
5.4% $
3.9
29.5
58.8
2.4
1,533
3,599
1,016
1,164
2,632
15.4% $
36.2
10.2
11.7
26.5
273
65
206
550
99
22.9% $
5.4
17.3
46.1
8.3
4,618
27,021
119,415
80,588
10,160
1.9%
11.2
49.4
33.3
4.2
$
186,562
100.0% $
44,103
100.0% $
9,944
100.0% $
1,193
100.0% $
241,802
100.0%
The following tables present gross and net par outstanding for the financial guaranty portfolio.
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Gross Par Outstanding
U.S. public finance
Non-U.S. public finance
U.S. structured finance
Non-U.S. structured finance
Total gross par outstanding
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
(in millions)
176,047
$
187,919
51,538
9,800
771
44,714
10,352
1,206
238,156
$
244,191
$
$
165
Sector (1)
Public finance:
U.S.:
General obligation
Tax backed
Municipal utilities
Transportation
Healthcare
Higher education
Infrastructure finance
Housing revenue
Investor-owned utilities
Renewable energy
Other public finance
Total public finance—U.S.
Non-U.S.:
Regulated utilities
Infrastructure finance
Sovereign and sub-sovereign
Renewable energy
Pooled infrastructure
Total public finance—non-U.S.
Total public finance
Structured finance:
U.S.:
RMBS
Life insurance transactions
Pooled corporate obligations
Financial products
Consumer receivables
Other structured finance
Total structured finance—U.S.
Non-U.S.:
RMBS
Pooled corporate obligations
Other structured finance
Total structured finance—non-U.S.
Total structured finance
Total net par outstanding
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Net Par Outstanding
by Sector
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
(in millions)
$
73,467
$
37,047
26,195
16,209
7,148
5,916
5,429
1,321
655
210
1,890
175,487
18,995
17,952
11,341
1,555
1,416
51,259
226,746
3,546
1,776
1,401
1,019
962
596
9,300
427
55
279
761
10,061
$
236,807
$
78,800
40,616
28,402
15,197
6,750
6,643
5,489
1,435
846
215
2,169
186,562
18,124
17,166
6,094
1,346
1,373
44,103
230,665
4,270
1,435
1,215
1,094
1,255
675
9,944
576
126
491
1,193
11,137
241,802
_____________________
(1)
Prior period has been presented on a basis consistent with current period sector classifications.
166
In addition to amounts shown in the table above, the Company had outstanding commitments to provide guaranties of
$301 million of gross par for public finance and $610 million of gross par of structured finance as of December 31, 2019. These
commitments are contingent on the satisfaction of all conditions set forth in them and may expire unused or be canceled at the
counterparty’s request. Therefore, the total commitment amount does not necessarily reflect actual future guaranteed amounts.
Actual maturities of insured obligations could differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to
call or prepay certain obligations. The expected maturities of structured finance obligations are, in general, considerably shorter
than the contractual maturities for such obligations.
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Expected Amortization of
Net Par Outstanding
As of December 31, 2019
Public Finance
Structured Finance
Total
(in millions)
$
55,219
$
48,500
42,901
33,820
46,306
$
4,161
1,852
1,917
1,698
433
59,380
50,352
44,818
35,518
46,739
$
226,746
$
10,061
$
236,807
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Components of BIG Net Par Outstanding
As of December 31, 2019
BIG Net Par Outstanding
Net Par
BIG 1
BIG 2
BIG 3
Total BIG
Outstanding
(in millions)
$
1,582
$
430
$
3,759
$
5,771
$
175,487
854
2,436
162
—
69
231
—
430
74
—
62
136
566
44
3,803
1,382
40
48
1,470
898
6,669
1,618
40
179
1,837
51,259
226,746
3,546
1,771
4,744
10,061
$
5,273
$
8,506
$
236,807
0 to 5 years
5 to 10 years
10 to 15 years
15 to 20 years
20 years and above
Total net par outstanding
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
Non-U.S. public finance
Public finance
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
Life insurance transactions
Other structured finance
Structured finance
Total
$
2,667
$
167
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Components of BIG Net Par Outstanding
As of December 31, 2018
BIG Net Par Outstanding
Net Par
BIG 1
BIG 2
BIG 3
Total BIG
Outstanding
(in millions)
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
Non-U.S. public finance
Public finance
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
Life insurance transactions
Other structured finance
Structured finance
$
1,767
$
796
2,563
368
—
127
495
Total
$
3,058
$
399
245
644
214
—
79
293
937
$
4,222
$
6,388
$
186,562
—
4,222
1,805
85
53
1,943
1,041
7,429
2,387
85
259
2,731
44,103
230,665
4,270
1,184
5,683
11,137
$
6,165
$
10,160
$
241,802
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
BIG Net Par Outstanding
and Number of Risks
As of December 31, 2019
Description
BIG:
Category 1
Category 2
Category 3
Total BIG
Net Par Outstanding
Number of Risks(2)
Financial
Guaranty
Insurance(1)
Credit
Derivative
Total
Financial
Guaranty
Insurance(1)
Credit
Derivative
Total
(dollars in millions)
$
$
2,600
$
561
5,216
$
67
5
57
8,377
$
129
$
2,667
566
5,273
8,506
121
24
131
276
6
1
7
14
127
25
138
290
168
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
BIG Net Par Outstanding
and Number of Risks
As of December 31, 2018
Description
BIG:
Category 1
Category 2
Category 3
Total BIG
Net Par Outstanding
Number of Risks(2)
Financial
Guaranty
Insurance(1)
Credit
Derivative
Total
Financial
Guaranty
Insurance(1)
Credit
Derivative
Total
(dollars in millions)
$
$
2,981
$
932
6,090
$
77
5
75
3,058
937
6,165
10,003
$
157
$
10,160
128
39
145
312
6
1
8
15
134
40
153
327
_____________________
(1)
Includes VIEs.
(2)
A risk represents the aggregate of the financial guaranty policies that share the same revenue source for purposes of
making debt service payments.
169
The Company seeks to maintain a diversified portfolio of insured obligations designed to spread its risk across a
number of geographic areas.
Financial Guaranty Portfolio
Geographic Distribution of
Net Par Outstanding
As of December 31, 2019
Number of Risks
Net Par
Outstanding
Percent of Total Net
Par Outstanding
(dollars in millions)
U.S.:
U.S. Public finance:
California
Pennsylvania
Texas
New York
Illinois
New Jersey
Florida
Michigan
Puerto Rico
Louisiana
Other
Total U.S. public finance
U.S. Structured finance (multiple states)
Total U.S.
Non-U.S.:
United Kingdom
France
Canada
Australia
Austria
Other
Total non-U.S.
Total
Exposure to Puerto Rico
1,318
$
665
1,090
749
602
337
266
305
17
162
2,529
8,040
450
8,490
288
7
8
11
3
42
359
8,849
$
33,368
15,895
14,860
14,682
13,977
10,504
7,107
5,345
4,270
4,167
51,312
175,487
9,300
184,787
38,450
3,130
2,495
2,112
1,250
4,583
52,020
236,807
14.1%
6.7
6.3
6.2
5.9
4.4
3.0
2.3
1.8
1.8
21.7
74.2
3.9
78.1
16.2
1.3
1.1
0.9
0.5
1.9
21.9
100.0%
The Company had insured exposure to general obligation bonds of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico (Puerto Rico or
the Commonwealth) and various obligations of its related authorities and public corporations aggregating $4.3 billion net par as
of December 31, 2019, all of which was rated BIG. Beginning on January 1, 2016, a number of Puerto Rico exposures have
defaulted on bond payments, and the Company has now paid claims on all of its Puerto Rico exposures except for Puerto Rico
Aqueduct and Sewer Authority (PRASA), Municipal Finance Agency (MFA) and University of Puerto Rico (U of PR).
On November 30, 2015 and December 8, 2015, the then governor of Puerto Rico issued executive orders (Clawback
Orders) directing the Puerto Rico Department of Treasury and the Puerto Rico Tourism Company to "claw back" certain taxes
pledged to secure the payment of bonds issued by the Puerto Rico Highways and Transportation Authority (PRHTA), Puerto
Rico Infrastructure Financing Authority (PRIFA), and Puerto Rico Convention Center District Authority (PRCCDA). The
Puerto Rico exposures insured by the Company subject to clawback are shown in the table “Puerto Rico Net Par Outstanding.”
170
The fiscal and political issues in Puerto Rico have been exacerbated by natural disasters. On September 20, 2017,
Hurricane Maria made landfall in Puerto Rico as a Category 4 hurricane on the Saffir-Simpson scale, causing loss of life and
widespread destruction. More recently, beginning on December 28, 2019, and progressing into early 2020, Puerto Rico has
been struck by a swarm of earthquakes, including at least 11 that were of magnitude 5 or greater based on the the Richter
magnitude scale. While not nearly as deadly or destructive as Hurricane Maria, the earthquakes have damaged buildings and
infrastructure, including the power grid.
On June 30, 2016, the Puerto Rico Oversight, Management, and Economic Stability Act (PROMESA) was signed into
law. PROMESA established a seven-member financial oversight board (Oversight Board) with authority to require that
balanced budgets and fiscal plans be adopted and implemented by Puerto Rico. Title III of PROMESA provides for a process
analogous to a voluntary bankruptcy process under chapter 9 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.
The Company believes that a number of the actions taken by the Commonwealth, the Oversight Board and others with
respect to obligations the Company insures are illegal or unconstitutional or both, and has taken legal action, and may take
additional legal action in the future, to enforce its rights with respect to these matters. In addition, the Commonwealth, the
Oversight Board and others have taken legal action naming the Company as a party. See “Puerto Rico Litigation” below.
The Company also participates in mediation and negotiations relating to its Puerto Rico exposure.
The final form and timing of responses to Puerto Rico’s financial distress and the devastation of Hurricane Maria
eventually taken by the federal government or implemented under the auspices of PROMESA and the Oversight Board or
otherwise, and the final impact on the Company, after resolution of legal challenges, of any such responses on obligations
insured by the Company, are uncertain. The impact of developments relating to Puerto Rico during any quarter or year could be
material to the Company's results of operations in that particular quarter or year.
The Company groups its Puerto Rico exposure into three categories:
•
•
•
Constitutionally Guaranteed. The Company includes in this category public debt benefiting from Article VI of
the Constitution of the Commonwealth, which expressly provides that interest and principal payments on the
public debt are to be paid before other disbursements are made.
Public Corporations – Certain Revenues Potentially Subject to Clawback. The Company includes in this
category the debt of public corporations for which applicable law permits the Commonwealth to claw back,
subject to certain conditions and for the payment of public debt, at least a portion of the revenues supporting the
bonds the Company insures. As a constitutional condition to clawback, available Commonwealth revenues for any
fiscal year must be insufficient to pay Commonwealth debt service before the payment of any appropriations for
that year. The Company believes that this condition has not been satisfied to date, and accordingly that the
Commonwealth has not to date been entitled to claw back revenues supporting debt insured by the Company.
Other Public Corporations. The Company includes in this category the debt of public corporations that are
supported by revenues it does not believe are subject to clawback.
Constitutionally Guaranteed
General Obligation. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $1,253 million insured net par outstanding of the
general obligations of Puerto Rico, which are supported by the good faith, credit and taxing power of the Commonwealth.
Despite the requirements of Article VI of its Constitution, the Commonwealth defaulted on the debt service payment due on
July 1, 2016, and the Company has been making claim payments on these bonds since that date. The Oversight Board has filed
a petition under Title III of PROMESA with respect to the Commonwealth.
On May 9, 2019, the Oversight Board certified a revised fiscal plan for the Commonwealth. The revised certified
Commonwealth fiscal plan indicates an expected primary budget surplus, if fiscal plan reforms are enacted, of $13.7 billion that
would be available for debt service over the six-year forecast period ending 2024. The Company believes the available surplus
set forth in the Oversight Board's revised certified fiscal plan (which assumes certain fiscal reforms are implemented by the
Commonwealth) should be sufficient to cover contractual debt service of Commonwealth general obligation issuances and of
authorities and public corporations directly implicated by the Commonwealth’s general fund during the forecast period.
However, the revised certified Commonwealth fiscal plan indicates a net cumulative primary budget deficit through 2049, and
there can be no assurance that the fiscal reforms will be enacted or, if they are, that the forecasted primary budget surplus will
occur or, if it does, that such funds will be used to cover contractual debt service.
171
On February 9, 2020, the Oversight Board announced it had entered into an amended general obligation Plan Support
Agreement (Amended GO PSA) with certain general obligation (GO) and Puerto Rico Public Buildings Authority (PBA)
bondholders representing approximately $8 billion of the aggregate amount of general obligation and PBA bond claims. The
Amended GO PSA purports to provide a framework to address approximately $35 billion of Commonwealth debt (including
PBA debt) and unsecured claims. The Company is not a party to that agreement and does not support it.
The Amended GO PSA provides for different recoveries based on the bonds’ vintage issuance date, with GO and PBA
bonds issued before 2011(Vintage) receiving higher recoveries than GO and PBA bonds issued in 2011 and thereafter (except
that, for purposes of the Amended GO PSA, Series 2011A GO bonds would be treated as Vintage bonds). The recoveries for the
GO bonds, by vintage issuance date, are set forth in the table included below. The differentiated recovery scheme provided
under the Amended GO PSA is purportedly based on the Oversight Board’s attempt to invalidate the non-Vintage GO and PBA
bonds (see “Puerto Rico Litigation” below). Under the Amended GO PSA, GO and PBA bondholders generally would receive
newly issued Commonwealth GO bonds, Puerto Rico Sales Tax Financing Corporation (COFINA) junior lien bonds and cash
equal to the amounts set out below, expressed as a percent of their outstanding pre-petition claims (which excludes post-petition
accrued interest), based on the vintage issuance date of the bonds they hold. In all cases, holders of GO/PBA bonds supporting
the Amended GO PSA are also entitled to certain fees.
General Obligation Bonds
Vintage GO
2011 GO (Series D, E and PIB)
2011 GO (Series C)
2012 GO
2014 GO
Assured Guaranty
Net Par
Outstanding
as of
December 31,
2019
Assured Guaranty
Total Net Principal
Claims Paid
as of
December 31,
2019
(in millions)
Assured Guaranty
Total Net Interest
Claims Paid as of
December 31,
2019
Base Recovery as a
% of Pre-Petition
Claims
(percent)
$
$
669
5
210
369
—
$
383
6
—
—
—
147
1
42
63
—
74.9%
73.8
70.4
69.9
65.4
On September 27, 2019, the Oversight Board filed with the Title III court a Plan of Adjustment (POA) to restructure
approximately $35 billion of debt (including the GO bonds) and other claims against the government of Puerto Rico and certain
entities and $50 billion in pension obligations. The POA is expected to be amended to incorporate the terms related to the GO
bonds proposed under the Amended GO PSA. The Company believes the POA, as currently constituted, does not comply with
the laws and constitution of Puerto Rico and the provisions of PROMESA and does not satisfy the statutory requirements for
confirmation of a plan of adjustment under Title III of PROMESA.
PBA. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $140 million insured net par outstanding of PBA bonds, which are
supported by a pledge of the rents due under leases of government facilities to departments, agencies, instrumentalities and
municipalities of the Commonwealth, and that benefit from a Commonwealth guaranty supported by a pledge of the
Commonwealth’s good faith, credit and taxing power. Despite the requirements of Article VI of its Constitution, the PBA
defaulted on most of the debt service payment due on July 1, 2016, and the Company has been making claim payments on
these bonds since then. On September 27, 2019, the Oversight Board filed a petition under Title III of PROMESA with respect
to the PBA to allow the restructuring of the PBA claims through the POA.
Under the Amended GO PSA (which does not include the Company as a party and which the Company does not
support), PBA bondholders generally would receive newly issued Commonwealth GO bonds, COFINA junior lien bonds and
cash equal to the amounts set out below, expressed as a percent of their outstanding pre-petition claims (which excludes post-
petition accrued interest), based on the vintage issuance date of the bonds they hold. In all cases, holders of PBA bonds
supporting the Amended GO PSA are also entitled to certain fees.
172
PBA Bonds
Vintage PBA
2011 PBA
2012 PBA
Assured Guaranty
Net Par
Outstanding
as of
December 31,
2019
Assured Guaranty
Total Net Principal
Claims Paid
as of
December 31,
2019
(in millions)
Assured Guaranty
Total Net Interest
Claims Paid as of
December 31,
2019
Base Recovery
as % of Pre-
Petition Claims
(percent)
$
$
140
—
—
$
32
—
—
24
—
—
77.6%
76.8
72.2
As noted above, on September 27, 2019, the Oversight Board filed with the Title III court a POA to restructure
approximately $35 billion of debt (including the PBA bonds) and other claims against the government of Puerto Rico and
certain entities and $50 billion in pension obligations. The POA is expected to be amended to incorporate the terms related to
the PBA bonds proposed under the GO PSA. The Company believes the POA, as currently constituted, does not comply with
the laws and constitution of Puerto Rico and the provisions of PROMESA and does not satisfy the statutory requirements for
confirmation of a plan of adjustment under Title III of PROMESA.
Public Corporations - Certain Revenues Potentially Subject to Clawback
PRHTA. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $811 million insured net par outstanding of PRHTA
(transportation revenue) bonds and $454 million insured net par outstanding of PRHTA (highways revenue) bonds. The
transportation revenue bonds are secured by a subordinate gross lien on gasoline and gas oil and diesel oil taxes, motor vehicle
license fees and certain tolls, plus a first lien on up to $120 million annually of taxes on crude oil, unfinished oil and derivative
products. The highways revenue bonds are secured by a gross lien on gasoline and gas oil and diesel oil taxes, motor vehicle
license fees and certain tolls. The non-toll revenues consisting of excise taxes and fees collected by the Commonwealth on
behalf of PRHTA and its bondholders that are statutorily allocated to PRHTA and its bondholders are potentially subject to
clawback. Despite the presence of funds in relevant debt service reserve accounts that the Company believes should have been
employed to fund debt service, PRHTA defaulted on the full July 1, 2017 insured debt service payment, and the Company has
been making claim payments on these bonds since that date. The Oversight Board has filed a petition under Title III of
PROMESA with respect to PRHTA.
On June 5, 2019, the Oversight Board certified a revised fiscal plan for PRHTA. The revised certified PRHTA fiscal
plan projects very limited capacity to pay debt service over the six-year forecast period.
PRCCDA. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $152 million insured net par outstanding of PRCCDA bonds,
which are secured by certain hotel tax revenues. These revenues are sensitive to the level of economic activity in the area and
are potentially subject to clawback. There were sufficient funds in the PRCCDA bond accounts to make only partial payments
on the July 1, 2017 PRCCDA bond payments guaranteed by the Company, and the Company has been making claim payments
on these bonds since that date.
PRIFA. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $16 million insured net par outstanding of PRIFA bonds, which
are secured primarily by the return to PRIFA and its bondholders of a portion of federal excise taxes paid on rum. These
revenues are potentially subject to the clawback. The Company has been making claim payments on the PRIFA bonds since
January 2016.
Other Public Corporations
Puerto Rico Electric Power Authority (PREPA). As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $822 million insured net
par outstanding of PREPA obligations, which are secured by a lien on the revenues of the electric system. The Company has
been making claim payments on these bonds since July 1, 2017. On July 2, 2017, the Oversight Board commenced
proceedings for PREPA under Title III of PROMESA. On June 27, 2019, the Oversight Board certified a revised fiscal plan for
PREPA.
On May 3, 2019, AGM and AGC entered into a restructuring support agreement with PREPA (PREPA RSA) and
other stakeholders, including a group of uninsured PREPA bondholders, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the
Oversight Board, that is intended to, among other things, provide a framework for the consensual resolution of the
treatment of the Company’s insured PREPA revenue bonds in PREPA's recovery plan. Upon consummation of the
restructuring transaction, PREPA’s revenue bonds will be exchanged into new securitization bonds issued by a special
173
purpose corporation and secured by a segregated transition charge assessed on electricity bills. The revised fiscal plan of
PREPA certified by the Oversight Board on June 27, 2019 reflects the relevant terms of the PREPA RSA.
The closing of the restructuring transaction is subject to a number of conditions, including approval by the Title III
Court of the PREPA RSA and settlement described therein, a minimum of 67% support of voting bondholders for a plan of
adjustment that includes this proposed treatment of PREPA revenue bonds and confirmation of such plan by the Title III court,
and execution of acceptable documentation and legal opinions. Under the PREPA RSA, the Company has the option to
guarantee its allocated share of the securitization exchange bonds, which may then be offered and sold in the capital markets.
The Company believes that the additive value created by attaching its guarantee to the securitization exchange bonds would
materially improve its overall recovery under the transaction, as well as generate new insurance premiums; and therefore that
its economic results could differ from those reflected in the PREPA RSA.
PRASA. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $373 million of insured net par outstanding of PRASA bonds,
which are secured by a lien on the gross revenues of the water and sewer system. On June 29, 2019, the Oversight Board
certified a revised fiscal plan for PRASA. In July 2019, PRASA entered into a restructuring transaction with the federal
government and the Oversight Board to restructure its subordinated loans from federal agencies that had been under
forbearance for over three years (the PRASA Agreement). The PRASA Agreement extends the maturity of the loans for up to
40 years and provides for low interest rates and no interest accrual for the first ten years on a portion of the loans, but also
places the subordinated loans on a parity with the PRASA bonds the Company guarantees. The Company was not asked to
consent to the PRASA Agreement. The PRASA Agreement reduces the amount of annual debt service owed by PRASA for its
current debt. The PRASA bond accounts contained sufficient funds to make the PRASA bond payments due through the date
of this filing that were guaranteed by the Company, and those payments were made in full.
MFA. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $248 million net par outstanding of bonds issued by MFA secured
by a lien on local property tax revenues. The MFA bond accounts contained sufficient funds to make the MFA bond payments
due through the date of this filing that were guaranteed by the Company, and those payments were made in full.
U of PR. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $1 million insured net par outstanding of U of PR bonds, which
are general obligations of the university and are secured by a subordinate lien on the proceeds, profits and other income of the
university, subject to a senior pledge and lien for the benefit of outstanding university system revenue bonds. As of the date of
this filing, all debt service payments on U of PR bonds insured by the Company have been made.
Resolved Commonwealth Credit
COFINA. On February 12, 2019, pursuant to a plan of adjustment approved by the PROMESA Title III Court on
February 4, 2019 (COFINA Plan of Adjustment), the Company paid off in full its $273 million net par outstanding of insured
COFINA bonds, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Pursuant to the COFINA Plan of Adjustment, the Company received $152
million in initial par of closed lien senior bonds of COFINA validated by the PROMESA Title III Court (COFINA Exchange
Senior Bonds), along with cash. The total recovery (cash and COFINA Exchange Senior Bonds) represented 60% of the
Company’s official Title III claim, which related to amounts owed as of the date COFINA entered Title III proceedings. The
fair value of the COFINA Exchange Senior Bonds, excluding accrued interest, was $139 million at February 12, 2019, and was
recorded as salvage received. During the third quarter of 2019 the Company sold all of its COFINA Exchange Senior Bonds.
Puerto Rico Litigation
The Company believes that a number of the actions taken by the Commonwealth, the Oversight Board and others with
respect to obligations it insures are illegal or unconstitutional or both, and has taken legal action, and may take additional legal
action in the future, to enforce its rights with respect to these matters. In addition, the Commonwealth, the Oversight Board and
others have taken legal action naming the Company as party.
Currently there are numerous legal actions relating to the default by the Commonwealth and certain of its entities on
debt service payments, and related matters, and the Company is a party to a number of them. On July 24, 2019, Judge Laura
Taylor Swain of the United States District Court for the District of Puerto Rico (Federal District Court for Puerto Rico) held an
omnibus hearing on litigation matters relating to the Commonwealth. At that hearing, she imposed a stay through November
30, 2019, on a series of adversary proceedings and contested matters amongst the stakeholders and imposed mandatory
mediation on all parties through that date. On October 28, 2019, Judge Swain extended the stay until December 31, 2019, and
further extended the stay until March 11, 2020 for certain matters (as noted below). Among the goals of the mediation is to
reach an agreed-upon schedule for addressing the resolution of numerous issues, including, among others: (a) issues related to
174
the validity, secured status and priority regarding bonds issued by the Commonwealth and certain of its entities; (b) the validity
and impact of the Clawback Orders and other diversion of collateral securing certain bonds; (c) classification of claims; (d)
constitutional issues; and (e) identification of essential services. A number of the legal actions in which the Company is
involved are covered by the stay and mandatory mediation order.
On January 7, 2016, AGM, AGC and Ambac Assurance Corporation commenced an action for declaratory judgment
and injunctive relief in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico to invalidate the executive orders issued on November 30,
2015 and December 8, 2015 by the then governor of Puerto Rico directing that the Secretary of the Treasury of the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the Puerto Rico Tourism Company claw back certain taxes and revenues pledged to secure
the payment of bonds issued by the PRHTA, the PRCCDA and PRIFA. The Commonwealth defendants filed a motion to
dismiss the action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, which the court denied on October 4, 2016. On October 14, 2016, the
Commonwealth defendants filed a notice of PROMESA automatic stay. While the PROMESA automatic stay expired on May
1, 2017, on May 17, 2017, the court stayed the action under Title III of PROMESA.
On June 3, 2017, AGC and AGM filed an adversary complaint in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico seeking (i)
a judgment declaring that the application of pledged special revenues to the payment of the PRHTA bonds is not subject to the
PROMESA Title III automatic stay and that the Commonwealth has violated the special revenue protections provided to the
PRHTA bonds under the United States Bankruptcy Code (Bankruptcy Code); (ii) an injunction enjoining the Commonwealth
from taking or causing to be taken any action that would further violate the special revenue protections provided to the PRHTA
bonds under the Bankruptcy Code; and (iii) an injunction ordering the Commonwealth to remit the pledged special revenues
securing the PRHTA bonds in accordance with the terms of the special revenue provisions set forth in the Bankruptcy Code. On
January 30, 2018, the court rendered an opinion dismissing the complaint and holding, among other things, that (x) even though
the special revenue provisions of the Bankruptcy Code protect a lien on pledged special revenues, those provisions do not
mandate the turnover of pledged special revenues to the payment of bonds and (y) actions to enforce liens on pledged special
revenues remain stayed. A hearing on AGM and AGC’s appeal of the trial court’s decision to the United States Court of
Appeals for the First Circuit (First Circuit) was held on November 5, 2018. On March 26, 2019, the First Circuit issued its
opinion affirming the trial court’s decision and held that Sections 928(a) and 922(d) of the Bankruptcy Code permit, but do not
require, continued payments during the pendency of the Title III proceedings. The First Circuit agreed with the trial court that
(i) Section 928(a) of the Bankruptcy Code does not mandate the turnover of special revenues or require continuity of payments
to the PRHTA bonds during the pendency of the Title III proceedings, and (ii) Section 922(d) of the Bankruptcy Code is not an
exception to the automatic stay that would compel PRHTA, or third parties holding special revenues, to apply special revenues
to outstanding obligations. On April 9, 2019, AGM, AGC and other petitioners filed a petition with the First Circuit seeking a
rehearing by the full court; the petition was denied by the First Circuit on July 31, 2019. On September 20, 2019, AGC, AGM
and other petitioners filed a petition for review by the U.S. Supreme Court of the First Circuit's holding, which was denied on
January 13, 2020.
On June 26, 2017, AGM and AGC filed a complaint in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico seeking (i) a
declaratory judgment that the PREPA restructuring support agreement executed in December 2015 (2015 PREPA RSA) is a
“Preexisting Voluntary Agreement” under Section 104 of PROMESA and the Oversight Board’s failure to certify the 2015
PREPA RSA is an unlawful application of Section 601 of PROMESA; (ii) an injunction enjoining the Oversight Board from
unlawfully applying Section 601 of PROMESA and ordering it to certify the 2015 PREPA RSA; and (iii) a writ of mandamus
requiring the Oversight Board to comply with its duties under PROMESA and certify the 2015 PREPA RSA. On July 21, 2017,
in light of its PREPA Title III petition on July 2, 2017, the Oversight Board filed a notice of stay under PROMESA.
On July 18, 2017, AGM and AGC filed in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico a motion for relief from the
automatic stay in the PREPA Title III bankruptcy proceeding and a form of complaint seeking the appointment of a receiver for
PREPA. The court denied the motion on September 14, 2017, but on August 8, 2018, the First Circuit vacated and remanded
the court's decision. On October 3, 2018, AGM and AGC, together with other bond insurers, filed a motion with the court to lift
the automatic stay to commence an action against PREPA for the appointment of a receiver. Under the PREPA RSA, AGM and
AGC have agreed to withdraw from the lift stay motion upon the Title III Court’s approval of the settlement of claims
embodied in the PREPA RSA.
On May 23, 2018, AGM and AGC filed an adversary complaint in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico seeking a
judgment declaring that (i) the Oversight Board lacked authority to develop or approve the new fiscal plan for Puerto Rico
which it certified on April 19, 2018 (Revised Fiscal Plan); (ii) the Revised Fiscal Plan and the Fiscal Plan Compliance Law
(Compliance Law) enacted by the Commonwealth to implement the original Commonwealth Fiscal Plan violate various
sections of PROMESA; (iii) the Revised Fiscal Plan, the Compliance Law and various moratorium laws and executive orders
enacted by the Commonwealth to prevent the payment of debt service (a) are unconstitutional and void because they violate the
Contracts, Takings and Due Process Clauses of the U.S. Constitution and (b) are preempted by various sections of PROMESA;
175
and (iv) no Title III plan of adjustment based on the Revised Fiscal Plan can be confirmed under PROMESA. On August 13,
2018, the court-appointed magistrate judge granted the Commonwealth's and the Oversight Board's motion to stay this
adversary proceeding pending a decision by the First Circuit in an appeal by Ambac Assurance Corporation of an unrelated
adversary proceeding decision, which the First Circuit rendered on June 24, 2019. On July 24, 2019, Judge Swain announced a
court-imposed stay of a series of adversary proceedings and contested matters through November 30, 2019, with a mandatory
mediation element; Judge Swain extended the stay until December 31, 2019, and further extended the stay until March 11,
2020. Pursuant to the request of AGM, AGC and the defendants, Judge Swain ordered on September 6, 2019 that the claims in
this complaint be addressed in the Commonwealth plan confirmation process and be subject to her July 24, 2019 stay and
mandatory mediation order and be incorporated into the same schedule and mediation process.
On July 23, 2018, AGC and AGM filed an adversary complaint in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico seeking a
judgment (i) declaring the members of the Oversight Board are officers of the U.S. whose appointments were unlawful under
the Appointments Clause of the U.S. Constitution; (ii) declaring void from the beginning the unlawful actions taken by the
Oversight Board to date, including (x) development of the Commonwealth's Fiscal Plan, (y) development of PRHTA's Fiscal
Plan, and (z) filing of the Title III cases on behalf of the Commonwealth and PRHTA; and (iii) enjoining the Oversight Board
from taking any further action until the Oversight Board members have been lawfully appointed in conformity with the
Appointments Clause of the U.S. Constitution. The Title III court dismissed a similar lawsuit filed by another party in the
Commonwealth’s Title III case in July 2018. On August 3, 2018, a stipulated judgment was entered against AGM and AGC at
their request based upon the court's July decision in the other Appointments Clause lawsuit and, on the same date, AGM and
AGC appealed the stipulated judgment to the First Circuit. On August 15, 2018, the court consolidated, for purposes of briefing
and oral argument, AGM and AGC's appeal with the other Appointments Clause lawsuit. The First Circuit consolidated AGM
and AGC's appeal with a third Appointments Clause lawsuit on September 7, 2018 and held a hearing on December 3, 2018.
On February 15, 2019, the First Circuit issued its ruling on the appeal and held that members of the Oversight Board were not
appointed in compliance with the Appointments Clause of the U.S. Constitution but declined to dismiss the Title III petitions
citing the (i) de facto officer doctrine and (ii) negative consequences to the many innocent third parties who relied on the
Oversight Board’s actions to date, as well as the further delay which would result from a dismissal of the Title III petitions. The
case was remanded back to the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico for the appellants’ requested declaratory relief that the
appointment of the board members of the Oversight Board is unconstitutional. The First Circuit delayed the effectiveness of its
ruling for 90 days so as to allow the President and the Senate to validate the currently defective appointments or reconstitute the
Oversight Board in accordance with the Appointments Clause. On April 23, 2019, the Oversight Board filed a petition for
review by the U.S. Supreme Court of the First Circuit's holding that its members were not appointed in compliance with the
Appointments Clause and on the following day filed a motion in the First Circuit to further stay the effectiveness of the First
Circuit’s February 15, 2019 ruling pending final disposition by the U.S. Supreme Court. On May 24, 2019, AGC and AGM
filed a petition for a review by the U.S. Supreme Court of the First Circuit’s holding that the de facto officer doctrine allows
courts to deny meaningful relief to successful challengers suffering ongoing injury at the hands of unconstitutionally appointed
officers. On July 2, 2019, the First Circuit granted the Oversight Board’s motion to stay the effectiveness of the First Circuit’s
February 15, 2019 ruling pending final disposition by the U.S. Supreme Court. On October 15, 2019, the U.S. Supreme Court
heard oral arguments on the First Circuit's ruling.
On December 21, 2018, the Oversight Board and the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of all Title III
Debtors (other than COFINA) filed an adversary complaint in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico seeking a judgment
declaring that (i) the leases to public occupants entered into by the PBA are not “true leases” for purposes of Section 365(d)(3)
of the Bankruptcy Code and therefore the Commonwealth has no obligation to make payments to the PBA under the leases or
Section 365(d)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) the PBA is not entitled to a priority administrative expense claim under the
leases pursuant to Sections 503(b)(1) and 507(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, and (iii) any such claims filed or asserted against
the Commonwealth are disallowed. On January 28, 2019, the PBA filed an answer to the complaint. On March 12, 2019, the
Federal District Court for Puerto Rico granted, with certain limitations, AGM’s and AGC’s motion to intervene. On March 21,
2019, AGM and AGC, together with certain other intervenors, filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings. On July 24, 2019,
Judge Swain announced a court-imposed stay of a series of adversary proceedings and contested matters, which include this
proceeding, through November 30, 2019, with a mandatory mediation element; Judge Swain extended the stay until December
31, 2019, and further extended the stay until March 11, 2020.
On January 14, 2019, the Oversight Board and the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors filed an omnibus
objection in the Title III Court to claims filed by holders of approximately $6 billion of Commonwealth general obligation
bonds issued in 2012 and 2014, asserting among other things that such bonds were issued in violation of the Puerto Rico
constitutional debt service limit, such bonds are null and void, and the holders have no equitable remedy against the
Commonwealth. Pursuant to procedures established by Judge Swain, on April 10, 2019, AGM filed a notice of participation in
these proceedings. As of December 31, 2019, $369 million of the Company’s insured net par outstanding of the general
obligation bonds of Puerto Rico were issued on or after March 2012. On May 21, 2019, the Official Committee of Unsecured
176
Creditors filed a claim objection to certain Commonwealth general obligation bonds issued in 2011, approximately $215
million of which are insured by the Company as of December 31, 2019, on substantially the same bases as the January 14, 2019
filing, and which the plaintiffs propose to be subject to the proceedings relating to the 2012 and 2014 bonds. On July 24, 2019,
Judge Swain announced a court-imposed stay of a series of adversary proceedings and contested matters, which include this
proceeding, through November 30, 2019, with a mandatory mediation element. Judge Swain extended the stay until December
31, 2019, but did not further extend the stay with respect to this matter. On January 8, 2020, certain Commonwealth general
obligation bondholders (self-styled as the Lawful Constitutional Debt Coalition) filed a claim objection to the 2012 and 2014
bonds, asserting among other things that those bonds were issued in violation of the Puerto Rico constitutional debt limit and
are not entitled to first priority status under the Puerto Rico Constitution.
On May 2, 2019, the Oversight Board and the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors filed an adversary
complaint in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico against various Commonwealth general obligation bondholders and
bond insurers, including AGC and AGM, that had asserted in their proofs of claim that their bonds are secured. The complaint
seeks a judgment declaring that defendants do not hold consensual or statutory liens and are unsecured claimholders to the
extent they hold allowed claims. The complaint also asserts that even if Commonwealth law granted statutory liens, such liens
are avoidable under Section 545 of the Bankruptcy Code. On July 24, 2019, Judge Swain announced a court-imposed stay of a
series of adversary proceedings and contested matters, which include this proceeding, through November 30, 2019, with a
mandatory mediation element; Judge Swain extended the stay until December 31, 2019, but did not further extend the stay with
respect to this matter.
On May 20, 2019, the Oversight Board and the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors filed an adversary
complaint in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico against the fiscal agent and holders and/or insurers, including AGC and
AGM, that have asserted their PRHTA bond claims are entitled to secured status in PRHTA’s Title III case. Plaintiffs are
seeking to avoid the PRHTA bondholders’ liens and contend that (i) the scope of any lien only applies to revenues that have
been both received by PRHTA and deposited in certain accounts held by the fiscal agent and does not include PRHTA’s right to
receive such revenues; (ii) any lien on revenues was not perfected because the fiscal agent does not have “control” of all
accounts holding such revenues; (iii) any lien on the excise tax revenues is no longer enforceable because any rights PRHTA
had to receive such revenues are preempted by PROMESA; and (iv) even if PRHTA held perfected liens on PRHTA’s revenues
and the right to receive such revenues, such liens were terminated by Section 552(a) of the Bankruptcy Code as of the petition
date. On July 24, 2019, Judge Swain announced a court-imposed stay of a series of adversary proceedings and contested
matters, which include this proceeding, through November 30, 2019, with a mandatory mediation element; Judge Swain
extended the stay through December 31, 2019, and extended the stay again pending further order of the court.
On September 30, 2019, certain parties that either had advanced funds to PREPA for the purchase of fuel or had
succeeded to such claims (Fuel Line Lenders) filed an amended adversary complaint in the Federal District Court for Puerto
Rico against the Oversight Board, PREPA, the Puerto Rico Fiscal Agency and Financial Advisory Authority (AAFAF), U.S.
Bank National Association, as trustee for PREPA bondholders, and various PREPA bondholders and bond insurers, including
AGC and AGM. The complaint seeks, among other things, declarations that the advances made by the Fuel Line Lenders are
Current Expenses as defined in the trust agreement pursuant to which the PREPA bonds were issued and there is no valid lien
securing the PREPA bonds unless and until the Fuel Line Lenders are paid in full, as well as orders subordinating the PREPA
bondholders’ lien and claim to the Fuel Line Lenders’ claims and declaring the PREPA RSA null and void. A hearing on a
motion to dismiss is scheduled for June 2020.
On October 30, 2019, the retirement system for PREPA employees (SREAEE) filed an amended adversary complaint
in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico against the Oversight Board, PREPA, AAFAF, the Commonwealth, the Governor,
and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee for PREPA bondholders. The complaint seeks, among other things, declarations
that amounts owed to SREAEE are Current Expenses as defined in the trust agreement pursuant to which the PREPA bonds
were issued, that there is no valid lien securing the PREPA bonds other than on amounts in the sinking funds and that SREAEE
is a third-party beneficiary of certain trust agreement provisions, as well as orders subordinating the PREPA bondholders’ lien
and claim to the SREAEE claims. On November 7, 2019, the court granted a motion to intervene by AGC and AGM. A hearing
on the defendants’ motion to dismiss is scheduled for June 2020.
On January 16, 2020, AGM and AGC along with certain other monoline insurers filed in Federal District Court for
Puerto Rico a motion (amending and superseding a motion filed by AGM and AGC on August 23, 2019) for relief from the
automatic stay imposed pursuant to Title III of PROMESA to permit movants to enforce in another forum the application of the
revenues securing the PRHTA Bonds (the “PRHTA Revenues”) or, in the alternative, for adequate protection for their property
interests in PRHTA Revenues.
177
On January 16, 2020, the Financial Oversight and Management Board brought an adversary proceeding in the Federal
District Court for Puerto Rico against AGM, AGC and other insurers of PRHTA Bonds, objecting to the bond insurers claims in
the Commonwealth Title III proceedings and seeking to disallow such claims, among other reasons, as being duplicative of the
master claims filed by the trustee, for lack of standing and for any assertions of secured status or property interests with respect
to PRHTA Revenues.
On January 16, 2020, the Financial Oversight and Management Board, on behalf of the PRHTA, brought an adversary
proceeding in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico against AGM, AGC and other insurers of PRHTA Bonds, objecting to
the bond insurers claims in the PRHTA Title III proceedings and seeking to disallow such claims, among other reasons, as
being duplicative of the master claims filed by the trustee and for any assertions of secured status or property interests with
respect to PRHTA Revenues.
On January 16, 2020, AGM and AGC along with certain other monoline insurers and the trustee for the PRIFA Rum
Tax Bonds filed in Federal District Court for Puerto Rico a motion concerning application of the automatic stay to the revenues
securing the PRIFA Bonds (the PRIFA Revenues), seeking an order lifting the automatic stay so that movants can enforce rights
respecting the PRIFA Revenues in another forum or, in the alternative, that the Commonwealth must provide adequate
protection for movants’ lien on the PRIFA Revenues.
On January 16, 2020, the Financial Oversight and Management Board brought an adversary proceeding in the Federal
District Court for Puerto Rico against AGC and other insurers of PRIFA Bonds, objecting to the bond insurers claims and
seeking to disallow such claims, among other reasons, as being duplicative of the master claims filed by the trustee, for lack of
standing and for any assertions of secured status or ownership interests with respect to PRIFA Revenues.
On January 16, 2020, AGM and AGC along with certain other monoline insurers and the trustee for the PRCCDA
Bonds filed in Federal District Court for Puerto Rico a motion concerning application of the automatic stay to the revenues
securing the PRCCDA Bonds (the PRCCDA Revenues), seeking an order that an action to enforce rights respecting the
PRCCDA Revenues in another forum is not subject to the automatic stay associated with the Commonwealth’s Title III
proceeding or, in the alternative, if the court finds that the stay is applicable, lifting the automatic stay so that movants can
enforce such rights in another forum or, in the further alternative, if the court finds the automatic stay applicable and does not
lift it, that the Commonwealth must provide adequate protection for movants’ lien on the PRCCDA Revenues.
On January 16, 2020, the Financial Oversight and Management Board brought an adversary proceeding in the Federal
District Court for Puerto Rico against AGC and other insurers of PRCCDA Bonds, objecting to the bond insurers claims and
seeking to disallow such claims, among other reasons, as being duplicative of the master claims filed by the trustee and for any
assertions of secured status or property interests with respect to PRCCDA Revenues.
Puerto Rico Par and Debt Service Schedules
All Puerto Rico exposures are internally rated BIG. The following tables show the Company’s insured exposure to
general obligation bonds of Puerto Rico and various obligations of its related authorities and public corporations.
Puerto Rico
Gross Par and Gross Debt Service Outstanding
Exposure to Puerto Rico
$
4,458
$
4,971
$
6,956
$
8,035
Gross Par Outstanding
Gross Debt Service Outstanding
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
(in millions)
178
Puerto Rico
Net Par Outstanding
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
(in millions)
Commonwealth Constitutionally Guaranteed
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico - General Obligation Bonds (1)
$
1,253
$
PBA
Public Corporations - Certain Revenues Potentially Subject to Clawback
PRHTA (Transportation revenue) (1)
PRHTA (Highways revenue) (1)
PRCCDA
PRIFA
Other Public Corporations
PREPA (1)
PRASA
MFA
COFINA
U of PR
140
811
454
152
16
822
373
248
—
1
1,340
142
844
475
152
16
848
373
303
273
1
Total net exposure to Puerto Rico
$
4,270
$
4,767
____________________
(1)
As of the date of this filing, the Oversight Board has certified a filing under Title III of PROMESA for these
exposures.
The following table shows the scheduled amortization of the insured general obligation bonds of Puerto Rico and
various obligations of its related authorities and public corporations. The Company guarantees payments of interest and
principal when those amounts are scheduled to be paid and cannot be required to pay on an accelerated basis. In the event that
obligors default on their obligations, the Company would only be required to pay the shortfall between the principal and
interest due in any given period and the amount paid by the obligors.
179
Amortization Schedule of Puerto Rico Net Par Outstanding
and Net Debt Service Outstanding
As of December 31, 2019
2020 (January 1 - March 31)
2020 (April 1 - June 30)
2020 (July 1 - September 30)
2020 (October 1 - December 31)
Subtotal 2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025-2029
2030-2034
2035-2039
2040-2044
2045-2047
Total
Scheduled Net Par
Amortization
Scheduled Net Debt
Service Amortization
$
(in millions)
— $
—
286
—
286
149
139
205
222
1,158
1,021
740
104
246
$
4,270
$
106
3
392
3
504
351
332
392
398
1,862
1,484
917
179
272
6,691
Exposure to the U.S. Virgin Islands
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $485 million insured net par outstanding to the U.S. Virgin Islands and
its related authorities (USVI), of which it rated $218 million BIG. The $267 million USVI net par the Company rated
investment grade primarily consisted of bonds secured by a lien on matching fund revenues related to excise taxes on products
produced in the USVI and exported to the U.S., primarily rum. The $218 million BIG USVI net par consisted of (a) Public
Finance Authority bonds secured by a gross receipts tax and the general obligation, full faith and credit pledge of the USVI and
(b) bonds of the Virgin Islands Water and Power Authority secured by a net revenue pledge of the electric system.
Hurricane Irma caused significant damage in St. John and St. Thomas, while Hurricane Maria made landfall on St.
Croix as a Category 4 hurricane on the Saffir-Simpson scale, causing loss of life and substantial damage to St. Croix’s
businesses and infrastructure, including the power grid. The USVI is benefiting from the federal response to the 2017
hurricanes and has made its debt service payments to date.
180
Specialty Insurance and Reinsurance Exposure
The Company also provides specialty insurance and reinsurance on transactions with similar risk profiles to its
structured finance exposures written in financial guaranty form. All specialty insurance and reinsurance exposures shown in the
table below are rated investment grade internally.
Specialty Insurance and Reinsurance
Exposure
Life insurance transactions (1)
Aircraft residual value insurance policies
Gross Exposure
Net Exposure
As of
December 31,
2019
As of
December 31,
2018
As of
December 31,
2019
As of
December 31,
2018
$
1,046
$
398
(in millions)
$
880
340
$
898
243
763
218
____________________
(1)
The life insurance transactions net exposure is projected to increase to approximately $1.0 billion by December 31,
2023.
6.
Expected Loss to be Paid
Management compiles and analyzes loss information for all exposures on a consistent basis, in order to effectively
evaluate and manage the economics and liquidity of the entire insured portfolio. The Company monitors and assigns ratings and
calculates expected losses in the same manner for all its exposures regardless of form or differing accounting models. This note
provides information regarding expected claim payments to be made under all contracts in the insured portfolio.
Expected loss to be paid is important from a liquidity perspective in that it represents the present value of amounts that
the Company expects to pay or recover in future periods for all contracts. The expected loss to be paid is equal to the present
value of expected future cash outflows for claim and LAE payments, net of inflows for expected salvage and subrogation and
other recoveries including future payments by obligors pursuant to restructuring agreements, settlements or litigation
judgments, excess spread on underlying collateral, and other estimated recoveries, including those from restructuring bonds and
for breaches of representations and warranties (R&W). Expected losses are discounted at current risk-free rates. Expected cash
outflows and inflows are probability weighted cash flows that reflect management's assumptions about the likelihood of all
possible outcomes based on all information available to it. Those assumptions consider the relevant facts and circumstances and
are consistent with the information tracked and monitored through the Company's risk-management activities. The Company
updates the discount rates each quarter and reflects the effect of such changes in economic loss development. Net expected loss
to be paid is defined as expected loss to be paid, net of amounts ceded to reinsurers.
In circumstances where the Company has purchased its own insured obligations that have expected losses, and in
certain cases where issuers of insured obligations elected or the Company and an issuer mutually agreed as part of a negotiation
to deliver the underlying collateral or insured obligation to the Company, expected loss to be paid is reduced by the
proportionate share of the insured obligation that is held in the investment portfolio. The difference between the purchase price
of the insured obligation and the fair value excluding the value of the Company's insurance is treated as a paid loss. Insured
obligations with expected losses that are purchased by the Company are referred to as loss mitigation securities and are
recorded in the investment portfolio, at fair value excluding the value of the Company's insurance. See Note 10, Investments
and Cash and Note 9, Fair Value Measurement.
Economic loss development represents the change in net expected loss to be paid attributable to the effects of changes
in assumptions based on observed market trends, changes in discount rates, accretion of discount and the economic effects of
loss mitigation efforts.
The insured portfolio includes policies accounted for under three separate accounting models depending on the
characteristics of the contract and the Company's control rights. The three models are: (1) insurance as described in "Financial
Guaranty Insurance Losses" in Note 7, Contracts Accounted for as Insurance, (2) derivative as described in Note 9, Fair Value
Measurement and Note 11, Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives, and (3) VIE consolidation as described in Note 14,
Variable Interest Entities. The Company has paid and expects to pay future losses and/or recover past losses on policies which
fall under each of the three accounting models.
181
Loss Estimation Process
The Company’s loss reserve committees estimate expected loss to be paid for all contracts by reviewing analyses that
consider various scenarios with corresponding probabilities assigned to them. Depending upon the nature of the risk, the
Company’s view of the potential size of any loss and the information available to the Company, that analysis may be based
upon individually developed cash flow models, internal credit rating assessments, sector-driven loss severity assumptions and/
or judgmental assessments. In the case of its assumed business, the Company may conduct its own analysis as just described or,
depending on the Company’s view of the potential size of any loss and the information available to the Company, the Company
may use loss estimates provided by ceding insurers. The Company monitors the performance of its transactions with expected
losses and each quarter the Company’s loss reserve committees review and refresh their loss projection assumptions, scenarios
and the probabilities they assign to those scenarios based on actual developments during the quarter and their view of future
performance.
The financial guaranties issued by the Company insure the credit performance of the guaranteed obligations over an
extended period of time, in some cases over 30 years, and in most circumstances the Company has no right to cancel such
financial guaranties. As a result, the Company's estimate of ultimate loss on a policy is subject to significant uncertainty over
the life of the insured transaction. Credit performance can be adversely affected by economic, fiscal and financial market
variability over the life of most contracts.
The Company does not use traditional actuarial approaches to determine its estimates of expected losses. The
determination of expected loss to be paid is an inherently subjective process involving numerous estimates, assumptions and
judgments by management, using both internal and external data sources with regard to frequency, severity of loss, economic
projections, governmental actions, negotiations and other factors that affect credit performance. These estimates, assumptions
and judgments, and the factors on which they are based, may change materially over a reporting period, and as a result the
Company’s loss estimates may change materially over that same period.
Changes over a reporting period in the Company’s loss estimates for municipal obligations supported by specified
revenue streams, such as revenue bonds issued by toll road authorities, municipal utilities or airport authorities, generally will
be influenced by factors impacting their revenue levels, such as changes in demand; changing demographics; and other
economic factors, especially if the obligations do not benefit from financial support from other tax revenues or governmental
authorities. Changes over a reporting period in the Company’s loss estimates for its tax-supported public finance transactions
generally will be influenced by factors impacting the public issuer’s ability and willingness to pay, such as changes in the
economy and population of the relevant area; changes in the issuer’s ability or willingness to raise taxes, decrease spending or
receive federal assistance; new legislation; rating agency actions that affect the issuer’s ability to refinance maturing obligations
or issue new debt at a reasonable cost; changes in the priority or amount of pensions and other obligations owed to workers;
developments in restructuring or settlement negotiations; and other political and economic factors. Changes in loss estimates
may also be affected by the Company's loss mitigation efforts and other variables.
Changes in the Company’s loss estimates for structured finance transactions generally will be influenced by factors
impacting the performance of the assets supporting those transactions. For example, changes over a reporting period in the
Company’s loss estimates for its RMBS transactions may be influenced by factors such as the level and timing of loan defaults
experienced, changes in housing prices, results from the Company's loss mitigation activities, and other variables.
Actual losses will ultimately depend on future events or transaction performance and may be influenced by many
interrelated factors that are difficult to predict. As a result, the Company's current projections of losses may be subject to
considerable volatility and may not reflect the Company's ultimate claims paid.
In some instances, the terms of the Company's policy gives it the option to pay principal losses that have been
recognized in the transaction but which it is not yet required to pay, thereby reducing the amount of guaranteed interest due in
the future. The Company has sometimes exercised this option, which uses cash but reduces projected future losses.
The following tables present a roll forward of net expected loss to be paid for all contracts. The Company used risk-
free rates for U.S. dollar denominated obligations that ranged from 0.00% to 2.45% with a weighted average of 1.94% as of
December 31, 2019 and 0.00% to 3.06% with a weighted average of 2.74% as of December 31, 2018. Expected losses to be
paid for transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar represented approximately 3.2% and 2.7% of the total
as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
182
Net Expected Loss to be Paid
Roll Forward
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
Net expected loss to be paid, beginning of period
$
1,183
$
Net expected loss to be paid on the SGI portfolio as of June 1, 2018 (see Note 2)
Economic loss development (benefit) due to:
Accretion of discount
Changes in discount rates
Changes in timing and assumptions
Total economic loss development (benefit)
Net (paid) recovered losses
Net expected loss to be paid, end of period
—
22
(11)
(12)
(1)
(445)
737
$
$
1,303
131
36
(17)
(24)
(5)
(246)
1,183
Net Expected Loss to be Paid
Roll Forward by Sector
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2018
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Economic Loss
Development /
(Benefit)
(Paid)
Recovered
Losses (1)
(in millions)
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2019
$
$
832
$
32
864
293
26
319
$
224
(9)
215
(234)
18
(216)
1,183
$
(1) $
(525) $
—
(525)
87
(7)
80
(445) $
531
23
554
146
37
183
737
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
Non-U.S. public finance
Public finance
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
Other structured finance
Structured finance
Total
183
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2017
Net Expected
Loss to be Paid on
SGI portfolio as of
June 1, 2018
Economic Loss
Development /
(Benefit)
(in millions)
(Paid)
Recovered
Losses (1)
Net Expected
Loss to be
Paid (Recovered) as of
December 31, 2018
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
$
1,157
$
— $
Non-U.S. public finance
Public finance
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS
Other structured finance
Structured finance
46
1,203
73
27
100
Total
$
1,303
$
1
1
130
—
130
131
$
$
70
(14)
56
(69)
8
(61)
(5) $
(395) $
(1)
(396)
159
(9)
150
(246) $
832
32
864
293
26
319
1,183
____________________
(1)
Net of ceded paid losses, whether or not such amounts have been settled with reinsurers. Ceded paid losses are
typically settled 45 days after the end of the reporting period. Such amounts are recorded as reinsurance recoverable
on paid losses in other assets. The amounts for 2019 are net of the COFINA Exchange Senior Bonds and cash that
were received pursuant to the COFINA Plan of Adjustment. See Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure, for
additional information.
The tables above include (1) LAE paid of $35 million and $28 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018, respectively, and (2) expected LAE to be paid of $33 million as of December 31, 2019 and $31 million as of
December 31, 2018.
Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered) and
Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
By Accounting Model
Net Expected Loss to be Paid (Recovered)
Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
As of December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2019
2018
$
$
(in millions)
683
$
1,110
$
58
(4)
737
$
75
(2)
1,183
$
$
14
(29)
14
(1) $
(9)
(13)
17
(5)
Insurance
FG VIEs (See Note 14)
Credit derivatives (See Note 11)
Total
Selected U.S. Public Finance Transactions
The Company insured general obligation bonds of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and various obligations of its
related authorities and public corporations aggregating $4.3 billion net par as of December 31, 2019, all of which was BIG. For
additional information regarding the Company's Puerto Rico exposure, see "Exposure to Puerto Rico" in Note 5, Outstanding
Insurance Exposure.
As of December 31, 2018, the Company had approximately $18 million of net par exposure to bonds issued by
Parkway East Public Improvement District (District), which is located in Madison County, Mississippi (the County). The bonds
were rated BIG. As part of a settlement with the County, during the third quarter of 2019 the bonds were paid off, reducing the
Company's net par exposure to zero, and the Company received new bonds issued by the District, which the Company holds in
its investment portfolio.
On February 25, 2015, a plan of adjustment resolving the bankruptcy filing of the City of Stockton, California under
chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code became effective. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s net par subject to the plan
184
consisted of $107 million of pension obligation bonds. As part of the plan of adjustment, the City will repay claims paid on the
pension obligation bonds from certain fixed payments and certain variable payments contingent on the City's revenue growth.
The Company projects its total net expected loss across its troubled U.S. public finance exposures as of December 31,
2019, including those mentioned above, to be $531 million, compared with a net expected loss of $832 million as of
December 31, 2018. The total net expected loss for troubled U.S. public finance exposures is net of a credit for estimated future
recoveries of claims already paid. At December 31, 2019, that credit was $819 million, compared with $586 million at
December 31, 2018. The Company’s net expected losses incorporate management’s probability weighted estimates of possible
scenarios. Each quarter, the Company may revise its scenarios, update assumptions and/or shift probability weightings of its
scenarios based on public information as well as nonpublic information obtained through its surveillance and loss mitigation
activities. Management assesses the possible implications of such information on each insured obligation, considering the
unique characteristics of each transaction.
The economic loss development for U.S. public finance transactions was $224 million in 2019, which was primarily
attributable to Puerto Rico exposures. The loss development attributable to the Company’s Puerto Rico exposures reflects
adjustments the Company made to the assumptions and weightings it uses in its scenarios based on the public information
summarized under "Exposure to Puerto Rico" in Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure as well as nonpublic information
related to its loss mitigation activities during the period.
Selected Non-U.S. Public Finance Transactions
Expected loss to be paid for non-U.S. public finance transactions was $23 million as of December 31, 2019, compared
with $32 million as of December 31, 2018, primarily consisting of: (i) transactions with sub-sovereign exposure to various
Spanish and Portuguese issuers where a Spanish and Portuguese sovereign default may cause the sub-sovereigns also to default,
(ii) an obligation backed by the availability and toll revenues of a major arterial road into a city in the U.K., which has been
underperforming due to higher costs compared with expectations at underwriting, and (iii) an obligation backed by payments
from a region in Italy, and for which the Company has been paying claims because of the impact of negative Euro Interbank
Offered Rate (Euribor) on the transaction.
The economic benefit for non-U.S. public finance transactions, including those mentioned above, was approximately
$9 million during 2019, which was mainly attributable to the improved internal outlook of certain Spanish sovereigns and sub-
sovereigns.
U.S. RMBS Loss Projections
The Company projects losses on its insured U.S. RMBS on a transaction-by-transaction basis by projecting the
performance of the underlying pool of mortgages over time and then applying the structural features (i.e., payment priorities
and tranching) of the RMBS and any expected R&W recoveries/payables to the projected performance of the collateral over
time. The resulting projected claim payments or reimbursements are then discounted using risk-free rates.
The further behind a mortgage borrower falls in making payments, the more likely it is that he or she will default. The
rate at which borrowers from a particular delinquency category (number of monthly payments behind) eventually default is
referred to as the “liquidation rate.” The Company derives its liquidation rate assumptions from observed roll rates, which are
the rates at which loans progress from one delinquency category to the next and eventually to default and liquidation. The
Company applies liquidation rates to the mortgage loan collateral in each delinquency category and makes certain timing
assumptions to project near-term mortgage collateral defaults from loans that are currently delinquent.
Mortgage borrowers that are not more than one payment behind (generally considered performing borrowers) have
demonstrated an ability and willingness to pay through the recession and mortgage crisis, and as a result are viewed as less
likely to default than delinquent borrowers. Performing borrowers that eventually default will also need to progress through
delinquency categories before any defaults occur. The Company projects how many of the currently performing loans will
default and when they will default, by first converting the projected near term defaults of delinquent borrowers derived from
liquidation rates into a vector of conditional default rates (CDR), then projecting how the CDR will develop over time. Loans
that are defaulted pursuant to the CDR after the near-term liquidation of currently delinquent loans represent defaults of
currently performing loans and projected re-performing loans. A CDR is the outstanding principal amount of defaulted loans
liquidated in the current month divided by the remaining outstanding amount of the whole pool of loans (or “collateral pool
balance”). The collateral pool balance decreases over time as a result of scheduled principal payments, partial and whole
principal prepayments, and defaults.
185
In order to derive collateral pool losses from the collateral pool defaults it has projected, the Company applies a loss
severity. The loss severity is the amount of loss the transaction experiences on a defaulted loan after the application of net
proceeds from the disposal of the underlying property. The Company projects loss severities by sector and vintage based on its
experience to date. The Company continues to update its evaluation of these loss severities as new information becomes
available.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had a net R&W payable of $53 million to R&W counterparties, compared
with a net R&W receivable of $5 million as of December 31, 2018. The Company’s agreements with providers of R&W
generally provide for reimbursement to the Company as claim payments are made and, to the extent the Company later receives
reimbursements of such claims from excess spread or other sources, for the Company to provide reimbursement to the R&W
providers. When the Company projects receiving more reimbursements in the future than it projects to pay in claims on
transactions covered by R&W settlement agreements, the Company will have a net R&W payable.
The Company projects the overall future cash flow from a collateral pool by adjusting the payment stream from the
principal and interest contractually due on the underlying mortgages for the collateral losses it projects as described above;
assumed voluntary prepayments; and servicer advances. The Company then applies an individual model of the structure of the
transaction to the projected future cash flow from that transaction’s collateral pool to project the Company’s future claims and
claim reimbursements for that individual transaction. Finally, the projected claims and reimbursements are discounted using
risk-free rates. The Company runs several sets of assumptions regarding mortgage collateral performance, or scenarios, and
probability weights them.
The Company's RMBS loss projection methodology assumes that the housing and mortgage markets will continue
improving. Each period the Company makes a judgment as to whether to change the assumptions it uses to make RMBS loss
projections based on its observation during the period of the performance of its insured transactions (including early stage
delinquencies, late stage delinquencies and loss severity) as well as the residential property market and economy in general,
and, to the extent it observes changes, it makes a judgment as to whether those changes are normal fluctuations or part of a
trend. The assumptions that the Company uses to project RMBS losses are shown in the sections below.
Net Economic Loss Development (Benefit)
U.S. RMBS
First lien U.S. RMBS
Second lien U.S. RMBS
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
(in millions)
(77) $
(157)
16
(85)
U.S. First Lien RMBS Loss Projections: Alt-A First Lien, Option ARM, Subprime and Prime
The majority of projected losses in first lien RMBS transactions are expected to come from non-performing mortgage
loans (those that are or in the past twelve months have been two or more payments behind, have been modified, are in
foreclosure, or have been foreclosed upon). Changes in the amount of non-performing loans from the amount projected in the
previous period are one of the primary drivers of loss projections in this portfolio. In order to determine the number of defaults
resulting from these delinquent and foreclosed loans, the Company applies a liquidation rate assumption to loans in each of
various non-performing categories. The Company arrived at its liquidation rates based on data purchased from a third party
provider and assumptions about how delays in the foreclosure process and loan modifications may ultimately affect the rate at
which loans are liquidated. Each quarter the Company reviews the most recent twelve months of this data and (if necessary)
adjusts its liquidation rates based on its observations. The following table shows liquidation assumptions for various non-
performing categories.
186
Delinquent/Modified in the Previous 12 Months
Alt-A and Prime
Option ARM
Subprime
30 – 59 Days Delinquent
Alt-A and Prime
Option ARM
Subprime
60 – 89 Days Delinquent
Alt-A and Prime
Option ARM
Subprime
90+ Days Delinquent
Alt-A and Prime
Option ARM
Subprime
Bankruptcy
Alt-A and Prime
Option ARM
Subprime
Foreclosure
Alt-A and Prime
Option ARM
Subprime
Real Estate Owned
All
First Lien Liquidation Rates
2019
20%
As of December 31,
2018
20%
2017
20%
20
20
30
35
35
40
45
45
55
55
50
45
50
40
65
65
60
20
20
30
35
40
40
45
45
50
55
50
45
50
40
60
65
60
20
20
30
35
40
40
50
50
55
60
55
45
50
40
65
70
65
100
100
100
While the Company uses liquidation rates as described above to project defaults of non-performing loans (including
current loans modified or delinquent within the last 12 months), it projects defaults on presently current loans by applying a
CDR trend. The start of that CDR trend is based on the defaults the Company projects will emerge from currently
nonperforming, recently nonperforming and modified loans. The total amount of expected defaults from the non-performing
loans is translated into a constant CDR (i.e., the CDR plateau), which, if applied for each of the next 36 months, would be
sufficient to produce approximately the amount of defaults that were calculated to emerge from the various delinquency
categories. The CDR thus calculated individually on the delinquent collateral pool for each RMBS is then used as the starting
point for the CDR curve used to project defaults of the presently performing loans.
In the most heavily weighted scenario (the base case), after the initial 36-month CDR plateau period, each
transaction’s CDR is projected to improve over 12 months to an intermediate CDR (calculated as 20% of its CDR plateau); that
intermediate CDR is held constant for 36 months and then trails off in steps to a final CDR of 5% of the CDR plateau. In the
base case, the Company assumes the final CDR will be reached 3.5 years after the initial 36-month CDR plateau period. Under
the Company’s methodology, defaults projected to occur in the first 36 months represent defaults that can be attributed to loans
that were modified or delinquent in the last 12 months or that are currently delinquent or in foreclosure, while the defaults
projected to occur using the projected CDR trend after the first 36 month period represent defaults attributable to borrowers that
are currently performing or are projected to reperform.
Another important driver of loss projections is loss severity, which is the amount of loss the transaction incurs on a
loan after the application of net proceeds from the disposal of the underlying property. Loss severities experienced in first lien
187
transactions had reached historically high levels, and the Company is assuming in the base case that the still elevated levels
generally will continue for another 18 months. The Company determines its initial loss severity based on actual recent
experience. Each quarter the Company reviews available data and (if necessary) adjusts its severities based on its observations.
The Company then assumes that loss severities begin returning to levels consistent with underwriting assumptions beginning
after the initial 18 month period, declining to 40% in the base case over 2.5 years.
The following table shows the range as well as the average, weighted by outstanding net insured par, for key
assumptions used in the calculation of expected loss to be paid for individual transactions for vintage 2004 - 2008 first lien U.S.
RMBS.
Key Assumptions in Base Case Expected Loss Estimates
First Lien RMBS
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
As of
December 31, 2017
Range
Weighted
Average
Range
Weighted
Average
Range
Weighted
Average
0.3% – 8.4%
0.0% – 0.4%
4.1%
0.2%
1.2% – 11.4%
0.1% – 0.6%
4.6%
0.2%
1.3% – 9.8%
0.1% – 0.5%
5.2%
0.3%
60%
70%
70%
60%
70%
70%
60%
80%
70%
1.8% – 8.4%
0.1% – 0.4%
5.4%
0.3%
1.8% – 8.3%
0.1% – 0.4%
5.6%
0.3%
2.5% – 7.0%
0.1% – 0.3%
5.9%
0.3%
60%
60%
70%
60%
60%
70%
60%
70%
75%
1.6% – 18.1%
0.1% – 0.9%
5.6%
0.3%
1.8% – 23.2%
0.1% – 1.2%
6.2%
0.3%
3.5% – 13.1%
0.2% – 0.7%
7.8%
0.4%
75%
75%
75%
80%
75%
95%
80%
90%
95%
Alt-A First Lien
Plateau CDR
Final CDR
Initial loss severity:
2005 and prior
2006
2007+
Option ARM
Plateau CDR
Final CDR
Initial loss severity:
2005 and prior
2006
2007+
Subprime
Plateau CDR
Final CDR
Initial loss severity:
2005 and prior
2006
2007+
The rate at which the principal amount of loans is voluntarily prepaid may impact both the amount of losses projected
(since that amount is a function of the CDR, the loss severity and the loan balance over time) as well as the amount of excess
spread (the amount by which the interest paid by the borrowers on the underlying loan exceeds the amount of interest owed on
the insured obligations). The assumption for the voluntary conditional prepayment rate (CPR) follows a similar pattern to that
of the CDR. The current level of voluntary prepayments is assumed to continue for the plateau period before gradually
increasing over 12 months to the final CPR, which is assumed to be 15% in the base case. For transactions where the initial
CPR is higher than the final CPR, the initial CPR is held constant and the final CPR is not used. These CPR assumptions are
the same as those the Company used for December 31, 2018.
In estimating expected losses, the Company modeled and probability weighted sensitivities for first lien transactions
by varying its assumptions of how fast a recovery is expected to occur. One of the variables used to model sensitivities was how
quickly the CDR returned to its modeled equilibrium, which was defined as 5% of the initial CDR. The Company also stressed
CPR and the speed of recovery of loss severity rates. The Company probability weighted a total of five scenarios as of
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.
188
Total expected loss to be paid on all first lien U.S. RMBS was $166 million and $243 million as of December 31, 2019
and December 31, 2018, respectively. The $77 million economic benefit in 2019 for first lien U.S. RMBS was primarily
attributable to higher excess spread on certain transactions supported by large portions of fixed rate assets (either originally
fixed or modified to be fixed) and with insured floating rate debt linked to LIBOR, which decreased in 2019. The Company
used a similar approach to establish its pessimistic and optimistic scenarios as of December 31, 2019 as it used as of
December 31, 2018, increasing and decreasing the periods of stress from those used in the base case. LIBOR may be
discontinued, and it is not yet clear how this will impact the calculation of the various interest rates in this portfolio referencing
LIBOR.
In the Company's most stressful scenario where loss severities were assumed to rise and then recover over nine years
and the initial ramp-down of the CDR was assumed to occur over 15 months, expected loss to be paid would increase from
current projections by approximately $43 million for all first lien U.S. RMBS transactions.
In the Company's least stressful scenario where the CDR plateau was six months shorter (30 months, effectively
assuming that liquidation rates would improve) and the CDR recovery was more pronounced (including an initial ramp-down
of the CDR over nine months), expected loss to be paid would decrease from current projections by approximately $38 million
for all first lien U.S. RMBS transactions.
U.S. Second Lien RMBS Loss Projections
Second lien RMBS transactions include both home equity lines of credit (HELOC) and closed end second lien
mortgages. The Company believes the primary variable affecting its expected losses in second lien RMBS transactions is the
amount and timing of future losses or recoveries in the collateral pool supporting the transactions. Expected losses are also a
function of the structure of the transaction, the CPR of the collateral, the interest rate environment, and assumptions about loss
severity.
In second lien transactions, the projection of near-term defaults from currently delinquent loans is relatively
straightforward because loans in second lien transactions are generally “charged off” (treated as defaulted) by the
securitization’s servicer once the loan is 180 days past due. The Company estimates the amount of loans that will default over
the next six months by calculating current representative liquidation rates. Similar to first liens, the Company then calculates a
CDR for six months, which is the period over which the currently delinquent collateral is expected to be liquidated. That CDR
is then used as the basis for the plateau CDR period that follows the embedded plateau losses.
For the base case scenario, the CDR (the plateau CDR) was held constant for six months. Once the plateau period has
ended, the CDR is assumed to gradually trend down in uniform increments to its final long-term steady state CDR. (The long-
term steady state CDR is calculated as the constant CDR that would have yielded the amount of losses originally expected at
underwriting.) In the base case scenario, the time over which the CDR trends down to its final CDR is 28 months. Therefore,
the total stress period for second lien transactions is 34 months, representing six months of delinquent loan liquidations,
followed by 28 months of decrease to the steady state CDR, the same as of December 31, 2018.
HELOC loans generally permit the borrower to pay only interest for an initial period (often ten years) and, after that
period, require the borrower to make both the monthly interest payment and a monthly principal payment. This causes the
borrower's total monthly payment to increase, sometimes substantially, at the end of the initial interest-only period. In the prior
periods, as the HELOC loans underlying the Company's insured HELOC transactions reached their principal amortization
period, the Company incorporated an assumption that a percentage of loans reaching their principal amortization periods would
default around the time of the payment increase.
The HELOC loans underlying the Company's insured HELOC transactions are now past their original interest-only
reset date, although a significant number of HELOC loans were modified to extend the original interest-only period for another
five years. As a result, the Company does not apply a CDR increase when such loans reach their principal amortization period.
In addition, based on the average performance history, the Company applies a CDR floor of 2.5% for the future steady state
CDR on all its HELOC transactions.
When a second lien loan defaults, there is generally a low recovery. The Company assumed, as of December 31, 2019
and December 31, 2018, that it will generally recover 2% of future defaulting collateral at the time of charge-off, with
additional amounts of post charge-off recoveries projected to come in over time. A second lien on the borrower’s home may be
retained in the Company's second lien transactions after the loan is charged off and the loss applied to the transaction,
particularly in cases where the holder of the first lien has not foreclosed. If the second lien is retained and the value of the home
increases, the servicer may be able to use the second lien to increase recoveries, either by arranging for the borrower to resume
189
payments or by realizing value upon the sale of the underlying real estate. The Company evaluates its assumptions periodically
based on actual recoveries of charged-off loans observed from period to period. In instances where the Company is able to
obtain information on the lien status of charged-off loans, it assumes there will be a certain level of future recoveries of the
balance of the charged-off loans where the second lien is still intact. The Company projected future recoveries on these
charged-off loans of 20% as of December 31, 2019 and 10% as of December 31, 2018, with such recoveries to be received
evenly over the next five years. The increase in recovery assumptions is attributable to the higher actual recovery rates observed
in certain transactions during the year. Increasing the recovery rate to 30% would result in an economic benefit of $57 million,
while decreasing the recovery rate back to 10% would result in an economic loss of $57 million.
The rate at which the principal amount of loans is prepaid may impact both the amount of losses projected as well as
the amount of excess spread. In the base case, an average CPR (based on experience of the past year) is assumed to continue
until the end of the plateau before gradually increasing to the final CPR over the same period the CDR decreases. The final
CPR is assumed to be 15% for second lien transactions (in the base case), which is lower than the historical average but reflects
the Company’s continued uncertainty about the projected performance of the borrowers in these transactions. For transactions
where the initial CPR is higher than the final CPR, the initial CPR is held constant and the final CPR is not used. This pattern is
consistent with how the Company modeled the CPR as of December 31, 2018. To the extent that prepayments differ from
projected levels it could materially change the Company’s projected excess spread and losses.
In estimating expected losses, the Company modeled and probability weighted five scenarios, each with a different
CDR curve applicable to the period preceding the return to the long-term steady state CDR. The Company believes that the
level of the elevated CDR and the length of time it will persist and the ultimate prepayment rate are the primary drivers behind
the amount of losses the collateral will likely suffer.
The Company continues to evaluate the assumptions affecting its modeling results. The Company believes the most
important driver of its projected second lien RMBS losses is the performance of its HELOC transactions. Total expected
recovery on all second lien U.S. RMBS was $20 million as of December 31, 2019 and the expected loss to be paid was $50
million as of December 31, 2018. The $157 million economic benefit in 2019 for second lien U.S. RMBS was primarily
attributable to higher projected recoveries for previously charged-off loans, improved performance, and loss mitigation efforts.
The following table shows the range as well as the average, weighted by net par outstanding, for key assumptions used
in the calculation of expected loss to be paid for individual transactions for vintage 2004 - 2008 HELOCs.
Key Assumptions in Base Case Expected Loss Estimates
HELOCs
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
As of
December 31, 2017
Plateau CDR
Range
5.9% – 24.6%
Final CDR trended down to
2.5% – 3.2%
Weighted
Average
9.5%
2.5%
Range
4.6% – 26.8%
2.5% – 3.2%
Weighted
Average
10.1%
2.5%
Range
2.7% – 19.9%
2.5% – 3.2%
Weighted
Average
11.4%
2.5%
Liquidation rates:
Delinquent/Modified in the
Previous 12 Months
30 – 59 Days Delinquent
60 – 89 Days Delinquent
90+ Days Delinquent
Bankruptcy
Foreclosure
Real Estate Owned
Loss severity (1)
20%
30
45
65
55
55
100
98%
___________________
(1)
Loss severities on future defaults.
20%
35
50
70
55
65
100
98%
20%
45
60
75
55
70
100
98%
The Company’s base case assumed a six month CDR plateau and a 28 month ramp-down (for a total stress period of
34 months). The Company also modeled a scenario with a longer period of elevated defaults and another with a shorter period
of elevated defaults. In the Company's most stressful scenario, increasing the CDR plateau to eight months and increasing the
190
ramp-down by three months to 31 months (for a total stress period of 39 months) would increase the expected loss by
approximately $6 million for HELOC transactions. On the other hand, in the Company's least stressful scenario, reducing the
CDR plateau to four months and decreasing the length of the CDR ramp-down to 25 months (for a total stress period of 29
months), and lowering the ultimate prepayment rate to 10% would decrease the expected loss by approximately $7 million for
HELOC transactions.
Other Structured Finance
The Company projected that its total net expected loss across its troubled other structured finance exposures as of
December 31, 2019 was $37 million and is primarily attributable to $84 million in BIG net par of student loan securitizations
issued by private issuers that are classified as structured finance. In general, the projected losses of these transactions are due
to: (i) the poor credit performance of private student loan collateral and high loss severities, or (ii) high interest rates on auction
rate securities with respect to which the auctions have failed.
The Company also had exposure to troubled life insurance transactions. As of December 31, 2019, the Company's BIG
net par in these transactions was $40 million, which was lower than the $85 million as of December 31, 2018 because of the
settlement of a transaction.
The economic loss development during 2019 was $18 million, which was primarily attributable to higher LAE related
to certain exposures.
Recovery Litigation
In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of AGL's subsidiaries are involved in litigation with third
parties to recover insurance losses paid in prior periods or prevent losses in the future. The impact, if any, of these and other
proceedings on the amount of recoveries the Company receives and losses it pays in the future is uncertain, and the impact of
any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or year could be material to the Company's results of operations in that
particular quarter or year.
Public Finance Transactions
The Company has asserted claims in a number of legal proceedings in connection with its exposure to Puerto Rico.
See Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure, for a discussion of the Company's exposure to Puerto Rico and related recovery
litigation being pursued by the Company.
RMBS Transactions
On November 26, 2012, CIFG Assurance North America, Inc. (CIFGNA) filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of
the State of New York against JP Morgan Securities LLC for material misrepresentation in the inducement of insurance and
common law fraud, alleging that JP Morgan Securities LLC fraudulently induced CIFGNA to insure $400 million of securities
issued by ACA ABS CDO 2006-2 Ltd. and $325 million of securities issued by Libertas Preferred Funding II, Ltd. On June 26,
2015, the court dismissed with prejudice CIFGNA’s material misrepresentation in the inducement of insurance claim and
dismissed without prejudice CIFGNA’s common law fraud claim. On September 24, 2015, the court denied CIFGNA’s motion
to amend but allowed CIFGNA to re-plead a cause of action for common law fraud. On November 20, 2015, CIFGNA filed a
motion for leave to amend its complaint to re-plead common law fraud. On April 29, 2016, CIFGNA filed an appeal to reverse
the court’s decision dismissing CIFGNA’s material misrepresentation in the inducement of insurance claim. On November 29,
2016, the Appellate Division of the Supreme Court of the State of New York ruled that the court’s decision dismissing with
prejudice CIFGNA’s material misrepresentation in the inducement of insurance claim should be modified to grant CIFGNA
leave to re-plead such claim. On February 27, 2017, AGC (as successor to CIFGNA) filed an amended complaint which
included a claim for material misrepresentation in the inducement of insurance. On July 31, 2019, the parties entered into a
confidential settlement and, on August 12, 2019, agreed to dismiss, with prejudice, the action and all claims.
191
7.
Contracts Accounted for as Insurance
Premiums
The portfolio of outstanding exposures discussed in Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure, and Note 6, Expected
Loss to be Paid, includes contracts that are accounted for as insurance contracts, derivatives, and consolidated FG VIEs.
Amounts presented in this note relate only to contracts accounted for as insurance. See Note 11, Contracts Accounted for as
Credit Derivatives for amounts that relate to CDS and Note 14, Variable Interest Entities for amounts that are accounted for as
consolidated FG VIEs.
Accounting Policies
Accounting for financial guaranty contracts that meet the scope exception under derivative accounting guidance are
subject to industry specific guidance for financial guaranty insurance. The accounting for contracts that fall under the financial
guaranty insurance definition are consistent whether contracts are written on a direct basis, assumed from another financial
guarantor under a reinsurance treaty, ceded to another insurer under a reinsurance treaty, or acquired in a business combination.
Premiums receivable represent the present value of contractual or expected future premium collections discounted
using risk free rates. Unearned premium reserve represents deferred premium revenue, less claim payments made and
recoveries received that have not yet been recognized in the statement of operations (contra-paid). The following discussion
relates to the deferred premium revenue component of the unearned premium reserve, while the contra-paid is discussed below
under "Financial Guaranty Insurance Losses."
The amount of deferred premium revenue at contract inception is determined as follows:
•
•
•
•
For premiums received upfront on financial guaranty insurance contracts that were originally underwritten by the
Company, deferred premium revenue is equal to the amount of cash received. Upfront premiums typically relate
to public finance transactions.
For premiums received in installments on financial guaranty insurance contracts that were originally underwritten
by the Company, deferred premium revenue is the present value (discounted at risk free rates) of either
(1) contractual premiums due or (2) in cases where the underlying collateral is composed of homogeneous pools
of assets, the expected premiums to be collected over the life of the contract. To be considered a homogeneous
pool of assets, prepayments must be contractually allowable, the amount of prepayments must be probable, and
the timing and amount of prepayments must be reasonably estimable. Installment premiums typically relate to
structured finance and infrastructure transactions, where the insurance premium rate is determined at the inception
of the contract but the insured par is subject to prepayment throughout the life of the transaction.
For financial guaranty insurance contracts acquired in a business combination, deferred premium revenue is equal
to the fair value of the Company's stand-ready obligation portion of the insurance contract at the date of
acquisition based on what a hypothetical similarly rated financial guaranty insurer would have charged for the
contract at that date and not the actual cash flows under the insurance contract. The amount of deferred premium
revenue may differ significantly from cash collections primarily due to fair value adjustments recorded in
connection with a business combination.
For premiums received in a reinsurance transaction, the cash received is allocated to individual policies in the
assumed portfolio and recorded as unearned premium reserve.
When the Company adjusts prepayment assumptions or expected premium collections, an adjustment is recorded to
the deferred premium revenue, with a corresponding adjustment to the premium receivable. Premiums receivable are
discounted at the risk-free rate at inception and such discount rate is updated only when changes to prepayment assumptions are
made that change the expected date of final maturity.
The Company recognizes deferred premium revenue as earned premium over the contractual period or expected
period of the contract in proportion to the amount of insurance protection provided. As premium revenue is recognized, a
corresponding decrease to the deferred premium revenue is recorded. The amount of insurance protection provided is a function
of the insured par amount outstanding. Accordingly, the proportionate share of premium revenue recognized in a given
reporting period is a constant rate calculated based on the relationship between the insured par amounts outstanding in the
reporting period compared with the sum of each of the insured principal amounts outstanding for all periods. When an insured
192
financial obligation is retired before its maturity, the financial guaranty insurance contract is extinguished. Any nonrefundable
deferred premium revenue related to that contract is accelerated and recognized as premium revenue. When a premium
receivable balance is deemed uncollectible, it is written off to bad debt expense.
For assumed reinsurance contracts, net earned premiums reported in the consolidated statements of operations are
calculated based upon data received from ceding companies; however, some ceding companies report premium data between
30 and 90 days after the end of the reporting period. The Company estimates net earned premiums for the lag period.
Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined.
When installment premiums are related to assumed reinsurance contracts, the Company assesses the credit quality and liquidity
of the ceding companies and the impact of any potential regulatory constraints to determine the collectability of such amounts.
Ceded unearned premium reserve is recorded as an asset. Direct, assumed and ceded earned premiums are presented
together as net earned premiums in the statement of operations. See Note 8, Reinsurance, for a breakout of direct, assumed and
ceded premiums. The components of net earned premiums are shown in the table below:
Net Earned Premiums
Financial guaranty:
Scheduled net earned premiums
Accelerations from refundings and terminations
Accretion of discount on net premiums receivable
Financial guaranty insurance net earned premiums
Specialty net earned premiums
Net earned premiums (1)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
$
331
122
17
470
6
$
367
159
18
544
4
476
$
548
$
385
286
17
688
2
690
___________________
(1)
Excludes $18 million, $12 million and $15 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively, related to consolidated FG VIEs.
193
Gross Premium Receivable,
Net of Commissions on Assumed Business
Roll Forward
Beginning of year
Less: Specialty insurance premium receivable
Financial guaranty insurance premiums receivable
Premiums receivable from acquisitions (see Note 2)
Gross written premiums on new business, net of commissions (1)
Gross premiums received, net of commissions
Adjustments:
Changes in the expected term
Accretion of discount, net of commissions on assumed business
Foreign exchange translation and remeasurement (2)
Cancellation of assumed reinsurance
Financial guaranty insurance premium receivable (3)
Specialty insurance premium receivable
December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
904
$
915
$
1
903
—
689
(318)
(21)
10
21
—
1,284
2
1
914
—
610
(577)
(8)
9
(35)
(10)
903
1
$
1,286
$
904
$
576
—
576
270
301
(301)
(8)
12
64
—
914
1
915
____________________
(1)
For transactions where one of the Company's financial guaranty contracts is replaced by another of the Company's
insurance subsidiary's contracts, gross written premium in this table represents only the incremental amount in excess
of the original gross written premiums. The year ended December 31, 2018 included $330 million of gross written
premiums assumed from SGI on June 1, 2018, when the Company closed an SGI Transaction. See Note 2, Business
Combinations and Assumption of Insured Portfolio.
(2)
(3)
Includes foreign exchange gain (loss) on remeasurement recorded in the consolidated statements of operations of $21
million in 2019, $(33) million in 2018, $61 million in 2017. The remaining foreign exchange translation in 2018 and
2017 was recorded in OCI prior to the Combination, some of which had functional currencies other than the U.S.
dollar
Excludes $7 million, $9 million and $10 million as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, related to
consolidated FG VIEs.
Approximately 78% and 72% of installment premiums at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively,
are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the pound sterling and euro.
194
The timing and cumulative amount of actual collections may differ from those of expected collections in the table
below due to factors such as foreign exchange rate fluctuations, counterparty collectability issues, accelerations, commutations,
changes in expected lives and new business.
Expected Collections of
Financial Guaranty Insurance Gross Premiums Receivable,
Net of Commissions on Assumed Business
(Undiscounted)
2020 (January 1 - March 31)
2020 (April 1 - June 30)
2020 (July 1 - September 30)
2020 (October 1 - December 31)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025-2029
2030-2034
2035-2039
After 2039
Total (1)
As of December 31, 2019
(in millions)
$
$
35
47
30
18
92
94
82
82
343
240
151
352
1,566
____________________
(1)
Excludes expected cash collections on consolidated FG VIEs of $9 million.
The timing and cumulative amount of actual net earned premiums may differ from those of expected net earned
premiums in the table below due to factors such as accelerations, commutations, changes in expected lives and new business.
195
Scheduled Financial Guaranty Insurance Net Earned Premiums
2020 (January 1 - March 31)
2020 (April 1 - June 30)
2020 (July 1 - September 30)
2020 (October 1 - December 31)
Subtotal 2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025-2029
2030-2034
2035-2039
After 2039
Net deferred premium revenue (1)
Future accretion
Total future net earned premiums
____________________
(1)
Excludes net earned premiums on consolidated FG VIEs of $47 million.
Selected Information for Financial Guaranty Insurance
Policies with Premiums Paid in Installments
As of December 31, 2019
(in millions)
$
$
80
79
77
75
311
284
263
245
227
909
634
368
494
3,735
281
4,016
Premiums receivable, net of commission payable
Gross deferred premium revenue
Weighted-average risk-free rate used to discount premiums
Weighted-average period of premiums receivable (in years)
Financial Guaranty Insurance Acquisition Costs
Accounting Policy
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
$
(dollars in millions)
1,284
1,637
$
1.7%
13.3
903
1,313
2.3%
9.1
Policy acquisition costs that are directly related and essential to successful insurance contract acquisition, as well as
ceding commission income and expense on ceded and assumed reinsurance contracts, are deferred and reported net.
Capitalized policy acquisition costs include the cost of underwriting personnel attributable to successful underwriting
efforts. Management uses its judgment in determining the type and amount of costs to be deferred. The Company conducts an
annual study to determine deferral rates.
Ceding commission expense on assumed reinsurance contracts and ceding commission income on ceded reinsurance
contracts that are associated with premiums received in installments are calculated at their contractually defined commission
rates, discounted consistent with premiums receivable for all future periods, and included in DAC, with a corresponding offset
to net premiums receivable or reinsurance balances payable.
196
DAC is amortized in proportion to net earned premiums. Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs includes
the accretion of discount on ceding commission receivable and payable. When an insured obligation is retired early, the
remaining related DAC is recognized at that time. Costs incurred for soliciting potential customers, market research, training,
administration, unsuccessful acquisition efforts, and product development as well as all overhead type costs are charged to
expense as incurred.
Expected losses and LAE, investment income, and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business,
are considered in determining the recoverability of DAC.
Rollforward of
Deferred Acquisition Costs
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
105
$
101
$
—
23
(17)
111
$
—
19
(15)
105
$
106
(2)
16
(19)
101
$
$
Beginning of year
DAC adjustments from acquisitions (see Note 2)
Costs deferred during the period
Costs amortized during the period
December 31,
Financial Guaranty Insurance Losses
Accounting Policies
Loss and LAE Reserve
Loss and LAE reserve reported on the balance sheet relates only to direct and assumed reinsurance contracts that are
accounted for as insurance, substantially all of which are financial guaranty insurance contracts. The corresponding reserve
ceded to reinsurers is reported as reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and reported in other assets. As discussed in Note 9,
Fair Value Measurement, contracts that meet the definition of a derivative, as well as consolidated FG VIEs’ assets and
liabilities, are recorded separately at fair value. Any expected losses related to consolidated FG VIEs are eliminated upon
consolidation. Any expected losses on credit derivatives are reflected in the fair value of credit derivatives.
Under financial guaranty insurance accounting, the sum of unearned premium reserve and loss and LAE reserve
represents the Company's stand ready obligation. Unearned premium reserve is deferred premium revenue, less claim
payments and recoveries received that have not yet been recognized in the statement of operations (contra-paid). At contract
inception, the entire stand-ready obligation is represented by unearned premium reserve. A loss and LAE reserve for an
insurance contract is recorded only to the extent, and for the amount, that expected loss to be paid plus contra-paid (“total
losses”) exceed the deferred premium revenue, on a contract by contract basis. As a result, the Company has expected loss to be
paid that has not yet been expensed. Such amounts will be recognized in future periods as deferred premium revenue amortizes
into income.
When a claim or LAE payment is made on a contract, it first reduces any recorded loss and LAE reserve. To the extent
there is no loss and LAE reserve on a contract, then such claim payment is recorded as “contra-paid,” which reduces the
unearned premium reserve. The contra-paid is recognized in the line item “loss and LAE” in the consolidated statement of
operations when and for the amount that total losses exceed the remaining deferred premium revenue on the insurance contract.
Loss and LAE in the consolidated statement of operations is presented net of cessions to reinsurers.
197
Salvage and Subrogation Recoverable
When the Company becomes entitled to the cash flow from the underlying collateral of an insured exposure under
salvage and subrogation rights as a result of a claim payment or estimated future claim payment, it reduces the expected loss to
be paid on the contract. Such reduction in expected loss to be paid can result in one of the following:
•
•
•
a reduction in the corresponding loss and LAE reserve with a benefit to the income statement,
no entry recorded, if “total loss” is not in excess of deferred premium revenue, or
the recording of a salvage asset with a benefit to the income statement if the transaction is in a net recovery
position at the reporting date.
The ceded component of salvage and subrogation recoverable is recorded in the line item other liabilities.
Expected Loss to be Expensed
Expected loss to be expensed represents past or expected future net claim payments that have not yet been expensed.
Such amounts will be expensed in future periods as deferred premium revenue amortizes into income on financial guaranty
insurance policies. Expected loss to be expensed is the Company's projection of incurred losses that will be recognized in future
periods, excluding accretion of discount.
Insurance Contracts' Loss Information
The following table provides information on net reserve (salvage), which includes loss and LAE reserves and salvage
and subrogation recoverable, both net of reinsurance. To discount loss reserves, the Company used risk-free rates for U.S.
dollar denominated financial guaranty insurance obligations that ranged from 0.0% to 2.45% with a weighted average of 1.94%
as of December 31, 2019 and 0.0% to 3.06% with a weighted average of 2.74% as of December 31, 2018.
Net Reserve (Salvage)
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
Non-U.S. public finance
Public finance
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS (1)
Other structured finance
Structured finance
Subtotal
Other payable (recoverable)
Total
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
(in millions)
$
328
$
5
333
(78)
40
(38)
295
—
$
295
$
612
14
626
21
30
51
677
(3)
674
____________________
(1)
Excludes net reserves of $33 million and $47 million as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively,
related to consolidated FG VIEs.
198
Components of Net Reserves (Salvage)
Loss and LAE reserve
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses (1)
Loss and LAE reserve, net
Salvage and subrogation recoverable
Salvage and subrogation reinsurance payable (2)
Other payable (recoverable) (1)
Salvage and subrogation recoverable, net and other recoverable
Net reserves (salvage)
____________________
(1)
Recorded as a component of other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
(2)
Recorded as a component of other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
$
$
(in millions)
1,050
(38)
1,012
(747)
30
—
(717)
295
$
$
1,177
(34)
1,143
(490)
24
(3)
(469)
674
The table below provides a reconciliation of net expected loss to be paid to net expected loss to be expensed. Expected
loss to be paid differs from expected loss to be expensed due to: (i) the contra-paid which represents the claim payments made
and recoveries received that have not yet been recognized in the statement of operations, (ii) salvage and subrogation
recoverable for transactions that are in a net recovery position where the Company has not yet received recoveries on claims
previously paid (and therefore recognized in income but not yet received), and (iii) loss reserves that have already been
established (and therefore expensed but not yet paid).
Reconciliation of Net Expected Loss to be Paid and
Net Expected Loss to be Expensed
Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts
Net expected loss to be paid - financial guaranty insurance
Contra-paid, net
Salvage and subrogation recoverable, net, and other recoverable
Loss and LAE reserve - financial guaranty insurance contracts, net of reinsurance
Net expected loss to be expensed (present value) (1)
____________________
(1)
Excludes $33 million as of December 31, 2019 related to consolidated FG VIEs.
As of
December 31, 2019
(in millions)
$
$
683
51
717
(1,012)
439
The following table provides a schedule of the expected timing of net expected losses to be expensed. The amount and
timing of actual loss and LAE may differ from the estimates shown below due to factors such as accelerations, commutations,
changes in expected lives and updates to loss estimates. This table excludes amounts related to FG VIEs, which are eliminated
in consolidation.
199
Net Expected Loss to be Expensed
Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts
2020 (January 1 - March 31)
2020 (April 1 - June 30)
2020 (July 1 - September 30)
2020 (October 1 - December 31)
Subtotal 2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025-2029
2030-2034
2035-2039
After 2039
Net expected loss to be expensed
Future accretion
Total expected future loss and LAE
As of
December 31, 2019
(in millions)
$
$
9
9
9
9
36
35
34
32
33
138
91
32
8
439
105
544
The following table presents the loss and LAE recorded in the consolidated statements of operations by sector for
insurance contracts. Amounts presented are net of reinsurance.
Loss and LAE
Reported on the
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Public finance:
U.S. public finance
Non-U.S. public finance
Public finance
Structured finance:
U.S. RMBS (1)
Other structured finance
Structured finance
Loss and LAE
Loss (Benefit)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
$
247
(7)
240
(154)
7
(147)
93
$
90
(7)
83
(15)
(4)
(19)
64
$
$
553
(4)
549
(113)
(48)
(161)
388
____________________
(1)
Excludes a benefit of $20 million, a benefit of $3 million and a loss of $7 million for the years ended December 31,
2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, related to consolidated FG VIEs.
200
The following tables provide information on financial guaranty insurance contracts categorized as BIG.
Financial Guaranty Insurance
BIG Transaction Loss Summary
As of December 31, 2019
BIG 1
BIG 2
BIG Categories
BIG 3
Gross
Ceded
Gross
Ceded
Gross
Ceded
Total
BIG, Net
Effect of
Consolidating
FG VIEs
Total
121
8.0
2,654
1,149
3,803
135
(598)
(463)
54
$
$
$
Number of risks (1)
Remaining weighted-
average contract period
(in years)
Outstanding exposure:
Par
Interest
Total (2)
Expected cash outflows
(inflows)
Potential recoveries (3)
Subtotal
Discount
Present value of expected
cash flows
Deferred premium
revenue
Reserves (salvage)
$
$
$
$
$
$
(6)
24
5.2
17.0
(54) $
(15)
561
481
(69) $
1,042
(3) $
21
18
(1)
84
(10)
74
(21)
53
34
35
(409) $
17
$
142
$
(441) $
(1) $
17
$
(dollars in millions)
—
—
131
9.7
(7)
8.3
276
9.7
$
$
$
$
$
$
— $
—
— $
5,386
2,507
7,893
— $
4,185
—
—
—
(2,926)
1,259
(151)
— $
1,108
— $
— $
480
742
$
$
$
$
$
$
(170) $
(73)
8,377
4,049
(243) $
12,426
(132) $
4,269
107
$
(3,406)
(25)
(3)
(28) $
(4) $
(25) $
863
(122)
741
651
328
$
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
276
9.7
— $
—
8,377
4,049
— $
12,426
(264) $
4,005
189
(75)
17
(58) $
(48) $
(33) $
(3,217)
788
(105)
683
603
295
201
Financial Guaranty Insurance
BIG Transaction Loss Summary
As of December 31, 2018
BIG 1
BIG 2
BIG Categories
BIG 3
Gross
Ceded
Gross
Ceded
Gross
Ceded
Total
BIG, Net
Effect of
Consolidating
FG VIEs
Total
128
7.9
3,052
1,319
4,371
98
(465)
(367)
83
$
$
$
Number of risks (1)
Remaining weighted-
average contract period
(in years)
Outstanding exposure:
Par
Interest
Total (2)
Expected cash outflows
(inflows)
Potential recoveries (3)
Subtotal
Discount
Present value of expected
cash flows
Deferred premium
revenue
Reserves (salvage)
$
$
$
$
$
$
(8)
39
(1)
145
(7)
(dollars in millions)
6.5
13.2
2.1
10.1
9.1
312
9.8
(71) $
(29)
938
592
(100) $
1,530
(5) $
23
18
(5)
264
(81)
183
(53)
$
$
$
$
$
$
(6) $
(1)
(7) $
6,249
3,140
9,389
(1) $
4,029
—
(1)
—
(2,542)
1,487
(134)
(1) $
1,353
— $
(1) $
518
993
$
$
$
$
$
$
(159) $
10,003
(72)
4,949
(231) $
14,952
(80) $
4,305
55
(25)
(2)
(3,010)
1,295
(111)
(27) $
1,184
(2) $
(24) $
788
720
$
$
$
$
$
$
(284) $
13
$
130
125
$
(311) $
(4) $
15
$
151
48
—
—
312
9.8
— $
10,003
—
4,949
— $
14,952
(290) $
4,015
192
(98)
23
(2,818)
1,197
(88)
(75) $
1,109
(64) $
(47) $
724
673
____________________
(1)
A risk represents the aggregate of the financial guaranty policies that share the same revenue source for purposes of
making debt service payments. The ceded number of risks represents the number of risks for which the Company
ceded a portion of its exposure.
(2)
(3)
Includes amounts related to FG VIEs.
Represents expected inflows for future payments by obligors pursuant to restructuring agreements, settlements or
litigation judgments, excess spread on any underlying collateral and other estimated recoveries. Potential recoveries
also include recoveries on certain investment grade credits, related mainly to exposures that were previously BIG and
for which claims have been paid in the past.
Ratings Impact on Financial Guaranty Business
A downgrade of one of AGL’s insurance subsidiaries may result in increased claims under financial guaranties issued
by the Company if counterparties exercise contractual rights triggered by the downgrade against insured obligors, and the
insured obligors are unable to pay.
For example, AGM has issued financial guaranty insurance policies in respect of the obligations of municipal obligors
under interest rate swaps. AGM insures periodic payments owed by the municipal obligors to the bank counterparties. In
certain cases, AGM also insures termination payments that may be owed by the municipal obligors to the bank counterparties.
If (i) AGM has been downgraded below the rating trigger set forth in a swap under which it has insured the termination
payment, which rating trigger varies on a transaction by transaction basis; (ii) the municipal obligor has the right to cure by, but
has failed in, posting collateral, replacing AGM or otherwise curing the downgrade of AGM; (iii) the transaction documents
include as a condition that an event of default or termination event with respect to the municipal obligor has occurred, such as
the rating of the municipal obligor being downgraded past a specified level, and such condition has been met; (iv) the bank
counterparty has elected to terminate the swap; (v) a termination payment is payable by the municipal obligor; and (vi) the
municipal obligor has failed to make the termination payment payable by it, then AGM would be required to pay the
termination payment due by the municipal obligor, in an amount not to exceed the policy limit set forth in the financial
guaranty insurance policy. Taking into consideration whether the rating of the municipal obligor is below any applicable
specified trigger, if the financial strength ratings of AGM were downgraded below "A" by S&P Global Ratings, a division of
202
Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (S&P) or below "A2" by Moody's, and the conditions giving rise to the obligation
of AGM to make a payment under the swap policies were all satisfied, then AGM could pay claims in an amount not exceeding
approximately $377 million in respect of such termination payments.
As another example, with respect to variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs) for which a bank has agreed to
provide a liquidity facility, a downgrade of AGM or AGC may provide the bank with the right to give notice to bondholders
that the bank will terminate the liquidity facility, causing the bondholders to tender their bonds to the bank. Bonds held by the
bank accrue interest at a “bank bond rate” that is higher than the rate otherwise borne by the bond (typically the prime rate plus
2.00% — 3.00%, and capped at the lesser of 25% and the maximum legal limit). In the event the bank holds such bonds for
longer than a specified period of time, usually 90-180 days, the bank has the right to demand accelerated repayment of bond
principal, usually through payment of equal installments over a period of not less than five years. In the event that a municipal
obligor is unable to pay interest accruing at the bank bond rate or to pay principal during the shortened amortization period, a
claim could be submitted to AGM or AGC under its financial guaranty policy. As of December 31, 2019, AGM and AGC had
insured approximately $3.1 billion net par of VRDOs, of which approximately $43 million of net par constituted VRDOs
issued by municipal obligors rated BBB- or lower pursuant to the Company’s internal rating. The specific terms relating to the
rating levels that trigger the bank’s termination right, and whether it is triggered by a downgrade by one rating agency or a
downgrade by all rating agencies then rating the insurer, vary depending on the transaction.
In addition, AGM may be required to pay claims in respect of AGMH’s former financial products business if
Dexia SA and its affiliates, from which the Company had purchased AGMH and its subsidiaries, do not comply with their
obligations following a downgrade of the financial strength rating of AGM. A downgrade of the financial strength rating of
AGM could trigger a payment obligation of AGM in respect to AGMH's former guaranteed investment contracts (GIC)
business. Most GICs insured by AGM allow for the termination of the GIC contract and a withdrawal of GIC funds at the
option of the GIC holder in the event of a downgrade of AGM below a specified threshold, generally below A- by S&P or A3
by Moody's. AGMH's former subsidiary FSA Asset Management LLC is expected to have sufficient eligible and liquid assets to
satisfy any expected withdrawal and collateral posting obligations resulting from future rating actions affecting AGM.
8.
Reinsurance
The Company assumes exposure (Assumed Business) from third party insurers, primarily other monoline financial
guaranty companies that currently are in runoff and no longer actively writing new business (Legacy Monoline Insurers), and
may cede portions of exposure it has insured (Ceded Business) in exchange for premiums, net of any ceding commissions. The
Company, if required, secures its reinsurance obligations to these Legacy Monoline Insurers, typically by depositing in trust
assets with a market value equal to its assumed liabilities calculated on a U.S. statutory basis.
Substantially all of the Company’s Assumed Business and Ceded Business relates to financial guaranty business,
except for a modest amount that relates to AGRO's specialty business. The Company historically entered into, and with respect
to new business originated by AGRO continues to enter into, ceded reinsurance contracts in order to obtain greater business
diversification and reduce the net potential loss from large risks.
Accounting Policy
For business assumed and ceded, the accounting model of the underlying direct financial guaranty contract dictates the
accounting model used for the reinsurance contract (except for those eliminated as FG VIEs). For any assumed or ceded
financial guaranty insurance premiums and losses, the accounting models described in Note 7, Contracts Accounted for as
Insurance, are followed. For any assumed or ceded credit derivative contracts, the accounting model in Note 11, Contracts
Accounted for as Credit Derivatives, is followed.
Financial Guaranty Business
The Company’s facultative and treaty assumed agreements with the Legacy Monoline Insurers are generally subject to
termination at the option of the ceding company:
•
•
•
if the Company fails to meet certain financial and regulatory criteria;
if the Company fails to maintain a specified minimum financial strength rating; or
upon certain changes of control of the Company.
203
Upon termination due to one of the above events, the Company typically would be required to return to the ceding
company unearned premiums (net of ceding commissions) and loss reserves, calculated on a U.S. statutory basis, attributable to
the Assumed Business (plus in certain cases, an additional required amount), after which the Company would be released from
liability with respect to such business.
As of December 31, 2019, if each third party company ceding business to any of the Company's insurance subsidiaries
had a right to recapture such business, and chose to exercise such right, the aggregate amounts that AG Re and AGC could be
required to pay to all such companies would be approximately $40 million and $287 million, respectively.
The Company has ceded financial guaranty business to non-affiliated companies to limit its exposure to risk. The
Company remains primarily liable for all risks it directly underwrites and is required to pay all gross claims. It then seeks
reimbursement from the reinsurer for its proportionate share of claims. The Company may be exposed to risk for this exposure
if it were required to pay the gross claims and not be able to collect ceded claims from an assuming company experiencing
financial distress. The Company’s ceded contracts generally allow the Company to recapture ceded financial guaranty business
after certain triggering events, such as reinsurer downgrades.
Specialty Business
The Company, through AGRO, assumes specialty business from third party insurers (Assumed Specialty Business). It
also cedes and retrocedes some of its specialty business to third party reinsurers. A downgrade of AGRO’s financial strength
rating by S&P below “A” would require AGRO to post, as of December 31, 2019, an estimated $0.1 million of collateral in
respect of certain of its Assumed Specialty Business. A further downgrade of AGRO’s S&P rating below A- would give the
company ceding such business the right to recapture the business for AGRO’s collateral amount, and, if also accompanied by a
downgrade of AGRO's financial strength rating by A.M. Best Company, Inc. below A-, would also require AGRO to post, as of
December 31, 2019, an estimated $14 million of collateral in respect of a different portion of AGRO’s Assumed Specialty
Business. AGRO’s ceded/retroceded contracts generally have equivalent provisions requiring the assuming reinsurer to post
collateral and/or allowing AGRO to recapture the ceded/retroceded business upon certain triggering events, such as reinsurer
rating downgrades.
204
Effect of Reinsurance
The following table presents the components of premiums and losses reported in the consolidated statements of
operations and the contribution of the Company's Assumed and Ceded Businesses (both financial guaranty and specialty).
Effect of Reinsurance on Statement of Operations
Premiums Written:
Direct
Assumed
Ceded (1)
Net
Premiums Earned:
Direct
Assumed
Ceded
Net
Loss and LAE:
Direct
Assumed
Ceded
Net
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
$
$
$
$
663
$
14
10
687
429
54
(7)
476
101
2
(10)
93
$
$
$
$
$
288
324
14
626
509
51
(12)
548
68
(1)
(3)
64
$
$
$
$
$
$
297
10
18
325
693
27
(30)
690
404
11
(27)
388
____________________
(1)
Positive ceded premiums written were due to commutations and changes in expected debt service schedules.
Ceded Reinsurance (1)
Ceded premium payable, net of commissions
Ceded expected loss to be recovered (paid)
Financial guaranty ceded par outstanding (2)
Specialty ceded exposure (see Note 5)
$
As of December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
$
20
11
1,349
303
26
14
2,389
239
____________________
(1)
The total collateral posted by all non-affiliated reinsurers required to post, or that had agreed to post, collateral as of
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 was approximately $68 million and $80 million, respectively. Such
collateral is posted (i) in the case of certain reinsurers not authorized or "accredited" in the U.S., in order for the
Company to receive credit for the liabilities ceded to such reinsurers in statutory financial statements, and (ii) in the
case of certain reinsurers authorized in the U.S., on terms negotiated with the Company.
(2)
Of the total par ceded to unrated or BIG rated reinsurers, $224 million and $236 million is rated BIG as of
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
In accordance with U.S. statutory accounting requirements and U.S. insurance laws and regulations, in order for the
Company to receive credit for liabilities ceded to reinsurers domiciled outside of the U.S., such reinsurers must secure their
liabilities to the Company. These reinsurers are required to post collateral for the benefit of the Company in an amount at least
equal to the sum of their ceded unearned premium reserve, loss reserves and contingency reserves all calculated on a statutory
basis of accounting. In addition, certain authorized reinsurers post collateral on terms negotiated with the Company.
205
Commutations
Commutations of Ceded Reinsurance Contracts
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
Increase in net unearned premium reserve
$
15
$
64
$
Increase in net par outstanding
Commutation gains (losses)
Excess of Loss Reinsurance Facility
1,069
1
1,457
(16)
82
5,107
328
Effective January 1, 2018, AGC, AGM and MAC entered into a $400 million aggregate excess of loss reinsurance
facility of which $180 million was placed with an unaffiliated reinsurer. This facility covered losses occurring from January 1,
2018 through December 31, 2025, and terminated on January 1, 2020, after AGC, AGM and MAC chose not to extend it. The
facility covered certain U.S. public finance exposures insured or reinsured by AGC, AGM and MAC as of September 30, 2017,
excluding exposures that were rated below investment grade as of December 31, 2017 by Moody’s or S&P or internally by
AGC, AGM or MAC and was subject to certain per credit limits. Among the exposures excluded were those associated with the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and its related authorities and public corporations. AGC, AGM and MAC paid approximately
$3.2 million of premiums in 2018 for the term January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018 and approximately $3.2 million of
premiums in 2019 for the term January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019.
9.
Fair Value Measurement
The Company carries a significant portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price
that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date (i.e., exit price). The price represents the price available in the principal market for the asset or liability. If
there is no principal market, then the price is based on a hypothetical market that maximizes the value received for an asset or
minimizes the amount paid for a liability (i.e., the most advantageous market).
Fair value is based on quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is
based on either internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, market-based or independently sourced market
parameters, including but not limited to yield curves, interest rates and debt prices or with the assistance of an independent
third-party using a discounted cash flow approach and the third party’s proprietary pricing models. In addition to market
information, models also incorporate transaction details, such as maturity of the instrument and contractual features designed to
reduce the Company’s credit exposure, such as collateral rights as applicable.
Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments
include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Company’s creditworthiness and constraints on liquidity. As markets
and products develop and the pricing for certain products becomes more or less transparent, the Company may refine its
methodologies and assumptions. During 2019, no changes were made to the Company’s valuation models that had or are
expected to have, a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets or statements of operations and
comprehensive income.
The Company’s methods for calculating fair value produce a fair value that may not be indicative of net realizable
value or reflective of future fair values. The use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value of certain
financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
The categorization within the fair value hierarchy is determined based on whether the inputs to valuation techniques
used to measure fair value are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent
sources, while unobservable inputs reflect Company estimates of market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes
model inputs into three broad levels as follows, with Level 1 being the highest and Level 3 the lowest. An asset's or liability’s
categorization is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation.
Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. The Company generally defines an active market
as a market in which trading occurs at significant volumes. Active markets generally are more liquid and have a lower bid-ask
spread than an inactive market.
206
Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in
markets that are not active; and observable inputs other than quoted prices, such as interest rates or yield curves and other
inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market inputs.
Level 3—Model derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are
unobservable. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted
cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. Level 3
financial instruments also include those for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or
estimation.
There was a transfer of a fixed-maturity security from Level 2 into Level 3 during 2019. There were no other transfers
into or from Level 3 during the periods presented.
Carried at Fair Value
Fixed-Maturity Securities and Short-Term Investments
The fair value of fixed-maturity securities in the investment portfolio is generally based on prices received from third-
party pricing services or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. The pricing services prepare
estimates of fair value using their pricing models, which take into account: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer
quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, reference data, industry and economic events and
sector groupings. Additional valuation factors that can be taken into account are nominal spreads and liquidity adjustments. The
pricing services evaluate each asset class based on relevant market and credit information, perceived market movements, and
sector news.
Benchmark yields have in many cases taken priority over reported trades for securities that trade less frequently or
those that are distressed trades, and therefore may not be indicative of the market. The extent of the use of each input is
dependent on the asset class and the market conditions. The valuation of fixed-maturity investments is more subjective when
markets are less liquid due to the lack of market based inputs.
Short-term investments that are traded in active markets are classified within Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy as
their value is based on quoted market prices. Securities such as discount notes are classified within Level 2 because these
securities are typically not actively traded due to their approaching maturity and, as such, their cost approximates fair value.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company used models to price 129 securities, including securities that were purchased
or obtained for loss mitigation or other risk management purposes, with a Level 3 fair value of $1,114 million. Most Level 3
securities were priced with the assistance of an independent third-party. The pricing is based on a discounted cash flow
approach using the third-party’s proprietary pricing models. The models use inputs such as projected prepayment speeds;
severity assumptions; recovery lag assumptions; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral
attributes, historical collateral performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit
quality); home price appreciation/depreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts and recent trading activity. The yield
used to discount the projected cash flows is determined by reviewing various attributes of the security including collateral type,
weighted average life, sensitivity to losses, vintage, and convexity, in conjunction with market data on comparable securities.
Significant changes to any of these inputs could have materially changed the expected timing of cash flows within these
securities which is a significant factor in determining the fair value of the securities.
Other Assets
Committed Capital Securities
The fair value of CCS, which is recorded in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets, represents the difference
between the present value of remaining expected put option premium payments under AGC’s CCS and AGM’s Committed
Preferred Trust Securities (the AGM CPS) agreements, and the estimated present value that the Company would hypothetically
have to pay currently for a comparable security (see Note 15, Long Term Debt and Credit Facilities). The change in fair value
of the AGC CCS and AGM CPS are recorded in other income in the consolidated statement of operations. Fair value changes
on CCS recorded in other income were losses of $22 million and $2 million in 2019 and 2017, respectively, and gains of $14
million in 2018. The estimated current cost of the Company’s CCS is based on several factors, including AGM and AGC CDS
spreads, LIBOR curve projections, the Company's publicly traded debt and the term the securities are estimated to remain
outstanding. The AGC CCS and AGM CPS are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
207
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans
The Company classifies the fair value measurement of the assets of the Company's various supplemental executive
retirement plans as either Level 1 or Level 2. The fair value of these assets is valued based on the observable published daily
values of the underlying mutual fund included in the plans (Level 1) or based upon the net asset value (NAV) of the funds if a
published daily value is not available (Level 2). The NAVs are based on observable information. Change in fair value of these
assets is recorded in other operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.
Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives
The Company’s credit derivatives primarily consist of insured CDS contracts, and also include interest rate swaps that
qualify as derivatives under GAAP, which requires fair value measurement with changes recorded in the statement of
operations. The Company did not enter into CDS with the intent to trade these contracts and the Company may not unilaterally
terminate a CDS contract absent an event of default or termination event that entitles the Company to terminate such contracts;
however, the Company has mutually agreed with various counterparties to terminate certain CDS transactions. In transactions
where the counterparty does not have the right to terminate, such transactions are generally terminated for an amount that
approximates the present value of future premiums or for a negotiated amount, rather than at fair value.
The terms of the Company’s CDS contracts differ from more standardized credit derivative contracts sold by
companies outside the financial guaranty industry. The non-standard terms generally include the absence of collateral support
agreements or immediate settlement provisions. In addition, the Company employs relatively high attachment points and does
not exit derivatives it sells, except under specific circumstances such as mutual agreements with counterparties. Management
considers the non-standard terms of the Company's credit derivative contracts in determining the fair value of these contracts.
Due to the lack of quoted prices and other observable inputs for its instruments or for similar instruments, the
Company determines the fair value of its credit derivative contracts primarily through internally developed, proprietary models
that use both observable and unobservable market data inputs. There is no established market where financial guaranty insured
credit derivatives are actively traded; therefore, management has determined that the exit market for the Company’s credit
derivatives is a hypothetical one based on its entry market. These contracts are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy
as there are multiple unobservable inputs deemed significant to the valuation model, most importantly the Company’s estimate
of the value of the non-standard terms and conditions of its credit derivative contracts and how the Company’s own credit
spread affects the pricing of its transactions.
The fair value of the Company’s credit derivative contracts represents the difference between the present value of
remaining premiums the Company expects to receive and the estimated present value of premiums that a financial guarantor of
comparable credit-worthiness would hypothetically charge at the reporting date for the same protection. The fair value of the
Company’s credit derivatives depends on a number of factors, including notional amount of the contract, expected term, credit
spreads, changes in interest rates, the credit ratings of referenced entities, the Company’s own credit risk and remaining
contractual cash flows. The expected remaining contractual premium cash flows are the most readily observable inputs since
they are based on the CDS contractual terms. Credit spreads capture the effect of recovery rates and performance of underlying
assets of these contracts, among other factors. Consistent with previous years, market conditions at December 31, 2019 were
such that market prices of the Company’s CDS contracts were not available.
Assumptions and Inputs
The various inputs and assumptions that are key to the establishment of the Company’s fair value for CDS contracts
are as follows: the gross spread, the allocation of gross spread among the bank profit, net spread and hedge cost, and the
weighted average life which is based on debt service schedules. The Company obtains gross spreads on its outstanding
contracts from market data sources published by third parties (e.g., dealer spread tables for the collateral similar to assets within
the Company’s transactions), as well as collateral-specific spreads provided or obtained from market sources. The bank profit
represents the profit the originator, usually an investment bank, realizes for structuring and funding the transaction; the net
spread represents the premiums paid to the Company for the Company’s credit protection provided; and the hedge cost
represents the cost of CDS protection purchased by the originator to hedge its counterparty credit risk exposure to the
Company.
With respect to CDS transactions for which there is an expected claim payment within the next twelve months, the
allocation of gross spread reflects a higher allocation to the cost of credit rather than the bank profit component. It is assumed
208
that a bank would be willing to accept a lower profit on distressed transactions in order to remove these transactions from its
financial statements.
Market sources determine credit spreads by reviewing new issuance pricing for specific asset classes and receiving
price quotes from their trading desks for the specific asset in question. Management validates these quotes by cross-referencing
quotes received from one market source against quotes received from another market source to ensure reasonableness. In
addition, the Company compares the relative change in price quotes received from one quarter to another, with the relative
change experienced by published market indices for a specific asset class. Collateral specific spreads obtained from third-party,
independent market sources are un-published spread quotes from market participants or market traders who are not trustees.
Management obtains this information as the result of direct communication with these sources as part of the valuation process.
The following spread hierarchy is utilized in determining which source of gross spread to use.
•
•
•
•
Actual collateral specific credit spreads (if up-to-date and reliable market-based spreads are available).
Transactions priced or closed during a specific quarter within a specific asset class and specific rating.
Credit spreads interpolated based upon market indices adjusted to reflect the non-standard terms of the Company's
CDS contracts.
Credit spreads extrapolated based upon transactions of similar asset classes, similar ratings, and similar time to
maturity.
The rates used to discount future expected premium cash flows ranged from 1.69% to 2.08% at December 31, 2019
and 2.47% to 2.89% at December 31, 2018.
The premium the Company receives is referred to as the “net spread.” The Company’s pricing model takes into
account not only how credit spreads on risks that it assumes affect pricing, but also how the Company’s own credit spread
affects the pricing of its transactions. The Company’s own credit risk is factored into the determination of net spread based on
the impact of changes in the quoted market price for credit protection bought on the Company, as reflected by quoted market
prices on CDS referencing AGC. For credit spreads on the Company’s name the Company obtains the quoted price of CDS
contracts traded on AGC from market data sources published by third parties. The cost to acquire CDS protection referencing
AGC affects the amount of spread on CDS transactions that the Company retains and, hence, their fair value. As the cost to
acquire CDS protection referencing AGC increases, the amount of premium the Company retains on a transaction generally
decreases. Due to the relatively low volume and characteristics of CDS contracts remaining in AGM's portfolio, changes in
AGM's credit spreads do not significantly affect the fair value of these CDS contracts.
In the Company’s valuation model, the premium the Company captures is not permitted to go below the minimum rate
that the Company would currently charge to assume similar risks. This assumption can have the effect of mitigating the amount
of unrealized gains that are recognized on certain CDS contracts. Given market conditions and the Company’s own credit
spreads, approximately 17% based on fair value, of the Company's CDS contracts were fair valued using this minimum
premium as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2019, the corresponding number was de minimis. The percentage of
transactions that price using the minimum premiums fluctuates due to changes in AGC's credit spreads. In general, when AGC's
credit spreads narrow, the cost to hedge AGC's name declines and more transactions price above previously established floor
levels. Meanwhile, when AGC's credit spreads widen, the cost to hedge AGC's name increases causing more transactions to
price at established floor levels. The Company corroborates the assumptions in its fair value model, including the portion of
exposure to AGC hedged by its counterparties, with independent third parties periodically. The implied credit risk of AGC,
indicated by the trading level of AGC’s own credit spread, is a significant factor in the amount of exposure to AGC that a bank
or transaction hedges. When AGC's credit spreads widen, the hedging cost of a bank or originator increases. Higher hedging
costs reduce the amount of contractual cash flows AGC can capture as premium for selling its protection, while lower hedging
costs increase the amount of contractual cash flows AGC can capture.
The amount of premium a financial guaranty insurance market participant can demand is inversely related to the cost
of credit protection on the insurance company as measured by market credit spreads assuming all other assumptions remain
constant. This is because the buyers of credit protection typically hedge a portion of their risk to the financial guarantor, due to
the fact that the contractual terms of the Company's contracts typically do not require the posting of collateral by the guarantor.
The extent of the hedge depends on the types of instruments insured and the current market conditions.
A credit derivative liability on protection sold is the result of contractual cash inflows on in-force transactions that are
less than what a hypothetical financial guarantor could receive if it sold protection on the same risk as of the reporting date. If
209
the Company were able to freely exchange these contracts (i.e., assuming its contracts did not contain proscriptions on transfer
and there was a viable exchange market), it would realize a loss representing the difference between the lower contractual
premiums to which it is entitled and the current market premiums for a similar contract. The Company determines the fair value
of its CDS contracts by applying the difference between the current net spread and the contractual net spread for the remaining
duration of each contract to the notional value of its CDS contracts and taking the present value of such amounts discounted at
the LIBOR corresponding to the weighted average remaining life of the contract.
Strengths and Weaknesses of Model
The Company’s credit derivative valuation model, like any financial model, has certain strengths and weaknesses.
The primary strengths of the Company’s CDS modeling techniques are:
•
•
•
The model takes into account the transaction structure and the key drivers of market value.
The model maximizes the use of market-driven inputs whenever they are available.
The model is a consistent approach to valuing positions.
The primary weaknesses of the Company’s CDS modeling techniques are:
•
•
•
•
There is no exit market or any actual exit transactions; therefore, the Company’s exit market is a hypothetical one
based on the Company’s entry market.
There is a very limited market in which to validate the reasonableness of the fair values developed by the
Company’s model.
The markets for the inputs to the model are highly illiquid, which impacts their reliability.
Due to the non-standard terms under which the Company enters into derivative contracts, the fair value of its
credit derivatives may not reflect the same prices observed in an actively traded market of credit derivatives that
do not contain terms and conditions similar to those observed in the financial guaranty market.
Fair Value Option on FG VIEs’ Assets and Liabilities
The Company elected the fair value option for all the FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities and classifies them as Level 3 in
the fair value hierarchy. The prices are generally determined with the assistance of an independent third party, based on a
discounted cash flow approach. The net change in the fair value of consolidated FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities is recorded in
"fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs" in the consolidated statements of operations, except for change in fair value of FG VIEs’
liabilities with recourse caused by changes in instrument-specific credit risk (ISCR) which is separately presented in OCI.
Interest income and interest expense are derived from the trustee reports and also included in "fair value gains (losses) on FG
VIEs." The FG VIEs issued securities collateralized by first lien and second lien RMBS as well as loans and receivables.
The fair value of the Company’s FG VIEs’ assets is generally sensitive to changes in estimated prepayment speeds;
estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes such as: historical collateral performance,
borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); yields implied by market prices for
similar securities; and house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts. Significant changes to
some of these inputs could have materially changed the market value of the FG VIEs’ assets and the implied collateral losses
within the transaction. In general, the fair value of the FG VIEs’ assets is most sensitive to changes in the projected collateral
losses, where an increase in collateral losses typically could lead to a decrease in the fair value of FG VIEs’ assets, while a
decrease in collateral losses typically leads to an increase in the fair value of FG VIEs’ assets. The third-party utilizes an
internal model to determine an appropriate yield at which to discount the cash flows of the security, by factoring in collateral
types, weighted-average lives, and other structural attributes specific to the security being priced. The expected yield is further
calibrated by utilizing algorithms designed to aggregate market color, received by the independent third-party, on comparable
bonds.
The models used to price the FG VIEs’ liabilities generally apply the same inputs used in determining fair value of FG
VIEs’ assets. For those liabilities insured by the Company, the benefit of the Company's insurance policy guaranteeing the
timely payment of principal and interest is also taken into account.
210
Significant changes to any of the inputs described above could have materially changed the timing of expected losses
within the insured transaction which is a significant factor in determining the implied benefit of the Company’s insurance
policy guaranteeing the timely payment of principal and interest for the insured tranches of debt issued by the FG VIEs. In
general, extending the timing of expected loss payments by the Company into the future typically could lead to a decrease in
the value of the Company’s insurance and a decrease in the fair value of the Company’s FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse,
while a shortening of the timing of expected loss payments by the Company typically could lead to an increase in the value of
the Company’s insurance and an increase in the fair value of the Company’s FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse.
Assets and Liabilities of Consolidated Investment Vehicles
Due to the fact that BlueMountain manages and the Insurance segment has an investment in certain Assured
Investment Management funds, the Company consolidated one Assured Investment Management managed CLO and three
Assured Investment Management funds (collectively, the consolidated investment vehicles). The consolidated Assured
Investment Management funds are: AHP Capital Solutions, LP (AHP), AIM Asset Backed Income Fund (US) L.P. (ABIF) and a
BlueMountain CLO Warehouse Fund (US) L.P. (CLO Warehouse Fund). CLO Warehouse Fund invested in BlueMountain
CLO XXVI Ltd. (CLO XXVI). All four consolidated investment vehicles are accounted for at fair value. See Note 14, Variable
Interest Entities.
AHP and ABIF are investment companies, subject to the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC)
946, Financial Services — Investment Companies.
CLO XXVI is a collateralized financing entity (CFE) under ASC 810, Consolidation, and has elected to measure
assets and liabilities using the fair value of its assets, which are more observable. The financial assets of CLO XXVI are all
Level 2 assets, and therefore more observable than the fair value of the financial liabilities of CLO XXVI, which are all Level 3
liabilities. As a result, the financial assets of CLO XXVI are measured at fair value and the financial liabilities of CLO XXVI
are measured as: (1) the sum of the fair value of the financial assets, and the carrying value of any nonfinancial assets held
temporarily, less (2) the sum of the fair value of any beneficial interests retained by the Company (other than those that
represent compensation for services), and the Company’s carrying value of any beneficial interests that represent compensation
for services. The resulting amount is allocated to the individual financial liabilities (other than the beneficial interests retained
by the Company).
Investments of consolidated investment vehicles which are not listed or quoted on an exchange, but are traded over-
the-counter, or are listed on an exchange which have no reported sales, are valued at their fair value as determined by the
Company, after giving consideration to third party data generally at the average between the offer and bid prices. These fair
values are generally based on dealer quotes, indications of value or pricing models that consider the time value of money, the
current market, contractual prices and potential volatilities of the underlying financial instruments. Inputs are used in applying
the various valuation techniques and broadly refer to the current assumptions that market participants use to make valuation
decisions, including assumptions about risk. Inputs may include dealer price quotations, yield curves, credit curves, forward/
CDS/index spreads, prepayments rates, strike and expiry dates, volatility statistics and other factors.
Assets in consolidated Assured Investment Management funds that are carried at fair value primarily consist of
corporate loans and other investments. Assets supporting CLO XXVI are Level 2 and all other assets of consolidated
investment vehicles are Level 3. Liabilities include various tranches of CLO debt and classified as Level 3 in the fair value
hierarchy. Significant changes to any of the inputs described above could have a material effect the fair value of the
consolidated assets and liabilities.
211
Amounts recorded at fair value in the Company’s financial statements are presented in the tables below.
Fair Value Hierarchy of Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value
As of December 31, 2019
Assets:
Investment portfolio, available-for-sale:
Fixed-maturity securities
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
U.S. government and agencies
Corporate securities
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS)
Asset-backed securities
Non-U.S. government securities
Total fixed-maturity securities
Short-term investments
Other invested assets (1)
FG VIEs’ assets, at fair value
Assets of consolidated investment vehicles
Other assets
Total assets carried at fair value
Liabilities:
Credit derivative liabilities
FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse, at fair value
FG VIEs’ liabilities without recourse, at fair value
Liabilities of consolidated investment vehicles
Total liabilities carried at fair value
$
$
$
$
Fair Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Fair Value Hierarchy
(in millions)
4,340
147
2,221
775
419
720
232
8,854
1,268
6
442
558
135
11,263
191
367
102
481
1,141
$
$
$
$
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,061
—
—
—
32
1,093
$
4,233
147
2,180
467
419
62
232
7,740
207
—
—
494
45
8,486
$
$
— $
— $
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
— $
107
—
41
308
—
658
—
1,114
—
6
442
64
58
1,684
191
367
102
481
1,141
212
Fair Value Hierarchy of Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value
As of December 31, 2018
Assets:
Investment portfolio, available-for-sale:
Fixed-maturity securities
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
U.S. government and agencies
Corporate securities
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
CMBS
Asset-backed securities
Non-U.S. government securities
Total fixed-maturity securities
Short-term investments
Other invested assets (1)
FG VIEs’ assets, at fair value
Other assets
Total assets carried at fair value
Liabilities:
Credit derivative liabilities
FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse, at fair value
FG VIEs’ liabilities without recourse, at fair value
Total liabilities carried at fair value
Fair Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Fair Value Hierarchy
(in millions)
$
$
$
$
$
4,911
175
2,136
— $
—
—
982
539
1,068
278
10,089
729
7
569
139
11,533
209
517
102
828
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
429
—
—
25
454
$
— $
—
—
— $
4,812
175
2,080
673
539
121
278
8,678
300
—
—
38
9,016
$
$
— $
—
—
— $
99
—
56
309
—
947
—
1,411
—
7
569
76
2,063
209
517
102
828
____________________
(1)
Includes Level 3 mortgage loans that are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
213
Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
The tables below present a roll forward of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments carried at fair value on a
recurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Rollforward of Level 3 Assets
At Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Fixed-Maturity Securities
Obligations
of State and
Political
Subdivisions
Corporate
Securities
RMBS
FG VIEs’
Assets at
Fair
Value
Assets of
Consolidated
Investment
Vehicles
Other
(7)
Asset-
Backed
Securities
(in millions)
Fair value as of December 31,
2018
$
Total pretax realized and
unrealized gains/(losses)
recorded in:
99
$
56
$
309
$
947
$
569
$
—
$
77
Net income (loss)
6 (1)
(8) (1)
17 (1)
58 (1)
68 (2)
— (4)
(22) (3)
Other comprehensive income
(loss)
Purchases
Sales
Settlements
VIE consolidations
VIE deconsolidations
Transfers into Level 3
Fair value as of
December 31, 2019
Change in unrealized gains/
(losses) included in earnings
related to financial
instruments held as of
December 31, 2019
Change in unrealized gains/
(losses) included in OCI
related to financial
instruments held as of
December 31, 2019
(1)
6
—
(3)
—
—
—
$
107
$
(7)
—
—
—
—
—
—
41
25
11
—
(54)
—
—
—
(91)
20
(29)
(248)
—
—
1
—
—
(51)
(139)
6
(11)
—
$
308
$
658
$
442
$
—
64
—
—
—
—
—
64
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
55
$
$
77 (2) $
— (4) $
(22) (3)
$
—
$
(7)
$
25
$
15
214
Rollforward of Level 3 Liabilities
At Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Credit
Derivative
Asset
(Liability),
net (5)
FG VIEs’ Liabilities, at Fair Value
With Recourse
Without
Recourse
(in millions)
Liabilities of
Consolidated
Investment
Vehicles
Fair value as of December 31, 2018
$
(207)
$
(517)
$
(102)
$
—
Total pretax realized and unrealized gains/(losses)
recorded in:
Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Issuances
Settlements
VIE consolidations
VIE deconsolidations
Fair value as of December 31, 2019
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) included in earnings
related to financial instruments held as of December 31,
2019
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) included in OCI
related to financial instruments held as of December 31,
2019
$
$
(6) (6)
(32) (2)
(9) (2)
(9) (4)
—
—
28
—
—
5
—
173
(5)
9
—
—
8
(1)
2
—
(472)
—
—
—
(185)
$
(367)
$
(102)
$
(481)
3 (6) $
(31) (2) $
(17) (2) $
(9) (4)
$
5
215
Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
At Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Fixed-Maturity Securities
Obligations
of State and
Political
Subdivisions
Corporate
Securities
RMBS
Asset-
Backed
Securities
FG VIEs’
Assets at
Fair
Value
(in millions)
Credit
Derivative
Asset
(Liability),
net (5)
Other
(7)
FG VIEs’ Liabilities, at
Fair Value
With
Recourse
Without
Recourse
$
76
$
67
$ 334
$
787
$
700
$
64
$
(269)
$
(627)
$
(130)
3 (1)
(14) (1)
21 (1)
57 (1)
2 (2)
14 (3)
112 (6)
(1) (2)
4 (2)
18
4
—
(2)
—
99
$
3
—
—
—
—
56
(17)
35
—
(64)
—
(40)
189
—
(46)
—
—
—
—
(116)
(17)
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
—
(68) (8)
18
—
2
—
—
108
1
—
—
—
8
16
$ 309
$
947
$
569
$
77
$
(207)
$
(517)
$
(102)
$
13 (2) $
14 (3) $
122 (6) $
1 (2) $
3 (2)
Fair value as of
December 31, 2017
Total pretax realized and
unrealized gains/(losses)
recorded in:
Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive
income (loss)
Purchases
Issuances
Settlements
FG VIE deconsolidations
Fair value as of
December 31, 2018
$
Change in unrealized gains/
(losses) included in earnings
related to financial
instruments held as of
December 31, 2018
Change in unrealized gains/
(losses) included in OCI
related to financial
instruments held as of
December 31, 2018
$
18
$
3
$ (14)
$
(38)
$ —
$
2
____________________
(1)
Included in net realized investment gains (losses) and net investment income.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Included in fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs.
Recorded in net investment income and other income.
Recorded in other income.
Represents the net position of credit derivatives. Credit derivative assets (recorded in other assets) and credit
derivative liabilities (presented as a separate line item) are shown as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated
balance sheet based on net exposure by counterparty.
Reported in net change in fair value of credit derivatives.
Includes CCS and other invested assets.
Relates to SGI Transaction. See Note 2, Business Combinations and Assumption of Insured Portfolio.
216
Level 3 Fair Value Disclosures
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Inputs
At December 31, 2019
Fair Value at
December 31, 2019
(in millions)
Significant Unobservable
Inputs
Range
Weighted
Average as a
Percentage of
Current Par
Outstanding
Financial Instrument Description
Assets (2):
Fixed-maturity securities (1):
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
$
Corporate securities
RMBS
Asset-backed securities:
Life insurance transactions
CLOs/Trust preferred securities
(TruPS)
Others
FG VIEs’ assets, at fair value (1)
Assets of consolidated investment
vehicles (3)
Other assets (1)
107
41
308
350
256
52
442
Yield
Yield
CPR
CDR
Loss severity
Yield
Yield
Yield
Yield
CPR
CDR
Loss severity
Yield
64
Discount rate
Market multiple -
enterprise/revenue
value
4.5% - 31.1%
8.5%
35.9%
2.0% - 15.0%
1.5% - 7.0%
40.0% - 125.0%
3.7% - 6.1%
5.8%
2.5% - 4.1%
2.3% - 9.4%
0.1% - 18.6%
1.2% - 24.7%
40.0% - 100.0%
3.0% - 8.4%
16.0% - 28.0%
0.5x - 6.7x
6.3%
4.9%
78.8%
4.8%
2.9%
9.3%
8.6%
4.9%
76.1%
5.2%
21%
Yield
12.5%
52
Implied Yield
Term (years)
5.1% - 5.8%
10 years
5.5%
217
Financial Instrument Description(1)
Liabilities:
Fair Value at
December 31, 2019
(in millions)
Significant Unobservable
Inputs
Range
Credit derivative liabilities, net
$
(185) Year 1 loss estimates
0.0% - 46.0%
FG VIEs’ liabilities, at fair value
(469)
Hedge cost (in basis
points (bps))
5.0 - 31.0
Bank profit (in bps)
51.0 - 212.0
Internal floor (in bps)
30.0
Internal credit rating
AAA - CCC
CPR
CDR
Loss severity
Yield
0.1% - 18.6%
1.2% - 24.7%
40.0% - 100.0%
2.7% - 8.4%
Weighted
Average as a
Percentage of
Current Par
Outstanding
1.3%
11.0
76.0
AA-
8.6%
4.9%
76.1%
4.2%
Liabilities of consolidated investment
vehicles:
CLO obligations
(481)
Yield
10.0%
____________________
(1)
Discounted cash flow is used as the primary valuation technique.
(2)
(3)
Excludes several investments recorded in other invested assets with fair value of $6 million.
The primary inputs to the valuation are recent market transaction prices, supported by market multiples and yields/
discount rates.
218
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Inputs
At December 31, 2018
Fair Value at
December 31, 2018
(in millions)
Significant Unobservable
Inputs
Range
Weighted
Average as a
Percentage of
Current Par
Outstanding
Financial Instrument Description(1)
Assets (liabilities) (2):
Fixed-maturity securities :
4.5% - 32.7%
12.0%
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
$
Corporate securities
RMBS
Asset-backed securities:
Life insurance transactions
CLOs/TruPS
Others
FG VIEs’ assets, at fair value
Other assets
99
56
309
620
274
53
569
Yield
Yield
CPR
CDR
Loss severity
Yield
Yield
Yield
Yield
CPR
CDR
Loss severity
Yield
74
Implied Yield
Term (years)
29.5%
3.4% - 19.4%
1.5% - 6.9%
40.0% - 125.0%
5.3% - 8.1%
6.5% - 7.1%
3.8% - 4.7%
11.5%
0.9% - 18.1%
1.3% - 23.7%
60.0% - 100.0%
5.0% - 10.2%
6.6% - 7.2%
10 years
Credit derivative liabilities, net
(207) Year 1 loss estimates
0.0% - 66.0%
FG VIEs’ liabilities, at fair value
(619)
Hedge cost (in bps)
Bank profit (in bps)
Internal floor (in bps)
5.5 - 82.5
7.2 - 509.9
8.8 - 30.0
Internal credit rating
AAA - CCC
CPR
CDR
Loss severity
Yield
0.9% - 18.1%
1.3% - 23.7%
60.0% - 100.0%
5.0% - 10.2%
____________________
(1)
Discounted cash flow is used as the primary valuation technique for all financial instruments listed in this table.
(2)
Excludes several investments recorded in other invested assets with fair value of $7 million.
219
6.2%
5.2%
82.7%
6.3%
6.8%
4.3%
9.3%
5.1%
79.8%
7.1%
6.9%
2.2%
23.3
77.3
19.0
AA-
9.3%
5.1%
79.8%
5.6%
Not Carried at Fair Value
Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts
Fair value is based on management’s estimate of what a similarly rated financial guaranty insurance company would
demand to acquire the Company’s in-force book of financial guaranty insurance business. It is based on a variety of factors that
may include pricing assumptions management has observed for portfolio transfers, commutations, and acquisitions that have
occurred in the financial guaranty market, as well as prices observed in the credit derivative market with an adjustment for
illiquidity so that the terms would be similar to a financial guaranty insurance contract, and also includes adjustments for
stressed losses, ceding commissions and return on capital. The Company classified the fair value of financial guaranty
insurance contracts as Level 3.
Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt issued by AGUS and AGMH is valued by broker-dealers using third party independent pricing sources
and standard market conventions and classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The market conventions utilize market
quotations, market transactions for the Company’s comparable instruments, and to a lesser extent, similar instruments in the
broader insurance industry. The fair value of notes payable was determined by calculating the present value of the expected
cash flows, and was classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments not carried at fair value are
presented in the following table.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Assets (liabilities):
Other invested assets
Other assets (1)
Financial guaranty insurance contracts (2)
Long-term debt
Other liabilities (1)
$
$
1
97
(2,714)
(1,235)
(14)
(in millions)
$
2
97
(4,013)
(1,573)
(14)
$
1
130
(3,240)
(1,233)
(12)
2
130
(5,932)
(1,496)
(12)
____________________
(1)
The Company's other assets and other liabilities consist predominantly of: accrued interest, management fees
receivables, receivables for securities sold and payables for securities purchased, for which the carrying value
approximates fair value, and a promissory note receivable.
(2)
Carrying amount includes the assets and liabilities related to financial guaranty insurance contract premiums, losses,
and salvage and subrogation and other recoverables net of reinsurance.
220
10.
Investments and Cash
The amounts and descriptions in the note relate to the Company's investments and cash other than those of the
consolidated investment vehicles described in Note 14, Variable interest Entities.
Accounting Policy
The vast majority of the Company's investment portfolio consists of fixed-maturity and short-term investments,
classified as available-for-sale at the time of purchase (approximately 98.8% based on fair value as of December 31, 2019), and
therefore carried at fair value. Changes in fair value for other-than-temporarily-impaired securities are bifurcated between
credit losses and non-credit changes in fair value. The credit loss on other-than-temporarily-impaired securities is recorded in
the statement of operations and the non-credit component of the change in fair value of securities is recorded in OCI. For
securities in an unrealized loss position where the Company has the intent to sell or it is more-likely-than-not that it will be
required to sell the security before recovery, the entire impairment loss (i.e., the difference between the security's fair value and
its amortized cost) is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Credit losses reduce the amortized cost of impaired
securities. The amortized cost basis is adjusted for accretion and amortization (using the effective interest method) with a
corresponding entry recorded in net investment income.
Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined using the specific identification method. Realized
loss includes amounts recorded for other-than-temporary impairments (OTTI) on debt securities and the declines in fair value
of securities for which the Company has the intent to sell the security or inability to hold until recovery of amortized cost.
For mortgage backed securities, other than loss mitigation securities, and any other holdings for which there is
prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary. Any necessary adjustments due to changes in
effective yields and maturities are recognized in net investment income using the retrospective method.
Loss mitigation securities are generally purchased at a discount and are accounted for based on their underlying
investment type, excluding the effects of the Company’s insurance. Interest income on loss mitigation securities is recognized
on a level yield basis over the remaining life of the security.
Short-term investments, which are those investments with a maturity of less than one year at time of purchase, are
carried at fair value and include amounts deposited in money market funds.
Other invested assets primarily consist of equity method investments. The Company's equity method investments
primarily consist of an investment in a renewable energy company, as well as investments in private equity funds and managed
account investment advisors. Changes in the value of equity method investments are recorded in the consolidated statements of
operations in "equity in earnings of investees." Other invested assets also includes other equity investments carried at fair value.
Up until December 31, 2017, the change in fair value of preferred stock investments and certain other equity investments was
recorded in OCI. Effective January 1, 2018, in accordance with ASU 2016-01, the change in fair value of these investments is
recorded in other income in the consolidated statements of operations. In addition, in accordance with ASU 2016-01, the
Company elected the new measurement alternative for equity securities that were accounted for under the cost method as of
December 31, 2017 because they did not have a readily determinable fair value. Effective January 1, 2018, these equity
securities are accounted at cost less any impairment, plus or minus the change resulting from observable price changes in
orderly transactions for identical or a similar investment of the same issuer in the consolidated statements of operations.
Cash consists of cash on hand and demand deposits. As a result of the lag in reporting FG VIEs, cash and short-term
investments do not reflect cash outflow to the holders of the debt issued by the FG VIEs for claim payments made by the
Company's insurance subsidiaries to the consolidated FG VIEs until the subsequent reporting period.
Assessment for Other-Than Temporary Impairments
The Company has a formal review process to determine OTTI for securities in its investment portfolio where there is
no intent to sell and it is not more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery. Factors considered
when assessing impairment include:
•
•
a decline in the market value of a security by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at
least six months;
a decline in the market value of a security for a continuous period of 12 months;
221
•
•
•
•
•
recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies;
the financial condition of the applicable issuer;
whether loss of investment principal is anticipated;
the impact of foreign exchange rates; and
whether scheduled interest payments are past due.
The Company assesses the ability to recover the amortized cost by comparing the net present value of projected future
cash flows with the amortized cost of the security. If the security is in an unrealized loss position and its net present value is
less than the amortized cost of the investment, an OTTI is recorded. The net present value is calculated by discounting the
Company's estimate of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the debt security at the time of
purchase. The Company's estimates of projected future cash flows are driven by assumptions regarding probability of default
and estimates regarding timing and amount of recoveries associated with a default. The Company develops these estimates
using information based on historical experience, credit analysis and market observable data, such as industry analyst reports
and forecasts, sector credit ratings and other relevant data. For mortgage backed and asset backed securities, cash flow
estimates also include prepayment and other assumptions regarding the underlying collateral such as default rates, recoveries
and changes in value. The assumptions used in these projections require the use of significant management judgment. If
management's assessment changes in the future, the Company may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded
that the decline in value was temporary.
In addition to the factors noted above, the Company also seeks advice from its outside investment managers.
Net Investment Income and Equity Method Investment Earnings
Net investment income is a function of the yield that the Company earns on invested assets and the size of the
portfolio. Net investment income includes the income earned on fixed-maturity securities, short-term investments and other
invested assets, other than investments accounted for under the equity method, which are recorded in equity in earnings of
investees. The investment yield is a function of market interest rates at the time of investment as well as the type, credit quality
and maturity of the invested assets. Accrued investment income, which is recorded in other assets, was $79 million and $91
million as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
Net Investment Income
Income from securities managed by third parties
Income from internally managed securities (1)
Gross investment income
Investment expenses
Net investment income
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
273
114
387
(9)
378
$
$
297
107
404
(9)
395
$
$
298
128
426
(9)
417
____________________
(1)
Year ended December 31, 2017 included accretion on Zohar II Notes used as consideration for the MBIA UK
Acquisition. See Note 2, Business Combinations and Assumption of Insured Portfolio.
222
Realized Investment Gains (Losses)
The table below presents the components of net realized investment gains (losses).
Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)
Gross realized gains on available-for-sale securities (1)
Gross realized losses on available-for-sale securities
Net realized gains (losses) on other invested assets
OTTI:
Total OTTI
Less: portion of OTTI recognized in OCI
Net OTTI recognized in net income (loss) (2)
Net realized investment gains (losses) (3)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
63
(5)
(1)
(29)
6
(35)
22
$
$
$
20
(12)
(1)
(35)
4
(39)
(32) $
95
(12)
—
(33)
10
(43)
40
$
$
____________________
(1)
Year ended December 31, 2017 included a gain on Zohar II Notes used as consideration for the MBIA UK
Acquisition. See Note 2, Business Combinations and Assumption of Insured Portfolio.
(2)
(3)
Net OTTI recognized in net income for 2019, 2018 and 2017 was attributable to securities purchased for loss
mitigation and other risk management purposes and change in foreign exchange rates.
Includes foreign currency gains (losses) of $(15) million, $1 million and $18 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively.
The proceeds from sales of fixed-maturity securities classified as available-for-sale were $1,805 million, $1,180
million and $1,701 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The Company recorded a gain on change in fair value of equity securities in other income of $27 million for the year
ended December 31, 2018, which includes a gain of $31 million related to the Company's minority interest in the parent
company of TMC Bonds LLC, which it sold in 2018. The loss on change in fair value of equity securities for the year ended
December 31, 2019 was de minimis.
The following table presents the roll-forward of the credit losses on fixed-maturity securities for which the Company
has recognized an OTTI and for which unrealized loss was recognized in OCI.
Roll Forward of Credit Losses
in the Investment Portfolio
Balance, beginning of period
Additions for credit losses on securities for which an OTTI was not
previously recognized
Reductions for securities sold and other settlements
Additions for credit losses on securities for which an OTTI was
previously recognized
Balance, end of period
$
$
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
185
$
162
$
134
—
(15)
16
186
$
—
—
23
185
$
13
(4)
19
162
223
Investment Portfolio
As of December 31, 2019, the majority of the investment portfolio is managed by six outside managers (including
Wasmer, Schroeder & Company LLC, in which the Company has a minority interest). The Company has established detailed
guidelines regarding credit quality, exposure to a particular sector and exposure to a particular obligor within a sector. The
managed portfolio must maintain a minimum average rating of A+ by S&P or A1 by Moody's.
The investment portfolio tables shown below include assets managed both externally and internally. The internally
managed portfolio primarily consists of the Company's investments in securities for (i) loss mitigation purposes, (ii) other risk
management purposes and (iii) other alternative investments that the Company believes present an attractive investment
opportunity.
One of the Company's strategies for mitigating losses has been to purchase loss mitigation securities, at discounted
prices. The Company also holds other invested assets that were obtained or purchased as part of negotiated settlements with
insured counterparties or under the terms of the financial guaranties (other risk management assets).
Alternative investments include investing in both equity and debt securities. The Company has made minority
investments in investment managers as part of its strategy of participating in that market and has also made other unrelated
investments that it believes present attractive investment opportunities. In February 2017, the Company agreed to purchase up
to $100 million of limited partnership interests in a fund that invests in the equity of private equity managers of which $86
million of the commitment was not funded as of December 31, 2019. In December 2019, the Company invested in a limited
liability company that owns fuel cells.
The insurance subsidiaries currently intend to invest $500 million in Assured Investment Management funds plus
additional amounts in other accounts managed by Assured Investment Management. As of December 31, 2019, the Insurance
segment had committed capital to the three consolidated Assured Investment Management funds, of which $79 million has
been drawn and invested by the respective Assured Investment Management funds and $114 million on the commitment
remained outstanding. See Note 14. Variable Interest Entities. As of December 31, 2019, the uninvested portion is reflected in
short-term investments in the table below.
Investment Portfolio
Carrying Value
Fixed-maturity securities (1):
Externally managed
Internally managed
Short-term investments
Other invested assets-internally managed
Equity method investments
Other
Total
As of December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
$
$
7,978
876
1,268
111
7
10,240
$
$
8,909
1,180
729
47
8
10,873
____________________
(1)
8.6% and 10.8% of fixed-maturity securities are rated BIG as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018,
respectively.
224
Fixed-Maturity Securities and Short-Term Investments
by Security Type
As of December 31, 2019
Percent
of
Total(1)
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair
Value
(dollars in millions)
AOCI (2)
Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss) on
Securities
with
OTTI
Weighted
Average
Credit
Rating
(3)
42% $
4,036
$
305
$
1
23
—
8
4
7
2
87
13
137
2,137
745
402
684
230
8,371
1,268
10
103
37
17
38
7
517
—
(1) $
—
(19)
4,340
$
147
2,221
(7)
—
(2)
(5)
775
419
720
232
(34)
—
(34) $
8,854
1,268
10,122
$
40
—
(8)
8
—
16
3
59
—
59
AA-
AA+
A
A-
AAA
BB+
AA
A+
AAA
AA-
Security Type
Fixed-maturity securities:
Obligations of state and
political subdivisions
U.S. government and agencies
Corporate securities
Mortgage-backed
securities(4):
RMBS
CMBS
Asset-backed securities
Non-U.S. government
securities
Total fixed-maturity
securities
Short-term investments
Total investment portfolio
100% $
9,639
$
517
$
225
Fixed-Maturity Securities and Short-Term Investments
by Security Type
As of December 31, 2018
Percent
of
Total(1)
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair
Value
(dollars in millions)
AOCI
Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss) on
Securities
with
OTTI
Weighted
Average
Credit
Rating
(3)
45% $
2
20
$
4,761
167
2,175
9
5
9
3
93
7
999
542
942
298
9,884
729
10,613
$
168
9
13
17
4
131
2
344
—
344
$
$
(18) $
(1)
(52)
$
4,911
175
2,136
(34)
(7)
(5)
(22)
982
539
1,068
278
40
—
(4)
(15)
—
97
AA-
AA+
A
A-
AAA
BB
—
AA
(139)
—
(139) $
10,089
729
10,818
$
118
—
118
A+
AAA
A+
Security Type
Fixed-maturity securities:
Obligations of state and
political subdivisions
U.S. government and agencies
Corporate securities
Mortgage-backed
securities(4):
RMBS
CMBS
Asset-backed securities
Non-U.S. government
securities
Total fixed-maturity
securities
Short-term investments
Total investment portfolio
100% $
____________________
(1)
Based on amortized cost.
(2)
(3)
(4)
Accumulated OCI (AOCI).
Ratings represent the lower of the Moody’s and S&P classifications, except for bonds purchased for loss mitigation or
risk management strategies, which use internal ratings classifications. The Company’s portfolio primarily consists of
high-quality, liquid instruments.
U.S. government-agency obligations were approximately 42% of mortgage backed securities as of December 31, 2019
and 48% as of December 31, 2018, based on fair value.
The Company’s investment portfolio in tax-exempt and taxable municipal securities includes issuances by a wide
number of municipal authorities across the U.S. and its territories.
226
The following tables present the fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale portfolio of obligations of state and
political subdivisions as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 by state.
Fair Value of Available-for-Sale Portfolio of
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
As of December 31, 2019 (1)
State
General
Obligation
Local
General
Obligation
Revenue Bonds
Total Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
Average
Credit
Rating
68
6
23
52
8
18
71
38
11
30
71
396
$
$
70
46
122
69
3
53
—
4
10
—
172
549
$
$
$
$
(in millions)
380
408
287
181
233
125
115
95
92
69
915
2,900
$
518
460
432
302
244
196
186
137
113
99
1,158
3,845
$
$
457
431
404
284
229
182
171
128
104
94
1,080
3,564
A
AA
AA
AA
A+
A
AA
A+
AA-
AA
AA-
AA-
Fair Value of Available-for-Sale Portfolio of
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions
As of December 31, 2018 (1)
State
General
Obligation
Local
General
Obligation
Revenue Bonds
Total Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
Average
Credit
Rating
5
19
63
80
8
75
16
35
41
10
96
448
$
$
49
170
77
81
13
—
55
5
—
10
210
670
$
$
$
(in millions)
492
344
378
193
220
144
127
98
92
94
1,103
3,285
$
546
533
518
354
241
219
198
138
133
114
1,409
4,403
$
$
536
520
482
349
236
211
192
136
131
110
1,369
4,272
AA
AA
A
AA
A+
AA
A
A+
AA
AA-
AA-
AA-
State
California
New York
Texas
Washington
Florida
Illinois
Massachusetts
Pennsylvania
Georgia
District of Columbia
All others
Total
State
New York
Texas
California
Washington
Florida
Massachusetts
Illinois
Pennsylvania
District of Columbia
Georgia
All others
Total
$
$
$
$
____________________
(1)
Excludes $495 million and $508 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, of pre-refunded bonds, at
fair value. The credit ratings are based on the underlying ratings and do not include any benefit from bond insurance.
227
The revenue bond portfolio primarily consists of essential service revenue bonds issued by transportation authorities
and other utilities, water and sewer authorities and universities.
Type
Transportation
Higher education
Water and sewer
Tax backed
Healthcare
Municipal utilities
All others
Total
Revenue Bonds
Sources of Funds
As of December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2018
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
$
$
916
488
453
426
236
234
147
2,900
$
$
$
(in millions)
835
456
422
397
220
212
137
2,679
$
967
557
580
471
278
287
145
3,285
$
$
925
543
566
458
270
267
143
3,172
The following tables summarize, for all fixed-maturity securities in an unrealized loss position, the aggregate fair
value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the amounts have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.
Fixed-Maturity Securities
Gross Unrealized Loss by Length of Time
As of December 31, 2019
Less than 12 months
12 months or more
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
(dollars in millions)
— $
— $
5
119
75
4
183
56
442
$
—
(19)
(7)
—
(2)
(5)
(33) $
119
7
$
45
10
180
85
4
207
56
587
$
(1)
—
(19)
(7)
—
(2)
(5)
(34)
176
8
$
(1) $
—
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
$
U.S. government and agencies
Corporate securities
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
CMBS
Asset-backed securities
Non-U.S. government securities
Total
Number of securities
Number of securities with OTTI
45
5
61
10
—
24
—
$
145
$
—
—
—
—
—
(1) $
57
1
228
Fixed-Maturity Securities
Gross Unrealized Loss by Length of Time
As of December 31, 2018
Less than 12 months
12 months or more
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
U.S. government and agencies
Corporate securities
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
CMBS
Asset-backed securities
Non-U.S. government securities
$
195
$
11
836
85
111
322
83
Total
$
1,643
$
Number of securities (1)
Number of securities with OTTI (1)
(dollars in millions)
658
$
24
522
447
164
38
99
1,952
$
(14) $
(1)
(33)
(32)
(6)
(1)
(18)
(105) $
608
22
(4) $
—
(19)
(2)
(1)
(4)
(4)
(34) $
417
22
853
$
35
1,358
532
275
360
182
3,595
$
(18)
(1)
(52)
(34)
(7)
(5)
(22)
(139)
997
42
___________________
(1)
The number of securities does not add across because lots consisting of the same securities have been purchased at
different times and appear in both categories above (i.e., less than 12 months and 12 months or more). If a security
appears in both categories, it is counted only once in the total column.
Of the securities in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more as of December 31, 2019 and December 31,
2018, 19 and 38 securities, respectively, had unrealized losses greater than 10% of book value. The total unrealized loss for
these securities was $25 million as of December 31, 2019 and $43 million as of December 31, 2018. The Company considered
the credit quality, cash flows, interest rate movements, ability to hold a security to recovery and intent to sell a security in
determining whether a security had a credit loss. The Company has determined that the unrealized losses recorded as of
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were not related to credit quality.
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale fixed-maturity securities by contractual maturity as of
December 31, 2019 are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Distribution of Fixed-Maturity Securities
by Contractual Maturity
As of December 31, 2019
Due within one year
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through 10 years
Due after 10 years
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS
CMBS
Total
229
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
$
(in millions)
326
1,538
2,022
3,338
745
402
8,371
$
334
1,591
2,128
3,607
775
419
8,854
$
$
Based on fair value, investments and restricted assets that are either held in trust for the benefit of third party ceding
insurers in accordance with statutory requirements, placed on deposit to fulfill state licensing requirements, or otherwise
pledged or restricted totaled $280 million and $266 million, as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
The investment portfolio also contains securities that are held in trust by certain AGL subsidiaries or otherwise restricted for the
benefit of other AGL subsidiaries in accordance with statutory and regulatory requirements in the amount of $1,502 million and
$1,855 million, based on fair value as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
No material investments of the Company were non-income producing for years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
respectively.
11.
Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives
The Company has a portfolio of financial guaranty contracts that meet the definition of a derivative in accordance with
GAAP (primarily CDS). The credit derivative portfolio also includes interest rate swaps.
Credit derivative transactions are governed by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. documentation
and have certain characteristics that differ from financial guaranty insurance contracts. For example, the Company’s control
rights with respect to a reference obligation under a credit derivative may be more limited than when the Company issues a
financial guaranty insurance contract. In addition, there are more circumstances under which the Company may be obligated to
make payments. Similar to a financial guaranty insurance contract, the Company would be obligated to pay if the obligor failed
to make a scheduled payment of principal or interest in full. However, the Company may also be required to pay if the obligor
becomes bankrupt or if the reference obligation were restructured if, after negotiation, those credit events are specified in the
documentation for the credit derivative transactions. Furthermore, the Company may be required to make a payment due to an
event that is unrelated to the performance of the obligation referenced in the credit derivative. If events of default or
termination events specified in the credit derivative documentation were to occur, the non-defaulting or the non-affected party,
which may be either the Company or the counterparty, depending upon the circumstances, may decide to terminate a credit
derivative prior to maturity. In that case, the Company may be required to make a termination payment to its swap counterparty
upon such termination. Absent such an event of default or termination event, the Company may not unilaterally terminate a
CDS contract; however, the Company on occasion has mutually agreed with various counterparties to terminate certain CDS
transactions.
Accounting Policy
Credit derivatives are recorded at fair value. Changes in fair value are recorded in “net change in fair value of credit
derivatives” on the consolidated statement of operations. The fair value of credit derivatives is reflected as either net assets or
net liabilities determined on a contract by contract basis in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. See Note 9, Fair Value
Measurement, for a discussion on the fair value methodology for credit derivatives.
Credit Derivative Net Par Outstanding by Sector
The components of the Company’s credit derivative net par outstanding are presented in the table below. The
estimated remaining weighted average life of credit derivatives was 11.5 years and 11.6 years as of at December 31, 2019 and
December 31, 2018, respectively.
230
Credit Derivatives (1)
As of December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2018 (2)
Net Par
Outstanding
Net Fair Value
Asset (Liability)
Net Par
Outstanding
Net Fair Value
Asset (Liability)
$
$
1,942
$
2,676
1,206
132
5,956
$
(in millions)
(83) $
(39)
(58)
(5)
(185) $
1,783
$
2,807
1,465
127
6,182
$
(65)
(51)
(85)
(6)
(207)
U.S public finance
Non-U.S public finance
U.S structured finance
Non-U.S structured finance
Total
____________________
(1)
Expected recoveries were $4 million as of December 31, 2019 and $2 million as of December 31, 2018.
(2)
Prior year presentation has been conformed to the current year's presentation.
Distribution of Credit Derivative Net Par Outstanding by Internal Rating
Ratings
AAA
AA
A
BBB
BIG (1)
Credit derivative net par outstanding
As of December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2018
Net Par
Outstanding
% of Total
Net Par
Outstanding
% of Total
$
$
1,730
1,695
1,110
1,292
129
5,956
(dollars in millions)
29.0% $
28.5
18.6
21.7
2.2
100.0% $
1,813
1,690
1,171
1,351
157
6,182
29.4%
27.3
18.9
21.9
2.5
100.0%
____________________
(1)
All BIG credit derivatives are U.S. RMBS transactions.
Fair Value of Credit Derivatives
Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivative Gains (Losses)
Realized gains on credit derivatives
Net credit derivative losses (paid and payable) recovered and recoverable
and other settlements
Realized gains (losses) and other settlements
Net unrealized gains (losses)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
8
$
9
$
(35)
(27)
21
(6) $
(25)
(16)
128
112
$
17
(27)
(10)
121
111
$
$
Realized losses and other settlements for 2019 were primarily due to payments related to various U.S. structured
finance transactions, including those for a final maturity paydown and for which there was an offsetting unrealized gain.
Realized losses and other settlements for 2018 and 2017 were primarily due to a paydown of a U.S. structured finance
transaction, for which there was an offsetting unrealized gain.
231
During 2019, non-credit impairment fair value gains were generated primarily as a result of price improvements on the
underlying collateral of the Company's CDS. These unrealized fair value gains were partially offset by unrealized fair value
losses resulting from wider implied net spreads driven by the decreased market cost to buy protection in AGC’s name during
the period. For those CDS transactions that were pricing at or above their floor levels, when the cost of purchasing CDS
protection on AGC, which management refers to as the CDS spread on AGC, decreased, the implied spreads that the Company
would expect to receive on these transactions increased.
During 2018, non-credit impairment fair value gains were primarily generated by CDS terminations, run-off of CDS
par and price improvements on the underlying collateral of the Company’s CDS. In addition, unrealized fair value gains were
generated by the increase in credit given to the primary insurer on one of the Company's second-to-pay CDS policies during the
period. The unrealized fair value gains were partially offset by unrealized fair value losses resulting from wider implied net
spreads driven by the decreased cost to buy protection in AGC’s name, as the market cost of AGC’s credit protection decreased
during the period.
During 2017, non-credit impairment fair value gains were primarily generated by CDS terminations, run-off of net par
outstanding, and price improvements on the underlying collateral of the Company’s CDS. The majority of the CDS transactions
that were terminated were as a result of settlement agreements with several CDS counterparties. During 2017, the cost to buy
protection in AGC’s name, specifically the five-year CDS spread, did not change materially during the period, and therefore did
not have a material impact on the Company’s unrealized fair value gains and losses on CDS.
The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates, and other market
conditions at the time these fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structural
terms, the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. The fair value of credit derivative
contracts also reflects the change in the Company’s own credit cost based on the price to purchase credit protection on AGC.
The Company determines its own credit risk based on quoted CDS prices traded on the Company at each balance sheet date.
CDS Spread on AGC (in bps)
Five-year CDS spread
One-year CDS spread
As of
December 31,
2019
As of
December 31,
2018
As of
December 31,
2017
41
9
110
22
163
70
Fair Value of Credit Derivative Assets (Liabilities)
and Effect of AGC
Credit Spread
Fair value of credit derivatives before effect of AGC credit spread
Plus: Effect of AGC credit spread
Net fair value of credit derivatives
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
$
$
(in millions)
(261) $
76
(185) $
(407)
200
(207)
The fair value of CDS contracts at December 31, 2019, before considering the benefit applicable to AGC’s credit
spreads, is a direct result of the relatively wide credit spreads of certain underlying credits generally due to the long tenor of
these credits.
Collateral Posting for Certain Credit Derivative Contracts
The transaction documentation with one counterparty for $180 million in CDS net par insured by the Company
requires the Company to post collateral, subject to a $180 million cap, to secure its obligation to make payments under such
contracts. Eligible collateral is generally cash or U.S. government or agency securities; eligible collateral other than cash is
valued at a discount to the face amount. As of December 31, 2019, AGC did not have to post collateral to satisfy these
requirements.
232
12.
Asset Management Fees
Accounting Policy
In connection with the BlueMountain Acquisition, the FASB's new revenue recognition guidance, Topic 606 Revenue
from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606), is applicable to the Company. Management, CLO and performance fees earned by
Assured Investment Management are accounted for as contracts with customers. Under the guidance for contracts with
customers, an entity is required to (a) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (b) identify the performance obligations in the
contract, (c) determine the transaction price, (d) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract,
and (e) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. In determining the transaction price, an
entity may include variable consideration only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of
cumulative revenue recognized would not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved.
Management and CLO fees are derived from providing professional services to manage investment funds and CLOs.
Investment management services are satisfied over time as the services are provided and are typically based on a percentage of
the value of the client’s assets under management. Performance fee revenue will fluctuate from period to period and may not
correlate with general market changes, since most of these fees are driven by absolute performance. Performance fee revenues
are generated on certain management contracts when performance hurdles are achieved. Such fee revenues are recorded when
the contractual performance criteria have been met and when it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue recognized will
not occur in future reporting periods. Given the uniqueness of each fee arrangement, performance fee contracts are evaluated on
an individual basis to determine the timing of revenue recognition.
Asset Management Fees
Management and CLO Fees
The Company receives a management fee in exchange for providing investment advisory and management services.
These annual management fees are generally as follows.
•
•
Fees range from 0.70% to 2.00% per annum calculated on either the beginning of the month or quarter, or month-end
NAV of the respective funds.
For the Company's management or servicing of the Assured Investment Management CLOs the Company receives,
generally 0.35% to 0.50% (combined senior investment management fee and subordinated investment management
fee) per annum based on NAV, and 20% per annum of the remaining interest proceeds and principal proceeds after the
incentive management fee threshold has been satisfied. The portion of these fees that pertains to the investment by
Assured Investment Management funds is typically rebated to the Assured Investment Management funds.
The Company may waive some or the entire management fee with respect to any investor. Certain current and former
employees of the Company who have investments in the Assured Investment Management funds are not charged any
management fees.
Performance Fees
In accordance with the investment management agreements, and by serving as the general partner, managing member
or managing general partner, the Company also receives performance fees. Annual performance fee rates are generally as
follows:
•
•
•
Range from 10% to 20% of the net profits in excess of the high-water mark for the respective fund, or
Range from 18% to 30% of the total cash received by investors in excess of certain benchmarks, or
30% of the net profits in excess of the high-water mark and a credit for management fees
Performance fees related to certain Assured Investment Management funds may be subject to future clawback and
repayment. Determining the amount of performance fees to record is subject to qualitative and quantitative factors including
where the fund is in its life-cycle, whether the Company has received or is entitled to receive performance fees and potential
sales of fund investments. To the extent that performance fees have been received, but not earned, the company will recognize a
liability for unearned revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. The general partner has the right, in its sole discretion, to
233
require certain Assured Investment Management funds to distribute to the general partner an amount equal to its presumed tax
liability attributable to the allocated taxable income relating to performance fees with respect to such fiscal year and are
contractually not subject to clawback. There were no tax distributions recorded during 2019.
The Company may waive some or all of the performance fees with respect to any investor. Certain current and former
employees of the Company who have investments in the Assured Investment Management funds are not charged any
performance fees.
The following table presents the sources of asset management fees since the BlueMountain Acquisition Date:
Asset Management Fees
Management fees:
CLOs (1)
Opportunity funds
Wind-down funds
Total management fees
Performance fees
Total asset management fees
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
(in millions)
$
$
3
2
13
18
4
22
_____________________
(1)
Gross management fees from CLOs, before rebates were $11 million.
The Company had management and performance fees receivable, which are included in other assets on the
consolidated balance sheets, of $9 million as of December 31, 2019. The Company had no unearned revenues as of
December 31, 2019.
13.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Accounting Policy
Goodwill is attributable to the BlueMountain Acquisition in the Asset Management segment and represents the excess
cost over identifiable net assets of an acquired business. The Company tests goodwill annually for impairment or more
frequently if circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred. The goodwill impairment analysis is performed at the
reporting unit level which is equal to the Company's operating segment level. If, after assessing qualitative factors, the
Company believes that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the
Company will evaluate impairment quantitatively to determine and record the amount of goodwill impairment as the excess of
the carrying amount of the reporting unit over its fair value. Inherent in such fair value determinations are certain judgments
and estimates relating to future cash flows, including the Company’s interpretation of current economic indicators and market
valuations, and assumptions about the Company’s strategic plans with regard to its operations. Due to the uncertainties
associated with such estimates, actual results could differ from such estimates.
The Company's finite-lived intangible assets consist primarily of contractual rights to earn future asset management
fees from the acquired management and CLO contracts as well as a CLO distribution network. Such finite-lived intangible
assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition and amortized over their estimated useful lives.
The Company tests finite lived intangible assets for impairment if certain events occur or circumstances change
indicating that the carrying amount of the intangible asset may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates impairment by
comparing the estimated fair value attributable to the intangible asset being evaluated with its carrying amount. If an
impairment is determined to exist by management, the Company accelerates amortization expense so that the carrying amount
represents fair value.
The Company's indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of the value of insurance licenses acquired in prior business
combinations. The Company assesses indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually or more frequently if
234
circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred. If a qualitative assessment reveals that it is more-likely-than-not that
the asset is impaired, the Company calculates an updated fair value.
The following table summarizes the carrying value for the Company's goodwill and other intangible assets:
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill (1)
Finite-lived intangible assets:
CLO contracts
Investment management contracts
CLO distribution network
Trade name
Favorable sublease
Lease-related intangibles
Finite-lived intangible assets, gross
Accumulated amortization
Finite-lived intangible assets, net
Licenses (indefinite-lived)
Total goodwill and other intangible assets
Weighted Average
Amortization
Period as of
As of December 31
December 31, 2019
2019
2018
8.8 years
4.5 years
4.8 years
9.8 years
4.2 years
7.0 years
7.0 years
$
$
(in millions)
117
$
42
24
9
3
1
3
82
(5)
77
22
216
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
(1)
2
22
24
_____________________
(1)
Includes goodwill allocated to the European subsidiaries of BlueMountain. The balance changes due to foreign
currency translation. The amount of goodwill deductible for tax purposes was approximately $115 million as of
December 31, 2019.
Goodwill and substantially all finite-lived intangible assets relate to the Company’s acquisition of BlueMountain on
October 1, 2019. To date, there have been no impairments of goodwill or intangible assets. Amortization expense, which is
recorded in other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, associated with finite-lived intangible assets
was $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, and $1 million in 2017. For 2018, amortization expense was de minimis.
As of December 31, 2019, future annual amortization of finite-lived intangible assets for the years 2020 through 2024
and thereafter is estimated to be:
Estimated Future Amortization Expense
for Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
Year
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total
235
As of December
31, 2019
(in millions)
$
$
13
12
11
11
10
20
77
14.
Variable Interest Entities
Accounting Policy
The types of entities the Company assesses for consolidation principally include (1) entities whose debt obligations
the insurance subsidiaries insures in its financial guaranty business, and (2) investment vehicles such as collateralized financing
entities and investment funds managed by the asset management subsidiaries, in which the Company has a variable interest.
For each of these types of entities, the Company assesses whether it is the primary beneficiary. If the Company concludes that
it is the primary beneficiary, it consolidates the VIE in the Company's financial statements and eliminates the effects of
intercompany transactions with the insurance subsidiaries and intercompany transactions between consolidated VIEs.
The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE at the time it becomes involved with a VIE
and continuously reconsiders the conclusion at each reporting date. In determining whether it is the primary beneficiary, the
Company evaluates its direct and indirect interests in the VIE. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the enterprise that has both
1) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance; and 2) the
obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the
entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
Financial Guaranty Variable Interest Entities
The Company provides financial guaranties with respect to debt obligations of special purpose entities, including VIEs
but does not act as the servicer or collateral manager for any VIE obligations guaranteed by its insurance subsidiaries. The
transaction structure generally provides certain financial protections to the Company. This financial protection can take several
forms, the most common of which are overcollateralization, first loss protection (or subordination) and excess spread. In the
case of overcollateralization (i.e., the principal amount of the securitized assets exceeds the principal amount of the structured
finance obligations guaranteed by the Company), the structure allows defaults of the securitized assets before a default is
experienced on the structured finance obligation guaranteed by the Company. In the case of first loss, the Company's financial
guaranty insurance policy only covers a senior layer of losses experienced by multiple obligations issued by the VIEs. The first
loss exposure with respect to the assets is either retained by the seller or sold off in the form of equity or mezzanine debt to
other investors. In the case of excess spread, the financial assets contributed to VIEs, generate interest income that are in excess
of the interest payments on the debt issued by the VIE. Such excess spread is typically distributed through the transaction’s
cash flow waterfall and may be used to create additional credit enhancement, applied to redeem debt issued by the VIE
(thereby, creating additional overcollateralization), or distributed to equity or other investors in the transaction.
Assured Guaranty is not primarily liable for the debt obligations issued by the VIEs it insures and would only be
required to make payments on those insured debt obligations in the event that the issuer of such debt obligations defaults on
any principal or interest due and only for the amount of the shortfall. AGL’s and its subsidiaries’ creditors do not have any
rights with regard to the collateral supporting the debt issued by the FG VIEs. Proceeds from sales, maturities, prepayments
and interest from such underlying collateral may only be used to pay debt service on FG VIEs’ liabilities. Net fair value gains
and losses on FG VIEs are expected to reverse to zero at maturity of the FG VIEs’ debt, except for net premiums received and
net claims paid by Assured Guaranty under the financial guaranty insurance contract. The Company’s estimate of expected loss
to be paid for FG VIEs is included in Note 6, Expected Loss to be Paid.
As part of the terms of its financial guaranty contracts, the Company, under its insurance contract, obtains certain
protective rights with respect to the VIE that give the Company additional controls over a VIE. These protective rights are
triggered by the occurrence of certain events, such as failure to be in compliance with a covenant due to poor deal performance
or a deterioration in a servicer or collateral manager's financial condition. At deal inception, the Company typically is not
deemed to control a VIE; however, once a trigger event occurs, the Company's control of the VIE typically increases. The
Company continuously evaluates its power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of
VIEs that have debt obligations insured by the Company and, accordingly, where the Company is obligated to absorb VIE
losses or receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company is deemed to be the control party for
certain VIEs under GAAP, typically when its protective rights give it the power to both terminate and replace the deal servicer,
which are characteristics specific to the Company's financial guaranty contracts. If the protective rights that could make the
Company the control party have not been triggered, then the VIE is not consolidated. If the Company is deemed no longer to
have those protective rights, the VIE is deconsolidated.
The FG VIEs’ liabilities that are insured by the Company are considered to be with recourse, because the Company
guarantees the payment of principal and interest regardless of the performance of the related FG VIEs’ assets. FG VIEs’
236
liabilities that are not insured by the Company are considered to be without recourse, because the payment of principal and
interest of these liabilities is wholly dependent on the performance of the FG VIEs’ assets.
The Company has limited contractual rights to obtain the financial records of its consolidated FG VIEs. The FG VIEs
do not prepare separate GAAP financial statements; therefore, the Company compiles GAAP financial information for them
based on trustee reports prepared by and received from third parties. Such trustee reports are not available to the Company until
approximately 30 days after the end of any given period. The time required to perform adequate reconciliations and analyses of
the information in these trustee reports results in a one quarter lag in reporting the FG VIEs’ activities. The Company records
the fair value of FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities based on modeled prices. The Company updates the model assumptions each
reporting period for the most recent available information, which incorporates the impact of material events that may have
occurred since the quarter lag date. The net change in the fair value of consolidated FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities is recorded
in "fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs" in the consolidated statements of operations, except for change in fair value of FG
VIEs’ liabilities with recourse caused by changes in ISCR which is now separately presented in OCI, effective January 1, 2018.
The inception to date change in fair value of the FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse attributable to the ISCR is calculated by
holding all current period assumptions constant for each security and isolating the effect of the change in the Company’s CDS
spread from the most recent date of consolidation to the current period. In general, if the Company’s CDS spread tightens, more
value will be assigned to the Company’s credit; however, if the Company’s CDS widens, less value is assigned to the
Company’s credit. Interest income and interest expense are derived from the trustee reports and also included in "fair value
gains (losses) on FG VIEs." The Company has elected the fair value option for assets and liabilities classified as FG VIEs’
assets and liabilities because the carrying amount transition method was not practical.
Number of FG VIEs Consolidated
Beginning of year
Consolidated
Deconsolidated
Matured
December 31
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
31
1
(3)
(2)
27
32
—
(1)
—
31
32
2
(2)
—
32
The change in the ISCR of the FG VIEs’ assets held as of December 31, 2019 that was recorded in the consolidated
statements of operations for 2019 was a gain of $39 million. The change in the ISCR of the FG VIEs’ assets was a gain of $7
million for 2018 and a gain of $35 million for 2017. To calculate ISCR, the change in the fair value of the FG VIEs’ assets is
allocated between changes that are due to ISCR and changes due to other factors, including interest rates. The ISCR amount is
determined by using expected cash flows at the original date of consolidation discounted at the effective yield less current
expected cash flows discounted at that same original effective yield.
Excess of unpaid principal over fair value of:
FG VIEs' assets
FG VIEs' liabilities with recourse
FG VIEs' liabilities without recourse
Unpaid principal balance for FG VIEs’ assets that were 90 days or more past due
Unpaid principal for FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse (1)
As of
December 31,
2019
As of
December 31,
2018
(in millions)
$
279
$
21
19
52
388
350
48
28
71
565
____________________
(1)
FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse will mature at various dates ranging from 2019 to 2038.
The table below shows the carrying value of the consolidated FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities in the consolidated
financial statements, segregated by the types of assets that collateralize the respective debt obligations for FG VIEs’ liabilities
with recourse.
237
Consolidated FG VIEs
By Type of Collateral
As of December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2018
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
(in millions)
$
$
270
$
297
$
70
—
340
102
442
$
70
—
367
102
469
$
299
115
53
467
102
569
$
$
326
137
54
517
102
619
With recourse:
U.S. RMBS first lien
U.S. RMBS second lien
Manufactured housing
Total with recourse
Without recourse
Total
Consolidated Investment Vehicles
Through a jointly owned subsidiary, AGM, AGC and MAC, the U.S. insurance subsidiaries, initially intend to invest
$500 million in Assured Investment Management funds. In the fourth quarter of 2019, $79 million was invested in three
separate Assured Investment Management funds; AHP, ABIF and CLO Warehouse Fund. As of December 31, 2019, the fair
value of such investments was $77 million. CLO Warehouse Fund invested in the subordinated notes of CLO XXVI.
AHP, ABIF, CLO Warehouse Fund and CLO XXVI (collectively, the consolidated investment vehicles) are VIEs. The
Company consolidates these investment vehicles as it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary based on its power to direct the
most significant activities of each VIE (through its Assured Investment Management asset management subsidiaries) and its
level of economic interest in the entities (through its U.S. insurance subsidiaries).
AHP and ABIF are investment companies under ASC 946, and therefore account for their underlying investments at
fair value. CLO XXVI is a CFE under ASC 810. Under the ASC 810 practical expedient for CFEs, the Company elected to
measure CLO XXVI's assets and liabilities using the fair value of its assets, which are more observable. Changes in the fair
value of assets and liabilities of consolidated investment vehicles are recorded in "other income" in the consolidated statement
of operations.
As a result of consolidating AHP, ABIF and CLO Warehouse Fund, the Company records noncontrolling interest
(NCI) for the portion of each fund owned by employees and any third party investors. As of December 31, 2019, redeemable
employee-owned NCI, held in ABIF and CLO Warehouse Fund, is classified outside of stockholder’s equity, within temporary
equity. For AHP, nonredeemable NCI is presented within shareholders' equity in the consolidated balance sheets.
The assets and liabilities of the Company's consolidated investment vehicles (which include consolidated funds: AHP,
ABIF and CLO Warehouse Fund as well as CLO XXVI) are held within separate legal entities. The assets of the consolidated
investment vehicles are not available to creditors of the Company, other than creditors of the applicable consolidated
investment vehicles. In addition, creditors of the consolidated investment vehicles have no recourse against the assets of the
Company, other than the assets of such applicable consolidated investment vehicles.
Generally, the consolidation of the Company's consolidated investment vehicles and FG VIEs has a significant gross-
up effect on the Company's assets, liabilities and cash flows. The consolidated investment vehicles have no net effect on the net
income attributable to the Company, other than the economic interest the Company holds in consolidated funds in the
Company's Insurance segment. The ownership interests of the Company's consolidated funds, to which the Company has no
economic rights, are reflected as either redeemable or nonredeemable NCI in the consolidated funds in the Company's
consolidated financial statements. Liquidity available at the Company's consolidated investment vehicles is typically not
available for corporate liquidity needs, except to the extent of the Company's investment in the fund.
238
Assets and Liabilities
of Consolidated Investment Vehicles
Assets:
Cash and restricted cash (1)
Corporate loans of CFE, at fair value
Corporate loans, at fair value
Other assets (2)
Total assets
Liabilities:
CLO obligations of CFE, at fair value (3)
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
As of
December 31, 2019
(in millions)
$
$
$
$
14
494
47
17
572
481
1
482
____________________
(1)
Cash held by consolidated investment vehicles are not available to fund the general liquidity needs of the Company.
(2)
(3)
Includes investment in affiliates of $9 million.
The weighted average maturity and weighted average interest rate of CLO obligations were 12.8 years and 3.8%,
respectively. CLO obligations will mature in 2032.
As of December 31, 2019, the consolidated investment vehicles had a commitment to invest $13 million.
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Investment Vehicles
Beginning balance
Contributions to investment vehicles
Distributions from investment vehicles
Net loss
December 31,
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
(in millions)
$
$
—
12
(4)
(1)
7
Interest income and interest expense are included in "other income." Investment purchases and sales for all
consolidated investment vehicles are classified as operating activities, debt issuances and repayments are classified in financing
activities.
Effect of Consolidating VIEs
The effect on the statements of operations and financial condition of consolidating FG VIEs includes (i) changes in
fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities, (ii) the elimination of premiums and losses related to the AGC and
AGM FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse and (iii) the elimination of investment balances related to the Company’s purchase of
AGC and AGM insured FG VIEs’ debt. Upon consolidation of a FG VIE, the related insurance and, if applicable, the related
investment balances, are considered intercompany transactions and therefore eliminated. Such eliminations are included in the
table below to present the full effect of consolidating FG VIEs.
The effect on the statements of operations and balance sheets of consolidating Assured Investment Management
investment vehicles includes (i) changes in fair value of consolidated investment vehicles, (2) the elimination of the equity in
earnings in investees related to the Insurance segment's investments in the consolidated Assured Investment Management
funds, (3) the elimination of debt of the consolidated CLO against the assets of the consolidated CLO Warehouse Fund, and (4)
the recording of NCI for the proportion of each consolidated Assured Investment Management fund that is not owned by any
other subsidiary of the Company.
239
The cash flows generated by the FG VIEs’ assets are classified as cash flows from investing activities. Paydowns of
FG VIEs' liabilities are supported by the cash flows generated by FG VIEs’ assets, and for liabilities with recourse, possibly
claim payments made by AGM or AGC under its financial guaranty insurance contracts. Paydowns of FG VIEs' liabilities both
with and without recourse are classified as cash flows used in financing activities. Interest income, interest expense and other
expenses of the FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities are classified as operating cash flows. Claim payments made by AGC and AGM
under the financial guaranty contracts issued to the FG VIEs are eliminated upon consolidation and therefore such claim
payments are treated as paydowns of FG VIEs’ liabilities as a financing activity as opposed to an operating activity of AGM
and AGC.
Cash flows of the consolidated investment vehicles attributable to such entities' investment purchases and dispositions,
as well as operating expenses of the investment vehicles are presented as cash flow from operating activities in the consolidated
statement of cash flows. Financing activities and capital cash flows to and from investors are presented as financing activities
consistent with investment company guidelines.
Effect of Consolidating VIEs
on the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Increase (Decrease)
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
(in millions)
Assets
Investment portfolio:
Fixed maturity securities and short-term investments
Equity method investments (1)
Total investments
Premiums receivable, net of commissions payable
Salvage and subrogation recoverable
FG VIEs’ assets, at fair value
Assets of consolidated investment vehicles (1)
Total assets
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Unearned premium reserve
Loss and LAE reserve
FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse, at fair value
FG VIEs’ liabilities without recourse, at fair value
Liabilities of consolidated investment vehicles (1)
Total liabilities
Redeemable noncontrolling interests in consolidated investment vehicles (1)
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total shareholders’ equity attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests (1)
Total shareholders’ equity
$
$
$
(39) $
(77)
(116)
(7)
(8)
442
572
883
$
(39) $
(41)
367
102
482
871
7
34
(35)
(1)
6
5
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and shareholders’ equity
$
883
$
(38)
—
(38)
(9)
(1)
569
—
521
(51)
(48)
517
102
—
520
—
34
(33)
1
—
1
521
____________________
(1)
These line items represent the components of the effect of consolidating Assured Investment Management investment
vehicles.
240
Effect of Consolidating VIEs
on the Consolidated Statements of Operations
Increase (Decrease)
Net earned premiums
Net investment income
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs (1)
Other income (loss) (2)
Loss and LAE
Equity in net earnings of investees
Effect on income before tax
Less: Tax provision (benefit)
Effect on net income (loss)
Effect on redeemable noncontrolling interests
Effect on net income (loss) attributable to AGL
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
(18) $
(4)
42
(3)
(20)
2
(1)
—
(1)
(1)
— $
(12) $
(4)
14
—
(3)
—
(5)
(1)
(4)
—
(4) $
(15)
(5)
30
—
7
—
17
6
11
—
11
$
$
____________________
(1)
See consolidated statements of comprehensive income and Note 22, Other Comprehensive Income, for information on
changes in fair value of the FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse that are attributable to changes in the Company's own
credit risk.
(2)
Represents change in fair value of consolidated investment vehicles.
Effect of Consolidating VIEs
on Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Inflows (Outflows)
Effect on cash flows from operating activities
Effect on cash flows from investing activities
Effect on cash flows from financing activities
Total effect on cash flows
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
(254) $
259
9
14
$
$
11
105
(116)
— $
19
138
(157)
—
For 2019, the fair value gains on FG VIEs were attributable to higher recoveries on second lien U.S. RMBS FG VIEs'
assets. For 2018 and 2017, the primary driver of the gain in fair value of FG VIEs’ assets and FG VIEs’ liabilities was an
increase in the value of the FG VIEs’ assets resulting from improvement in the underlying collateral. The change in fair value
of consolidated investment vehicles was a loss of $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Other Consolidated VIEs
In certain instances where the Company consolidates a VIE that was established as part of a loss mitigation negotiated
settlement that results in the termination of the original insured financial guaranty insurance or credit derivative contract, the
Company classifies the assets and liabilities of those VIEs in the line items that most accurately reflect the nature of the items,
as opposed to within the FG VIEs’ assets and FG VIEs’ liabilities. The largest of these VIEs had assets of $91 million and
liabilities of $12 million as of December 31, 2019 and assets of $87 million and liabilities of $21 million as of December 31,
2018, primarily recorded in the investment portfolio and credit derivative liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
241
Non-Consolidated VIEs
As described in Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure, the Company monitors all policies in the insured portfolio.
Of the approximately 18 thousand policies monitored as of December 31, 2019, approximately 16 thousand policies are not
within the scope of ASC 810 because these financial guaranties relate to the debt obligations of governmental organizations or
financing entities established by a governmental organization. The majority of the remaining policies involve transactions
where the Company is not deemed to currently have control over the FG VIEs’ most significant activities. As of December 31,
2019 and 2018, the Company identified 90 and 110 policies, respectively, that contain provisions and experienced events that
may trigger consolidation. Based on management’s assessment of these potential triggers or events, the Company consolidated
27 and 31 FG VIEs as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The Company’s exposure provided through
its financial guaranties with respect to debt obligations of FG VIEs is included within net par outstanding in Note 5,
Outstanding Insurance Exposure.
The Company manages funds and CLOs that have been determined to be a VIE or voting interest entity, in which the
Company concluded that it held no variable interests, through either equity interests held, debt interests held or decision-
making fees received by the Assured Investment Management subsidiaries. As such, the Company does not consolidate these
entities.
15.
Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities
Accounting Policy
Long-term debt is recorded at principal amounts net of any unamortized original issue discount or premium and
unamortized acquisition date fair value adjustment for AGM and AGMH debt. Discounts and acquisition date fair value
adjustments are accreted into interest expense over the life of the applicable debt.
Long Term Debt
The Company has outstanding long-term debt primarily consisting of debt issued by AGUS and AGMH. All of the
AGUS and AGMH debt is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by AGL; AGL's guarantee of the junior subordinated
debentures is on a junior subordinated basis.
Intercompany Loans Payable
On October 1, 2019, AGM, AGC and MAC made 10 year, 3.5% interest rate intercompany loans to AGUS totaling
$250 million to fund the BlueMountain Acquisition and the related capital contributions. Interest will be payable annually in
arrears on each anniversary of the note, commencing on October 1, 2020. Interest will accrue daily and be computed on a basis
of a 360 day year from October 1, 2019 until the date on which the principal amount is paid in full. AGUS will pay 20% of the
original principal amount of each note on the sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth anniversaries. The remaining 20% of the original
principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest will be paid on the maturity date. AGUS has the right to prepay the
principal amount of the notes in whole or in part at any time, or from time to time, without payment of any premium or penalty.
See Note 2, Business Combinations and Assumption of Insured Portfolio, for additional information.
In addition, in 2012 AGUS borrowed $90 million from its affiliate AGRO to fund the acquisition of MAC. In 2018,
the maturity date was extended to November 2023. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, AGUS repaid $10 million, $10 million and
$10 million, respectively, in outstanding principal as well as accrued and unpaid interest. As of December 31, 2019, $40 million
remained outstanding.
Debt Issued by AGUS
7% Senior Notes. On May 18, 2004, AGUS issued $200 million of 7% Senior Notes due 2034 (7% Senior Notes) for
net proceeds of $197 million. Although the coupon on the Senior Notes is 7%, the effective rate is approximately 6.4%, taking
into account the effect of a cash flow hedge executed by the Company in March 2004. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in
part, at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-whole
redemption price.
5% Senior Notes. On June 20, 2014, AGUS issued $500 million of 5% Senior Notes due 2024 (5% Senior Notes) for
net proceeds of $495 million. The net proceeds from the sale of the notes were used for general corporate purposes, including
242
the purchase of AGL common shares. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at their principal amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-whole redemption price.
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures. On December 20, 2006, AGUS issued $150 million of
Debentures due 2066. The Debentures paid a fixed 6.4% rate of interest until December 15, 2016, and thereafter pay a floating
rate of interest, reset quarterly, at a rate equal to three month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.38%. AGUS may select at one or
more times to defer payment of interest for one or more consecutive periods for up to ten years. Any unpaid interest bears
interest at the then applicable rate. AGUS may not defer interest past the maturity date. The debentures are redeemable, in
whole or in part, at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.
Debt Issued by AGMH
6 7/8% QUIBS. On December 19, 2001, AGMH issued $100 million face amount of 6 7/8% QUIBS due
December 15, 2101, which are redeemable without premium or penalty in whole or in part at their principal amount plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.
6.25% Notes. On November 26, 2002, AGMH issued $230 million face amount of 6.25% Notes due November 1,
2102, which are redeemable without premium or penalty in whole or in part at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of redemption.
5.6% Notes. On July 31, 2003, AGMH issued $100 million face amount of 5.6% Notes due July 15, 2103, which are
redeemable without premium or penalty in whole or in part at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
date of redemption.
Junior Subordinated Debentures. On November 22, 2006, AGMH issued $300 million face amount of Junior
Subordinated Debentures with a scheduled maturity date of December 15, 2036 and a final repayment date of December 15,
2066. The final repayment date of December 15, 2066 may be automatically extended up to four times in five-year increments
provided certain conditions are met. The debentures are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to December 15,
2036 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-whole
redemption price. Interest on the debentures will accrue from November 22, 2006 to December 15, 2036 at the annual rate of
6.4%. If any amount of the debentures remains outstanding after December 15, 2036, then the principal amount of the
outstanding debentures will bear interest at a floating interest rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 2.215% until repaid. AGMH
may elect at one or more times to defer payment of interest on the debentures for one or more consecutive interest periods that
do not exceed ten years. In connection with the completion of this offering, AGMH entered into a replacement capital covenant
for the benefit of persons that buy, hold or sell a specified series of AGMH long-term indebtedness ranking senior to the
debentures. Under the covenant, the debentures will not be repaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased by AGMH or any of its
subsidiaries on or before the date that is 20 years prior to the final repayment date, except to the extent that AGMH has
received proceeds from the sale of replacement capital securities. The proceeds from this offering were used to pay a dividend
to the shareholders of AGMH.
243
The principal and carrying values of the Company’s debt are presented in the table below.
Principal and Carrying Amounts of Debt
AGUS:
7% Senior Notes (1)
5% Senior Notes (1)
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures (2)
$
AGUS long-term debt
Intercompany loans payable
Total AGUS
AGMH (3):
67/8% QUIBS (1)
6.25% Notes (1)
5.6% Notes (1)
Junior Subordinated Debentures (2)
Total AGMH
AGM (3):
AGM Notes Payable
Total AGM
AGMH's debt purchased by AGUS
Elimination of intercompany loans payable
Total
As of December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2018
Principal
Carrying
Value
Principal
Carrying
Value
(in millions)
$
200
500
150
850
290
1,140
100
230
100
300
730
$
197
497
150
844
290
1,134
70
144
58
204
476
$
200
500
150
850
50
900
100
230
100
300
730
197
497
150
844
50
894
70
143
57
198
468
4
4
(131)
(290)
1,453
$
4
4
(89)
(290)
1,235
$
5
5
(128)
(50)
1,457
$
5
5
(84)
(50)
1,233
$
____________________
(1)
AGL fully and unconditionally guarantees these obligations.
(2)
(3)
Guaranteed by AGL on a junior subordinated basis.
Carrying amounts are different than principal amounts primarily due to fair value adjustments at the date of the
AGMH acquisition, which are accreted or amortized into interest expense over the remaining terms of these
obligations.
The following table presents the principal amounts of AGMH's outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures that
AGUS purchased and the loss on extinguishment of debt recognized by the Company. The Company may choose to make
additional purchases of this or other Company debt in the future.
AGUS's Purchase
of AGMH's Junior Subordinated Debentures
Principal amount repurchased
Loss on extinguishment of debt (1)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
$
(in millions)
$
100
$
34
3
1
28
9
____________________
(1)
Included in other income in the consolidated statements of operations. The loss represents the difference between the
amount paid to purchase AGMH's debt and the carrying value of the debt, which includes the unamortized fair value
adjustments that were recorded upon the acquisition of AGMH in 2009.
244
Principal payments due under the long-term debt are as follows:
Expected Maturity Schedule of Debt
As of December 31, 2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025-2044
2045-2064
2065-2084
Thereafter
Total
AGUS
AGMH (1)
AGM
Eliminations (2)
Total
(in millions)
$
$
— $
—
—
40
500
450
—
150
—
1,140
$
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
300
430
730
$
2
—
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
4
$
$
— $
—
—
(40)
—
(250)
—
(131)
—
(421) $
2
—
—
—
500
202
—
319
430
1,453
____________________
(1)
Includes AGMH's debt purchased by AGUS of $131 million.
(2)
Includes eliminations of intercompany loans payable and AGMH's debt purchased by AGUS.
Interest Expense
AGUS:
7% Senior Notes
5% Senior Notes
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures
AGUS long-term debt
Intercompany loans payable
Total AGUS
AGMH:
67/8% QUIBS
6.25% Notes
5.6% Notes
Junior Subordinated Debentures
Total AGMH
AGMH's debt purchased by AGUS
Elimination of intercompany loans payable
Total
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
13
26
7
46
5
51
7
16
6
25
54
(11)
(5)
89
$
$
13
26
7
46
3
49
7
15
6
25
53
(5)
(3)
94
$
$
13
26
5
44
3
47
7
16
6
25
54
(1)
(3)
97
245
Intercompany Credit Facility
On October 25, 2013, AGL, as borrower, and AGUS, as lender, entered into a revolving credit facility pursuant to
which AGL may, from time to time, borrow for general corporate purposes. Under the credit facility, AGUS committed to lend
a principal amount not exceeding $225 million in the aggregate. In September 2018, AGL and AGUS amended the revolving
credit facility to extend the commitment until October 25, 2023 (the loan commitment termination date). The unpaid principal
amount of each loan will bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 100% of the then applicable interest rate as determined under
Section 1274(d) of the Code, and interest on all loans will be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a
year consisting of 360 days. Accrued interest on all loans will be paid on the last day of each June and December, beginning on
December 31, 2013, and at maturity. AGL must repay the then unpaid principal amounts of the loans by the third anniversary
of the loan commitment termination date. No amounts are currently outstanding under the credit facility.
Committed Capital Securities
Each of AGC and AGM have entered into put agreements with four separate custodial trusts allowing AGC and AGM,
respectively, to issue an aggregate of $200 million of non-cumulative redeemable perpetual preferred securities to the trusts in
exchange for cash. Each custodial trust was created for the primary purpose of issuing $50 million face amount of CCS,
investing the proceeds in high-quality assets and entering into put options with AGC or AGM, as applicable. The Company
does not consider itself to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts and the trusts are not consolidated in Assured Guaranty's
financial statements.
The trusts provide AGC and AGM access to new equity capital at their respective sole discretion through the exercise
of the put options. Upon AGC's or AGM's exercise of its put option, the relevant trust will liquidate its portfolio of eligible
assets and use the proceeds to purchase the AGC or AGM preferred stock, as applicable. AGC or AGM may use the proceeds
from its sale of preferred stock to the trusts for any purpose, including the payment of claims. The put agreements have no
scheduled termination date or maturity. However, each put agreement will terminate if (subject to certain grace periods)
specified events occur. Both AGC and AGM continue to have the ability to exercise their respective put options and cause the
related trusts to purchase their preferred stock.
Prior to 2008 or 2007, the amounts paid on the CCS were established through an auction process. All of those auctions
failed in 2008 or 2007, and the rates paid on the CCS increased to their respective maximums. The annualized rate on the AGC
CCS is one-month LIBOR plus 250 bps, and the annualized rate on the AGM CPS is one-month LIBOR plus 200 bps.
See Note 9, Fair Value Measurement, –Other Assets–Committed Capital Securities, for a discussion of the fair value
measurement of the CCS.
16.
Employee Benefit Plans
Accounting Policy
Share-based compensation expense is based on the grant date fair value using the grant date closing price, the lattice,
Monte Carlo or Black-Scholes-Merton (Black-Scholes) pricing models. The Company amortizes the fair value of share-based
awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods, with the
exception of retirement eligible employees. For retirement-eligible employees, certain awards contain retirement provisions and
therefore are amortized over the period through the date the employee first becomes eligible to retire and is no longer required
to provide service to earn part or all of the award.
The fair value of each award under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan is estimated at the
beginning of the offering period using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.
The expense for Performance Retention Plan awards is recognized straight-line over the requisite service period, with
the exception of retirement eligible employees. For retirement eligible employees, the expense is recognized immediately.
246
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the Incentive Plan), the number of
AGL common shares that may be delivered under the Incentive Plan may not exceed 18,670,000. In the event of certain
transactions affecting AGL's common shares, the number or type of shares subject to the Incentive Plan, the number and type of
shares subject to outstanding awards under the Incentive Plan, and the exercise price of awards under the Incentive Plan, may
be adjusted.
The Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation
rights, and full value awards that are based on AGL's common shares. The grant of full value awards may be in return for a
participant's previously performed services, or in return for the participant surrendering other compensation that may be due, or
may be contingent on the achievement of performance or other objectives during a specified period, or may be subject to a risk
of forfeiture or other restrictions that will lapse upon the achievement of one or more goals relating to completion of service by
the participant, or achievement of performance or other objectives. Awards under the Incentive Plan may accelerate and become
vested upon a change in control of AGL.
The Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of AGL's Board of Directors (the Board), except
as otherwise determined by the Board. The Board may amend or terminate the Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2019,
9,311,090 common shares were available for grant under the Incentive Plan.
Time Vested Stock Options
Stock options are generally granted once a year with exercise prices equal to the closing price on the date of grant. To
date, the Company has only issued non-qualified stock options. All stock options, except for performance stock options, granted
to employees vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period and expire seven years or ten years from the date of
grant. Stock options granted to directors vest over one year and expire in seven years or ten years from grant date. None of the
Company's options, except for performance stock options, have a performance or market condition.
Time Vested Stock Options
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Options granted
Options exercised
Options forfeited/expired
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Options for
Common Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
373,628
$
—
(283,277)
—
90,351
$
18.77
—
18.16
—
20.68
Number of
Exercisable
Options
373,628
90,351
As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate intrinsic value and weighted average remaining contractual term of stock
options outstanding were $2.6 million and 0.7 years, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate intrinsic value and
weighted average remaining contractual term of exercisable stock options were $2.6 million and 0.7 years, respectively.
No options were granted in 2019, 2018 and 2017. As of December 31, 2019, there were no unexpensed outstanding
non-vested options.
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was
$8.2 million, $9.9 million and $6.6 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, $2.3
million, $2.4 million and $4.7 million, respectively, was received from the exercise of stock options. In order to satisfy stock
option exercises, the Company issues new shares.
247
Performance Stock Options
The Company grants performance stock options under the Incentive Plan. These awards are non-qualified stock
options with exercise prices equal to the closing price of an AGL common share on the applicable date of grant. These awards
vest 35%, 50% or 100%, if the price of AGL's common shares using the highest 40-day average share price reaches certain
hurdles. If the share price is between the specified levels, the vesting level will be interpolated accordingly. These awards
expire seven years from the date of grant.
Performance Stock Options
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Options granted
Options exercised
Options forfeited/expired
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Options for
Common Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
27,552
$
—
(27,552)
—
— $
19.24
—
19.24
—
—
Number of
Exercisable
Options
27,552
—
No options were granted in 2019, 2018 and 2017.
The total intrinsic value of performance stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and
2017 was $0.7 million, $3.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017,
$0.5 million, $2.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively, was received from the exercise of performance stock options. In order
to satisfy stock option exercises, the Company issues new shares. The tax benefit from time vested and performance stock
options exercised during 2019 was $0.9 million.
Restricted Stock Awards
Restricted stock awards are valued based on the closing price of the underlying shares at the date of grant. Restricted
stock awards to employees generally vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period and restricted stock awards to
outside director's vest in full in one year. Restricted stock awards to employees are amortized on a straight-line basis over the
requisite service periods of the awards, and restricted stock awards to outside directors are amortized over one year, which are
generally the vesting periods, with the exception of retirement eligible employees, discussed above.
Restricted Stock Award Activity
Nonvested Shares
Nonvested at December 31, 2018
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested at December 31, 2019
Number of
Shares
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share
51,746
48,241
(51,746)
—
48,241
$
$
35.56
45.98
35.56
—
45.98
As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding nonvested restricted stock
awards was $0.7 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the weighted average remaining service period of 0.3
years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $1.8 million, $1.9
million and $1.5 million, respectively.
248
Restricted Stock Units
Restricted stock units are valued based on the closing price of the underlying shares at the date of grant. Restricted
stock units awarded to employees have vesting terms similar to those of the restricted stock awards and are delivered on the
vesting date. The Company has granted restricted stock units to directors of the Company.
Restricted Stock Unit Activity
Nonvested Stock Units
Nonvested at December 31, 2018
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested at December 31, 2019
Number of
Stock Units
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share
900,276
464,500
(375,981)
(1,528)
987,267
$
$
33.83
44.40
28.03
40.90
41.24
As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding nonvested restricted stock
units was $25 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the weighted average remaining service period of 2.5
years. The total fair value of restricted stock units vested during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $11
million, $8 million and $7 million, respectively.
Performance Restricted Stock Units
The Company has granted performance restricted stock units under the Incentive Plan. These awards vest if AGL's
common share price, total shareholder return (TSR) relative to the performance of a peer group and growth in core adjusted
book value during the relevant three-year performance period reaches certain hurdles, with a minimum vesting percentage of
zero, a target vesting percentage of 100% and a maximum vesting percentage of 200%, 250% and 200%, respectively. If the
performance is between the specified levels, the vesting level will be interpolated accordingly. At the end of the performance
cycle, participants are entitled to an amount equivalent to the accumulated dividends paid on common stock during the
performance cycle for the number of shares earned.
Performance Restricted Stock Unit Activity
Performance Restricted Stock
Units
Nonvested at December 31, 2018
Granted (1)
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested at December 31, 2019 (2)
Number of
Performance Share
Units
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share
596,728
436,690
(489,161)
—
544,257
$
$
39.42
44.00
12.66
—
47.23
____________________
(1)
Includes 244,581 performance restricted stock units that were granted prior to 2019 at a weighted average grant date
fair value of $12.66, but met performance hurdles and vested during 2019. The weighted average grant date fair value
per share excludes these shares.
Excludes 263,093 performance restricted stock units that have met performance hurdles and will be eligible for vesting
after December 31, 2019.
(2)
As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding nonvested performance
share units was $10 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the weighted average remaining service period of
1.8 years. The total value of performance restricted stock units vested during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and
2017 was based on grant date fair value and was $6 million, $6 million and $8 million, respectively.
249
The Company used a Monte Carlo model to value its performance restricted stock units granted in 2018 and 2017 that
contain a performance hurdle based on AGL's common share price.
Monte Carlo Pricing
Weighted Average Assumptions
Dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk free interest rate
Weighted average grant date fair value
2018
2017
1.68%
27.65%
2.43%
45.64
$
1.37%
25.19%
1.48%
53.74
$
The expected dividend yield is based on the current expected annual dividend and share price on the grant date. The
expected volatility is estimated at the date of grant based on an average of the 3-year historical share price volatility and
implied volatilities of certain at-the-money actively traded call options in the Company. The risk-free interest rate is the implied
3-year yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues at the date of grant. The expected life is based on the 18-
month term of the performance period.
For the 2019 awards, the grant-date fair value of the performance restricted stock units tied to relative TSR was
calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation in order to determine the total return of the Company’s shares relative to the total
return of approximately 200 financial companies in the Russell 2000 Index. The inputs to the simulation include the beginning
prices of shares, historical volatilities, and dividend yields of all relevant companies as well as all possible pairwise correlation
coefficients among the relevant companies. In addition, the risk-free return and discount for illiquidity are also included. The
grant date fair value of these awards was $46.66 per share.
For the 2019 awards, the grant-date fair value of the core adjusted book value performance restricted stock units was
based on the grant date closing price.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company established the AGL Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Stock Purchase Plan) in accordance with Internal
Revenue Code Section 423, and participation is available to all eligible employees. Maximum annual purchases by participants
are limited to the number of whole shares that can be purchased by an amount equal to 10% of the participant's compensation
or, if less, shares having a value of $25,000. Participants may purchase shares at a purchase price equal to 85% of the lesser of
the fair market value of the stock on the first day or the last day of the subscription period. The Company has reserved for
issuance and purchases under the Stock Purchase Plan 850,000 Assured Guaranty Ltd. common shares.
The fair value of each award under the Stock Purchase Plan is estimated at the beginning of each offering period using
the Black Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions: a) the expected dividend yield is based on the current
expected annual dividend and share price on the grant date; b) the expected volatility is estimated at the date of grant based on
the historical share price volatility, calculated on a daily basis; c) the risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the
option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant; and d) the expected life is based on the term of
the offering period.
Stock Purchase Plan
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
(dollars in millions)
Proceeds from purchase of shares by employees
Number of shares issued by the Company
Recorded in share-based compensation, net of deferral
$
$
1.5
40,732
0.4
$
$
1.2
39,532
0.3
$
$
1.0
33,666
0.3
250
Share Based Compensation Expense
The following table presents stock based compensation costs and the amount of such costs that are deferred as policy
acquisition costs, pre-tax. Amortization of previously deferred stock compensation costs is not shown in the table below.
Share Based Compensation Expense Summary
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
21
1.1
3
$
19
0.8
3
16
0.6
2
Income tax benefit
Defined Contribution Plan
The Company maintains a savings incentive plan, which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue
Code for U.S. employees. The savings incentive plan is available to eligible full-time employees upon hire. Eligible participants
could contribute a percentage of their eligible compensation subject to U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) limitations.
Contributions were matched by the Company at a rate of 100% up to 6% of participant's eligible compensation, subject to IRS
limitations. Any amounts over the IRS limits are contributed to and matched by the Company into a nonqualified supplemental
executive retirement plan for employees eligible to participate in such nonqualified plan. The Company also made a core
contribution of 6% of the participant's eligible compensation to the qualified plan, subject to IRS limitations, and the
nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan for eligible employees, regardless of whether the employee contributes to
the plan(s). Employees become fully vested in Company contributions after one year of service, as defined in the plan. Plan
eligibility is immediate upon hire. The Company also maintains similar non-qualified plans for non-U.S. employees.
The Company recognized defined contribution expenses of $12 million, $12 million and $11 million for the years
ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
17.
Income Taxes
Accounting Policy
The provision for income taxes consists of an amount for taxes currently payable and an amount for deferred taxes.
Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases
of assets and liabilities, using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation
allowance is recorded to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
Non-interest-bearing tax and loss bonds are purchased in the amount of the tax benefit that results from deducting
statutory-basis contingency reserves as provided under Internal Revenue Code Section 832(e). The Company records the
purchase of tax and loss bonds in deferred taxes.
The Company recognizes tax benefits only if a tax position is “more likely than not” to prevail.
The Company elected to account for tax associated with Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) as a current-
period expense when incurred.
Overview
AGL and its Bermuda subsidiaries, AG Re, AGRO, and Cedar Personnel Ltd. (Bermuda Subsidiaries), are not subject
to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes under current Bermuda law. The Company has received an assurance from
the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that, in the event of any taxes being imposed, AGL and its Bermuda Subsidiaries will be
exempt from taxation in Bermuda until March 31, 2035. AGL's U.S. and U.K. subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed
by U.S. and U.K. authorities, respectively, and file applicable tax returns. In addition, AGRO, a Bermuda domiciled company,
has elected under Section 953(d) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (the Code) to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation.
251
In November 2013, AGL became tax resident in the U.K. although it remains a Bermuda-based company and it's
administrative and head office functions continue to be carried on in Bermuda. As a U.K. tax resident company, AGL is
required to file a corporation tax return with Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs. AGL is subject to U.K. corporation tax in
respect of its worldwide profits (both income and capital gains), subject to any applicable exemptions. The corporation tax rate
was 19% for 2019. Assured Guaranty expects that the dividends AGL receives from its direct subsidiaries will be exempt from
U.K. corporation tax due to the exemption in section 931D of the U.K. Corporation Tax Act 2009. In addition, any dividends
paid by AGL to its shareholders should not be subject to any withholding tax in the U.K. Assured Guaranty does not expect any
profits of non-U.K. resident members of the group to be taxed under the U.K. "controlled foreign companies" regime and has
obtained a clearance from Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs confirming this on the basis of current facts.
AGUS files a consolidated federal income tax return with all of its U.S. subsidiaries. AGE UK, the Company’s U.K.
subsidiary, had previously elected under U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 953(d) to be taxed as a U.S. company. In January
2017, AGE UK filed a request with the IRS to revoke the election, which was approved in May 2017. As a result of the
revocation of the Section 953(d) election, AGE UK is no longer liable to pay future U.S. taxes beginning in 2017.
On January 10, 2017, AGC purchased MBIA UK, a U.K. based insurance company. After the purchase, MBIA UK
changed its name to AGLN and files its tax returns in the U.K. as a separate entity for the period prior to its merger with AGE
UK. For additional information on the MBIA UK Acquisition, see Note 2, Business Combinations and Assumption of Insured
Portfolio.
Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries AGRO and AG Intermediary Inc. file their own
consolidated federal income tax return.
As a result of the BlueMountain Acquisition referred to in Note 2, the entities acquired will be included in the AGUS
consolidated federal income tax return.
Tax Assets (Liabilities)
Deferred and Current Tax Assets (Liabilities) (1)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)
Current tax assets (liabilities)
____________________
(1)
Included in other assets or other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
As of
December 31, 2019
As of
December 31, 2018
$
(in millions)
(17) $
47
68
22
252
Components of Net Deferred Tax Assets
Deferred tax assets:
Unearned premium reserves, net
Investment basis differences
Foreign tax credit
Net operating loss
Deferred compensation
Alternative minimum tax credit
Other
Total deferred income tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized appreciation on investments
Public debt
Market discount
DAC
Unrealized gains on CCS
Loss and LAE reserve
Other
Total deferred income tax liabilities
Less: Valuation allowance
Net deferred income tax asset (liabilities)
As of December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
$
76
48
36
32
26
12
24
254
86
44
11
33
11
29
21
235
36
(17) $
98
49
36
34
25
20
35
297
54
50
31
23
16
7
12
193
36
68
$
$
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had alternative minimum tax credits of $12 million which, pursuant to the
2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Act), are available as a credit to offset regular tax liability over the next two years with any
excess refundable by 2021.
As part of the acquisition of CIFG Holding Inc. (CIFGH, and together with its subsidiaries, CIFG), the Company
acquired $189 million of net operating losses (NOL) which will begin to expire in 2033. The NOL has been limited under
Internal Revenue Code Section 382 due to a change in control as a result of the acquisition. As of December 31, 2019, the
Company had $151 million of NOLs available to offset its future U.S. taxable income.
Valuation Allowance
The Company has $13 million of foreign tax credits (FTC) carryovers from previous acquisitions and $23 million of
FTC due to the Tax Act for use against regular tax in future years. FTCs will begin to expire in 2020 and will fully expire by
2027. In analyzing the future realizability of FTCs, the Company notes limitations on future foreign source income due to
overall foreign losses as negative evidence. After reviewing positive and negative evidence, the Company came to the
conclusion that it is more likely than not that the FTC of $36 million will not be utilized, and therefore recorded a valuation
allowance with respect to this tax attribute.
The Company came to the conclusion that it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be fully
realized after weighing all positive and negative evidence available as required under GAAP. The positive evidence that was
considered included the cumulative income the Company has earned over the last three years, and the significant unearned
premium income to be included in taxable income. The positive evidence outweighs any negative evidence that exists. As such,
the Company believes that no valuation allowance is necessary in connection with the remaining deferred tax assets. The
Company will continue to analyze the need for a valuation allowance on a quarterly basis.
253
Provision for Income Taxes
The effective tax rates reflect the proportion of income recognized by each of the Company’s operating subsidiaries,
with U.S. subsidiaries taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 21% in 2019 and 2018 and 35% in 2017, U.K.
subsidiaries taxed at the U.K. marginal corporate tax rate of 19%, and no taxes for the Company’s Bermuda Subsidiaries unless
subject to U.S. tax by election. In 2018, due to the Tax Act, controlled foreign corporations (CFCs) apply the local marginal
corporate tax rate. In addition, the Tax Act creates a new requirement that a portion of the GILTI earned by CFCs must be
included currently in the gross income of the CFCs' U.S. shareholder. For the periods between April 1, 2015 and March 31,
2017, the U.K. corporation tax rate was 20%. The Company’s overall effective tax rate fluctuates based on the distribution of
income across jurisdictions.
A reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision at statutory
rates in taxable jurisdictions is presented below.
Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation
Expected tax provision (benefit)
Tax-exempt interest
Bargain purchase gain
Change in liability for uncertain tax positions
Effect of provision to tax return filing adjustments
State tax
Taxes on reinsurance
Effect of adjustments to the provisional amounts as a result of 2017 Tax
Cuts and Jobs Act
Foreign taxes
Other
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes
Effective tax rate
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
91
(19)
—
1
(6)
1
(5)
—
6
(6)
63
$
$
97
(23)
—
(15)
(1)
6
6
(4)
—
(7)
59
$
$
300
(49)
(20)
(26)
(8)
9
(4)
61
4
(6)
261
13.7%
10.2%
26.3%
$
$
The expected tax provision (benefit) is calculated as the sum of pretax income in each jurisdiction multiplied by the
statutory tax rate of the jurisdiction by which it will be taxed. Where there is a pretax loss in one jurisdiction and pretax income
in another, the total combined expected tax rate may be higher or lower than any of the individual statutory rates.
The following tables present pretax income and revenue by jurisdiction.
Pretax Income (Loss) by Tax Jurisdiction
U.S.
Bermuda
U.K. and other
Total
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
440
33
(9)
464
$
$
461
121
(2)
580
$
$
873
145
(27)
991
254
Revenue by Tax Jurisdiction
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
$
779
146
38
963
$
$
801
177
23
1,001
$
$
1,543
216
(20)
1,739
U.S.
Bermuda
U.K. and other
Total
Pretax income by jurisdiction may be disproportionate to revenue by jurisdiction to the extent that insurance losses
incurred are disproportionate.
Effect of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was signed into law. The Tax Act changed many items of U.S. corporate income
taxation, including a reduction of the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, implementation of a territorial tax system
and imposition of a tax on deemed repatriated earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries. At December 31, 2017, the Company had not
completed accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act; however, the Company made a reasonable estimate of the effects on the
existing deferred tax balances and the one-time transition tax. The Company recognized a provisional income tax expense of
$61 million, which was included as a component of income tax expense from continuing operations in 2017. During 2018, the
Company recorded an adjustment to the provisional amount with a $4 million tax benefit as a component of income tax
expense from continuing operations. As of December 31, 2018, the accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act have
been completed and the total net impact resulting from the Tax Act is an expense of $57 million.
The Tax Act includes provisions for GILTI wherein taxes are imposed on foreign income in excess of a deemed return
on tangible assets of foreign corporations. The Tax Act also includes a Base Erosion Anti-abuse Tax provision, which taxes
certain payments from a U.S. corporation to its foreign subsidiaries.
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
The Company remeasured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to
reverse in the future, which is generally 21%. The provisional amount recorded related to the remeasurement of the deferred tax
balance was an income tax expense of $37 million. As a result of adjustments identified from filing the 2017 tax return, the
total remeasurement of the deferred tax balance resulting from the Tax Act is an income tax expense of $34 million.
Foreign Tax Effects
The one-time transition tax is based on total post-1986 earnings and profits for which the Company had previously
deferred U.S. income taxes. The Company recorded a provisional amount for its one-time transition tax liability on non-U.S.
subsidiaries less realizable FTCs and a write off of deferred tax liabilities on unremitted earnings, resulting in an increase in
income tax expense of $24 million. As a result of adjustments identified from filing the 2017 tax return, the total impact to the
transition tax resulting from the Tax Act is an income tax expense of $23 million.
255
The table below summarizes the impact of the Tax Act on the consolidated statements of operations.
Summary of the Tax Act Effect
(Benefit) Provision
Transition tax
Foreign tax credit realized
Write down of unremitted earnings
Net impact of repatriation
Write down of deferred tax asset due to tax rate change
Net impact of Tax Act
Uncertain Tax Positions
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
$
$
(in millions)
(1) $
—
—
(1)
(3)
(4) $
The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the total liability for
unrecognized tax positions.
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
Beginning of year
Effect of provision to tax return filing adjustments
Increase in unrecognized tax positions as a result of position taken during
the current period
Decrease in unrecognized tax positions as a result of settlement of
positions taken during the prior period
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits as a result of the applicable
statute of limitations
Balance as of December 31,
$
$
$
14
5
—
—
$
28
1
—
—
(4)
15
$
(15)
14
$
93
(31)
(38)
24
37
61
50
8
1
(31)
—
28
The Company's policy is to recognize interest related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense and has accrued
$1 million for full years 2019, 2018 and 2017. As of both December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company has
accrued $2 million of interest.
The total amount of reserves for unrecognized tax positions, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2019 and
December 31, 2018 that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized, was $17 million and $16 million, respectively.
Audits
As of December 31, 2019, AGUS had open tax years with the U.S. IRS for 2016 to present and is currently under
audit for the 2016 tax year. It is expected that the audit will close in 2020 and, depending on the final outcome, reserves for
uncertain tax positions may be released. In December 2016, the IRS issued a Revenue Agent Report for the 2009 - 2012 audit
period, which did not identify any material adjustments that were not already accounted for in prior periods. In April 2017, the
Company received a final letter from the IRS to close the audit with no additional findings or changes, and as a result the
Company released previously recorded uncertain tax position reserves and accrued interest of approximately $37 million in the
second quarter of 2017. The 2013 and 2014 tax years closed in 2018. The 2015 tax year closed in 2019. Assured Guaranty
Overseas US Holdings Inc. has open tax years of 2016 forward but is not currently under audit with the IRS. The Company's
U.K. subsidiaries are not currently under examination and have open tax years of 2017 forward. CIFGNA, which was acquired
by AGC during 2016, is not currently under examination and has open tax years of 2016 to the date of acquisition.
256
18.
Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements
The following table summarizes the equity and income amounts reported to local regulatory bodies in the U.S. and
Bermuda for insurance subsidiaries within the group. The discussion that follows describes the basis of accounting and
differences to GAAP.
Insurance Regulatory Amounts Reported
U.S. and Bermuda
Policyholders' Surplus
As of December 31,
2019
2018
Net Income (Loss)
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2019
(in millions)
$
2,691
$
1,775
276
1,098
410
$
2,533
1,793
321
1,249
383
$
312
226
53
45
12
$
172
(5)
55
131
10
152
219
32
155
10
U.S. statutory companies:
AGM (1) (2)
AGC (1) (2)
MAC (2)
Bermuda statutory companies:
AG Re
AGRO
____________________
(1)
Policyholders' surplus of AGM and AGC includes their indirect share of MAC. AGM and AGC own 60.7% and
39.3%, respectively, of the outstanding stock of Municipal Assurance Holdings Inc. (MAC Holdings), which owns
100% of the outstanding common stock of MAC.
(2)
As of December 31, 2019, policyholders' surplus is net of contingency reserves of $869 million, $546 million and
$192 million for AGM, AGC and MAC, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, policyholders' surplus is net of
contingency reserves of $913 million, $550 million and $200 million for AGM, AGC and MAC, respectively.
Basis of Regulatory Financial Reporting
United States
Each of the Company's U.S. domiciled insurance companies' ability to pay dividends depends, among other things,
upon its financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, compliance with rating agency requirements, and is also
subject to restrictions contained in the insurance laws and related regulations of its state of domicile and other states. Financial
statements prepared in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by local insurance regulatory authorities
differ in certain respects from GAAP.
The Company's U.S. domiciled insurance companies prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with
accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and their respective
insurance departments. Prescribed statutory accounting practices are set forth in the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual. The Company has no permitted accounting practices on a
statutory basis.
GAAP differs in certain significant respects from U.S. insurance companies' statutory accounting practices prescribed
or permitted by insurance regulatory authorities. The principal differences result from the statutory accounting practices listed
below.
•
•
•
Upfront premiums are earned upon expiration of risk rather than earned over the expected period of coverage.
Premium earnings are accelerated when transactions are economically defeased, rather than legally defeased.
Acquisition costs are charged to expense as incurred rather than over the period that related premiums are earned.
A contingency reserve is computed based on statutory requirements, whereas no such reserve is required under
GAAP.
257
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Certain assets designated as “non-admitted assets” are charged directly to statutory surplus, rather than reflected
as assets under GAAP.
Investments in subsidiaries are carried on the balance sheet on the equity basis, to the extent admissible, rather
than consolidated with the parent.
Admitted deferred tax assets are subject to an adjusted surplus threshold and subject to a limitation calculated in
accordance with SAP. Under GAAP there is no non-admitted asset determination, rather a valuation allowance is
recorded to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
Insured credit derivatives are accounted for as insurance contracts rather than as derivative contracts measured at
fair value.
Bonds are generally carried at amortized cost rather than fair value.
Insured obligations of VIEs and refinancing vehicles’ debt, where the Company is deemed the primary
beneficiary, are accounted for as insurance contracts. Under GAAP, such VIEs and refinancing vehicles are
consolidated and any transactions with the Company are eliminated.
Surplus notes are recognized as surplus and each payment of principal and interest is recorded only upon approval
of the insurance regulator rather than as liabilities with periodic accrual of interest.
Acquisitions are accounted for as either statutory purchases or statutory mergers, rather than under the purchase
method under GAAP.
Losses are discounted at tax equivalent yields, and recorded when the loss is deemed probable and without
consideration of the deferred premium revenue. Under GAAP, expected losses are discounted at the risk free rate
at the end of each reporting period and are recorded only to the extent they exceed deferred premium revenue.
The present value of installment premiums and commissions are not recorded on the balance sheet as they are
under GAAP.
Bermuda
AG Re, a Bermuda regulated Class 3B insurer, and AGRO, a Bermuda regulated Class 3A and Class C insurer,
prepare their statutory financial statements in conformity with the accounting principles set forth in the Insurance Act 1978,
amendments thereto and related regulations. As of December 31, 2016, the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the Authority)
requires insurers to prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with the particular accounting principles adopted by
the insurer (which, in the case of AG Re and AGRO, are U.S. GAAP), subject to certain adjustments. The principal difference
relates to certain assets designated as “non-admitted assets” which are charged directly to statutory surplus rather than reflected
as assets as they are under U.S. GAAP.
United Kingdom
AGE UK prepares its Solvency and Financial Condition Report and other required regulatory financial report based on
Prudential Regulation Authority and Solvency II Regulations (Solvency II). AGE UK adopted the full framework required by
Solvency II on January 1, 2016, which is the date they became effective. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018,
AGE UK's Own Funds were £684 million and £693 million, respectively.
Dividend Restrictions and Capital Requirements
United States
Under New York insurance law, AGM and MAC may only pay dividends out of "earned surplus," which is the portion
of the company's surplus that represents the net earnings, gains or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been
distributed to shareholders as dividends, transferred to stated capital or capital surplus, or applied to other purposes permitted
by law, but does not include unrealized appreciation of assets. AGM and MAC may each pay dividends without the prior
approval of the New York Superintendent of Financial Services (New York Superintendent) that, together with all dividends
declared or distributed by it during the preceding 12 months, do not exceed the lesser of 10% of its policyholders' surplus (as of
258
its last annual or quarterly statement filed with the New York Superintendent) or 100% of its adjusted net investment income
during that period.
The maximum amount available during 2020 for AGM to distribute to AGMH as dividends without regulatory
approval is estimated to be approximately $218 million. Of such $218 million, $72 million is estimated to be available for
distribution in the first quarter of 2020.
In March 2019, MAC received approval from the New York State Department of Financial Services to dividend to
MAC Holdings, which is owned by AGM and AGC, $100 million in 2019, an amount that exceeded the dividend capacity that
was available for distribution without regulatory approval. MAC distributed a $100 million dividend to MAC Holdings in the
second quarter of 2019. The maximum amount available during 2020 for MAC to distribute to MAC Holdings as dividends
without regulatory approval is estimated to be approximately $21 million, none of which is available for distribution in the first
quarter of 2020.
Under Maryland's insurance law, AGC may, with prior notice to the Maryland Insurance Commissioner, pay an
ordinary dividend that, together with all dividends paid in the prior 12 months, does not exceed the lesser of 10% of its
policyholders' surplus (as of the prior December 31) or 100% of its adjusted net investment income during that period. The
maximum amount available during 2020 for AGC to distribute as ordinary dividends is approximately $166 million. Of such
$166 million, approximately $85 million is available for distribution in the first quarter of 2020.
Bermuda
For AG Re, any distribution (including repurchase of shares) of any share capital, contributed surplus or other
statutory capital that would reduce its total statutory capital by 15% or more of its total statutory capital as set out in its
previous year's financial statements requires the prior approval of the Authority. Separately, dividends are paid out of an
insurer's statutory surplus and cannot exceed that surplus. Furthermore, annual dividends cannot exceed 25% of total statutory
capital and surplus as set out in its previous year's financial statements, which is $274 million, without AG Re certifying to the
Authority that it will continue to meet required margins. Based on the foregoing limitations, in 2020 AG Re has the capacity to
(i) make capital distributions in an aggregate amount up to $128 million without the prior approval of the Authority and (ii)
declare and pay dividends in an aggregate amount up to approximately $274 million as of December 31, 2019. Such dividend
capacity is further limited by (i) the actual amount of AG Re’s unencumbered assets, which amount changes from time to time
due in part to collateral posting requirements and which was approximately $264 million as of December 31, 2019, and (ii) the
amount of statutory surplus, which as of December 31, 2019 was $240 million.
For AGRO, annual dividends cannot exceed $103 million, without AGRO certifying to the Authority that it will
continue to meet required margins. Based on the foregoing limitations, in 2020 AGRO has the capacity to (i) make capital
distributions in an aggregate amount up to $21 million without the prior approval of the Authority and (ii) declare and pay
dividends in an aggregate amount up to approximately $103 million as of December 31, 2019. Such dividend capacity is further
limited by (i) the actual amount of AGRO’s unencumbered assets, which amount changes from time to time due in part to
collateral posting requirements and which was approximately $383 million as of December 31, 2019, and (ii) the amount of
statutory surplus, which as of December 31, 2019 was $273 million.
United Kingdom
U.K. company law prohibits AGE UK from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has “profits available for
distribution.” The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its accumulated
realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While the U.K. insurance regulatory laws impose no statutory restrictions
on a general insurer's ability to declare a dividend, the Prudential Regulation Authority's capital requirements may in practice
act as a restriction on dividends.
259
Dividend Restrictions and Capital Requirements
Distributions by
Insurance Subsidiaries
Dividends paid by AGC to AGUS
Dividends paid by AGM to AGMH
Dividends paid by AG Re to AGL
Dividends paid by MAC to MAC Holdings (1)
Repurchase of common stock by AGM from AGMH
Repurchase of common stock by AGC from AGUS
Redemption of common stock by MAC from MAC Holdings (1)
$
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in millions)
2017
$
123
220
275
105
—
100
—
$
133
171
125
27
—
200
—
107
196
125
36
101
—
250
____________________
(1)
MAC Holdings distributed nearly the entire amounts to AGM and AGC, in proportion to their ownership percentages.
19.
Related Party Transactions
From time to time, certain officers, directors, employees, their family members and related charitable foundations may
make investments in various private funds, vehicles or accounts managed by the Company. These investments are available to
those of the Company's employees whom the Company has determined to have a status that reasonably permits the Company to
offer them these types of investments in compliance with applicable laws. Generally, these investments are not subject to the
management fees and performance allocations or incentive fees charged to other investors. As of December 31, 2019, all
noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets represent employees' ownership interests in consolidated Assured
Investment Management funds. Andrew Feldstein, the Company’s Chief Investment Officer and Head of Asset Management, is
among the Company’s employees who invest in various private funds, vehicles or accounts managed by the Company. See also
Note 12, Asset Management Fees, for additional information.
Two of the Company's investment portfolio managers, Wellington Management Company, LLP (Wellington) and
BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (BlackRock), each own more than 5% of the Company's common shares. In addition,
the Company has a minority interest in Wasmer, Schroeder & Company LLC, which is also one of the Company's investment
portfolio managers. The investment management expense from transactions with these related parties was approximately $3.8
million in 2019, $4.0 million in 2018 and $4.1 million in 2017. In addition, the Company recognized $1.0 million and $1.2
million in 2019 and 2018, respectively, in income from its investment in Wasmer, Schroeder & Company LLC, which is
included in "equity in net earnings of investees" in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued expenses from
transactions with these related parties were $2 million as of both December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.
The Charles Schwab Corporation announced on February 24, 2020 that it had entered into an agreement to acquire
Wasmer, Schroeder & Company, LLC, and that, subject to customary closing conditions, it expects to close the transaction in
mid-2020.
260
20.
Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
The Company is party to various non-cancelable lease agreements, these leases include both operating and finance
leases. The largest lease relates to approximately 103,500 square feet of office space in New York City, and expires in 2032.
Subject to certain conditions, the Company has an option to renew this lease for an additional five years at a fair market rent.
The Company also leases another 78,400 square feet of office space at a second location in New York City, and that lease
expires in 2024. Additionally, the Company leases additional office space in several other locations, an apartment, and certain
equipment. These leases expire at various dates through 2029.
Accounting Policy
Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Topic 842, which required the establishment of a right-of-use (ROU)
asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for operating and finance leases. An ROU asset represents the Company's right to
use an underlying asset for the lease term, and a lease liability represents the Company's obligation to make lease payments
arising from the lease. Upon adoption, all of the Company’s leases were classified as operating leases; however, the Company
made an accounting policy election not to apply the recognition requirements of Topic 842 to short-term leases with an initial
term of 12 months or less. At the inception of a lease, the total payments under a lease agreement were discounted utilizing an
incremental borrowing rate that represents the Company’s collateralized borrowing rate. Upon adoption, the incremental
borrowing rate for each lease was determined based on the remaining lease term as of January 1, 2019. The Company does not
include renewal options in calculating the lease liability.
The Company elected the package of practical expedients, which permitted organizations not to reassess (i) whether
any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) the lease classification of expired or existing leases, and (iii) the
initial direct costs for existing leases. The Company also elected the practical expedient to account for all lease components
and their associated non-lease components (i.e., common area maintenance, real estate taxes, building insurance, etc.) as a
single lease component and include all fixed payments in the measurement of ROU assets and lease liabilities.
Upon adoption, the Company recognized lease liabilities of approximately $95 million (recorded in other liabilities),
ROU assets of approximately $69 million (recorded in other assets), and derecognized existing deferred rent and lease
incentive liabilities of approximately $26 million, which resulted in no cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings.
Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and finance lease expense is
comprised of the straight-line amortization of the lease asset and the accretion of interest expense under the effective interest
method. Costs related to variable lease and non-lease components for the Company’s leases are expensed in the period
incurred. The Company also subleases office space that is not used for its operations.
Lease Assets and Liabilities
As of December 31, 2019
Assets(1)
Liabilities(2)
Weighted Average
Remaining Lease Term
(in years)
Weighted Average
Discount Rate
Operating leases
Finance leases
Total
$
$
(in millions)
100
2
102
$
$
130
2
132
9.4
1.8
2.61%
1.74%
____________________
(1)
Recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Finance lease assets are recorded net of accumulated
amortization of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2019.
(2)
Recorded in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
261
Components of Lease Expense and Other Information
Operating lease cost
Variable lease cost
Total lease cost (1)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities (2)
Operating cash flows from operating leases
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities (3)
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities (3)
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
(in millions)
$
$
$
10
2
12
11
37
2
____________________
(1)
Short-term lease costs, finance lease costs and sublease income are de minimis. Includes amortization on finance lease
ROU assets and interest on finance lease liabilities.
Operating and financing cash flows from finance leases are de minimis.
Relates primarily to BlueMountain Acquisition. See Note 2, Business Combinations and Assumption of Insured
Portfolio, for additional information.
(2)
(3)
Rent expense was $9 million in 2018 and $9 million in 2017.
Future Minimum Rental Payments
Year
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total lease payments (1)
Less: imputed interest
Total lease liabilities
As of December 31, 2019
(in millions)
Operating Leases
19
$
19
19
19
11
62
149
19
130
$
$
$
Finance Leases
1
1
—
—
—
—
2
—
2
____________________
(1)
Prior to the adoption of ASC 842, future lease payments under operating leases at December 31, 2018 were $9 million,
$9 million, $8 million, $8 million, and $9 million for 2019 through 2023, respectively, and $72 million in aggregate
for all years thereafter.
Legal Proceedings
Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. It is the opinion of the Company’s management,
based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of litigation against the Company, individually or in the
aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or liquidity, although an adverse
resolution of litigation against the Company in a fiscal quarter or year could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s
results of operations in a particular quarter or year.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of AGL's insurance subsidiaries are involved
in litigation with third parties to recover losses paid in prior periods or prevent or reduce losses in the future. For example, the
Company is involved in a number of legal actions in the Federal District Court for Puerto Rico to enforce or defend its rights
with respect to the obligations it insures of Puerto Rico and various of its related authorities and public corporations. See
262
"Exposure to Puerto Rico" section of Note 5, Outstanding Insurance Exposure, for a description of such actions. See "Recovery
Litigation" section of Note 6, Expected Loss to be Paid, for a description of recovery litigation unrelated to Puerto Rico. Also in
the ordinary course of their respective business, certain of AGL's investment management subsidiaries are involved in litigation
with third parties regarding fees, appraisals, or portfolio companies. The impact, if any, of these and other proceedings on the
amount of recoveries the Company receives and losses it pays in the future is uncertain, and the impact of any one or more of
these proceedings during any quarter or year could be material to the Company's results of operations in that particular quarter
or year.
The Company also receives subpoenas duces tecum and interrogatories from regulators from time to time.
Accounting Policy
The Company establishes accruals for litigation and regulatory matters to the extent it is probable that a loss has been
incurred and the amount of that loss can be reasonably estimated. For litigation and regulatory matters where a loss may be
reasonably possible, but not probable, or is probable but not reasonably estimable, no accrual is established, but if the matter is
material, it is disclosed, including matters discussed below. The Company reviews relevant information with respect to its
litigation and regulatory matters on a quarterly basis and updates its accruals, disclosures and estimates of reasonably possible
loss based on such reviews.
Litigation
On November 28, 2011, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) (in administration) (LBIE) sued AG Financial
Products Inc. (AGFP), an affiliate of AGC which in the past had provided credit protection to counterparties under CDS. AGC
acts as the credit support provider of AGFP under these CDS. LBIE’s complaint, which was filed in the Supreme Court of the
State of New York, asserted a claim for breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing based on AGFP's
termination of nine credit derivative transactions between LBIE and AGFP and asserted claims for breach of contract and
breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing based on AGFP's termination of 28 other credit derivative
transactions between LBIE and AGFP and AGFP's calculation of the termination payment in connection with those 28 other
credit derivative transactions. Following defaults by LBIE, AGFP properly terminated the transactions in question in
compliance with the agreement between AGFP and LBIE, and calculated the termination payment properly. AGFP calculated
that LBIE owes AGFP approximately $4 million for the claims which were dismissed and approximately $25 million in
connection with the termination of the other credit derivative transactions, whereas LBIE asserted in the complaint that AGFP
owes LBIE a termination payment of approximately $1.4 billion. AGFP filed a motion to dismiss the claims for breach of the
implied covenant of good faith in LBIE's complaint, and on March 15, 2013, the court granted AGFP's motion to dismiss in
respect of the count relating to the nine credit derivative transactions and narrowed LBIE's claim with respect to the 28 other
credit derivative transactions. LBIE's administrators disclosed in an April 10, 2015 report to LBIE’s unsecured creditors that
LBIE's valuation expert has calculated LBIE's claim for damages in aggregate for the 28 transactions to range between a
minimum of approximately $200 million and a maximum of approximately $500 million, depending on what adjustment, if
any, is made for AGFP's credit risk and excluding any applicable interest. AGFP filed a motion for summary judgment on the
remaining causes of action asserted by LBIE and on AGFP's counterclaims, and on July 2, 2018, the court granted in part and
denied in part AGFP’s motion. The court dismissed, in its entirety, LBIE’s remaining claim for breach of the implied covenant
of good faith and fair dealing and also dismissed LBIE’s claim for breach of contract solely to the extent that it is based upon
AGFP’s conduct in connection with the auction. With respect to LBIE’s claim for breach of contract, the court held that there
are triable issues of fact regarding whether AGFP calculated its loss reasonably and in good faith. On October 1, 2018, AGFP
filed an appeal with the Appellate Division of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, First Judicial Department, seeking
reversal of the portions of the lower court's ruling denying AGFP’s motion for summary judgment with respect to LBIE’s sole
remaining claim for breach of contract. On January 17, 2019, the Appellate Division affirmed the Supreme Court's decision,
holding that the lower court correctly determined that there are triable issues of fact regarding whether AGFP calculated its loss
reasonably and in good faith. A trial has been scheduled for March 2020.
263
21.
Shareholders' Equity
Share Issuances
AGL has authorized share capital of $5 million divided into 500,000,000 shares with a par value $0.01 per share.
Except as described below, AGL's common shares have no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional common
shares, no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange and no sinking fund rights. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up, the holders of AGL's common shares are entitled to share equally, in proportion to the number of common shares
held by such holder, in AGL's assets, if any remain after the payment of all its liabilities and the liquidation preference of any
outstanding preferred shares. Under certain circumstances, AGL has the right to purchase all or a portion of the shares held by a
shareholder at fair market value. All of the common shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Holders of AGL's common shares
are entitled to receive dividends as lawfully may be declared from time to time by the Board.
In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are
entitled to vote with respect to their fully paid shares at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the common
shares (and other of AGL's shares) of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined pursuant to section 958 of
the Code) of any U.S. Person and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by AGL's issued and
outstanding shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares owned by such U.S. Person shall be limited, in the
aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares, under a formula
specified in AGL's Bye-laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until there is no U.S. Person whose controlled shares constitute
9.5% or more of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares and who generally would be required to recognize
income with respect to AGL under the Code if AGL were a CFC as defined in the Code and if the ownership threshold under
the Code were 9.5% (as defined in AGL's Bye-Laws as a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder).
Subject to AGL's Bye-Laws and Bermuda law, AGL's Board has the power to issue any of AGL's unissued shares as it
determines, including the issuance of any shares or class of shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights.
Under AGL's Bye-Laws and subject to Bermuda law, if AGL's Board determines that any ownership of AGL's shares
may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any of the Company's subsidiaries or any of its
shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates (other than such as AGL's Board considers de minimis), the Company
has the option, but not the obligation, to require such shareholder to sell to AGL, or to a third party to whom AGL assigns the
repurchase right, the minimum number of common shares necessary to avoid or cure any such adverse consequences at a price
determined in the discretion of the Board to represent the shares' fair market value (as defined in AGL's Bye-Laws). In
addition, AGL's Board may determine that shares held carry different voting rights when it deems it appropriate to do so to
(i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to AGL or
any of its subsidiaries or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" includes, among other
things, all shares of AGL that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of
section 958 of the Code). Further, these provisions do not apply in the event one shareholder owns greater than 75% of the
voting power of all issued and outstanding shares.
Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while
other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of
reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct
share ownership. AGL's Bye-laws provide that it will use its best efforts to notify shareholders of their voting interests prior to
any vote to be taken by them.
Share Repurchases
Accounting Policy
The Company records share repurchases as a reduction to common stock and additional paid-in capital. Once
additional paid-in capital has been exhausted, share repurchases are recorded as a reduction to common stock and retained
earnings.
264
Share Repurchases
As of February 27, 2020, the Company was authorized to purchase $408 million of its common shares; including a
$250 million authorization that was approved by the Board on February 26, 2020. The Company expects to repurchase shares
from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing, form and amount of the share
repurchases under the program are at the discretion of management and will depend on a variety of factors, including funds
available at the parent company, other potential uses for such funds, market conditions, the Company's capital position, legal
requirements and other factors. The repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board at any time. It
does not have an expiration date.
Share Repurchases
Year
2017
2018
2019
2020 (through February 27, 2020 on a settlement date basis)
Deferred Compensation
Number of
Shares
Repurchased
Total Payments
(in millions)
Average Price
Paid Per Share
12,669,643
13,243,107
11,163,929
843,729
$
$
$
$
501
500
500
40
$
$
$
$
39.57
37.76
44.79
47.41
Certain executives of the Company elected to invest a portion of their AG US Group Services Inc. supplemental
executive retirement plan (AGS SERP) accounts in the employer stock fund in the AGS SERP. Each unit in the employer stock
fund represents the right to receive one AGL common share upon a distribution from the AGS SERP. Each unit equals the
number of AGL common shares which could have been purchased with the value of the account deemed invested in the
employer stock fund as of the date of such election. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were 74,309 and 74,309 units,
respectively, in the AGS SERP. See Note 16, Employee Benefit Plans.
Dividends
Any determination to pay cash dividends is at the discretion of the Company's Board, and depends upon the
Company's results of operations, cash flows from operating activities, its financial position, capital requirements, general
business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory, rating agency and contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends, other
potential uses for such funds, and any other factors the Company's Board deems relevant. For more information concerning
regulatory constraints that affect the Company's ability to pay dividends, see Note 18, Insurance Company Regulatory
Requirements.
On February 26, 2020, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $0.20 per common share compared with $0.18
per common share paid in 2019, an increase of 11%.
265
22.
Other Comprehensive Income
The following tables present the changes in each component of AOCI and the effect of reclassifications out of AOCI
on the respective line items in net income.
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by Component
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
Investments with
no OTTI
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
Investments with
OTTI
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
FG VIEs’
Liabilities with
Recourse due to
ISCR
(in millions)
Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
Cash Flow
Hedge
Total AOCI
$
59
$
94
$
(31) $
(37) $
8
$
Balance, December 31,
2018
Other comprehensive
income (loss) before
reclassifications
Less: Amounts reclassified
from AOCI to:
Net realized investment
gains (losses)
Net investment income
Fair value gains (losses)
on FG VIEs
Interest expense
Total before tax
Tax (provision) benefit
Total amount reclassified
from AOCI, net of tax
Net current period other
comprehensive income
(loss)
Balance, December 31,
2019
93
268
23
16
(15)
1
25
(6)
19
249
342
339
(62)
(8)
(1)
55
1
—
—
56
(10)
46
293
(32)
15
—
—
(17)
1
(16)
(46)
—
—
(15)
—
(15)
3
(12)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
—
1
4
(1)
(1)
$
352
$
48
$
(27) $
(38) $
7
$
266
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by Component
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
Investments with
no OTTI
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
Investments with
OTTI
$
273
$
1
120
—
(208)
(58)
7
—
—
7
—
7
(215)
(38)
—
—
(38)
6
(32)
(26)
Balance, December 31,
2017
Effect of adoption of ASU
2016-01 (1)
Other comprehensive
income (loss) before
reclassifications
Less: Amounts reclassified
from AOCI to:
Net realized investment
gains (losses)
Fair value gains (losses)
on FG VIEs
Interest expense
Total before tax
Tax (provision) benefit
Total amount reclassified
from AOCI, net of tax
Net current period other
comprehensive income
(loss)
Balance, December 31,
2018
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
FG VIEs’
Liabilities with
Recourse due to
ISCR
(in millions)
Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
Cash Flow
Hedge
Total AOCI
— $
(29) $
8
$
(33)
(5)
—
(9)
—
(9)
2
(7)
2
—
(8)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(8)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
372
(32)
(279)
(31)
(9)
—
(40)
8
(32)
(247)
93
$
59
$
94
$
(31) $
(37) $
8
$
____________________
(1)
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10) -
Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, resulting in a cumulative-effect
reclassification of a $32 million loss, net of tax, from retained earnings to AOCI.
267
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by Component
Year Ended December 31, 2017
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
Investments with
no OTTI
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
Investments with
OTTI
Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
(in millions)
Cash Flow
Hedge
Total AOCI
Balance, December 31, 2016
$
171
$
10
$
(39) $
(5)
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
7
2
—
—
—
1
1
—
1
149
56
212
40
28
1
69
(24)
45
167
372
15
(29) $
(1)
8
$
Reclassification of stranded tax
effects
Other comprehensive income (loss)
before reclassifications
Less: Amounts reclassified from
AOCI to:
Net realized investment gains
(losses)
Net investment income
Interest expense
Total before tax
Tax (provision) benefit
Total amount reclassified from
AOCI, net of tax
Net current period other
comprehensive income (loss)
38
128
71
27
—
98
(34)
64
64
21
69
(31)
1
—
(30)
10
(20)
89
Balance, December 31, 2017
$
273
$
120
$
268
23.
Earnings Per Share
Accounting Policy
The Company computes EPS using a two-class method, which is an earnings allocation formula that determines EPS
for (i) each class of common stock (the Company has a single class of common stock), and (ii) participating securities
according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Restricted stock awards
and share units under the AGS SERP are considered participating securities as they received non-forfeitable rights to dividends
(or dividend equivalents) similar to common stock.
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders of Assured Guaranty by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS adjusts basic EPS for the effects of
restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options and other potentially dilutive financial instruments (dilutive securities),
only in the periods in which such effect is dilutive. The effect of the dilutive securities is reflected in diluted EPS by application
of the more dilutive of (1) the treasury stock method or (2) the two-class method assuming nonvested shares are not converted
into common shares.
Computation of Earnings Per Share
Basic EPS:
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
Less: Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to nonvested
shareholders
Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to common
shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries, basic
Basic shares
Basic EPS
Diluted EPS:
Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to common
shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries, basic
Plus: Re-allocation of undistributed income (loss) available to nonvested
shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries
Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to common
shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries, diluted
Basic shares
Dilutive securities:
Options and restricted stock awards
Diluted shares
Diluted EPS
Potentially dilutive securities excluded from computation of EPS because
of antidilutive effect
$
$
$
$
$
$
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2017
(in millions, except per share amounts)
402
$
1
401
99.3
4.04
$
$
521
1
520
110.0
4.73
$
401
$
520
$
—
—
401
$
520
$
99.3
0.9
100.2
4.00
—
$
110.0
1.3
111.3
4.68
0.1
$
730
1
729
120.6
6.05
729
—
729
120.6
1.7
122.3
5.96
0.1
269
24.
Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
A summary of selected quarterly information follows:
2019
Revenues
Net earned premiums
Net investment income
Asset management fees
Net realized investment gains (losses)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement
Commutation gains
Other income (loss)
Expenses
Loss and LAE
Interest expense
Amortization of DAC
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
Other operating expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in net
earnings of investees
Equity in net earnings of investees
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss)
Less: Redeemable noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
Earnings (loss) per share(1):
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full
Year
(dollars in millions, except per share data)
$
118
$
98
—
(12)
(22)
5
11
—
(3)
46
23
6
41
23
56
2
58
4
54
—
54
112
110
—
8
(8)
33
(14)
1
24
(1)
22
4
39
21
181
1
182
40
142
—
142
$
123
$
123
$
88
—
16
5
4
(21)
—
(9)
30
22
3
38
27
86
—
86
17
69
—
69
82
22
10
19
—
48
—
(8)
18
22
5
60
54
137
1
138
2
136
(1)
137
476
378
22
22
(6)
42
24
1
4
93
89
18
178
125
460
4
464
63
401
(1)
402
Basic
Diluted
$
$
0.52
0.52
$
$
1.40
1.39
$
$
0.71
0.70
$
$
1.43
1.42
$
$
4.04
4.00
270
2018
Revenues
Net earned premiums
Net investment income
Net realized investment gains (losses)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement
Commutation gains
Other income (loss)
Expenses
Loss and LAE
Interest expense
Amortization of DAC
Employee compensation and benefit expenses
Other operating expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in net
earnings of investees
Equity in net earnings of investees
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss)
Less: Noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL
Earnings (loss) per share(1):
Basic
Diluted
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full
Year
(dollars in millions, except per share data)
$
145
$
136
$
142
$
125
$
100
(5)
34
4
22
1
(8)
(18)
24
5
40
25
217
—
217
20
197
—
197
98
(2)
48
2
(36)
(18)
(8)
44
24
4
36
26
86
1
87
12
75
—
75
99
(7)
21
5
(8)
1
22
17
23
3
36
20
176
(1)
175
14
161
—
161
98
(18)
9
3
(15)
—
11
21
23
4
40
25
100
1
101
13
88
—
88
548
395
(32)
112
14
(37)
(16)
17
64
94
16
152
96
579
1
580
59
521
—
521
$
$
1.71
1.68
$
$
0.67
0.67
$
$
1.48
1.47
$
$
0.84
0.83
$
$
4.73
4.68
____________________
(1)
Per share amounts for the quarters and the full years have each been calculated separately. Accordingly, quarterly
amounts may not sum up to the annual amounts because of differences in the average common shares outstanding
during each period and, with regard to diluted per share amounts only, because of the inclusion of the effect of
potentially dilutive securities only in the periods in which such effect would have been dilutive.
271
25.
Subsidiary Information
The following tables present the condensed consolidating financial information for AGUS and AGMH, 100%-owned
subsidiaries of AGL, which have issued publicly traded debt securities that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by AGL.
The information for AGL, AGUS and AGMH presents their subsidiaries on the equity method of accounting.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019
(in millions)
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent)
AGUS
(Issuer) (1)
AGMH
(Issuer)
Other
Entities
Consolidating
Adjustments
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)
Assets
Total investment portfolio and cash $
135
$
364
$
15
$
10,408
$
(513) $
10,409
6,450
6,224
4,258
383
(17,315)
Investment in subsidiaries
Premiums receivable, net of
commissions payable
Deferred acquisition costs
Intercompany loan receivable
FG VIEs’ assets, at fair value
Assets of consolidated investment
vehicles
Dividends receivable from affiliate
Goodwill and other intangible
assets
Other
Total assets
Liabilities and shareholders'
equity
Unearned premium reserves
$
$
Loss and LAE reserve
Long-term debt
Intercompany loans payable
Credit derivative liabilities
FG VIEs’ liabilities, at fair value
Liabilities of consolidated
investment vehicles
Dividends payable to affiliate
Other
Total liabilities
Redeemable noncontrolling
interests in consolidated investment
vehicles
Total shareholders' equity
attributable to AGL
Nonredeemable noncontrolling
interests
Total shareholders' equity
Total liabilities, redeemable
noncontrolling interests and
shareholders' equity
—
—
—
—
—
40
—
31
—
—
—
—
—
10
—
32
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
27
1,502
145
290
442
595
—
216
2,769
6,656
$
6,630
$
4,300
$
16,750
$
— $
— $
— $
4,584
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
17
17
—
6,639
—
6,639
—
844
290
—
—
—
40
69
1,243
—
5,387
—
5,387
—
476
—
—
—
—
10
66
552
—
3,748
—
3,748
(216)
(34)
(290)
—
(23)
(50)
—
(1,569)
(20,010) $
(848) $
(266)
(89)
(590)
(34)
—
(23)
(50)
(651)
(2,551)
1,316
4
300
225
469
505
—
1,010
8,413
—
7
7,954
(17,089)
383
8,337
(377)
(17,466)
—
1,286
111
—
442
572
—
216
1,290
14,326
3,736
1,050
1,235
—
191
469
482
—
511
7,674
7
6,639
6
6,645
$
6,656
$
6,630
$
4,300
$
16,750
$
(20,010) $
14,326
____________________
(1)
The fair value of the AGMH debt purchased by AGUS, and recorded in the AGUS investment portfolio, was $136
million.
272
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2018
(in millions)
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent)
AGUS
(Issuer) (1)
AGMH
(Issuer)
Other
Entities
Consolidating
Adjustments
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)
Assets
Total investment portfolio and cash $
45
$
334
$
23
$
11,000
$
(425) $
10,977
6,440
5,835
3,991
226
(16,492)
Investment in subsidiaries
Premiums receivable, net of
commissions payable
Deferred acquisition costs
Deferred tax asset, net
Intercompany loan receivable
FG VIEs’ assets, at fair value
$
$
Dividends receivable from affiliate
Other
Total assets
Liabilities and shareholders'
equity
Unearned premium reserves
Loss and LAE reserve
Long-term debt
Intercompany loans payable
Credit derivative liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities, net
FG VIEs’ liabilities, at fair value
Dividends payable to affiliate
Other
Total liabilities
Redeemable noncontrolling
interests in consolidated investment
vehicles
Total shareholders' equity
attributable to AGL
Noncontrolling interests
Total shareholders' equity
Total liabilities, redeemable
noncontrolling interests and
shareholders' equity
—
—
—
—
—
60
29
—
—
—
—
—
—
66
—
—
—
—
—
—
24
1,071
143
162
50
569
—
2,437
6,574
$
6,235
$
4,038
$
15,658
$
— $
— $
— $
4,452
$
—
844
50
—
49
—
60
3
—
468
—
—
50
—
—
17
1,467
5
300
236
—
619
—
763
1,006
535
7,842
(167)
(38)
(94)
(50)
—
(60)
(1,576)
(18,902) $
(940) $
(290)
(84)
(350)
(27)
(99)
—
(60)
(504)
(2,354)
—
5,229
—
5,229
—
3,503
—
3,503
—
7,590
226
7,816
—
(16,322)
(226)
(16,548)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
19
19
—
6,555
—
6,555
—
904
105
68
—
569
—
980
13,603
3,512
1,177
1,233
—
209
—
619
—
298
7,048
—
6,555
—
6,555
$
6,574
$
6,235
$
4,038
$
15,658
$
(18,902) $
13,603
____________________
(1)
The fair value of the AGMH debt purchased by AGUS, and recorded in the AGUS investment portfolio, was $125
million.
273
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019
(in millions)
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent)
AGUS
(Issuer)
AGMH
(Issuer)
Other
Entities
Consolidating
Adjustments
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)
$
486
388
22
22
(6)
78
990
98
11
22
266
397
2
595
(84)
18
529
18
511
781
(10) $
(22)
—
—
—
(7)
(39)
(5)
(27)
(4)
(4)
(40)
2
3
—
(1,200)
(1,197)
(19)
$
$
(1,178) $
(1,775) $
476
378
22
22
(6)
71
963
93
89
18
303
503
4
464
(63)
—
401
(1)
402
650
Revenues
Net earned premiums
Net investment income
Asset management fees
Net realized investment gains
(losses)
Net change in fair value of credit
derivatives
Other
Total revenues
Expenses
Loss and LAE
Interest expense
Amortization of deferred
acquisition costs
Other operating expenses
Total expenses
Equity in net earnings of
investees
$
— $
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
31
31
—
11
—
—
—
—
11
—
51
—
10
61
—
1
—
—
—
—
1
—
54
—
—
54
—
Income (loss) before income
taxes and equity in net earnings
of subsidiaries
Total (provision) benefit for
income taxes
Equity in net earnings of
subsidiaries
Net income (loss)
Less: noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to
AGL
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
$
(31)
(50)
(53)
—
433
402
—
402
651
$
$
10
422
382
—
382
553
$
$
11
327
285
—
285
440
$
$
274
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018
(in millions)
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent)
AGUS
(Issuer)
AGMH
(Issuer)
Other
Entities
Consolidating
Adjustments
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)
$
563
398
(32)
112
192
1,233
70
10
21
394
495
1
739
(123)
24
640
24
616
395
(15) $
(14)
—
—
(226)
(255)
(6)
(19)
(5)
(197)
(227)
—
(28)
1
(1,262)
(1,289)
(24)
$
$
(1,265) $
(720) $
548
395
(32)
112
(22)
1,001
64
94
16
248
422
1
580
(59)
—
521
—
521
274
Revenues
Net earned premiums
Net investment income
Net realized investment gains
(losses)
Net change in fair value of credit
derivatives
Other
Total revenues
Expenses
Loss and LAE
Interest expense
Amortization of deferred
acquisition costs
Other operating expenses
Total expenses
Equity in net earnings of
investees
$
— $
— $
— $
1
—
—
12
13
—
—
—
41
41
—
9
—
—
—
9
—
49
—
10
59
—
1
—
—
—
1
—
54
—
—
54
—
Income (loss) before income
taxes and equity in net earnings
of subsidiaries
Total (provision) benefit for
income taxes
Equity in net earnings of
subsidiaries
Net income (loss)
Less: noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to
AGL
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
$
(28)
(50)
(53)
—
549
521
—
521
274
$
$
52
412
414
—
414
218
$
$
11
277
235
—
235
107
$
$
275
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017
(in millions)
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent)
AGUS
(Issuer)
AGMH
(Issuer)
Other
Entities
Consolidating
Adjustments
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)
Revenues
Net earned premiums
Net investment income
Net realized investment gains
(losses)
Net change in fair value of credit
derivatives
Bargain purchase gain and
settlement of pre-existing
relationships
Other
Total revenues
Expenses
Loss and LAE
Interest expense
Amortization of deferred
acquisition costs
Other operating expenses
Total expenses
Equity in net earnings of
investees
$
— $
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
10
10
—
—
—
38
38
—
2
—
—
—
—
2
—
47
—
12
59
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
54
—
1
55
—
728
426
45
111
58
609
1,977
327
11
26
394
758
—
Income (loss) before income
taxes and equity in net earnings
of subsidiaries
Total (provision) benefit for
income taxes
Equity in net earnings of
subsidiaries
Net income (loss)
Less: noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to
AGL
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
$
(28)
(57)
(55)
1,219
—
758
730
—
730
897
$
$
17
636
596
—
596
754
$
$
54
395
394
—
394
482
$
$
(359)
32
892
32
860
1,084
$
(38) $
(11)
(5)
—
—
(196)
(250)
61
(15)
(7)
(201)
(162)
—
(88)
27
(1,821)
(1,882)
(32)
$
$
(1,850) $
(2,320) $
690
417
40
111
58
423
1,739
388
97
19
244
748
—
991
(261)
—
730
—
730
897
276
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019
(in millions)
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent)
AGUS
(Issuer)
AGMH
(Issuer)
Other
Entities
Consolidating
Adjustments
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)
$
679
$
190
$
172
$
(287) $
(1,263) $
(509)
Net cash flows provided by (used in)
operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Fixed-maturity securities:
Purchases
Sales
Maturities and paydowns
Short-term investments with maturities of
over three months:
Purchases
Sales
Maturities and paydowns
Net sales (purchases) of short-term
investments with maturities of less than
three months
Net proceeds from paydowns on FG VIEs’
assets
Net proceeds from sales of FG VIEs’
assets
Repayment of intercompany loans
Issuance of intercompany loans
Investment in subsidiaries
Return of capital from subsidiaries
BlueMountain Acquisition, net of cash
acquired
Other
Net cash flows provided by (used in)
investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Return of capital
Capital contribution
Dividends paid
Repurchases of common stock
Net paydowns of FG VIEs’ liabilities
Paydown of long-term debt
Repayment of intercompany loans
Issuance of intercompany loans
Proceeds from issuance of CLO
obligations
Repayment of warehouse loans and equity
Contributions from noncontrolling
interests to investment vehicles
Distributions to redeemable noncontrolling
interests from investment vehicles
Other
Net cash flows provided by (used in)
financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes
Increase (decrease) in cash and restricted
cash
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of
period
Cash and restricted cash at end of
period
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(90)
—
—
(74)
(500)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(15)
(589)
—
—
—
$
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
(3)
—
11
—
—
12
(90)
(44)
—
—
—
—
65
100
(157)
—
(16)
—
—
(414)
—
—
—
(10)
250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
—
5
—
—
—
17
—
—
(186)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(873)
1,805
762
(229)
2
304
(493)
139
51
10
(250)
(175)
10
12
(55)
1,020
(10)
105
(649)
(100)
(181)
(1)
—
—
482
(306)
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(10)
250
105
(110)
—
—
238
10
(105)
1,249
100
—
(3)
10
(250)
—
—
18
(4)
—
(873)
1,805
781
(229)
2
316
(623)
139
51
—
—
—
—
(145)
(55)
1,169
—
—
(74)
(500)
(181)
(4)
—
—
482
(306)
18
(4)
(15)
(174)
(186)
(660)
1,025
(584)
—
3
—
3
76
103
—
—
—
$
3
$
179
$
— $
3
79
104
183
—
—
1
1
277
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018
(in millions)
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent)
AGUS
(Issuer)
AGMH
(Issuer)
Other
Entities
Consolidating
Adjustments
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)
$
587
$
308
$
183
$
517
$
(1,133) $
462
Net cash flows provided by (used
in) operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Fixed-maturity securities:
Purchases
Sales
Maturities and paydowns
Short-term investments with
maturities of over three months:
Purchases
Sales
Maturities and paydowns
Net sales (purchases) of short-term
investments with maturities of less
than three months
Net proceeds from paydowns on FG
VIEs’ assets
Investment in subsidiaries
Repayment of intercompany loans
Return of capital from subsidiaries
Other
Net cash flows provided by (used
in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Capital contribution
Dividends paid
Repurchases of common stock
Net paydowns of FG VIEs’ liabilities
Paydown of long-term debt
Repayment of intercompany loans
Other
Net cash flows provided by
(used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes
Increase (decrease) in cash and
restricted cash
Cash and restricted cash at beginning
of period
Cash and restricted cash at end of
period
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
(9)
—
—
—
—
—
(9)
—
(71)
(500)
—
—
—
(7)
(578)
—
—
—
(104)
104
28
(34)
22
—
(50)
—
(9)
—
200
(15)
142
—
(472)
—
—
—
(10)
—
(482)
—
(32)
33
(12)
8
—
—
—
—
7
—
(1)
—
—
—
2
—
(187)
—
—
—
—
—
(187)
—
(2)
2
(1,865)
1,068
934
(209)
1
207
(32)
116
(1)
10
—
32
261
11
(474)
(200)
(116)
(1)
—
—
100
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11
(10)
(200)
—
(99)
(11)
1,133
200
—
(100)
10
—
(780)
1,232
(4)
(6)
109
—
—
—
— $
1
$
— $
103
$
— $
(1,881)
1,180
962
(243)
23
207
(84)
116
—
—
—
17
297
—
(71)
(500)
(116)
(101)
—
(7)
(795)
(4)
(40)
144
104
278
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017
(in millions)
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent)
AGUS
(Issuer)
AGMH
(Issuer)
Other
Entities
Consolidating
Adjustments
Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)
$
579
$
442
$
158
$
477
$
(1,223) $
433
Net cash flows provided by (used
in) operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Fixed-maturity securities:
Purchases
Sales
Maturities and paydowns
Short-term investments with
maturities of over three months:
Purchases
Sales
Maturities and paydowns
Net sales (purchases) of short-term
investments with maturities of less
than three months
Net proceeds from paydowns on FG
VIEs’ assets
Investment in subsidiaries
Repayment of intercompany loans
Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries
Return of capital from subsidiaries
Acquisition of MBIA UK, net of cash
acquired
Other
Net cash flows provided by (used
in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Return of capital
Capital contribution
Dividends paid
Repurchases of common stock
Net paydowns of FG VIEs’ liabilities
Paydown of long-term debt
Repayment of intercompany loans
Other
Net cash flows provided by (used
in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes
Increase (decrease) in cash and
restricted cash
Cash and restricted cash at beginning
of period
Cash and restricted cash at end of
period
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(70)
(501)
—
—
—
(8)
(158)
112
13
(26)
1
30
126
—
(28)
—
—
—
—
—
70
—
—
(17)
21
—
(5)
5
—
(8)
—
—
—
—
101
—
—
97
—
25
(470)
(278)
—
—
—
(10)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(579)
(480)
(253)
—
—
—
—
32
1
—
2
—
(2,404)
1,568
808
(224)
96
161
(82)
147
(139)
10
139
70
95
59
304
(70)
3
(475)
(101)
(157)
(3)
—
—
(803)
5
(17)
126
27
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
167
(10)
(139)
(171)
—
—
(2,552)
1,701
821
(255)
102
191
36
147
—
—
—
—
95
59
(126)
345
70
(28)
1,223
101
—
(27)
10
—
1,349
—
—
—
—
—
(70)
(501)
(157)
(30)
—
(8)
(766)
5
17
127
144
— $
33
$
2
$
109
$
— $
279
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Assured Guaranty's management, with the participation of AGL's President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of AGL's disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in
Rules 13a 15(e) and 15d 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) as of the end of the
period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, AGL's President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, AGL's disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording,
processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by AGL (including its
consolidated subsidiaries) in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Other than integrating BlueMountain, and consolidating certain newly established BlueMountain funds and a CLO in
which certain of the Company's insurance subsidiaries invest, there has been no change in the Company's internal controls over
financial reporting during the Company's quarter ended December 31, 2019, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the Company's internal controls over financial reporting.
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The management of AGL is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process
designed by, or under the supervision of the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company's consolidated
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.
Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
On October 1, 2019, the Company acquired BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC (BlueMountain) and its
associated entities. See Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2, Business Combinations and
Assumption of Insured Portfolio, for additional information. The Company is currently in the process of assessing the internal
control over financial reporting associated with this acquired business. At December 31, 2019, the BlueMountain acquisition
accounted for approximately 2% of consolidated assets and approximately 3% of consolidated revenues. As a result of the
timing of this acquisition, the Company has excluded this business from the Company's annual assessment of internal control
over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Management of the Company has assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2019 using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO) in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this evaluation, management concluded
that the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019 based on criteria in the 2013
Internal Control- Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.
The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 has been audited
by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their "Report of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm" included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
280
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
On February 26, 2020, Laura Bieling, age 53, was appointed as an executive officer and principal accounting officer
of AGL. She has been the Chief Accounting Officer and Controller of AGL since May 2019 and was the chief accounting
officer and controller of the U.S. subsidiaries of AGL since March 2019 and the Controller of AGM and AGC since 2011. Ms.
Bieling has been with AGM since 2000, and was the Chief Accounting Officer and Controller of AGMH from 2004 until July
of 2009. Prior to joining AGM, Ms. Bieling was a Senior Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP. Robert Bailenson had
been the principal accounting officer of AGL for SEC reporting purposes prior to Ms. Bieling’s appointment.
281
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information pertaining to this item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Proposal No. 1: Election Of
Directors”, “Corporate Governance—Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports”, “Corporate Governance—How Are Directors
Nominated?” and “Corporate Governance—Committees Of The Board—The Audit Committee” of the definitive proxy
statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which involves the election of directors and will be filed with the
SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.
Information about the executive officers of AGL is set forth at the end of Part I of this Form 10-K and is hereby
incorporated by reference.
Code of Conduct
The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct, which sets forth standards by which all employees, officers and
directors of the Company must abide as they work for the Company. The Code of Conduct is available at
www.assuredguaranty.com/governance. The Company intends to disclose on its internet site any amendments to, or waivers
from, its Code of Conduct that are required to be publicly disclosed pursuant to the rules of the SEC or the NYSE.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
This item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Executive Compensation”, “Corporate Governance—
Compensation Committee Interlocking And Insider Participation” and “Corporate Governance—How Are Directors
Compensated?” of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the
SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
This item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled "Information About Our Common Share Ownership"
and "Equity Compensation Plans Information" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of
Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation
14A.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
This item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Corporate Governance—What Is Our Related Person
Transactions Approval Policy And What Procedures Do We Use To Implement It?”, “Corporate Governance—What Related
Person Transactions Do We Have?” and “Corporate Governance—Director Independence” of the definitive proxy statement for
the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the
fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
This item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Proposal No. 3: Appointment Of Independent Auditor—
Independent Auditor Fee Information” and “Proposal No. 3: Appointment Of Independent Auditor—Pre-Approval Policy Of
Audit And Non-Audit Services” of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will
be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.
282
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)
Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits
1.
Financial Statements
The following financial statements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. have been included in Part II, Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, hereof:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
140
143
144
145
146
147
149
2.
Financial Statement Schedules
The financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in
the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
3.
Exhibits*
Exhibit
Number
3.1
3.2
Description of Document
Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum of Association of the Registrant, as amended by Certificate of
Incorporation on Change of Name dated March 30, 2004 and Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase
of Capital dated April 21, 2004 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2009)
First Amended and Restated Bye-laws of the Registrant, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to
Form 8-K filed on May 10, 2011)
4.1 Specimen Common Share Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form S-1 (#333-111491))
Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum of Association of the Registrant, as amended by Certificate of
Incorporation on Change of Name dated March 30, 2004 and Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase
of Capital dated April 21, 2004 (See Exhibit 3.1)
4.2
4.3 Bye-laws of the Registrant (See Exhibit 3.2)
Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2004, among the Company, Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc. and The Bank of
New York, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
2004)
Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2006, entered into among Assured Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty U.S.
Holdings Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed
on December 20, 2006)
First Supplemental Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2006, entered into among Assured
Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2006)
Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of December 20, 2006, between Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc.
and Assured Guaranty Ltd., in favor of and for the benefit of each Covered Debtholder (as defined therein)
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2006)
Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of November 22, 2006, by Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 8-K filed on
November 28, 2006)
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
283
Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
Amended and Restated Trust Indenture dated as of February 24, 1999 between Financial Security Assurance
Holdings Ltd. and the Senior Debt Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Financial Security
Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Registration Statement to Form S-3 (#333-74165))
4.9
Form of Assured Guaranty Municipal Holdings Inc., formerly known as Financial Security Assurance
Holdings Ltd. 67/8% Quarterly Interest Bond Securities due 2101 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)
Form of Assured Guaranty Municipal Holdings Inc., formerly known as Financial Security Assurance
Holdings Ltd. 6.25% Notes due November 1, 2102 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended March 31, 2010)
Form of Assured Guaranty Municipal Holdings Inc., formerly known as Financial Security Assurance
Holdings Ltd. 5.60% Notes due July 15, 2103 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 2010)
Supplemental indenture, dated as of August 26, 2009, between Assured Guaranty Ltd., Financial Security
Assurance Holdings Ltd. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed on September 1, 2009)
Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2006, between Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. and The Bank of
New York, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s
Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006)
Form of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. Junior Subordinated Debenture, Series 2006-1
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 8-K filed on
November 28, 2006)
Supplemental indenture, dated as of August 26, 2009, between Assured Guaranty Ltd., Financial Security
Assurance Holdings Ltd. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K filed on September 1, 2009)
Officers’ Certificate, dated June 20, 2014, related to 5.000% Senior Notes due 2024, containing form of 5.000%
Senior Notes due 2024 as Exhibit A thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed on
June 20, 2014)
Description of the Registrant's Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934
Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. in favor of Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., effective as of January 1,
2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018)
Put Agreement between Assured Guaranty Corp. and Woodbourne Capital Trust [I][II][III][IV] (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)
Custodial Trust Expense Reimbursement Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended March 31, 2005)
Assured Guaranty Corp. Articles Supplementary Classifying and Designating Series of Preferred Stock as
Series A Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C Perpetual Preferred Stock,
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 2005)
Purchase Agreement among Dexia Holdings Inc., Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and the Company dated as of
November 14, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2008)
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2009 among FSA Asset
Management LLC, Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia Bank Belgium S.A. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of September 20, 2010 among
FSA Asset Management LLC, Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia Bank Belgium S.A. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.11 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013)
10.7
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 16, 2012 among
FSA Asset Management LLC, Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia Bank Belgium S.A. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013)
Assignment Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, as amended, dated as of
December 12, 2013 between Belfius Bank SA/NV and Dexia Crédit Local S.A. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013)
10.8
10.9
284
Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border) dated as of June 30, 2009 among Dexia SA, Dexia
Crédit Local S.A. and FSA Asset Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.1 to Form 8-K
filed on July 8, 2009)
Schedule to the 1992 Master Agreement, Guaranteed Put Contract, dated as of June 30, 2009 among Dexia
Crédit Local S.A., Dexia SA and FSA Asset Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.2 to
Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
Put Option Confirmation, Guaranteed Put Contract, dated June 30, 2009 to FSA Asset Management LLC from
Dexia SA and Dexia Crédit Local S.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.3 to Form 8-K filed on July 8,
2009)
ISDA Credit Support Annex (New York Law) to the Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement, Guaranteed Put
Contract, dated as of June 30, 2009 between Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia SA and FSA Asset
Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.4 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border) dated as of June 30, 2009 among Dexia SA, Dexia
Crédit Local S.A. and FSA Asset Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to Form 8-K
filed on July 8, 2009)
Schedule to the 1992 Master Agreement, Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, dated as of June 30, 2009 among Dexia
Crédit Local S.A., Dexia SA and FSA Asset Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 to
Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
Put Option Confirmation, Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, dated June 30, 2009 to FSA Asset Management LLC
from Dexia SA and Dexia Crédit Local S.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.3 to Form 8-K filed on
July 8, 2009)
ISDA Credit Support Annex (New York Law) to the Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement, Non-Guaranteed
Put Contract, dated as of June 30, 2009 between Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia SA and FSA Asset
Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.4 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
First Demand Guarantee Relating to the “Financial Products” Portfolio of FSA Asset Management LLC issued
by the Belgian State and the French State and executed as of June 30, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
Guaranty, dated as of June 30, 2009, made jointly and severally by Dexia SA and Dexia Crédit Local S.A., in
favor of Financial Security Assurance Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 8-K filed on
July 8, 2009)
Indemnification Agreement (GIC Business) dated as of June 30, 2009 by and among Financial Security
Assurance Inc., Dexia Crédit Local S.A. and Dexia SA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 8-K
filed on July 8, 2009)
Pledge and Administration Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2009, among Dexia SA, Dexia Crédit Local S.A.,
Dexia Bank Belgium SA, Dexia FP Holdings Inc., Financial Security Assurance Inc., FSA Asset
Management LLC, FSA Portfolio Asset Limited, FSA Capital Markets Services LLC, FSA Capital Markets
Services (Caymans) Ltd., FSA Capital Management Services LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, National Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
Separation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2009, among Dexia Crédit Local S.A., Financial Security
Assurance Inc., Financial Security Assurance International, Ltd., FSA Global Funding Limited and Premier
International Funding Co. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
Funding Guaranty, dated as of July 1, 2009, made by Dexia Crédit Local S.A. in favor of Financial Security
Assurance Inc. and Financial Security Assurance International, Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10
to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
Reimbursement Guaranty, dated as of July 1, 2009, made by Dexia Crédit Local S.A. in favor of Financial
Security Assurance Inc. and Financial Security Assurance International, Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.11 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
Indemnification Agreement (FSA Global Business), dated as of July 1, 2009, by and between Financial Security
Assurance Inc., Assured Guaranty Ltd. and Dexia Crédit Local S.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13
to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
Pledge and Administration Annex Amendment Agreement dated as of July 1, 2009 among Dexia SA, Dexia
Crédit Local S.A., Dexia Bank Belgium SA, Dexia FP Holdings Inc., Financial Security Assurance Inc., FSA
Asset Management LLC, FSA Portfolio Asset Limited, FSA Capital Markets Services LLC, FSA Capital
Markets Services (Caymans) Ltd., FSA Capital Management Services LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon
Trust Company, National Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form 8-K filed on July 8,
2009)
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
285
Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
Put Confirmation Annex Amendment Agreement dated as of July 1, 2009 among Dexia SA and Dexia Crédit
Local S.A. and FSA Asset Management LLC and Financial Security Assurance Inc. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.15 to Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2009)
Master Repurchase Agreement between FSA Capital Management Services LLC and FSA Capital Markets
Services LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009)
Confirmation to Master Repurchase Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2009)
Master Repurchase Agreement Annex I (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 2009)
Pledge and Intercreditor Agreement, among Dexia Crédit Local, Dexia Bank Belgium S.A., Financial Security
Assurance Inc. and FSA Asset Management LLC, dated November 13, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
2008)
Amended and Restated Pledge and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2009, between Dexia
Crédit Local, Dexia Bank Belgium S.A., Financial Security Assurance Inc., FSA Asset Management LLC, FSA
Capital Markets Services LLC and FSA Capital Management Services LLC (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.19 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2008)
Put Option Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2003 by and between FSA and Sutton Capital Trust I (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2003)
Put Option Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2003 by and between FSA and Sutton Capital Trust II (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2003)
Put Option Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2003 by and between FSA and Sutton Capital Trust III (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2003)
Put Option Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2003 by and between FSA and Sutton Capital Trust IV (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2003)
Contribution Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2006, between Dexia S.A. and Financial Security Assurance
Holdings Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s
Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006)
Agreement and Amendment between Dexia Holdings Inc., Dexia Credit Local S.A. and the Company dated as of
June 9, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2009)
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2014, between Assured Guaranty Corp. and Radian
Guaranty Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014)
10.27
10.28
10.29
10.30
10.31
10.32
10.33
10.34
10.35
10.36
10.37
10.38
10.39
10.40 Summary of Annual Compensation*
Director Compensation Summary (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2019)*
10.41
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of May 7, 2009 and as
amended through the Fourth Amendment (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2016)*
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan to be used
with employment agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.71 to Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2008)*
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Outside Directors under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009)*
2010 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive
Plan to be used with employment agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 2010)*
2010 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive
Plan for use without employment agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 2010)*
10.42
10.43
10.44
10.45
10.46
286
Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
2012 Form of Executive Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012)*
2013 Form of Executive Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013)*
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Outside Directors under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term
Incentive Plan, as in effect for awards commencing in 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015)*
2015 Form of Executive Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd.
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2015)*
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended through the third amendment (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019)*
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan (As Amended and Restated as of February 14, 2008)
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)*
Terms of Performance Retention Award Four Year Installment Vesting Granted on February 5, 2014 for
Participants Subject to $1 million Limit (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 2014)*
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Executive Severance Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended March 31, 2012)*
Form of Acknowledgement Letter for Participants in Assured Guaranty Ltd. Executive Severance Plan
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012)*
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Perquisite Policy, established February 9, 2012, and amended and restated on November
1, 2018 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2018)*
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its executive officers and directors (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)*
Amended and Restated Assured Guaranty Ltd. Executive Officer Recoupment Policy (amended and restated
effective November 3, 2015) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.84 to Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2015)*
Form of Acknowledgement of Amended and Restated Assured Guaranty Ltd. Executive Officer Recoupment
Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.85 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015)*
AG US Group Services Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated Effective
January 1, 2020*
Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. 1989 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (amended and
restated as of December 17, 2004) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Financial Security Assurance
Holdings Ltd.'s Form 8-K filed on December 17, 2004)*
Amendment to the Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. 1989 Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009)*
Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. 2004 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended on
February 14, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.'s
Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2008)*
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 12, 2016, among Assured Guaranty Corp., Cultivate Merger
Sub, Inc. and CIFG Holding Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2016)
Share Purchase Agreement relating to the sale and purchase of MBIA UK Insurance Limited, dated September
29, 2016, between MBIA UK (Holdings) Limited and Assured Guaranty Corp. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2016)
2016 Form of Executive Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.92 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2016)*
2016 Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-
Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.93 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2016)*
2017 Form of Executive Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 5, 2017)*
10.47
10.48
10.49
10.50
10.51
10.52
10.53
10.54
10.55
10.56
10.57
10.58
10.59
10.60
10.61
10.62
10.63
10.64
10.65
10.66
10.67
10.68
287
Exhibit
Number
10.69
10.70
10.71
10.72
Description of Document
2017 Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-
Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 5,
2017)*
2019 Form of Executive TSR Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd.
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2019)*
2019 Form of Executive ABV Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Assured Guaranty
Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 2019)*
Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2019, among BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC,
BlueMountain GP Holdings, LLC, BlueMountain CLO Management, LLC, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.,
Assured Guaranty Ltd., Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. and the sellers named therein (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2019)*
10.73
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2019, among AG US Group Services Inc., BlueMountain Capital
Management, LLC and Andrew Feldstein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2019)*
10.74 Separation Agreement dated November 1, 2017 between the Company and James Michener (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.86 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017)*
10.75 Separation Agreement dated December 31, 2019 between the Company and Bruce Stern*
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1 Accountants Consent
Certification of CEO Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13A-14 and 15D-14, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of CFO Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13A-14 and 15D-14, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes
Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes
Oxley Act of 2002
The following financial information from Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2019 formatted in inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2019 and
2018; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017;
(iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017;
(iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017;
(v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017; and
(vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Cover page from Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2019 formatted, in inline XBRL (included in Exhibit 101).
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2
101.1
104.1
*
Management contract or compensatory plan
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
288
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
By:
/s/ Dominic J. Frederico
Name: Dominic J. Frederico
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 28, 2020
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name
Position
Date
/s/ Francisco L. Borges
Francisco L. Borges
/s/ Dominic J. Frederico
Dominic J. Frederico
/s/ Robert A. Bailenson
Robert A. Bailenson
/s/ Laura Bieling
Laura Bieling
/s/ G. Lawrence Buhl
G. Lawrence Buhl
/s/ Bonnie L. Howard
Bonnie L. Howard
/s/ Thomas W. Jones
Thomas W. Jones
/s/ Patrick W. Kenny
Patrick W. Kenny
/s/ Alan J. Kreczko
Alan J. Kreczko
/s/ Simon W. Leathes
Simon W. Leathes
/s/ Michael T. O'Kane
Michael T. O'Kane
/s/ Yukiko Omura
Yukiko Omura
Chairman of the Board; Director
February 28, 2020
President and Chief Executive Officer;
Director
February 28, 2020
Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer)
February 28, 2020
Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
February 28, 2020
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
289
February 28, 2020
February 28, 2020
February 28, 2020
February 28, 2020
February 28, 2020
February 28, 2020
February 28, 2020
February 28, 2020
Corporate Headquarters
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08
Bermuda
Phone: +1 (441) 279 5700
Other Locations
Bermuda
Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.
Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08
Phone: +1 (441) 279 5700
United States
Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp.
Municipal Assurance Corp.
Assured Guaranty Corp.
1633 Broadway
New York, NY 10019
Phone: +1 (212) 974 0100
150 California Street
Suite 500
San Francisco, CA 94111
Phone: +1 (415) 995 8000
BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC
280 Park Avenue, 12th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Phone: +1 (212) 905 3900
United Kingdom
Assured Guaranty (Europe) plc
11th Floor, 6 Bevis Marks
London, EC3A 7BA
Phone: +44 (0) 20 7562 1900
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
CORPORATE INFORMATION
Blue Mountain Capital Partners (London) LLP
The Argyll Club, Octagon Point
5 Cheapside
London EC2V 6AA
Phone: +44 (0) 207 647 0700
France
Assured Guaranty (Europe) SA
6 place de la Madeleine
75008 Paris, France
Stock Exchange Listing
Assured Guaranty Ltd. is listed on the New
York Stock Exchange under the symbol AGO.
Investor Inquiries
Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, proxy statement,
quarterly earnings releases and other investor
information may be obtained at no cost by
contacting our Investor Rela tions Department.
Links to our SEC filings, press releases and
product descriptions and other information
may be found on our website at
AssuredGuaranty.com.
Our Code of Conduct, Corporate Governance
Guidelines and By-Laws, Board Committee
Charters, Statements on Environmental
Policy and Climate Change and other
information relating to corporate governance
are also available on our website at
AssuredGuaranty.com/governance.
Our Investor Relations Department can be
contacted at:
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Investor Relations Department
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08
Bermuda
Phone: +1 (441) 279 5705
E-mail: ir@agltd.com
m
o
c
.
s
r
o
n
n
o
c
-
n
a
r
r
u
c
.
w
w
w
/
.
c
n
I
,
s
r
o
n
n
o
C
&
n
a
r
r
u
C
y
b
n
g
i
s
e
D
t
r
o
p
e
R
l
a
u
n
n
A
Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
300 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Transfer Agent of
Shareholder Records
Shareholder correspondence should be
mailed to:
Computershare Investor Services
P.O. Box 43078
Providence, RI 02940-3078
Overnight correspondence should
be sent to:
Computershare Investor Services
250 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021
Shareholder website:
www.computershare.com/investor
Shareholder online inquiries:
https://www-us.computershare.com/investor/contact
In the U.S.
Phone: 1 (866) 214 2267
Outside the U.S.
Phone: +1 (201) 680 6578
For hearing impaired in the U.S.
Phone: 1 (800) 231 5469
For hearing impaired outside the U.S.
Phone: +1 (201) 680 6610
Forward-Looking Statements
Forward-looking statements are being made in this Annual Report that reflect the current views of Assured Guaranty with respect to future events and financial performance. They are made
pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results could differ materially from these statements. Assured Guaranty’s forward-looking
statements, including those about the demand and growth potential for its financial guaranty insurance, including in particular sectors and with certain investors and including whether
Assured Guaranty has reached an inflection point in new business production; Assured Guaranty’s calculations of adjusted book value, PVP, net present value of estimated future installment
premiums in force and total estimated net future premium earnings; the adequacy of its capital and its ability to manage such capital; the impact on Assured Guaranty and its shareholders of
Assured Guaranty’s acquisition of BlueMountain Capital Management LLC (BlueMountain) and associated entities and establishment of the new platform called Assured Investment Management;
Assured Guaranty’s efforts to further expand its non-U.S. business beyond the United Kingdom, the establishment of a new subsidiary in France, and the Co-Operation Agreement with DTW Capital
Solutions in Australia; Assured Guaranty’s ability to realize loss recoveries assumed in its expected loss estimates, to appropriately reserve for and to resolve its exposure to troubled credits within
its insured portfolio, particularly distressed U.S. public finance credits, and to purchase securities it has insured for loss mitigation purposes; the impact on Assured Guaranty of any actions by
the Oversight Board in Puerto Rico and any resolution of Puerto Rico credits under the Puerto Rico Oversight, Management and Economic Stability Act and any related litigation; Assured Guaranty’s
future share repurchase activity; its financial strength ratings and rating agency capital, including the extent of its excess capital; the impact of using Assured Investment Management to invest
a portion of Assured Guaranty’s capital; the uncertain environment involving a public health challenge; and the trading value of Assured Guaranty’s insured securities relative to uninsured secu-
rities, could be affected by a number of factors, including those identified in Assured Guaranty’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which are available on its website. Do not
place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which are made only as of the date of the statement or, if a date is not specified, as of February 28,2020, with respect to statements
contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K and otherwise March 18, 2020. Assured Guaranty does not undertake to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08, Bermuda
+1 (441) 279 5700
AssuredGuaranty.com
A
S
S
U
R
E
D
G
U
A
R
A
N
T
Y
L
T
D
.
2
0
1
9
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T